Home

F Note

1. current voltage measurement measuremen EIN IN m i Ss E o n S p E e l N I O h Isolation E I I JN IN I ACC DSUB I4 isolated voltage channel 10 kHz At the CANSAS SL CI8 L SUPPLY with LEMO connectors current measurement is connected via an internal 50 shunt Toward this end the current signal is connected at the pins I and IN Pin 7 Pin 2 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 243 6 5 3 Temperature measurement The Cl8 temperature channels are designed for direct connection of thermocouples and PT100 sensors RTD platinum resistance thermometers Any combination of both sensor types can be used all common thermocouple types are supported along with their particular characteristic curves E configuration for thermocouples configuration for two PT100 RTD Note The mode for thermocouples is also available for CI8 LEMOSA Please note that the cold junction compensation must be completed externally e g with ice water 6 5 3 1 Measurement with PT100 RTD Type LEMO With the LEMO terminals at the IP65 housing SL it s only possible to connect PT100 sensors directly in 4 wire configuration supplementary reference current source feeds the sensor How to connect a PT100 sensor is shown below
2. wm feme a j PALA x q supply me i i one 4 or EE IN1 ont nm 60V OFFI d P 60V DEE INA ON TRE CAN or ES IS 60V t reas neg B ook rg Y Each terminal plug has four relays each having an opening contact and a closing contact The input contacts are denoted by IN1 IN4 the openers by ON1 ON4 and the closers by OFF1 OFF4 The terminal plug CON1 is access for Bits 1 4 and CON2 for Bits 5 8 Target value Relay position 0 low IN and ON connected 1 high IN and ON not connected The relays are single pole double throw switches 10 2 Starting the DO8R DO16R module The relay s switching state is ON upon activating the DO8R DO16R module If a power up value other than 0 zero is set on the CAN board it only comes into effect after the module has been activated To boot the module typically takes 1s If the software sets the value 0 as the rest state the relays don t switch over after the system boots If the user wishes 1 to be the rest state we recommend that the relay s ON and OFF be connected the opposite way around rather than setting the value by software 10 3 Connector plugs DO8R DO16R CAN DSUB STD Relais is recommended and delivered per default ACC DSUB REL4 can be used as replacement with swapped pinning for ON and OFF For the pin assignment of the DSUB 15 plugs see here A Pin configuration of CANS
3. esee 119 4 7 1 Acquisition modules eeeseeeeees esses eese eenene rr 119 4 7 1 1 1508 C8 INC4 and C 12 onte etam OR md n oca ados 120 47 1 2 BRIDGE2 EE 120 TNF C anh a 121 4 7 1 4 UNIB EE 121 D Wee E IDM EE 121 4 7 2 OUTPUT MOGUICS 1D Pc 121 4 7 2 1 DACS8 122 4 7 2 2 PWM8 122 4 7 2 3 DO8R DOTOR EE 122 4 8 Sampling Rates 4 9 Processing functions sorted by group eese nnne 124 4 10 Function Reference eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeete eene nnne nannte nana nnne nan sa nnn ia snnt esas nn 125 LERREXCRDIIND NMMEEC 125 4 10 2 Subtraction 125 4 10 3 Negative sign 126 4404 Multiplica a 126 BARON ts 126 LORI SLICE 127 4 10 7 Absolute UE 127 4 10 89 UU tii 127 4 10 9 Band pass fiter AO 128 4 10 10 Barometer only for P8 modules 128 4 10711 BitWiS AND IE iia 129 44012 Bitwise o S EE PO 129 4 10 13 Bitwis OR ga M sP M 130 O 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH CANSAS Users Manual 4 10 14 Bitwise excl siVe OR as 130 4 10 15 Button status only for BRIGDE2 and UNI8 modules eene 131 4 10 16 Channel status word only for UNI8 and CI8
4. eeeieeesseeseeeeieee ee ene seen es ntn natn n nantes ains sa tn asses sain aas sn assa assa aaa 243 6 5 3 1 Measurement with PT100 RTD Type LEMO essen 243 6 5 4 Resistance measurement 244 6 5 5 Optional sensor supply module 244 6 5 6 Allow overmodulation beyond input range eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeee nacer 245 A AAA AN 246 6 5 8 Rete pt uide EENS 247 6 5 8 1 SL Variety EEMO s nme ener DAE ein 247 6 6 DAC8 analog outputs iiien eneee isores niopen en demon ee Seaan aeie aeaaea EEEn aieas 247 6 6 1 Gen ral notes DATE a EES 247 6 6 2 Analog Portion e 247 6 6 3 Linking the output signal to a CAN message esseeceseseeeseeeeeneeeneeseeesenesensseeeeeeseensensenesensenesenenees 248 6 6 4 Message Mapping me 249 6 6 5 Calculating the output Signal oi iaa 249 6 6 6 Configuring the outputs 251 6 6 7 CANSAS DAC8 block diagram 251 6 6 8 Taking measurements with the analog output modules esee 252 6 6 9 Connector plugs DACS EE 252 6 6 9 1 Pin configuration ITT VEAM CANSGAGL DANI 252 6 7 DGB8 meee ei eae ne inc Sen eae iN PN PT OP EI ROE nan EAEE 253 6 7 1 Bridge measurement cnnmnninnicnnnnnnnnnnnicnnnnccnn rece 253 6 7 41 Full bridge oie e Rec ye aee eee ede ies 254 627152 Half bridge E ipei 254 6 7 1 3 Quarter bridge oio cast b nd tee tae t P i Dabo
5. cese 98 3 5 1 LP rq 98 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 3 5 2 Readable configuration csecssecssseesseeeeeeeesseesseeeesneeesneessneeseneeseeesseeeesneeseaesesneesaneessaesesneeseeneneeseenee 98 3 5 2 1 Readable configuration for v CANGAG HUBA nn enne nennen 98 3 522 Operations coc trao Ne dd ca dua ca 99 SR ETT E E E 101 3 5 4 Bus off error Change baudrate esses eene eene nnne nnns tuna tn sinn nnns inns inns tnn tns 103 KHCN EDI PED DEDI c CMS 104 3 5 5 T Backs slotiidentifiCalion cie S oe e ed cde due b ad 104 3 5 5 2 Using CANSAS ina rack isei nn ean tee dd 104 3 5 5 3 Rack MAINTENANCE otro ttes tt tee ti depen er inne ead ee dd Re e Pe v deus 105 3 5 5 4 Operating software modification of the Baud rate ooooncccicccincccnnccconcccnoccconccnnncconn cnn n cnn cnn ccoo 105 3 5 6 Connecting to Wille TEE 107 3 5 7 Sensor recognition 108 BIO UA O EE 110 E O 111 3 5 10 Synchr nizati E 112 Virtual Channels 4 1 What are virtual channels mnmnniiccinnnnnncccnnniccnrncrr cr 115 4 2 Creating virtual channels eeeeeeseeeeeeeeee esee nennen cr 115 4 3 Data To LIC EES EE EELER a 117 4 4 Integer arithmetic cccceseeeeceeeseeeeeeenseeeeeensneeeeeenseeeseeenseeeseeeseeeeeeenseeesesenseeeeeeesneeeeeensns 117 LEennic ee r 118 L2 LEDS p w 118 4 7 Special module specific characteristics
6. The example below demonstrates how an rpm value in the range 6000RPM to 6000RPM is read into the CAN bus and outputted at DACO5 The dialog shows the corresponding CAN bus settings Grouped by messages Analog output channel DACOS E DC 01 mdb gt C8 896812 Outputs Function Message Mapping DACH 321654 m Format and scaling of CAN Bus data 4 Analog outputs Data type Signed integer CAN Bus interfac E S s ei E Botschaft104 No of bits 16 Byte order Intel y Hi Botschaft10s Startbyte p Start bit x Ho DACOS Jo DACO6 Unit U min Dis DACO fo Dacos Factor fos 931 Offset jo H E No CAN Bus 24 Special functions amp UNIS 875571 Input range of CAN Bus data 5999 82 U min 5999 64 U min Scaling 2 Z Physical quantity of input Analog output Paint 15 E Ul Amin 1 0 Point 2 6000 U Amin fi 0 Y jo Output voltage 9 9997 V 99994 V Power up value In this example a 16 bit measurement quantity scaled so that its minimum is 6000 and its maximum is 6000 is read into the CAN bus The initial value power up value is set to O V After the unit is activated the output DACO5 is held to the value 0 V until a CAN bus message arrives Only once a message arrives the converted value replaces the initial value CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 251
7. busDAQ OBJECT CRONOS PL Chassis 3 o Note the following points 1 The shielding for the CAN bus connection is grounded on one side 2 The shielding may not be connected on both sides since ground loops could result otherwise 3 In order to avoid common mode errors the signal reference can be connected to CANSAS ground via a resistor 5 4 3 Isolation voltage See the spec sheets 380 for the respective module CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 187 5 4 4 Shielding As a matter of principle the use of shielded and grounded cables is necessary for conforming to the EMC and noise suppression parameters In many cases the use of a cost effective multi wire single shielded cable is adequate even for many cables Single shielding input channels shielded cable CHASSIS CHASSIS But some cases can require double shielded cables meaning a common grounded CHASSIS sheath in which perhaps multiple individual coaxial lines are contained The following situation in particular can require double shielding in order to protect against noise e high internal resistance of the signal source gt 1000 e ungrounded signal sources isolated or having high impedance to the CHASSIS and or power supply reference ground Double shielding VREF IN E analog VHYST IN gt VREFVHYST 2 IN lt VREFVHYST 2 INC digi
8. s mese mE foose The analog outputs AngleOut and SpeedOut return voltage signals which are proportional to the ignition angle and the rotation speed respectively Scaling of the analog outputs AngleOut 10V to 10 V 100 to 100 degrees substitute value 10 V if the ignition angle can not be determined currently SpeedOut 0Vto 10V 0 to 10000 RPM substitute value 0 V if the ignition angle can not be determined currently The voltages at the analog outputs must be captured differentially where the reference is Analog Ground Pin 5 The power supply voltages 5 V and 12 V are provided for the supply of sensors For the negative pole Pin2 Digital Ground is used The TTL outputs Spark and Crankshaft transfer pulses arriving at the inputs Spark and Angle with a slight delay to TTL level So as reference use Pin2 Digital Ground CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 286 CANSAS Users Manual 6 12 INC4 incremental encoder channels 4 inputs for incremental encoders Vaue yp max Remarks Inputs 4 4 1 4 channels with 2 tracks each X Y 9 tracks 1 index channel all fully conditioned inputs isolated to CAN bus and power supply not mutually Measurement modes displacement angle events time frequency velocity RPM Beside working with CAN bus per default the INC4 is also configurable as CANopen module The analog bandwidth without l
9. CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 407 Parameter w ma Class Il MMI only when equipped with custom connectors CANopen mode CiA DS 301 V4 0 2 and from CANSAS version 1 6R12 CiA DS 404V1 2 supports 4 TPDOs in INT16 INT32 and FLOAT Supply voltage 9 V to 50 V DC Power consumption 4W 5 5W depending on supply voltage and operating mode Operating temperature 30 C to 85 C Pe Dimensions W x H x D 85 x 111 x 160 mm with protrusions CANSAS HCI8 70 x 111 x 154 mm without protrusions CANSAS HCI8 75x111 x 145 mm CANSAS L HCI8 Weight 960 y CANSAS HCI8 790 g CANSAS L HCI8 HCI8 222 module description CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 408 CANSAS Users Manual 7 15 P8 Pressure Datasheet Version 1 5 8 pressure measurement inputs parameter TO vave reel Remarks Cid IT TC ood e relative pressure Samping raer onan ma O Reoun EECHER EE Absolute pressure measurement Measurement uncertainty Remarks sis Input range 10 C to 60 C input range determined by the built in sensor mounting position see outline of description of the module 228 0 5 bar to 10 0 bar 0 2 96 20 mbar 0 5 bar to 3 5bar 0 2 96 7 mbar 0 8 bar to 1 2bar 0 2 96 12 mbar Ib t 0 1 96 abs 1 2 mbar ree elo 0 1 abs 1 2 mbar Relative pressure measurement Measurement uncertainty Remarks In
10. Un K 4 B IS Two active WSGs are positioned along the longitudinal strain and are joined by two transversally positioned WSGs to complete the bridge torsion bar arrangement In the bridge the longitudinal strain gauges are located in opposite branches This circuit provides better exploitation of transversal contraction and longitudinal force as well as good temperature compensation In this arrangement the transversal expansion coefficient must be specified The strain is computed as 4 1000 Wi H RES i k gauge factor ge v s v Poisson s ratio of test object material 5 1 2 1 8 Full bridge with Poisson strain gauges in adjacent branches E E o Un K E NE E 4 E 3 p 4 Ug 2 E e Two active WSGs are positioned along the main direction of strain These two are completed with two transversally positioned WSGs In the bridge the two longitudinal strain gauges are in adjacent bridge arms This circuit offers improved sensitivity to the moment of bending and simultaneously compensates longitudinal force torque and temperature 4 1000 Ua mV pa n k gauge factor m 2 USO Te H v Poisson s ratio of test object material CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 162 CANSAS Users Manual 5 1 2 1 9 Full bridge with 4 active strain gauges in uniaxial direction E Es Cc tel FS di FS The circui
11. 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 6 21 6 Sampling interval filter euer die nia ninia ines 373 6 21 7 p CANSAS B1 connector csseceseeseeseeeseeeeeesseeneesseenensseesenenseennensnsneesseeseneneesanesseenesseesenenensenesenenees 374 GT CANAS MA iii mene apean ia aer AKEren EEEE Nor maeaea nide aaea aein ahia eapi a Eass ThS E EES 375 6 23 PCAN SA G E 376 6 24 CANSA S B ee eege eegene ade cue Haea ae cete ee 377 6 25 U CANSAS HUBG a nce aaa e a a aa aaa aaa a da raaa EE ioa iiaiai 378 LO LN CA ONZA ts 379 General Technical Specs 7 1 BRIDGE 2 0 00 383 7 2 GANSER GPS dia 384 rcu capa E ERE 385 ye CB CEP 387 roc CCP 389 TODA E 392 7A DEBS m 393 A ge 396 DAD EE 397 110 DOBR DOTTOR ec E 398 rec P 399 TEN INGA st 401 T13 IS OB eso cc EL D UD LEE 403 TATE GIS gm RE 405 7 15 P8 Pressure A doeet nre e tect EEN 408 TIO PWN m RAI cala 410 TAT SCIE DP 411 7 18 SCIB SCIT iii 414 AS RE 418 120 U CAN A EE 422 FAV ECAN FIT WEE 424 7 22 WCAN B1 BA E 425 7 23 CAN HUBA E 426 7 24 Sensor SUPPLY modyule sessi e 427 7 25 Synchronization line erent eaa e amo trean aeae aaae anaa E Eann rr 428 7 26 Tables and diagrams esee sneeeeeeeneeeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeeenees 428 7 26 1 Cable resistance as function of length and cross se
12. CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 420 CANSAS Users Manual Temperature measurement Thermocouple measurement Parameter Value yp max Remarks SCS Input ranges J T K E N S R B L resolution ca 0 1K nach IEC 584 Uncertainty sensor type K at 20 C over total temperature range Pt100 inside of connector RTD measurement Input range 200 C to 850 C resolution ca 0 016 K Uncertainty lt 0 2 K 4 wire measurement 0 02 of reading 0 01 K K AT AT T 25 C ambient temp T Parameter Value typ max Remarks Resistor measurement 0 2 to 800 0 po General technical specs Value yp max Remas Isolation to housing CHASSIS CAN bus 60 V nominal testing 300 V 10 s power supply input 60 V nominal testing 300 V 10 s analog inputs no isolation analog reference ground CHASSIS Power consumption 8 W typ 10 W max 24 V over total temp range 30 C to 85 C PO Dimensions W x H x D without plugs 75 x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS L UNI8 L UNI8 DSUB L UNI8 LEMO 81 x 128 4 x 145 mm CANSAS K UNI8 K UNI8 DSUB 58 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL UNI8 D PROTECT SL UNI8 L A model variant of UNI8 can be ordered which is equipped with a 350 resistor instead of the 120 Q resistor internal quarter bridge completion In that case the resistance in a quarter bridge measurement can be as low as 350 Q However this makes current measurement via the
13. Label tab position encoder Sensor cable Memory chip Structure of a sensor clip A measurement device with sensors and clips connected The measurement device independently adopts the appropriate settings upon receiving a single configuration command All information relevant to settings is recorded in the sensor s TEDS If the configuration command Configure System is called then all the data needed for making the device s settings are read out of the respective EEPROMS assigned to the sensors and the measurement device including its signal conditioning is correctly configured Of course there are parameters which are to be set in the device itself but which also can be saved to the sensor TEDS These include the measurement duration or the location for data storage And of course a user s interface is still needed by which the sensor s settings data can be subsequently edited Another great advantage would result from the ability to not only retrofit sensors with TEDS but to also to file sensor characteristics in a database However this requires a PC having the appropriate database for making settings to the measurement device s CANSAS l ell x File Edit View Module Extras Help Cy ce aS 4 5 0 anita X fis B sla lo ai Grouped by messages DES Imcan mdb a TU Ca UNIS 873092 Inputs Bridge circuit Scaling Message Mapping Circuit Universal amplifier input channel
14. 3 5 6 Connecting to imc Sensors The sensor database imc Sensors is a separate product and not an element of the CANSAS software But the two programs work seamlessly in concert Please refer also to the user s manual for the imc Sensors software Start imc Sensors can be started from CANSAS using the menu item Edit Start imc Sensors This menu item is only enabled if imc Sensors is installed and not yet started GER File Edit View amp Es E All a _ Company mode Seriaimumber A Beschleunigungsaufnehmer O Endevco Ab 0034234 Spa AL Sensor in Br ckenschaltung Watlow 45 0034234 Spa A Inkrementalgeber 2 Kistler SES 4443 Spa AL Stromausgang ES Spa A LvbT ES Spa d i Mikrophon 5 Spa A Potentiometrischer Sensor ge JF PTLOO ES Spa Spa Pl Widerstand Far WAR nn24224 A DMS Br c zilzim 77 Bereit NM Z Transferring sensor properties In the imc Sensors user interface select the sensor which is connected or to be connected Use the Drag amp Drop technique to move it to the corresponding channel s entry in the tree diagram of the CANSAS user interface There the target will be displayed as selected Once you have dropped the sensor a dialog appears showing how the sensor settings were applied in the channel Any error messages will also appear x CANSAS modules Working steps A Now reading sensor data for the follo
15. CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 262 CANSAS Users Manual 6 8 6 Connector plugs DI16 For the pin assignment of the DSUB 15 plugs see here 45 Pin configuration of CANSAS L DI16 Ph and K DI16 Ph with Phoenix terminal blocks 4571 Pin configuration of CANSAS L DI16 V with ITT VEAM terminals 455i CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 263 6 9 DO16 digital outputs 16 digital outputs Parameter Value Remarks outputs 16 Separate voltage supply for each bank of 8 channels Each bank of 8 isolated to other bank power supply and CAN bus but not isolated within bank Technical data DO16 397 6 9 1 Configuring the outputs The CANSAS DO16 module s outputs can be configured as open drain or as totem pole output stages This setting applies to whole channel groups meaning that Signals 1 through 8 share their settings as do Signals 9 through 16 This setting must be made in the dialog accessed via the Module Tree entry Digital outputs 6 9 2 Starting up the DO16 module When the module is started the outputs are set to the value 0 If a power up value other than 0 zero is set it only comes into effect after the module has been activated To boot the module typically takes lt 1s It is recommended to set 0 as the power up value in the channel s message mapping dialog if possible Only then will there not be any jump after booting 6 9 3 CANSAS DO16 bloc
16. Shock resistance MIL STD810F without terminal connector Insulation from supply and CAN Bus 50 V unless otherwise indicated Power supply 9 V to 50 V DC Power consumption lt 1W unless otherwise indicated Unless otherwise indicated the specifications apply under the following ambient conditions temperature 23 C air pressure 1013 mbar relative humidity 40 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 383 7 1 BRIDGE2 Datasheet Version 1 2 2 channel bridge amplifier Parameter ale yp ma Remarks o o eg I LL sse each on DSRS sic enge steen may SSS E CR Input ranges 10 mV V 5 mV V 2 mV V 1 mV V 0 5 mV V 0 2 mV V 3 wire circuit for compensation of cable resistance VB SENSE VB Bridge balancing range 3 mV V min in all input ranges Bridge impedance 120 2 min AAA Input configuration configurable Calibration resistor Cable length max Isolation input CAN Bus input power supply input Analog full bridge half bridge quarter bridge 120 Q quarter bridge 350 Q 28 m or max 3 of bridge impedance isolation default with wire bridge in the connector plug internal quarter bridge completion software selectable releasable via CAN bus Rcal corresponds to 0 30 mV V at 120 Q bridge or 0 87 mV V at 350 bridge 0 14 mm 130 mQ m max 3 6 Q output to case CHASSIS nominal test
17. CANSAS SL SCI 8 Measurement mode TK plug thermocouple type K Y yellow otherwise green CANSAS L SC16 2T L SCI8 2T L SCI8 2T Y K1 SC16 2T Technical data C16 41 and the technical data SCI8 and SC116 414 The CANSAS modules SCI8 SCI16 and SC16 have 8 or 16 input channels respectively The modules belonging to the SClxx group SCI8 SCI16 have extended isolation properties with channel to channel isolation and common mode voltage of up to 60 V with a test voltage of 300 V The SC16 s isolation voltage values are limited to 40 V Common mode voltage and max protected channel to channel isolation at a working range of channel to channel isolation of 15 V for specified accuracy All SC variants from March 2006 support TEDS to read and write sensor information Beside working with CAN bus per default the modules are also configurable as CANopen modules All three modules of this family are based on a scanner concept with block isolation in which a multiplexer is combined with an isolated measuring amplifier In the SC xx group the switching matrix is realized with optical relays which offers extended isolation properties compared to the SC16 which has electronic switches What both groups have in common is that the inputs are provided with differential properties by a measuring amplifier isolated block to block which adjusts itself to the respective common mode voltage of the connected source This adjustment of the
18. No of bits Number of bits for the channel The number is determined by the channel s data type For signed and unsigned integers the number is 16 bits For floating point numbers it s 32 For a digital bit 1 The bits proceed from the starting bit to the higher index bytes Scaling The message receiver must factor this value into the channel s signal values in order to obtain the input range set ScaledValue UnscaledValue Factor Offset CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 66 CANSAS Users Manual 3 2 4 6 1 Third output module dialog The structure of the third card is different for data outputting CANSAS modules such as DAC8 or RDO8R and depends on whether or not the channel is assigned to a message If the channel isn t assigned to any message the card is empty except for a notice If the channel is assigned to a message the third card contains controls for letting the user define how the channel s values are to be interpreted from the message Analog output channel DACOS Outputs Function Message Mapping Data type Signed integer Y Ga Number of bits E 6 y Byte order Intel y Start byte 0 e Start bit 0 e Maximum value results in f 0 V Minimum value results in j 0 Y Power up value jo V Properties dialog for a CANSAS DACH output channel page 3 Data type Signed or unsigned integers or digital bits can be read in Number of bits Number of consecutive bits ex
19. The maximum initial unbalance is the difference between the input range set and the possible input range For instance if the actual range for a setting of 50 V and of 20 V is 58 4 V then the resulting possible initial unbalance is 8 4 V in the 50 V input range and 38 4 V in the 20 V input range For notes on triggering the adjustment refer to the section on bridge measurement ss 5 2 1 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 337 6 18 2 Bridge measurement Measurement of measurement bridges such as strain gauges The measurement channels have an adjustable DC voltage source which supplies the measurement bridges The supply voltage for a group eight inputs is set in common The bridge supply is asymmetric e g for a bridge voltage setting of Vg 5 V Pin VB C is at VB 5 V and Pin VB D at VB 0 V The terminal VB is simultaneously the device s ground reference Per default 5 V and 10 V can be selected as bridge supply Depending on the supply set the following input ranges are available Bridge voltage V Measurement range mV V 10 1000 to 0 5 5 1000 to 1 Fundamentally the following holds For equal physical modulation of the sensor the higher the selected bridge supply is the higher are the absolute voltage signals the sensor emits and thus the measurement s signal to noise ratio and drift quality The limits for this are determined by the maximum av
20. To avoid that problem choose a higher voltage e g 24 V e The connectors at the 6 pin LEMO socket and those for the CAN bus are not connected internally but are separated from each other by diodes Therefore make sure that the CANSAS module is supplied with power via only one of the two possible ways The DC supply inputs on the device itself LEMO socket are galvanically isolated i e isolated from the housing If a CANSAS SL is powered by an isolated DC voltage source e g battery use the shielding of the supply plug or CAN Bus plug to ground the device Also all signal leads to CANSAS SL must be shielded and the shielding grounded electric contact between the shielding and the plug housing e Note when arranging the power supply that the starting current is greater than the long term current Also observe the remarks on CAN bus wiring above The imc CAN bus connectors made for u MUSYCS do not meet CANSAS module specs but can under certain circumstances be modified by imc to do so Please contact our customer support if interested CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 443 8 2 3 pu CANSAS power supply The CANSAS modules are supplied via the CAN Bus terminals SUPPLY and SUPPLY see image in previous section for pin configuration The permitted supply voltage range for the CANSAS modules is 9 V 50 V DC L Notes e Be aware that the total current of all con
21. ioj xl File Edit View Module Extras Help Nod itt ta X Ee lim lv Ae A Grouped by messages Special Functions DES imcan mdb Ci 499 y B1 334455 Heartbeat Synchronization Balance CANopen Service Eh CAN Bus interface 5 Special functions 6 49 y_HUB4_123654 E H4 y Ti 223344 w CANopen protocol 4 y V1 112233 Ou v4 332211 H4 CI8 879532 ID of nade f 07 10 2008 09 42 40 gt If Readable configuration 9 ON is set the CANopen settings are saved in the module so that they are available upon the respective module being integrated into the system Detailed descriptions of each module type are available in the separate CANopen documentation This can be found along with the module s ESD file on the CANSAS Installation CD Modules supporting CANopen can be found here 2151 2 7 9 1 Limitations CANSAS modules with CANOpen suffer certain limitations since CANOpen protocol does not include some functions e The CANSAS module is not able to generate virtual channels e No control over LEDs CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Startup 41 2 7 10 Troubleshooting tips for disturbances of the CAN Bus Disturbances of CAN Bus transmission can be due to a variety of causes from long signal lines to lines which are short circuited This section will introduce some simple procedures for checking the CAN Bus which may be able to detect any errors in t
22. 0x10 in order to trigger balancing e The message s 5th bit must be 1 0x20 in order to trigger shunt calibration Balancing shunt triggered by the button CANSAS UNI8 s button can be used to initiate balancing of all bridge channels For this purpose the button s function must be specified on the General tab as Activate balance It is possible to perform balancing shunt in the Measure window belonging to the CANSAS configuration software for each bridge channel separately The channels to be balanced must be selected In shunt calibration the bridge is unbalanced by means of a 174 7 KQ shunt between VB and N The results are CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 340 CANSAS Users Manual 174 7 kQ 0 171 mV V 0 5005 mV V The procedures for balancing bridge channels also apply analogously to the voltage measurement mode with zero balancing L Note e We recommend setting channels which are not connected for voltage measurement at the highest input range Otherwise if unconnected channels are in quarter or half bridge mode interference may occur in a shunt calibration If you use an imc measurement device to measure see application notes in chapter Field Busses of the imcDevices manual There are examples how to use imc Devices and CANSAS software step by step Owner of a u Musycs can get an extract upon request Shunt calibrations are a special case If at least one channel is set to Voltag
23. Effective suppression of 50 Hz or 60 Hz signal components can only be guaranteed for sampling rates of 1s or slower SCI8 from 0 5s For further information see Chapter Measurement technique sampling rates scanner concept 1821 6 17 3 2 PT100 RTD Measurement Along with Along with thermocouples PT100 sensors can also be connected in 4 wire configuration An extra reference current source feeds an entire chain of up to four serially connected sensors The imc thermoplug has 4 contacts which are available for the purpose of 4 wire measurements These current supply contacts are internally wired so that the reference current loop is automatically closed when all four PT100 units are connected This means that the l contact of one channel is connected to the I contact of the next channel see the sketch here 150 Therefore for channels not connected to a P100 sensor a wire jumper must be used to connect the respective Ix and Ix contacts Normal DSUB 15 connectors don t come with these extra auxiliary contacts for 4 wire connections This means that you must take steps to ensure that the reference current flows through all PT100 units Only 11 DSUB 9 Terminal K1 RES and 14 DSUB 6 Terminal K10 GND are available as a contact or DSUB 15 pin respectively The connections I1 12 12 13 and 13 14 must be wired externally PT100 sensors are fed from the module a
24. Integer number of satellites used 1 valid 0 maintenance Satellite count 2023 2023 Module description CANSER GPS 22 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 385 7 3 C12 Technical Specs Version 1 1 12 analog inputs Value yp max Remarks 6 channels on each DSUB 15 socket Measurement modes Terminal connections voltage voltage with divider current thermocouples Pt100 2x DSUB 15 2x DSUB 9 PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 Sampling rate channel 500 Hz max configurable in blocks of 6 standard plug CAN DSUB U6 divider plug CAN DSUB U6D shunt plug CAN DSUB 16 thermo plug CAN DSUB T6 Pt100 plug CAN DSUB PT 4 channels with contacts for 4 wire connection or voltage plug CAN DSUB U 6 channels without contacts for 4 wire connection inputs CAN in out supply 16 Bit AAA Voltage input ranges 2 V 500 mV 100 mV with standard plug 50 V 10 V with divider plug Current input ranges 40 mA 10 mA 2 mA with shunt plug 50 Q Thermocouple input ranges 200 C to 1200 C with thermo plug all common types Pt100 input ranges 250 C to 600 C with Pt100 plug 0 3 mA Isolation analog inputs CAN bus power supply input Channel isolation mutually Overvoltage protection no isolation 60 V 60 V 20 V 40 V high Ohms during surge to enclosure CHASSIS nominal testing 300 V 10 s nominal testing
25. Matching configuration Last Calibration 19 27 2006 Re calibration is due soon The module should be e calibrated by imc Customer Support as soon as possible Comming calibration at the module tab CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 196 CANSAS Users Manual Upon initiating configuration there is also an entry in the Information window Configure CANSAS Modules E CANSAS modules Configuration steps A The following CANSAS modules are being configured UNIS 870983 M Checking the configurations Connecting to the CANSAS module Loading configuration to CANSAS module Setting the configuration in the CANSAS module as permanent Configuration of the CANSAS module completed successfully i A Re calibration of the module is due soon E Close UNIS 870983 Re calibration of the module is due soon A Hint for comming calibration during configuration 5 7 2 Recalibration overdue When a new module is integrated into the system the following message appears if the calibration validity has expired ru 04 m ap Attention Re calibration For one or more modules is overdue These modules should be calibrated soon by the imc Customer Support Otherwise there could be incorrect measurement results later Warning that re calibration is overdue CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 197 On the module s Gen
26. Performs balancing of all selected channels with amplifie Executing measurement p CANSAS B1 voltage balancing via measurement window CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 372 CANSAS Users Manual 6 21 5 Message Mapping File Edit View Module Extras Help u lia Xx ME s ol Sm Grouped by messages Input channel for bridge measurements testo mdb a pup Input Bridge circuit Scalirh Message Mapping Circuit Info 4 th Channel Data type Signed integer H E CAN Bus interface m 3 9 E Message101 Byte order Intel y 2 Special functions Length 16 Bit Position in message 4 4 y T1 125463 Scaling Factor 0 0061037 mv A Offset O rv Av CANSAS Message Mapping The modules belonging to the CANSAS group work with a maximal resolution of 24 bits The Message Mapping page also offers a message length of 32 bits in which case a value in 32 bit Float format is transferred If four single channel CANSAS modules are connected via a u CANSAS HUB4 note the following if the values from four CANSAS modules are to fit into one message then a channel s length is limited to 16 bits Since a message can transport a maximum of 8 data bytes this amounts to only 2 bytes per channel If 24 bits per channel are to be used then with HUB at least two messages must be created for four channels CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules
27. Setting the operating mode for each bridge channel separately Channel0x gt Index card Inputs gt Combo box Target Setting the bridge configuration Channel0x gt Index card Bridge circuit gt Combo box Bridge configuration s CANSAS OL x File Edit Module View Extras Help elle Hee ife salala em gl Grouped by messages Input channel of a bridge amplifier Channel01 3 peter mdb e C r bridge Inputs Bridge circuit Scaling Message Mapping Circuit o Bridge amplifiers DC CAN Bus interface W sse f Terminat EEN AN IN dh Channel01 dh Channel02 Name Channel01 No CAN Bus message LED Comment LED2 O LED O LED4 i cl2 amp dac8 Target 1 Sensor amp digin Z9 digout P doB inc B isoB samping mom 3 GR RE Input d0mVvA 10mv v 2 CROCE Ready 12717 2001 13 58 54 y 1 Select measurement mode 2 Select range 3 Select sample rate CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 218 CANSAS Users Manual Block diagram sensor cabk CANSAS modit k L Note It is not enough to connect a differential voltage between IN and IN The operational amplifier only works properly if its reference ground GND isn t open but rather connected This is ensured when a bridge which CANSAS provides with bridge excitation is connected since VB is at GND A ref
28. The appropriate screw terminal Peace ype is indicated in the list box curve Input 24 2N zl Sampling 100 0 ms interval In this module the input channels are organized in two groups of 6 channels All channels within a group must have the same setting under Instrument Group 1 comprises Channels 1 through 6 Group 2 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 229 Channels 7 through 12 Voltage and current measurements signals conform to linear characteristics Temperature measurements by contrast need to be prepared by specifying the thermocouple used in the combo box Characteristic curve The module can work with no more than one temperature characteristic curve it s not possible to measure with a thermocouple of type R in Socket 1 and with a thermocouple of type E in Socket 2 The same constraint applies to PT100 s In the combo box Input range input ranges for linear measurements can be specified The following range options are available Voltage measurement Voltage measurement extended The plug must not be connected to voltages over 40 V The input ranges as shown in the table are valid if the user specific scaling factor is 1 and the user specific scaling offset is 0 Both scaling quantities are set on the Scaling index card The input range displayed takes both of these quantities into account AV user specific scalimg factor Upper input range
29. tp minimax Remarks Cd awezssv Channel isolation gt 1 GQ lt 40 pF channel to ground protection ground gt 1 GQ lt 10pF channel to channel Channel isolation crosstalk gt 165 dB 50 Hz range lt 2V Reource 100 Q channel to channel gt 92 dB 50 Hz range gt 5 V Temperature measurement thermocouples Parameter e mim max Remas Resolution X Oooeskgneg Lwessuemenrunceamy Jo ao wee K Temperature drift 0 02 K K AT AT T 25 C ambient temperature T Uncertainty of cold junction ACC DSUB T4 compensation AT T 25 C j j temperature drift 0 001 K K AT cold junction temperature T Temperature measurement Pt100 Measurement range 200 C to 850 C 50 C to 150 C 0 063 K 1 16K Measurement uncertainty lt 0 2 K 200 C to 850 C 4 wire connection lt 0 05 plus of reading Temperature drift 0 01 K K AT AT T 25 C ambient temp T Sensor feed PT100 250 uA Resistance measurement Measurement range 0 Q to 150 0 250 Q 0 O to 500 O 1 kQ typ min max _ Remarks Isolation channel to case chassis and channel to channel CAN Bus H nominal testing voltage 300 V 10 s power supply input H nominal testing voltage 300 V 10 s analog input nominal testing voltage 300 V 10 s Overvoltage protection H differential input voltage continuous ESD 2 kV human body model transient
30. 0 5 5 1000 to 1 Fundamentally the following holds For equal physical modulation of the sensor the higher the selected bridge supply is the higher are the absolute voltage signals the sensor emits and thus the measurement s signal to noise ratio and drift quality The limits for this are set by the maximum available current from the source and by the dissipation in the sensor temperature drift and in the device power consumption e For typical measurements with strain gauges the ranges 5 mV V to 1 mV V are particularly relevant e There is a maximum voltage which the Potentiometer sensors are able to return in other words max 1 V V a typical range is then 1000 mV V Bridge measurement is set by selecting as measurement mode either Bridge Sensor or Bridge Strain gauge in the operating software The bridge circuit itself is then specified under the tab Bridge circuit where quarter bridge half bridge and full bridge are the available choices Note We recommend to angle a maximum range on the not used voltage measurement An open entry in half or quarter bridge mode can annoy the neighbor channels if this is also in half or quarter bridge mode CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 254 CANSAS Users Manual 6 7 1 1 Full bridge A full bridge has four resistors which can be four 4 4 correspondingly configured strain gauges or one complete m V8 _ sensor which is a full sensor internally The full
31. 125 V AC lt 8 ms Switching power Switching voltage Switching time Power up default all deactivated CAN Bus defined by ISO 11898 CANopen mode CiA DS 301 V4 0 2 and CiA DS 404V1 2 supports 1 RPDO in INT16 INT32 and FLOAT only with DO8R Isolation CAN Bus power supply input to CHASSIS nominal testing 300 V 10 s nominal testing 300 V 10 s Supply voltage 10 V to 50 V DC E 4 W typ 12 V supply 23 C 30 C to 85 C Ke Dimensions W x H x D 35 x 111 x 90 mm 35 x 111 x 145 mm 75x 111 x 145 mm 81 x 128 x 145 mm 75x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS DO8R CANSAS L DO16R CANSAS L DO16R Ph CANSAS K DO16R 8TE CANSAS L DO8R V 300 9 AAN Connection terminals 2x DSUB 15 4x DSUB 15 8x ITT VEAM PHOENIX terminal block 2x DSUB 9 PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 Module description DO8R DO16R 266 DO8R L DO16R L DO8R V L DO16R Ph K DO16R CAN in out supply outputs CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 399 7 11 IGN Datasheet Version 1 1 ignition angle measurement module Parameter Value yp max Remaks ignition signal crankshaft sensor reference signal inputs isolated from CAN Bus supply and mutually t 1 1 1 Analog output 10 V to 10V ignition signal 100 to 100 and angle inputs Sampling rate CAN output measurement primary sampling rate Input pulse frequency AAA
32. 40 V differential channel input voltage long term Input configuration DC differential isolated to case supply and CAN bus Input impedance static voltage mode lt 10 V voltage mode gt 20 V divider current mode Shunt plug Input current dynamic input currents scanner device settled current at time of sampling static 2 nA typ max peak dynamic input current dynamic 0 2 mA typ max typ 100 mV max 10 V average dynamic input current CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 413 Parameter wp aiser Remaks 20 nA typ 2 yA max typ 2100 mV max 10 V on overvoltage condition Vin gt 15 V or device powered down 0 1 pA 1pA Noise sample rate 2 ms R_s 500 25 uV pk pk 5 uV rms range 100 mV 10 mV pk pk 2 mV rms range 20 V 0 5 K pk pk 0 08Krms temperature mode Thermocouple Type K 6 uV pk pk sample rate 1 s R s PO Q TUIS Cable length signal input 200 m max 100 pF m Crosstalk channel to 60 Hz 100 O source impedance channel lt 105 dB range 100 mV CMRR IMR 100 dB 50 Hz Common Mode reference frame CHASSIS all other channels CHASSIS Supply voltage 10 V to 50 V DC BEEN sensor supply voltage 2 5 V to 24 V technical specs Sensor supply module 42 optional 2 6 W typ 3 0 W max 12 V DC over full temperature range Operating temperature 30 C to 85 C Ee Dimensions W x H x D 55 x 1
33. 424 355 422 360 360 358 362 361 361 356 357 459 375 422 89 299 127 450 430 445 119 358 125 347 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 468 CANSAS Users Manual After Unpacking air pressure Analog outputs DAC8 angle anti aliasing C8 anti aliasing P8 anti aliasing UNI8 Assembly of the ITT VEAM plug Assembly of the sensor clip Assignment Autosport terminal B Balancing and shunt calibration balancing DCB8 balancing UNI8 balancing upon power up u CANSAS V1 Band pass filter bandwidth DCB8 bandwidth HCI8 bandwidth UNI8 bandwidth C8 bandwidth P8 bandwidth UNI8 Barometer Before Starting Bittiming Bit wise AND Bit wise NOT Bit wise OR Bitwise XOR blinking code Reset plug blinking codes LED block diagram bridge measurement block diagram DAC8 block diagram DI16 block diagram DO8R DO16R block measurement Bridge balancing Bridge balancing via the CAN bus u CANSAS B1 Bridge balancing u CANSAS B1 Bridge channels 24 299 251 167 235 301 348 212 209 127 462 223 256 339 358 128 259 297 348 235 301 348 128 299 24 435 129 129 130 130 188 188 217 251 260 266 182 164 370 369 156 bridge channels UNI8 bridge measurement cable compensation DCB8 bridge measurement cable compensation UNI8 bridge measurement DCB8 bridge measurement block diagram Bridge measurements BRIDGE2 BRIDGE2 Activating bridge
34. 442 300 298 299 308 322 323 346 54 56 215 180 233 243 321 296 345 345 345 344 291 321 O 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 476 CANSAS Users Manual PT100 Type LEMO PT100 plugs for ISO8 and C12 Pulse Sequence Encoder pulse width modulation PWM PWM delay time PWM frequency PWM mode INC4 PWM scaling PWM T_process PWM8 PWMS8 DSUB15 PWM8 ITT VEAM PWMB8 ITT VEAM terminal PWMSB specification Q quadrature encoder Quarter bridge quarter bridge DCB8 quarter bridge UNI8 R Rack maintenance Racks Read Sensor Eprom read write sensors Readable configuration Readable configuration u CANSAS HUB4 Recognition of sensor by means of wire jumpers Rectangle function relative pressure Resampling Reset plug resistance HCI8 Resistance measurement UNI8 Resistance measurement C18 Restriction of Hazardous Substances RMS RoHS 234 243 322 450 149 313 313 316 313 171 315 316 122 410 316 316 454 313 289 157 222 255 338 105 104 208 58 94 98 98 349 149 299 150 38 101 296 346 244 18 150 18 round plugs ITT VEAM MIL C 26482 UNI8 round plugs LEMOSA UNI8 round plugs ZF LEMO UNI8 round plugs C8 RPMs RTD RTD PT100 C12 RTD UNI8 RTD Clg RTD ISO8 RTD SC16 SCI16 SCI8 RTD Type LEMO E Safety Notes Sampling interval u CANSAS B1 Sampling interval u CANSAS T1 Sampling interval u CANSAS
35. 72 CANSAS Users Manual The defined CAN messages are listed under the entry CAN Bus Interface Under each CANmessage the channels whose signals are transmitted in this message are listed The position within the message s Tree branch indicates its position within the message The bottom most entry entitled Without CAN Bus message comprises all channels not assigned to messages these will not be transmitted Only channels and virtual channels can be re arranged The following Drag amp Drop operations are supported Shifting channels from Without CAN Bus message into a CAN Bus message Shifting channels from a CAN Bus message into Without CAN Bus message Shifting channels from a CAN Bus message into another CAN Bus message Shifting channels from a CAN Bus message into another position within the same message The Drag amp Drop operation can only be conducted within the confines of a single module j Grouped by messages CAN 998344 i amp CAN_998345 Selected drop 449 CAN 998346 target T Isolated amplifiers a CAN Bus interface G Message01 Selection phantom dih Channel01 mage dih Channel Cursor symbol indicating unallowed target dih Channel05 2 54 Message02 JK VirtualChannel E No CAN Bus message dih Channel dih Channel2 Drag amp Drop in the Module Tree Procedure Select the entries to be shifted The entries can be moved while the left mouse button is held down A shadow ima
36. 8 V 10 V Thus a threshold of 10 V is possible but not recommendable To avoid overloading the input amplifier from which it can only recover slowly a divider should be connected for high input voltages Note on setting the hysteresis below 300 mV out of specification Setting the hysteresis below 300 mV is possible but it is not recommended unless the input signal amplitude is below 1 V in all active incremental counter channels of a module Lower hysteresis settings combined with larger input signals may result in an input signal falsely registering in more than one channel CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 289 6 12 3 Sensor types synchronization Zero impulse Index signal denotes the synchronization signal SYNC which is globally available to all four channels in common If measurement mode with Zero impulse channel has been selected e g Angle diff One Signal amp Zero impulse the following conditions apply After the start of a measurement the counters remain inactive until the first positive slope arrives at INDEX This arrangement is independent of the release status of the Start trigger condition Note e The pins for the zero impulse index is connected to CON1 only The zero impulse is only considered after configuring or reboot of the CANSAS INC4 A restart of the measurement without restart of the CANSAS does not reset the index channel Incremental encoder sen
37. A node can also be a sensor control device or a CANSAS module s primary connection Module Module Module Sensor Sensar Sensar Actor Actor Actor CAN bus 2 7 1 References to standards and literature e CIA Draft Standard 102 Version 2 0 CAN Physical Layer e CAN Controller Area Network by Wolfhard Lawrenz H thig Verlage 1994 Heidelberg e ISO DIS 11898 ISO 11519 2 for bus drivers e ISO OSI reference model 2 7 2 Bus activation e CAN Transceiver as per ISO DIS 11898 e galvanic isolation e Baud rate set using software e Standard Identifier for CAN Bus 11Bit Identifier 0 2047 or 29Bit extended Identifier CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 36 CANSAS Users Manual 2 7 8 CAN Bus wiring Connecting CANSAS without a tee junction Recommended In this case the module has 2 sockets an input and an output as per CiAG One 9 pin male D Sub socket and one 9 pin female D Sub socket or two 10 pin LEMO 1B 310 sockets at SL modules This is the preferable alternative for connecting and this is the only alternative CANSAS is designed for In this case it doesn t matter whether other sensors are connected with the CAN Bus with or without tee junctions The illustration shows an example of several CANSAS modules and an imc u MUSYCS all connected via CAN Bus Terminator CAN Modul CAN Modul uMusycs CANSAS connected without tee junction Connecting CANSAS with a tee junction No
38. AN 60V max 210 mW short circuit protected 1s long term 10s Input IN 1V long term 1 s Input IN 60V long term Isolation to frame power supply and CAN Bus Input IN 1V Input IN 1V for voltage surge or deactivated Input IN 60V of measured value ranges t1 V ranges gt 2 V Offset 0 01 96 of input range Offset drift 0 8 uV K 2 uV K 4 4 uV K 20 uV K 1 6 un Vrms 115 nVrms 120 dB 50 Hz ranges t1 V ranges 2 2 V Range 100 mV Range 2 V Sampling rate 2 kHz source H 0 ranges t1 V R 0Q Source 7 IMR isolation mode rejection gt 100 dB 50 Hz ranges gt 2 V Accuracy of sensor supply lt 5 ____ __________ Love entire temperature range Supply voltage__________ _____ 9vtsovDe_____ ________________ typ 4 W max 4 5 W u CANSAS V4 Operating temperature Jara CPCS Dimensions W x H x D without interconnections u CANSAS V1 AS u CANSAS V4 AS D with interconnections 104 mm u CANSAS V1 AS 89 mm u CANSAS V4 AS Weight 0 08 kg u CANSAS V1 AS 0 26 kg u CANSAS V4 AS Connection terminals Sensor 1x 8 pin Phoenix strip terminal MPT0 5 8 u CANSAS V1 AS 40 x 20 x 60 mm 55 x 63 x 70 mm CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 423 Parameter we min max Remas 1x 22 pin Autosport Type AS212 35SN u CANSAS V4 AS CAN Supply 1x 6 pin Autosport Type AS208 35PA u CA
39. Collate copies prints multiple copies by sequences of report pages rather than making multiple copies of each page in separate batches CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 76 CANSAS Users Manual 3 4 1 8 2 The Export dialog The Export dialog can be used to export the configuration report as a file formatted to be read by other applications For instance a report could be exported in the Microsoft Excel format and thus opened in Excel as a normal spreadsheet The Export function supports many common word processing database and spreadsheet formats as well as a number of standard data transfer formats Format This combo box lists all formats in which the report can be exported Target This combo box lists all targets available to the report Procedure In the combo box Format the format in which the report is to be exported is specified For instance select Excel 4 0 XLS from the provided list if you wish to convert the report to Microsoft Excel 4 0 format Select an export destination in the combo box Destination If the report is to be saved in a file select file If the report is to be added to an e mail document as an attachment an appropriate mail program must be selected Microsoft Mail MAPI Microsoft Exchange Mail also called MAPI and Lotus cc Mail VIM are supported If the report is to be saved in a Microsoft Exchange folder the Exchange folder must be selected from the list If the rep
40. D o l pp NA Ae 4 Tas S 120 SUPPLY Thermocouple 5 IN AAA 14 eme Er 12 f c D A 8 GN Ti 2 a 9 CNA 4 IN3 9 L M 17 Ee EE 13 IN3 ei UNS 18 4 INA 4 II iN inal e 12 w Ge cable shield 10 Cia UN D IREF 15 16 Gua P SIS SIS GND CHASSIS PE CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 182 CANSAS Users Manual 5 2 Sampling rates Scanner concept The following is a discussion of data acquisition with multiplexers and the limitations associated with it This will include a contrast of conventional scanners e g C12 to systems working in the so called Burst mode e g SCI8 SC16 Conventional scanner systems work at a fixed sampling rate namely the highest rate at which switching between channels takes place fast scanning If the sampling rate actually set is less than the maximum possible data rate then an average of multiple samples taken at the high sampling rate is computed filtering The maximum sampling rate is substantially determined by the scanner s transients i e the switching times and the transients of pre amps of analog and any digital filters and of ADCs Since the system s bandwidth must be quite high for the transients to subside within the interval corresponding to the aggregate sampling rate while on the other hand the channel sampling rate is lower by at least the factor n channel count the conditions for the Sampling Theorem will necessarily b
41. E Botschaft110 E No CAN Bus mes Supply voltage for sensors 5 0 V Adjustment control lt m Anti Aliasing Filter On Additional digital low pass filter Off Switch off the digital low pass filter The analog anti aliasing filter takes always effect Mean value The output value is averaged by Sampling interval ms 1 ms samples CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 349 The table below shows which resulting filter is used For temperature measurement Pt100 and thermocouples REES All other measurement types voltage current bridges and resistance Sampling rate 1 ms Butterworth 2nd order cutoff frequency 220 Hz 2 ms Butterworth 2nd order cutoff frequency 110 Hz 5 ms Butterworth 2nd order cutoff frequency 40 Hz 10 ms Butterworth 2nd order cutoff frequency 20 Hz 20 ms Butterworth 2nd order cutoff frequency 10 Hz 50 ms Butterworth 2nd orderder cutoff frequency 4 Hz 100 ms Butterworth 2nd order cutoff frequency 2 Hz 200 ms Butterworth 2nd order cutoff frequency 1 Hz 500 ms Butterworth 2nd order cutoff frequency 0 4 Hz 1s Butterworth 2nd order cutoff frequency 0 2 Hz 2sto60s Arithmet mean over the duration of the sampling interval of values sampled at 1 kHz The filters are optimized to provide good suppression of interference while causing only insubstantial signal surges in the time domain and only minor delay times N
42. Find Information if the software settings are matching to the module configuration Status of calibration CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 57 3 2 4 2 2 Version Reconnvensooesoeesoes Indication of firmware version module version and ox production release Module 02 45 01 Firmware version File 02 45 01 firmware version Hardware version 02 00 pdibb 8 pd2ana 7 pd3sup 32 fpga 0007 Hex fpga2 05 Housing type Standard short Form half shell 100 mm Front panel Standard plug type Backplane Standard plug type Supply None voltage CANSAS Module Properties dialog Page 2 The second index card contains information about the firmware and hardware versions The module firmware version is the version currently being implemented by the CANSAS module It can only be indicated once a connection to the module has been established When the software is installed a subdirectory named FIRMWARE is created The various firmware files are copied to this folder There are different firmware files to reflect the varying module types and versions When this page is displayed the version number is read from the firmware file and indicated under File firmware version The hardware version can only be indicated after a connection has been established About the version number The version number consists of a more significant digit part and a less s
43. OR ii a 143 4 10 41 Low pass UE 144 4 10 42 M d 144 4 10 43 Mean value 145 4 10 44 Median filter 145 4 1045 n PPP 145 4 10 46 Module status word only for UNI8 and CI8 modules eene 146 4 10 47 le E 146 4 10 48 Output status on LED only for BRIDGE2 UNI8 and CI8 modules 147 4 10 49 Output status word only for BRIDGE2 C8 P8 INC4 and SC modules 148 4 10 50 PulseSequenceEncoder only for output modules reser 149 4 10 51 Rectangle only for DAC8 modules esee enne nennen errar 149 el KOU BE 150 4 10 53 ROOt MeaN SQUALE M 150 AA AA 150 4 10 55 Schmitt Trig Gene eege n 151 4 10 56 Short circuit status only for BRIDGE2 and UNI8 modules 151 4 10 57 Sine only for DAC8 modules esee eene nnne nnnnnn nn nn nnns nnns inns insi nns nn sten tns 152 pLeEEDR IBe 152 4 10 59 Smoothing based on 2 values sees nnne ercer 152 4 10 60 Smoothing based on 3 values sees enne nn nnntnnnnn rene 153 4 10 61 Square root 153 4 10 62 Standard deviation 153 4 10 63 Time determination only for DI16 modules eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nnne 154 4 10 64 Triangle only for DAC8 module
44. RPM range 100RMPto20000RMP TI Adjustable signal delay A WE Crankshaft sensor 36 1 36 2 60 1 60 2 36 1 24 1 with missing cog 2 to 3600 cogs sensor with zero impulse 1 pulse sensor with 1 pulse per revolution Input voltage range 40 V differential Resolution ignition angle 0 1 on display 0 01 on CAN Resolution RPM 1 RPM on Display 0 5 RPM on CAN Resolution of data m AA M st l Input configuration Input impedance A A SI Switching threshold Hysteresis Common mode input voltage max 60 V feos ue A eh Analog bandwidth Integrated snapshotmode 20kHzto3MHz____ ________________ CMRR 70 dB typ 50 dB min DC 50 Hz 60 dB typ 50 dB min 10 kHz Gain uncertainty Offset frequency stability CAN Bus definedby isO 11898 Isolation gegen ber Geh use CHASSIS CAN Bus H nominal getestet 300 V 10 s Versorgung H nominal getestet 300 V 10 s analoge Eing nge nominal getestet 100 V 10 s Overvoltage protection Sensor supply 12 V max 100 mA Reference GND Display 2 lines alphanumerical Pa Supply voltages 10 V to 50 V DC Power consumption W typ 12 V Versorgung 23 C CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 400 CANSAS Users Manual Parameter Value pma Remaks Operating temperature Langg S oo O Weit o o ooo S mooo o S O Connection terminals 3xBNC inputs 1x DSUB 15 outputs 2x DSUB 9 CAN in out PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81
45. Remark t is possible to run multiple CANSAS modules in synchronicity to each other to the DCF signal or to uMUSYCS For synchronized operation the corresponding status value is added In synchronized operation 1 is added to the status value Data types Result channel Unsigned Integer CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 149 4 10 50 PulseSequenceEncoder only for output modules Frequency curve Hz Frequency curve read out from CAN bus from which a sequence of pulses is to be generated Result channel Sequence of pulses Description This function generates a sequence of pulses like those typical of incremental encoders The pulse rate is determined by the sampling rate of the function s parameter channel If the function is applied to a channel sampled at 10 kHz for instance then a measured frequency on that channel of 2 5 kHz results in the series 001100110011 If the frequency changes to 1 25kHz the pulse sequence becomes 0000111100001111 Notes The parameter channel s signal must have only positive values In spite of this a signed quantity can serve as the parameter For example if a signal s range is given as 100Hz to 100Hz only values gt O will actually appear Since the module works internally with signed quantities a symmetric input range is actually even advantageous for the sake of the processing speed Note also that due to the discrete output rate the output
46. Since the temperature sensor Pt1000 and the contact point are separated in space their temperatures can also diverge This temperature difference can also lead to measurement errors However situations do exist where the measurement results are valid for example inside a switch cabinet where the temperature processes are stabilized the internal cold junction compensation is in practice adequate Using a LEMO connector the thermocouple measurement can only be measured with an external Pt100 in the connector for example the TH LEM 150 e However if the temperature processes in the device s environment are not stable a Pt100 in the connector is absolutely necessary This is certainly the case if e there is a draught e if the module is used on board a vehicle e if cables with terminals of different temperature are connected e if the ambient temperature is fluctuating e whenever reliable and precise measurement is required The following circuit diagrams reflect each of the varieties with and without Pt100 in the connector We CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 343 strongly recommend using a Pt100 in the connector for all thermocouple measurements Note e A description of the available thermocouples 174 6 18 4 1 1 Thermocouple mounted with ground reference The thermocouple is mounted in such a way that it already is in electrical contact with the device ground chassis This is en
47. This provides for direct connection of thermocouples of any type directly to the differential inputs IN and IN without external compensation leads That plug can also be used for voltage measurement The difficulty with thermocouple measurements are the parasitic thermocouples which inevitably form where parts of the contacts made of different materials meet The temperature sensor measures the temperature at the connection terminal and compensates the corresponding error voltage Normally the connection to this compensation point inside the device is made by special compensation leads or plugs made of material identical to the respective thermocouple type in order not to create additional uncontrolled parasitic thermocouples imc s system avoids the problem through the use of individual compensation sensors directly inside the connector plug thus offering an especially simple flexible and cost effective connection solution CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 181 5 1 6 3 1 Schematic imc Thermoplug ACC DSUB T4 with isolated voltage channels TH COUPLE RTD IREF INT terminal ACC DSUB T4 DSUB nummer 15 Pins 2 CN 8 3 o SUPPLY RTD we Cold junction 3 wc CPN 8 compensation IN1 P cz rue ae s I PT1000
48. Torque Universal amplifier Sensor status Sensor has been read in from the application ime S Y CAN Bus interface e E Message J dih Channelo1 E General info dil Torque Manufacturer Wilcoxon dih Channelo3 Model X45 dh Channelo4 Serial number 0034234 4 Message02 E Sensor db Channelos Sensor type Current output dh Channel06 Physical unit Nm db Channelo7 Electrical min m 4 A dh Channelos Electrical max m 20 No CAN Bus message Physical min Nm 0 O LEDI Physical max Nm 500 LED2 E Data acquisition LEDS FE Sampling time ms amp zC8 873691 gt Differential amplifiers y Ready 19 05 2004 16 23 03 4 Fig 4 An excerpt of the sensor description for a measurement channel connected to the CANSAS UNI8 module the data are saved as an XML file in the TEDS and can be called at any time Along with sensor specific data the necessary channel specific data e g the sampling rate are also noted The features presented above have already been implemented in already available measurement modules CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 203 belonging to the CANSAS series These include a pressure module having eight built in pressure cells and the module UNI 8 with eight uniform measurement inputs which support practically all sensors for physical measurement engineering Both modules digi
49. dih Kanalo1 El Assembly dih Kanaloz Installation location dih Kanalo3 Horizontal position a dih Kanalo4 Vertical position H Botschaft101 E Internal administration dih Kanalos EProm Format dih Kanalo6 EProm Fill Level Bytes 35 dih Kanalo EProm ROM ID 239EB01 600000074 db Kanalos EProm Version 1 E No CAN Bus message y Ready 23 12 2005 10 01 50 The illustration shows typical Eprom contents The actual content can be overwritten by the user The horizontal position is the slot s position number within the racks where 1 refers to the leftmost slot 3 5 5 2 Using CANSAS in a rack e Power Make sure to provide adequate power and appropriate voltage from the adapter which supplies the rack We recommend a voltage of at least 24 V so that a small current and thus only moderate voltage drops at the backplane will result Plugging in Hotplug While CANSAS modules are already docked in the rack and measuring no other modules should be inserted Modules should always be either inserted into or removed from the rack with the power supply off However if it becomes necessary to insert modules during running operation note that the modules first contact with the terminal s supply voltage will produce a considerable inrush current This current can cause a brief collapse of the voltage supply to the other modules which means that undisturbed operation cannot be ensured in such cases e CAN plugs In the standard
50. dimensions without terminals 122 x 128 x 145 mm CANSAS K P8 129 x 110 x 188 mm CANSAS IP65 P8 incl mounting angle Weight approx 1 3 kg CANSAS L P8 approx 1 8 kg CANSAS IP65 P8 Connection terminals 8 x pressure nipples Inputs CANSAS L P8 2x DSUB 9 CAN in out PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 Supply CANSAS IP65 P8 AMPHENO C091 4 pin Mi CAN in out AMPHENO C091 3 pin Mi Supply Remarks e Accuracy ratings pertain to state after transients e If the module is subjected to accelerations the inertia will cause measurement errors with the sensitive sensors Module description P8 298 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 410 CANSAS Users Manual 7 16 PWM8 Datasheet Version 1 4 8 digital outputs Value yp may Remas Channels 8 2 x 4 channels 4 channel group isolated to the other group as well as to supply and CAN bus No isolation within a group Separate voltage supply for both 4 channel groups Output configuration Open Drain output each channel has one open drain and one TTL output TTL output PWM frequency 30 Hz to 10 kHz common setting for each channel group Time resolution of 33 ns counter frequency 32 MHz Measurement primary sampling rate Resolution 10 kHz to 500 Hz 500 Hz to 250 Hz 250 Hz to 120 Hz 120 Hz to 60 Hz E Hz to 30 Hz 0 to 100 Output level max TTL 3 V internal EL TL mge Jee External usable supply 5 V 30 mA per plug
51. e Counter with one pulse per revolution only one pulse is returned per revolution of the crankshaft Crankshaft cogwheel pattern For all cogwheels with missing cogs the cogwheel pattern is selected here 1 of 36 cogs is filled in to make one wide cog 24 1 1 of 24 cogs missing Pulse count per crankshaft revolution For all sensors with a zero output you can specify how many pulses the sensor returns per crankshaft revolution The amount of markings or subdivisions of the sensor May lie between 2 and 3600 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 279 Minimum maximum crankshaft pulse width For the crankshaft sensor the allowed pulse width is specified In general O zero is specified The zero indicates that no check is to take place For instance if the maximum is zero it means that there is no maximum pulse width The pulse may be as wide as desired If the minimum is zero it means that the pulse may be as narrow as it can When working with values other than zero in other words when there is to be verification note that a pulse will be ignored if it is too narrow or too wide This can in turn only happen if at the moment the signal edge is recognized the pulse width is already available to the device If one has a positive pulse then the negative edge must be the edge set for the crankshaft signal The short pulse begins with the positive edge and ends with the negative one At its
52. e via the CAN bus SUPPLY SUPPLY Supplying power via the CAN bus connectors has the advantage that it can be conducted further down the CAN bus through the module and thus drive a cascade of modules as the sole supply Phoenix socket CH SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY novso vo 4 right SUPPLY 10 V 50 VDC for all types build from 2010 Before 9 V to 32 V Exception BRIDGE2 is build with 9 V to 32 V supply See identification plate of the module also Note e Note that the cumulative current for all connected devices flows through the CAN bus power supply lines Since D SUB plugs are nominally designed to take 1 A rated current per pin a maximum of three CANSAS modules should be supplied via the CAN bus connection with 12 V supply voltage and approx 4W consumption per module 1 A cumulatively flows in the 3 modules If commercially available 9pin DSUB cables are used which tend to have high Ohm counts voltage loss in the lines must be taken into consideration the input voltage measured at the module must not be less than 9 V To avoid that problem choose a higher voltage e g 24 V e The connectors at the Phoenix terminal and those for the CAN bus are not connected internally but are separated from each other by diodes Therefore make sure that the CANSAS module is supplied with power via only one of the two possible ways e Note when arranging the power supply that the starting current is greater than the lo
53. ground in other words connect in and GND You must make certain that the signal source s potential really can be adjusted to the potential of CANSAS ground without causing a significant current to flow If the source can t be adjusted because it is fixed the CANSAS unit is in danger of sustaining permanent damage 6 4 2 Current measurement e 40 mA 2 mA For current measurement a shunt is built into the imc current connector ACC DSUB IA n The terminal GND may not be connected and particularly not grounded With the housing model SL with LEMO connectors current measurement is connected via an internal 500 shunt Toward this end the current signal is connected at the pins I and IN For current measurement the pins I and IN must be shorted This connection may only be made for current measurement purposes and must be cleared for all other measurement types For this reason imc offers a cable specially constructed with this connection exclusively for current measurement Pin 1 GAN CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 233 6 4 3 Temperature measurement The C8 module s channels are designed for measurement with thermocouples and PT100 sensors RTD platinum resistance thermometer as per DIN and IEC 751 Any combination of sensor types can be connected All common thermocouple types with their characteristic curves are supported However it is
54. gt but is instead isolated from it In this case a ground reference Cc 3 must be established One way to do this is to ground the voltage source itself Then it is possible to proceed as for Voltage source with ground reference Here too the measurement is differential en It is also possible to make a connection between the negative signal input and the device ground in other words to connect in B and VB D Example An ungrounded voltage source is measured for instance a battery whose contacts have no connection to ground The module is grounded Important If in B and VB D are connected care must be F 6 ends taken that the potential difference between the signal source and G 7 the device doesn t cause a significant compensation current If the Source s potential can t be adjusted because it has a fixed A 1 lt n B 2 sense gt overlooked reference there is a danger of damaging or destroying the amplifier If in B and D are connected then in practice a single ended measurement is performed This is no problem if there was no ground reference beforehand lt _ VB 0 D 4 6 7 2 3 Voltage source at a different fixed potential The common mode voltage U has to be less than 10 V It VB cl3 is reduced by Y input voltage Example Suppose a voltage source is to be measured which is at a E potential of 120 V to ground The device itself is grounded Since the ES H T common mode voltage is
55. have NO connection from DSUB 1 to CHASSIS CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 325 If conventional connectors are used which have this connection the module s block wise isolation would be cancelled This would also mean the loss of the measurement inputs differential properties and thus of the module s fundamental functionality Protection mechanisms prevent module damage in such cases but instead apparently random measurement errors as well as mysterious effects can result SC modules higher than PD50 February 2007 support TEDS 6 17 5 1 SL Variety LEMO see pin configuration of LEMO terminals 455 6 17 6 Sampling rates The explanations provided in Chapter Measurement technique Sampling rates Scanner concept 1s2 reveal the following advantages and constraints Advantages e flexible configuration of slow precision measurements and high speed voltage measurements with one and the same affordable scanner system e optimal aliasing free noise suppression of even 50 Hz interference in spite of relatively high bandwidth of a scanner amplifier Constraints e the highest sampling rate of all those used even of the channels used to derive virtual channels determines the averaging interval and thus the noise suppression properties of all channels e extra signal transit time due to automatic time offset correction is determined by the highest sampling rate Maximum sam
56. i 4 IN IN2 ay LA 2 ma ANS NY Ee 17 IN3 13 I3 IN3 O c a ew II CN Ti 12 ANA m NY cable shield 10 Cia er o b IREF 15 16 ng CHA sis sis GND CHASSIS PE CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 452 CANSAS Users Manual Thermoplugs for ISO8 and C12 Thermoplug CANSAS iret CAN DSUB T6 T4 Se terminal label DSUB 15 GR Pins 3 3 an C terminal PT100 g loo C Ka 5 ko 1 in1 a 100 nF 2 in1 A S 3 in2 d E gt N gt 5 m BS 3 ei 5 Ed 5 Co m 5 in3 MUX hes in3 9 X 3 ES N 7 in4 8 in4 AL ah in5 a no filter with AAA CANSAS ISO 8 10 in5 m 3 ln C Fi O Ss 11 in6 C no filter with ee CANSAS ISO 8 2 N 5 D ES 3 o LA L Note e The thermoplug CAN DSUB T6 serves to connect six thermocouples to CANSAS C12 e When connecting the thermoplug to CANSAS you must wait until the signal contact s internal PT100 low pass filtered temperature signal transient has subsided and the thermoplug s temperature has adjusted itself to that of the module The time delay should be at least 5 seconds but may be gre
57. int half bridge Z P 3 SH N sense Note Qm E NEO It is important that the measurement signal of the half bridge is connected to N A The N B access leads to implausible measured values and influences the neighbor channels 9 E CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 255 6 7 1 3 Quarter bridge A quarter bridge can consist of a single strain gauge resistor whose nominal value can be 120 or 350 O For quarter bridge measurement only 5 V can be set as the bridge supply The quarter bridge has 3 terminals to connect Refer to the description of the full bridge for comments on the Sense lead Se However with the quarter bridge the Sense lead is connected to in A and sense F jointly quarter bridge If the sensor supply is equipped with the option 15 V a quarter bridge measurement is not possible The pin 1 4B for the quarter bridge completion is used for 15 V instead Note By default there is an internal 120 Q completion resistor for bridge measurement A 350 completion resistor for quarter bridge measurement is possible as an alternative When using this option the scope of available function is limited e No direct current measurement is possible with the included default connector ACC DSUB UNI2 but it is possible only with the optional connector ACC DSUB I2 with a 50 shunt resistor differential measure
58. module can be supplied via this connector and Pin 5 connected as per CiA CAN Bus reference ground CAN RST STEC CANSAS specific CANSAS Reset for startup with K Reset Connector The Reset plug has a shortcut to PIN 3 GND 5 CAN SUPPLY CANSAS specific CANSAS voltage supply Negative pole of supply respectively OV GND connected to Pin 3 as per CIAO line CAN SYNC CANSAS specific Additional line for a sync signal 1 Hz Generally 5 V to CAN Ground 1Wire EEPROM CANSAS specific EEPROM information about mounting position when used in a rack Exists only at female CAN OUT plug P212 Pin 9 at male CAN In plug is not connected Pin 9 is the positive pin of the EPROM The corresponding minus pole must be connected to the chassis shield 10 11 of the DSUB plug The EPROM is not inside the module but can be connected external The two 9 pin plugs are connected to each other 1 1 thus all connections can be fed through to the next CANSAS module but not Pin 9 8 1 1 1 CAN Bus wiring Unless 9 line cables are used for the CAN Bus observe the following Pins 2 and 7 are absolutely necessary for transfer on the CAN Bus The CAN Bus ground is also necessary This may not be obvious but consider that differentially transmitted signals require a reference for which reason a line connected to the CAN Bus ground must also be included Either Pin 3 or Pin 6 can be used for this purpose Situations can also arise in wh
59. needed for buses suffering overload or interference gt 15 09 2003 15 47 51 7 11 Next the module must be configured So select it from the menu Modules Configure 3j 24 The Reset plug is still attached to a module The plug can be pulled at this moment but the voltage supply must not be interrupted There will be a another prompt later to pull the plug but this interrupts the supply Continue 12 You can leave the Reset plug on the module Confirm with Yes 13 Once configuration has been successfully completed the final prompt to pull out the Reset plug appears x P WARNING L The Reset plug is still attached to a module The module must now be disconnected from the voltage supply and the Reset plug must be removed Next the supply must be re connected The module then starts up without the Reset plug and works with its new configuration 14 Remove the Reset plug and re connect the module to the CAN Bus For this purpose the supply voltage must at least be briefly interrupted so that the module can reboot Note that this is the moment to re attach any terminator plug which may have been removed before The CAN Bus must be connected to 120Q at each end CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 103 The Reset plug is not needed for normal operation We highly recommend that you always operate all CANSAS modules which are used in a single environment with the same CAN
60. only possible to measure with multiple thermocouples at the same time if they are all of the same type Thus two Type K channels will work but not 1 channel Type K and one channel Type B won t A combination of thermocouple measurement and Pt100 measurement by contrast is possible The terminal point compensation for the thermocouple measurements is either built in or is handled by the imc Thermoplug depending on the device variety 6 4 3 1 imc thermoplug type Standard DSUB The patented imc Thermoplug ACC DSUB T4 which is a pod containing a DSUB 15 screw terminal and a built in temperature sensor PT100 provides cold junction compensation This enables any type of thermocouple to be directly connected to the differential inputs N and N without the need for a compensation line A sensor measures the temperature at the connection terminal and correspondingly compensates the thermoelectric voltage Normally a special compensation line or plug made of the same material as the particular thermocouple type must be used to connect the terminal to the cold junction reference point in the device interior in order to prevent the formation of additional uncontrolled parasitic thermocouples The imc system avoids this problem by means of individual compensation sensors directly inside the connector pod and thus provides a convenient flexible and affordable interconnections solution 6 4 3 2 Measurement with PT100 RTD Type Standa
61. otherwise it is the stated return value Notes Input channel and Output channel must share the same sampling rate Result value must be specified in the physical units of Output channel Data types 4 10 19 Constant channel only for acquisition modules Description Any given value from the input channel is replaced with the specified constant value Notes The constant value is specified in the physical units of the input channel The input channel s scaling remains intact Data types 4 10 20 Constant digital channel Clock pulse Data rate of result channel Digital value Numerical return value 1 TRUE or 0 FALSE Result channel Constant digital channel Description Generates a constant digital channel with the specified pulse rate and binary value 1 TRUE or O FALSE CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 134 CANSAS Users Manual Data types Result channel 4 10 21 Conversion to Float numerical format only for acquisition modules Parameter Definition Input channel Channel whose values are to be expressed in Float numerical format Result channel Values from Input channel expressed in Float numerical format Description Conversion of an integer 2 Byte to a real number 4Byte giving regard to the scaling factor and offset The real number is determined by the algorithm y k Factor u k Offset where k is a serial index and u an input channel in Integer da
62. parametervalue If the 1st parameter is greater then 1 is returned otherwise 0 is returned Notes lf 2 channels are to be compared with each other they must share the same sampling rate If the 2nd parameteris a number it must be specified in the same physical units as the 1st parameter Data types 1st input channel 2nd parameter Result channel Integer or Digital Integer or Digital Digital 2nd parameters input channel Integer or Digital 2nd parameters number Digital 4 10 31 Greater value 1st parameter Channel whose sample values are to be compared with the appropriate value from the 2nd parameter 2nd parameter Channel whose samples are to be compared with the corresponding values from the 1st parameter or numerical value with which the sample values of the 1st parameter are to be compared Result channel Channel containing the respective highest sample value of the two parameters Description The function determines which value from the two parameters is the highest Notes lf 2 channels are to be compared with each other they must share the same sampling rate If the 2nd parameter is a number it must be specified in the same physical units as the 1st parameter Data types 1st Input channel 2nd parameter Result channel Digital Integer 2nd parameteris input channel Digital Digital 2nd parameteris input channel Digital Integer or Digital 2nd parameteris a number CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1
63. power supply Module description IGN oe CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 401 7 12 INC4 Datasheet Version 1 4 4 incremental counter inputs Value yp max Remas Inputs 4 4 1 4 channels with 2 tracks X Y each 9 tracks 1 index channel all fully conditioned inputs isolated from CAN Bus and supply but not mutually Measurement modes displacement angle events time frequency velocity RPMs Sampling rate CAN output 1 KHz channel max Time resolution of 33 ns counter frequency 32 MHz measurement primary sampling rate frequency stability lt 100 ppm deterioration lt 5 ppm year Resolution of data em IL Input configuration differential IL Input impedance 100 Input voltage range linear range differential maximum outside of linear range max non linearity uncertainty 300 ns Common mode input voltage max s0v_____ __________________ Analog bandwidth 500 kHz 3 dB full power Analog filter bypass without filter adjustable globally for all channels 20 kHz 2 kHz 200 Hz Butterworth 2nd order 60 dB typ 50 dB min 10 kHz CANBus__ Y defmedbylSO 11898 LI CANopen mode CiA DS 301 V4 0 2 and CiA DS 404V1 2 supports 4 PDOs in INT16 INT32 and FLOAT isolation to CHASSIS CAN Bus 60 V nominal testing 300 V 10 s power supply input 60 V nominal testing 300 V 10 s analog i
64. sensor supply 244 CI8 specification 238 Cl8 temperature measurement 238 243 Cl8 voltage measurement 238 239 CI8 voltage measurement with 239 zero balancing CiA 35 Cia DS 301 V4 0 2 40 Cia DS 404V1 2 40 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 470 CANSAS Users Manual Cleaning coldjunction compensation coldjunction compensation thermocouples color coding thermocouples comparator Comparator conditioning Comparison Connection instructions for u CANSAS Phoenix terminal block Connector plugs Cross Reference Constant Channel Constant Digital Channel Control Menu Conversion to Float coupling pressure measurement current differential UNI8 current meas UNI8 current meas ground ref UNI8 Current measurement HCI8 current measurement C8 current measurement Cl8 current measurement SC16 SCI16 SCI8 customer service D DAC8 DAC8 Analog outputs DAC8 block diagram DAC8 Calculating the output signal DAC8 DSUB15 DAC8 ITT VEAM DAC8 ITT VEAM terminal DAC8 Linking the output signal to a CAN message DAC8 Message mapping DACH specification Data acquisition Data formats data sheet sensor data transfer rate data type 25 180 233 243 179 287 165 133 460 448 133 133 51 134 308 340 341 341 294 232 242 320 122 392 251 251 249 252 252 454 248 249 247 112 117 108 38 63 Data types Datei Offnen Datenbank DC bridge measurement DC
65. tool tip To toggle the toolbar on and off you can use the item Toolbar in the view menu or ALT A S GG Opens an existing database The Open database dialog appears which allows you to select the desired file for opening ig eese O Lg remsererwmemensmewmenu Bj ee reos LB ree osea m rr cen ode Adds a new CAN message to the module Deletes a module a CAN message or a virtual channel CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 53 3 2 3 The Module Tree The Module Tree represents the contents of the currently open database in a tree structure The structure s branching serves to indicate the group membership relationships among the entries Entries located on the same level are of equal rank All entries of a particular type e g input channels are denoted by the same pictogram symbol The topmost entry root represents the module database In this multiple CANSAS modules are stored Once the database icon is opened the modules are displayed on the first hierarchy level Opening a CANSAS module s symbol shows its 3 important components CAN Bus interface input or output stage and the group of virtual channels All previously defined CAN Bus messages are located under the CAN Bus Interface branch Above this branch is the branch representing the input or output type which depends on which module is involved The branches of the individual channels appear under the CAN Bus message branche
66. typ 4 W max 4 5 W p CANSAS T4 Temperature range 40 C to 120 C Dimensions W x H x D without interconnections 40 x 20 x 60 mm u CANSAS T1 AS 55 x 63 x 70 mm yu CANSAS T4 AS Weight 0 08 kg yu CANSAS T1 AS 0 25 kg u CANSAS T4 AS Connection terminals Sensor 1x 8 pin Phoenix strip terminal p CANSAS T1 AS MPTO 5 8 4x thermocouple socket u CANSAS T4 AS Omega PCC SMP CAN Power supply 1x Autosport AS208 35PA u CANSAS T1 AS 1x 6 pin Autosport Type AS208 35PA u CANSAS T4 AS CAN IN 1x 6 pin Autosport Type AS208 35SA u CANSAS T4 AS CAN OUT CANopen mode CiA DS 301 V4 0 2 and only with u CANSAS T1 CiA DS 404V1 2 supports 1 PDO in INT16 INT32 and FLOAT TEDS Transducer Electronic conform IEEE 1451 4 DataSheets Class Il MMI Module description u CANSAS T1 3631 and u CANSAS T4 376 Measurement uncertainty CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 7 22 CAN B1 B4 Technical Specs Version 1 3 1 or 4 differential analog inputs Value min max Remas Channels 1 CANSAS B1 4 u CANSAS B4 Measurement modes full bridge half bridge dR R at JN max 0 7 input IN_1V IN COM 3 dB Filter OFF 200 mV V 100 mV V 50 mV V 20 mV V 10 mV V 5 mV V 2 mV V 1 mV V 0 5 mV V 5 DC max 210 mW short circuit protection 1 s 60 V long term 500 V 10s 40V 100V ong term 1 s 5MO 10 ko 0 1 96 0 02 96 2 uV V Sampling frequency
67. 1160031 u CANSAS V1 AST u CAN u V1 AST 1160032 u CANSAS B1 AST u CAN u B1 AST See further below for notes on wiring 447 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 38 CANSAS Users Manual 2 7 5 Reset plug To set a CAN module to its shipping condition you need a reset plug That 9 pin standard DSUB plug must be jumpered between Pins 3 and 4 2 7 6 CAN data transfer rate As signal lead lines become kBit s longer the maximum reliable data 1000 transfer rate decreases Furthermore the possible data rate depends on the bus timing which in turn is determined by the 750 hardware configuration and software version 500 250 ES 0 Leen 0 200 400 600 800 1000 m Data rate over line length for CANSAS modulse or imc USB Interface The diagram shows the transfer rate for present day CANSAS modules and the imc USB Interface Line length m Data rate kBit s Note 1000 Devices from imc are built with electrical 500 isolation from the bus Devices without 83 electrical isolation achieve somewhat higher 250 values for the maximum line length 40m at 1000kBit s or 100m at 500kBit s Net data rate Conversely the net data rate depends on the package size and on whether the Standard Frame or the Extended Frame is used For instance if each CANSAS message has been optimally packed in 8byte chunks the Standard Frame is used and there are no further subscribers connected to the node the rate reaches 5
68. 20V 60V Current input ranges 10 mA 20 mA 50 internal shunt Gain uncertainty lt 0 025 lt 0 05 voltage 25 C lt 0 07 0 15 96 current Offset uncertainty of range 0 0296 range gt 50 mV range lt 50 mV Non linearity lt 120 ppm 10 V input range SCha 15 ppm K ranges lt 2 V over entire 50 ppm K ianges SES V temperature range Offsetdrift 1 uV K over entire temperature range Input voltage noise RTI 2 uVrms bandwidth 0 1 to 440 Hz 12 uVpp range 20 mV source 9 2 Channel isolation gt 1 GQ lt 40 pF to system ground gt 1 GQ lt 10 pF chanel to channel Crosstalk gt 165 dB 50 Hz ranges lt 2 V Ficus 100 Q gt 92 dB 50 Hz ranges 2 5 V Temperature measurement Thermocouples Input ranges R S B J T E K L N per IEC 584 0 025 K lt 0 028K dependent on type 16 bit Measurement uncertainty TI s05K Type K range 150 C to 1200 C Temperature drift 25 9 5 0 02 K K AT le Ha a ambient temp T Uncertainty of cold junction Ale T 25 C compensation ambient temp T Drift of cold junction compensation 10 001 K K AT Temperature measurement Pt100 Input ranges 200 C to 850 C individual current sources isolated 50 C to 150 C CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 406 CANSAS Users Manual Temperature measurement Pt100 Resolution 0 016 K input range 200 to 850 C 16 bit 0 003 K input range 50 to 150 C 16 bit Measurement unc
69. 24 p CANSAS B4 4 channel bridge amplifier Value typ max Channels 4 4 channels on one 37 Pin Autosport terminal type AS214 35SN DC bridge measurement no voltage measurement Signal plug AS for u CANSAS B4 AS AS614 35PN 37 pol 1160018 CAN bus plug AS male AS608 35SA 1160022 CAN bus plug AS female AS608 35SA 1160021 The u CANSAS B4 comes with four integrated u CANSAS B1 channels For the configuration of the channels see the description of the u CANSAS B1 365 Technical data u CANSAS B4 4251 u CANSAS B4 Make note of the channels message mapping The channels can be sent together in one message in the customary manner or divided among multiple messages as desired With each CANSAS channel having a message length of 16 bits all 4 channels can be sent by the HUB in one message If a message length higher than 16 Bit 24 or 32 Bit is set then the 4 channels need to be distributed over 2 messages Note e Synchronization is performed exclusively as Slave according to the CAN1 protocol and is provided under the node Special functions e Beside working with CAN bus per default the module is also configurable as CANopen module e The functions of the LEDs are described in section CANSAS blinking 1881 codes e Please note the hint concerning double values with CANSAS modules and imcDevices Studio 397 CAN Bus connector see here 45 Cables see here ug Sensor connector see here 4631
70. 3 SL Variety LEMO see pin configuration of LEMO terminals 455 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 238 CANSAS Users Manual 6 5 Cl8 isolated voltage channels with current and temperature mode 8 differential analog inputs Vaue yp max Remaks inputs 8 2xDSUB t5 4channels Measurement modes DSUB voltage temperature RTD Pt100 current with shunt connector ACC DSUB I4 resistor Measurement modes voltage LEMO and ITT Veam current with internal shunt RTD Pt100 resistance Measurement mode 2T temperature type K NENNEN Each of the module CI8 s isolated voltage channels has its own isolated amplifier operated in the voltage mode Along with voltage measurement current measurement with DSUB via a shunt plug resistor and temperature measurement are all provided for The Cl8 module supports TEDS to read and write sensor information Beside working with CAN bus per default the CI8 is also configurable as CANopen module The analog bandwidth without low pass filtering of the isolated voltage channels is 440 Hz 3dB Technical data CIS 3891 General remarks on isolated channels When using an isolated channel with or without supply one should make sure the common mode potential is defined one way or another Using an isolated channel on an isolated signal source usually does not make sense The very high common mode input impeda
71. 300 V 10 s max difference between two input pins of any channels for C12 with divider between inputs ensuring specified precision ensuring no damage channel chassis differential input voltage of a channel long term Common mode voltage channel channel Input configuration DC differential isolated form enclosure supply and CAN bus Input impedance static Input current static dynamic Gain uncertainty 4 nA typ 10 MO 500 kQ 500 max 40 nA 100 nA voltage thermo voltage with divider current after transients average dynamic input current 23 C with voltage plug with divider plug shunt plug Gain dri 75 ppm TK LEE Offset 0 02 96 throughout entire temperature range sensor type K at 20 C throughout entire temperature range CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 386 CANSAS Users Manual Value typ max i rate 2 ms 25 mV pp 7 mV rms range 10 V divider CMRR IMR gt 100 dB 50 Hz common mode reference enclosure CHASSIS Zeene other EE CHASSIS Supply voltage 9 V to 32 V DC M Operating temperature 30 C to 85 C Dimensions W x H x D 35 x 111 x 90 mm SS C12 75x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS L C12 T 40 x 128 x 145 mm CANSAS K C12 8 TE Cassette 300 9 AAA Module description C12 228 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 387 7 4 C8 Datasheet Version 1 4 8 differential analog inputs individually
72. 412 CANSAS Users Manual Voltage Linearity uncertainty lt 50 ppm range 10 V Current mode 40 mA 20 mA 10 mA 4 mA 2 mA with shunt connector 509 Temperature Thermocouples Range 200 C to 1200 C Typ R S B J T EK L N max one type per configuration Temperature uncertainty 0 2 K lt 0 5 K Typ J T K E L other types uncertainties of voltage measurements 20 C over entire input range sample rate SC16 gt 1s with imc plug ACC DSUB T4 Uncertainty of cold junction lt 0 15 K with imc plug ACC DSUB T4 Compensation lt 0 5 K with CANSAS K1 SC16 2T Drift of cold junction 0 001 K K AT KH AT T 25 C could junction T RTD mode Pt100 Range 200 C to 850 C reference current 410 uA int calibrated Use of thermo plug provides complete set of terminals for full 4 wire connection scheme mixed configuration with thermocouples supported Uncertainty lt 0 2 K 200 C to 850 C four wire connection lt 0 05 plus percentage of reading Parameter te min max Remarks Block isolation each function block to case CHASSIS CAN bus nominal testing 300 V 10 s DC supply input nominal testing 300 V 10 s Max common mode input analog input to case CHASSIS voltage nominal rating Channel isolation max voltage between any two arbitrary input pins of different channels CAN bus H for specified accuracy supply fault protection Overvoltage protection
73. 6 6 6 Configuring the outputs The CANSAS DAC8 module s outputs can be configured either as voltage or current sources The corresponding settings are made in the dialog accessed via the Module Tree entry Analog outputs The default is voltage output If the setting is switched to current source note the following the module remains configured as for outputting voltage in the range 10V to 10 V However values which would otherwise be outputted as 10 V are instead outputted as a current of 20 mA and values which would otherwise be transformed as 0 V become 0 mA The current range is always positive since the current source can only drive a current in one direction Therefore values otherwise mapped to negative voltages are ignored in current output mode 6 6 7 CANSAS DAC8 block diagram CANSAS module Voltage Mode 8 Channels OUT1 OUT8 cable DAC IS wa EL zl CENE SUPPLY CANSAS module Current Mode 8 Channels OUT1 OUTS DAC Si OUT GND cable 0 20mA i i Load lt 5000 460v SUPPLY E Note e If the module s outputs are voltages upper figure make sure that the load impedance never falls below 1kQ or that the load current never exceeds 10 mA For current output lower figure a load impedance below 5002 must be set This limits the voltage at the current s source to 10 V The board with the signal proces
74. 61010 1 2002 Quality management imc holds DIN EN SO 9001 certification since May 1995 imc s conformity to the world wide accepted standard DIN EN 9001 2000 is attested to by the Certificate issued July 2006 by the accredited TUN CERT certification body of TOV Anlagentechnik GmbH ime s certificate registration number is 01 10085152 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 20 CANSAS Users Manual 1 4 5 Product improvement Dear Reader We at imc hope that you find this manual helpful and easy to use To help us in further improving this documentation we would appreciate hearing any comments or suggestions you may have In particular feel free to give us feedback regarding the following e Terminology or concepts which are poorly explained e Concepts which should be explained in more depth e Grammar or spelling errors e Printing errors Please send your comments to the following address imc Mess Systeme GmbH Customer Service Department Voltastrasse 5 D 13355 Berlin Telephone 0049 30 467 090 26 Telefax 0049 30 463 15 76 e mail hotline imc berlin de CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 CANSAS 21 1 4 6 Important notes 1 4 6 1 Remarks Concerning EMC CANSAS satisfies the EMC requirements for unrestricted use in industrial settings Any additional devices connected to CANSAS must satisfy the EMC requirements as specified by the responsible authority within Europe in Germany the
75. 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 139 4 10 32 High pass filter Input channel Channel to be filtered Characteristic Filter characteristic Butterworth Bessel Chebychev ripple 0 5 dB Chebychev ripple 1 0 dB Chebychev ripple 3 0 dB Cut off frequency Specified in Hz Filter order 4 Description Filtering of the input channels with a high pass filter The filter coefficients are calculated from the parameters supplied by the user Notes A condition for effective filtering is that the cut off frequencies are significantly below half of the input channel s sampling rate The closer the cut off frequencies are to the input channel s sampling rate the more imprecise the filter s amplitude response The cut off frequency s input range depends on the input channel s sampling rate the filter s order and on the filter characteristic Data types 4 10 33 Hysteresis filter Input channel Channel to be filtered Hysteresis width Hysteresis width for suppressing minor fluctuations Result channel Filtered input channel Description The hysteresis filters minor oscillations up to the size of the hysteresis width out of the input channel The algorithm is as follows The 1st result value is set as the 1st sample value from the input channel The trend is set as an upward trend If the signal is currently in an upward trend then one of the three procedures below is followed depending upon the status of the current
76. 870258 Channel 14 36 26 211 1 0186 bar y Channel02 14 36 26 211 1 0182 bar Channel03 14 36 26 211 1 0189 bar Chanmel04 14 36 26 211 1 0187 bar Channel 5 14 36 26 131 0 39 mbar ons Channel06 14 36 26 131 1 0186 bar Channel0 14 36 26 131 1 0195 bar Channel08 14 36 26 131 1 0170 bar Ready Executing measurement A Measurement before using the tare function CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 305 A few seconds later the zeroing has been completed The offset values are written to the module s Flash EPROM and are subsequently used for corrections xi Measure Channel Module amp P Pa_870258 Channel01 14 37 58 824 1 0185 bar Channel 2 14 37 58 824 1 0182 bar Channel03 14 37 58 824 1 0187 bar Channel04 14 37 58 824 C 105 14 37 58 844 m Channel06 14 37 58 844 3 ar Channel0 14 37 58 844 1 0194 bar Channel08 14 37 58 844 1 0170 bar Performs balancing of all selected channels with ampl Executing measurement A Measurement after using the tare function The tare function can only work if the relative pressure is near zero which it should be in such a situation Taring for absolute pressure channels is not possible If you have an offset to compensate in such a case use a virtual channel Even after using the tare function the measurement value is usually not precisely 0 0mbar but may be off by a few bits The value is only 0 0 for the purposes of the measurement
77. AAA A E A Emisiones T L1 Eevee Cd I A Eae C TR A vere AA es BP Eno i T T Aviation engine ol ani wore o Ems dT mW id AA a AO LR reme CR EC Ain A A As coto ns O A sols rea AA AA AO ue AAA AA AAA AA 0 AAA CEET AAA gls CR EELER ER ER E in supe E E T um OA he C E E gt Ce TRL wu iSo nva dd Cette O m A ro aro yoo m A cra tar mater dd TL iiic tid yace A aa o mineras OA A memes a AA CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 310 CANSAS Users Manual RE SES ET EE SC E SC sae ETE ET 8 usse CR E T9 ho isoprpyiacona 0 1 1 m m se I 1 Ketone Aethylmethyl jf m oescowness H W Ts eese AA E S TE ete rea ET E IEA an M M 1 8 an E SES a ire sto E SES M ies R 8 T 8 s ET ET E uses s H a isses N a E 0 Y m 0 Metiyiethyketon A m M i E SES SSC E CS E TE SC ae CS E SS TE i a as CES SC SC E CS E SS ss ET ET IE E I 8 1 3 eu O EE ET E an NA A ER N T W Si C W M IE EE SC EC IE EE 8 1 8 1 B8 bo Pentachioropnenol Y p wm s j Eres SES SS E E CS ES a O _ ease i AA an AAA an ei A A I
78. Bridge measurements are relative measurements ratiometric procedure in which the fraction of the bridge supply fed in which the bridge puts out is analyzed typically in the 0 1 range corresponding to 1 mV V Calibration of the system in this case pertains to this ratio the bridge input range and takes into account the momentary magnitude of the supply This means that the bridge supply s actual magnitude is not relevant and need not necessarily lie within the measurement s specified overall accuracy The bandwidth without lowpass filter is for DC bridge measurement 200 Hz too Any initial unbalance of the measurement bridge for instance due to mechanical pre stressing of the strain gauge in its rest state must be zero balanced Such an unbalance can be many times the input range bridge balancing If the initial unbalance is too large to be compensated by the device a larger input range must be set Possible initial unbalance VB 2 5 V mV V VB 5 V mV V VB 10 V mV V eS L9 m o9 ss 6 18 2 5 Balancing and shunt calibration The amplifier offers a variety of possibilities to trigger bridge balancing Balancing shunt calibration upon activation cold start of the unit If this option is selected all the bridge channels are balanced as soon as the device is turned on Balancing shunt calibration via the CAN Bus Select the CAN message ID on the Balance tab e The message s Alt bit must be 1
79. Bus connectors CAN Bus connectors CANSAS CAN Bus connectors SL housing CAN Bus description CAN Bus Interface CAN Bus wiring CAN Bus wiring CANSAS CAN Bus wiring SL housings CAN Bus cable CAN Bus cable at CANSAS CAN Bus cable at SL housings CAN Bus cables cross sections CAN Bus cables cross sections at CANSAS CAN Bus cables cross sections at SL housings CAN Bus components CAN Bus Pin configuration 233 231 428 434 437 436 434 437 436 176 249 94 194 196 194 47 33 34 112 35 27 27 430 433 437 436 35 27 59 434 437 436 434 437 436 434 437 436 435 433 CAN Bus Pin configuration at 437 CANSAS CAN Bus Pin configuration at 436 SL housings CAN Bus Synchronization 112 CAN Bus wiring 36 CANcabs 435 CANcardX 27 CANcaseXL 27 CAN Controller 435 CAN message 175 CAN nodes 39 CANOpen 40 CANOpen LEDs 40 CANOpen limitations 40 CANOpen virtual channels 40 CANopen Cl8 238 CANpari 27 CANSAS analog connections 34 CANSAS in a rack 104 CANSAS IP65 P8 E 312 Canser GPS blinking codes 190 CANSER GPS specificatrion 227 CAN terminals 444 CE Certification 19 channel name 63 Characteristic 132 characteristic curves 205 Check connection 34 Cl8 LEMO 456 CI8 technical spec 389 CI8 bersteuerten Messbereich 245 zulassen CI8 current measurement 242 Clg filter 246 CI8 isolated voltage channels 238 Cl8 Resistance measurement 244 Cl8 RTD 238 CI8
80. CANSAS Users Manual 6 3 With CANSAS C12 with or without divider plugs the reference potential discrepancies IN between different sensors can be no greater than 40 V without causing damage Up to a discrepancy of 5 V there is no loss of system precision but typically not even up to 40V When measuring relatively large voltages with the divider plugs it may be necessary to note the polarity of the differential inputs 40 V differential voltages can result by combining respective absolute potentials of IN 1 20 V and IN2 20 V in relation to an arbitrary reference potential e g GRND This means If a range of 20 V or respectively 2 5 V referring to a common though arbitrary reference point is ensured for every measurement input this conforms to allowable limits Measurement with PT100 units represents a special case All of a plug s connected PT100 sensors are fed by a common reference current supply so that there is no potential isolation between the individual channels The cancellation of the potential isolation even affects both input plugs The PT100 channels of the one plug Plug1 cyclically assume the potential of the channels at Plug 2 Also the entire cabling for the PT100 channels amounts to a dynamic capacitive load at Plug 2 s inputs For this reason mixed operation consisting of PT100 measurements on one plug and current voltage measurement on the other is not advised Voltage
81. CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 376 CANSAS Users Manual 6 23 p CANSAS TA 4 channel temperature measurement amplifier Value yp max Remarks SSCS Channels 4 4 thermocouple connectors with selectable type Thermocouple measurement R S B J T E K N Standard Omega 2 pin thermo plugs type K C CAN bus plug AS female AS608 35SA 1160021 The u CANSAS T4 comes with four integrated u CANSAS T1 channels For the configuration of the channels see the description of the u CANSAS T1 sedi Technical data u CANSAS TA 42 p CANSAS T4 Make note of the channels message mapping The channels can be sent together in one message in the customary manner or divided among multiple messages as desired With each CANSAS channel having a message length of 16 bits all 4 channels can be sent by the HUB in one message If a message length higher than 16 Bit 24 or 32 Bit is set then the 4 channels need to be distributed over 2 messages Note e Synchronization is performed exclusively as Slave according to the CAN1 protocol and is provided under the node Special functions e Beside working with CAN bus per default the module is also configurable as CANopen module e The functions of the LEDs are described in section CANSAS blinking 188 codes CAN Bus connector see here 45 Cables see here 435 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 377 6
82. CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 378 CANSAS Users Manual 6 25 p CANSAS HUBA The u CANSAS HUB4 serves to convert the CAN messages of up to 4 1 channel u CANSAS modules into one or more max 4 new CAN messages and to transmit them via the CAN Bus The p CANSAS modules are supplied with power by the i CANSAS HUBA via the corresponding CAN Bus pins 4 X CAN bus plug AS male AS608 35SA 6 pol 1160022 E for CAN in and power out to connect up to four CAN u xx1 AS T ____ ee b eee r Ce 1 x CAN bus plug AS female AS608 35SA 1160022 1 x CAN bus plug AS male AS608 35SA 1160021 Oo S fel DE A seperate CAN Bus results from each connection between a 1 channel u CANSAS module and the u CANSAS HUB4 The u CANSAS HUB4 contains a built in terminal resistor for each terminal at which a p CANSAS module can be connected Integration of the measurement modules into the system is accomplished in the same way as for the other modules Depending on how many CANSAS modules are connected to the u CANSAS HUB4 the CANSAS user s interface displays the corresponding amount of channels for the respective u CANSAS HUB4 The channels can be sent together in one message in the customary manner or divided among multiple messages as desired With each CANSAS channel having a message length of 16 bits all 4 channels can be sent by the HUB in one message If a message length higher than 16 Bit 24 or 32 Bit is set
83. CANSAS module Connection plug for CAN POWER PLUG 4 pin Phoenix plug and cover for connecting to CANSAS CANSAS POWER POWER socket socket Cables for CANSAS IP65 P8 Adapter for current CAN Adapter AMPH 3 Terminal adapter for CANSAS IP65 P8 3 pin Amphenol supply plug for CANSAS Power socket for connection to the current supply for CANSAS CAN Power Supply Unit 230 Power connection cable CAN AMPH 3 POWER Supply cable for pressure expansion 3 pin Amphenol to 3 pin Amphenol female female CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 431 7 27 4 DSUB connector for incremental sensors with current signals Accessory connector for incremental sensors with currents signals for use with an incremental encoder interface usable with CRPL ENC 4 DSUB 15 connector CRPL HRENC 4 C Series ENC 4 CANSAS INC4 range 4 basic channels 1 index channel sensitivity 4 basic channels Vout 0 2 V pA 1 index channel Vout 2 0 1 V uA input impedance 4 basic channels 200 kQ 1 index channel 100 kQ differential signal Vout Vout voltage output differential analyzed by the INC 4 module 0V V output level App o Vig 3 Su ee COH basic channels Vout 2 2 5 V analog bandwidth 4 basic channels 80 kHz 1 index channel 50 kHz supply supplied by the INC 4 module auxiliary power 5V 5mA 25 mW DSUB15 14 VCC connector plug DSUB 15 with screw clamp in the connector housing CANSAS
84. Datasheet Version 1 5 8 analog outputs Vaue yp max Remarks Channels 8 J Configuration options voltage source each channel configurable separately current source Output range 10 V to 10 V connected to min 1 kO for voltage mode 0 mA to 20 mA connected to max 250 Q for current mode FOupureqeny a LL Resolution 16 bit as voltage source Accuracy deviation E NNI Ouiputvalueuponpowerup OV id CCC CAN Bus defined as per ISO 11898 ______________ Isolation to CHASSIS CAN Bus 60 V nominal testing voltage 300 V 10 s power supply 60 V nominal testing voltage 300 V 10 s analog outputs no isolation analog reference ground CHASSIS Supply voltage 10 V to 50 V DC 6 W typ 12 V supply 23 C Operating temperature 20 C to 85 C AAA CANopen mode CiA DS 301 V4 0 2 and CiA DS 404V1 2 supports 4 RPDOs in INT16 INT32 and FLOAT Dimensions W x H x D 35 x 111 x 90 mm CANSAS DAC8 35 x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS L DAC8 41 x 128 x 145 mm CANSAS K DAC8 K DAC8 BNC 8TE 75x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS L DAC8 V 300 lor CANSAS DACE Connection terminals 2x DSUB 15 outputs DACH L DAC8 8x BNC K DAC8 8x ITT Veam K DAC8 V 2x DSUB 9 CAN in out PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 supply Connection terminals for SL 2x DSUB 15 4 channels CANSAS SL DAC8 D 2x DSUB 9 CAN in out power supply alternatively 1x 6 pin LEMO HGA 1B 306 DC supply for all SL mod
85. Ere den nene d deed 255 6 7 1 4 Sense and initial unbalance AAA 256 6 7 1 5 Balancing and shunt calbraton nennen 256 6 7 2 Voltage measurement cccceeeeeteesseeeseneeseeeeseessneeesneessaeeesneeseneesaesesneeesneesenessenesseneesenesseneesensaneesans 257 6 7 2 1 Voltage source with ground reierence nenne nennen nen 257 6 7 2 2 Voltage source without ground reterence enne 258 6 7 2 3 Voltage source at a different fixed potential 258 6 7 2 4 Voltage measurement With zero adjusting are 258 6 7 3 Sensor supply 259 6 7 4 E AA AAA 259 6 8 DI16 elle CEET 259 RV O LUE 259 8 2 AS E 260 6 8 3 Block diagram a e e a r ra aaa ara e E a Aa arona Ra aa a Aaaa ra rar aa Enae nahea 260 6 8 4 Sampling Intera cias 261 6 8 5 CAN bus message dialog 2 eiie ias 261 6 8 6 Connector plugs DITO iia 262 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 10 CANSAS Users Manual 6 9 DO16 digital outputs EE 263 6 9 1 Configuring the OUtpUlts ccce roreore A as 263 6 9 2 Starting up the DO16 module 263 6 9 3 CANSAS DO16 block diagram eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene enn ennt nn nenne nnns nnns nnns nnns innatis nnne nn nnns nnns nne 263 6 9 3 1 Open Drain Mode zii Eee nein ea uH e e e nig 263 6 9 3 2 lotem Pole Mode irre leia 264 6 9 4 Invert e EE 264 6 9 5 Connector plugs DO106 as 265 6 10 DO8R DO16R relay outputs essen eeeeeee
86. Hz filter 50 Hz Noise 8 6 kHz 20 kHz 40 kHz transversal AAF Nyquist sample 50 ms burst ADC ADC GN user channel rate 1 Hz SC16 SE 2 Hz SCI8 Aliasing gt non relevant no noise between 0 5Hz 14Hz 0 5 Hz 1 Hz 14 Hz Nyquist k Rate Sample k filter bandwidth CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 184 CANSAS Users Manual 5 3 CAN Bus Delay times Here we will deal with the question of how much delay there is between a measured value s acquisition and when it is outputted on the CAN Bus This is an important issue if the module is used for process control purposes in which the system is to respond to the currently valid measurement value For measurement tasks only involving data recording the delay time is negligible The following time intervals each make a contribution e The signal s propagation time through the input amplifier and the analog anti aliasing filter e Delay time of the analog digital converter e Duration of the digital processing e g correction and digital filtering e Construction of the CAN message This involved waiting for acquisition of all measurement values to be included in the CAN message Waiting period until the CAN controller has sent its last message and this message has been entered into the CAN controller s register e The CAN controller next tries to take the next best opportunity to put its message onto the CAN Bus This involves waiting for trans
87. In general it s necessary for the data acquisition system and the master timer of all the CANSAS units to be one and the same device For an ideal match use such devices as busDAQ and imc CRONOS PL One such unit can then serve as the master configured as per the CAN 1 protocol and the CANSAS modules act as the slaves CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 115 Virtual Channels 4 1 What are virtual channels The CANSAS module comes with a fixed number of physical channels whose signals can be transmitted along the CAN bus However additional so called virtual channels can be generated These can be data streams computed from a physical channel s signal e g the low pass filtering of a physical channel But virtual channels can also be completely artificial constructions e g a sawtooth signal Also virtual channels can be used to achieve data compression Virtual channels are generally used to pre process CANSAS module data For instance passing huge amounts of data coming into CANSAS at a high sampling rate straight into the CANbus would severely strain its capacities The data can be pre processed while still in the CANSAS system e g in the form of averaging filtering and subsequent data compression Consequently the data load transferred to the CAN bus can be reduced only such data are sent to the CAN bus as are necessary for evaluation purposes 4 2 Creating virtual channels bel To esta
88. Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 111 3 5 9 Heartbeats All CANSAS modules excepting CANSAS modules and u CANSAS HUBA can be made to transmit a so called heartbeat message via the CAN Bus This message is basically a sign of life from the module Just like an animal s pulse proceeds at a regular pace this type of message works the same way A master which monitors the entire CAN Bus can thus determine on the basis of the regularly transmitted message whether a module is still alive meaning at least working well enough to send this message It is thus seen that this heartbeat message is mainly useful for output modules which don t send messages on their own but rather wait to first receive other messages from the CAN Bus Such modules include the DAC8 analog outputs the DO16 digital outputs or the DO16R relay or the PWM8 module pulse width modulated output Without the heartbeat message the bus master would hardly or only indirectly be able to recognize whether the modules are working at all Such a master exists in many situations e g a test rig PC which controls the overall test station a guidance system or an automation system But the emission of heartbeats is also useful for modules which actually send their measurement data at regular intervals as CAN messages via the CAN Bus The heartbeat message contains important information The module s serial number and a Magic number for its configuration and addi
89. Minimum Input channel Channel whose minima within each reduction interval are to be determined Result clock pulse Data rate of result channel Result channel Channel containing the minima of the input channel within the data reduction interval Description The minimum values within each reduction interval in the channel are determined The reduction interval is the clock pulse of the result channel The values returned are a sequence of the minima found Notes The result clock pulse may not exceed the input channel s sampling rate Data types Digital Digital CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 146 CANSAS Users Manual 4 10 46 Module status word only for UNI8 and CI8 modules Result clock Sampling rate of result channel Result channel Current content of result channel s status word Description Status word for universal amplifier module is outputted at the specified clock rate In the basic state the status word takes the value 0 Depending on the status the following values are added 1 if system is in the process of adjusting balancing 2 If system is in the process of performing shunt calibration 4 if the module button is pressed edge detection 8 if short circuit 16 if the module is running in synchronized mode Remark If the function of the module button is set to Activate balance or Shunt calibration the system only takes not of the button if it is possible to perfor
90. Operation 85 3 4 4 2 Module Find selections Purpose Checks whether CANSAS modules registered in the database are connected to the CAN Bus Shortcuts Toolbar Prerequisite One or more CANSAS modules must be currently selected in the Module Tree The search performed always affects all modules selected It is enough to select a subordinate entry of a module to make the module involved count as selected If the entry for the database is selected a search for all modules belonging to the database is carried out Remarks The search is accomplished using the dialog Find Modules The search starts immediately The first stage comprises a check of whether the corresponding CANSAS module is connected to the CAN Bus x Find Modules EZ CANSAS module Results Ap The following CANSAS modules are being scanned 4 CAN 2000415 M Connecting to the CANSAS module W Scanning of the CANSAS module completed successfully CAN 2000415 Scanning of the C amp NSAS module completed successfully E Once a functioning connection has been established the firmware version hardware version and batch number are read out of the module These properties are later indicated in the Properties dialog for each module If an error is detected at any stage of the search this is indicated in the dialog There is also an indication of any module which is found and the search for the next module proceeds The search can be aborted by
91. Properties of the Modules 359 2 Online FAMOS sends a message if the virtual bit Bit03 is set In the data byte the value 01Hex is transmitted Online FAMOS lt Test_032 gt File Edit Extra Window E Am fidi Y o Device imcCronosPL_121582 off Analog inputs Gd Rotating Machine Analysis Process vector 59 Scale lle Digital outputs E gf Send messages Node Node 001 L3 O LEDs SendMessage Balance uC Send CAN message 4 Virtual bits v ji v perations Balance of pC N with Virt_Bit03 SendMessage_SummationResetting_INC 1 Virt_Bit03 0x01 Balancing message in Online FAMOS 6 19 2 3 Voltage balancing via measurement window In the measurement window the balancing is performed by selecting the channel and touching the Balance button Alternatively the Channel menu offers the command Perform balancing for selections Measure Measure Channel Module Module Channel Measuremen Status 0 002 V sl Channel 11 45 12 750 Executing measurement p CANSAS U1 voltage balancing via measurement window CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 360 CANSAS Users Manual 6 19 3 Message Mapping File Edit View Module Extras Help Grouped by messages Input channel for bridge measurements B testo mdb SE ETT E TO Input Bridge circuit Scaling Message Mapping ircuit Info dih Channel Data type Signed integer 7 Eh CAN Bus interface
92. Q to 1000 Q 0 Q to 500 Q 0 Q to 250 Q 0 Qto 150 Q Each resistor is fed by a separate current source with approx 250 uA The measurement uses 4 wire configuration The resistor is supplied by 2 lines l 1 The other two measurement inputs IN IN serve as Sense leads By using the Sense leads the voltage at the resistor itself can be determined precisely The voltage drop along the conducting cable thus does not cause any measurement error Probe breakage recognition The indicated measurement value changes to zero if the connection between I and IN is broken If only the connection to the resistor at IN is broken the indicated value is the input range end value configuration for resistor measurement CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 297 6 14 5 Bandwidth The channels max sampling rate is 1 kHz 1 ms The analog bandwidth is 440 Hz 3dB 6 14 6 Connection e connection via PHOENIX spring clasp terminals 5 contacts channel PIN Signal pin configuration for each input IN1 to IN8 PHOENIX FFKDS 3 81 Note There is a possibility for certain function configurations to cause an electrostatic discharge ESD directly at the connection terminals This can lead to asynchronous operation crash of the CANSAS HCI8 This will not cause any damage A brief interruption of the power supply causes the module to restart correctly This un
93. Rev 2 A0 CANSAS Users Manual 2 7 9 CANopen CANopen9 is a standardized protocol based on CAN with a 7 layer protocol stack for a variety of hardware and software Its open structure allows automated configuration of a CAN network of up to 111 nodes and up to 127 logical devices per node At present this protocol is used in a every possible field While it once was used primarily for drive controlled machines it is now found in off road vehicles medical equipment and even building automation By means of standardized communication objects for real time data and configuration data as well as additional communication objects developers can avoid performing time consuming implementation and specification work for the CAN Bus Uniform access to all device parameters is thus made possible Some CANSAS modules are configured upon purchase as CANopen devices They support the CANopen protocol in accordance with CiA DS 301 V4 0 2 and CiA DS 404V1 2 4 PDOs in INT16 INT32 and FLOAT A CANSAS module can be set either as a Standard CAN Bus or CANopen module under the heading Special functions on the CANopen page If it is set as a CANopen module then the node ID can be entered in this window In this case the CANSAS module s entry in the tree diagram has only the two branches Bus Interface and Special functions along with their respective settings parameters No other parameters can be set by means of CANSAS ve CANSAS EH
94. Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 245 6 5 6 Allow overmodulation beyond input range The option Allow overmodulation beyond input range on the Amplifier page of the dialog makes it possible to exceed the input range by about 20 This applies globally for all of the module s channels and for all measurement modes except for the temperature mode ver CANSAS 2 lat x File Edit View Module Extras Help litt X EIB l anv Ar OU Ai Grouped by messages Amplifier g imc Devices G 2 55 busDAQ_X_130159 Slot1 gece Balance 3 49 Cl8_878825 Be Isolated amplifier e SE ray We Tree amp 2 CAN Bus interface isolated channels For measurement of temperature and oltage 2 Special functions GS busDAQ X 130159 Slot E BS busDAQ X 130155 Slot2 amp INC4 883582 db Incremental encode E CAN Bus interface S Botschaft102 dih Cs01_Incre JV Allow overmodulation beyond input range CI8 amplifier tab Allow overmodulation beyond input range If the measurement mode Voltage allow zero balance is selected note that misunderstandings can arise because both functions use up the input range s headroom Note e This operation type is not within the system s specs and can lead to saturation effects distortions and non linearities e This option has no effect on resistance measurement CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 246 CANSAS Users
95. SUPPLY with ITT VEAM terminals 45h Pin configuration of CANSAS SL INC4 L with LEMO terminals 4561 Pin configuration of the CANSAS K INC4 with DSUB 9 sz CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 291 6 13 ISO8 isolated voltage channels with current and temp modes 8 differential analog inputs Parameter 1 Value typ max Remarks Inputs BY 4 channels on each DSUB 15 socket Measurement modes configurable in blocks of 4 CAN ISO8 CAN K voltage standard plug CAN DSUB U6 ISO8 voltage with divider divider plug CAN DSUB U6D current shunt plug CAN DSUB I6 thermocouples thermo plug CAN DSUB T6 Pt100 Pt100 plug CAN DSUB PT 4 channels with contacts for 4 wire connection or voltage plug CAN DSUB U 6 channels without contacts for 4 wire connection CAN K ISO8 BNC voltage with divider BNC CAN K ISO8 2T thermocouples TK connector 2 pol IEC 584 green CAN K ISO8 3T TK connector 3 pol IEC 584 green Technical data ISO8 4037 The CANSAS ISO8 module comes with 8 isolated input channels which can carry your choice of voltage current Pt100 or any DIN conforming thermocouples signals However it is only possible to measure with multiple thermocouples at the same time if they are all of the same type The input ranges correspond to those of the CANSAS C12 module A variety of different housing models are available The CAN ISO8 and CAN K ISO8 models work in the sam
96. The internal calibration resistance can be connected to either of the two external bridge branches In order to prevent the cable resistance which directly affects the bridge in a ratio of Rb R kal to the bridge impedance it should not be connected by a jumper wire but rather by a separate line CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 221 6 1 3 Half bridge sensor cable CANSAS module 2 channels IN1 2 SENSE R cable A U cable U cable Reable CHASSIS Bridge2 block diagram half bridge In many applications the sensor consists of only half of a full bridge in other words of two variable impedances The other half must then be completed with two equal resistors of constant impedance For CANSAS BRIDGE2 bridge channels this half bridge completion is internally pre wired It is accessible via the terminals of the DSUB plug as HB1 and HB2 and need only be connected by a jumper to the corresponding input pin Only one half bridge is external in other words there are 2bridge resistors outside of the CANSAS module Setting the half bridge Channel0x gt Index card Inputs gt Measurement target combo box Sensor Channel0x gt Index card Bridge circuit gt Configuration combo box Half bridge CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 222 CA
97. Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 353 6 18 12 Assembly instructions for ITT VEAM with Pt100 inside of connector For taking thermocouple measurements with Pt100 inside of the connector you receive an junction plate onto which a Pt100 is soldered The order in which the parts are assembled is crucial Connection to the cable can take the form of either soldering or crimp connection I PT Sense LITVEAM7POL SensePT PT100 junction plate for ITT VEAM Important Be certain that the Pt100 s contacts aren t shorted 100 must be measured between Pins G and D CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 354 CANSAS Users Manual 6 18 12 1 Connection using crimps Litton VEAM Litton VEAM PT100 Thread the thermocouple s cable through the ITT VEAM connector s spacer and strain relief Pass the thermocouple s leads through the plate s holes Crimp the leads into the contacts Press the two crimped contacts and the other three contacts into the ITTVEAM connector Push the Pt100 plate onto the contacts CDU KEV c G8 UND Se Solder the contacts to the plate 6 18 12 2 Connection by soldering Litton VEAM Litton VEAM 1 Press all the contacts into the ITT VEAM connector 2 Fitthe Pt100 plate over the contacts and solder 3 Thread the thermocouple s cable through the ITT VEAM connector s spacer and strain relief 4 Solder the thermoc
98. V1 sampling interval DI16 sampling interval P8 sampling interval UNI8 Sampling rates Sampling rates SC16 SCI16 SCI8 Sampling synchron sampling method Saving imported sensor information Sawtooth SC module Probe breakage recognition switch on off SC16 SC16 LEMO SC16 SCI16 SCI8 current measurement SC16 SCI16 SCI8 delay SC16 SCI16 SCI8 DSUB15 SC16 SCI16 SCI8 filter SC16 SCI16 SCI8 Isolation Concept SC16 SCI16 SCI8 PT100 351 352 352 237 173 233 243 321 228 344 238 291 321 234 243 322 22 373 364 361 261 301 348 123 182 325 112 164 205 150 323 411 456 320 332 324 327 325 321 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH Index 477 SC16 SCI16 SCI8 RTD SC16 SCI16 SCI8 Sampling rates SC16 SCI16 SCI8 Sensor supply SC16 SCI16 SCI8 specification SC16 SCI16 SCI8 thermocouple measurement SC16 SCI16 SCI8 voltage measurement scale input channel scaling Scaling for the strain analysis Scanner concept Schaltbild imc Thermostecker Schmitt Trigger SCI16 SCI16 LEMO SCI8 SCI8 LEMO sense UNI8 senseDCB8 sensor database Sensor information Sensor recognition sensor supply DCB8 Sensor supply module sensor supply module UNI8 sensor supply C8 sensor supply Cl8 Sensor supply SC16 SCI16 SCI8 sensor pressure Sensor Database Service SETUP EXE Setup Program shielding C8 shipme
99. _ Limit user specific offset gain factor 2V user specific scaling _ factor Lower input range Limit user specific offset gain factor If the user specific scaling factor is not calculable division by zero the input range is not indicated or simply cannot be set As soon as a different connector type is selected in the corresponding dialog control the scaling values return to their default values and the input range once again can be selected Each module group can only be set to a joint gain factor in other words can only work with a joint input range The program guarantees this set up by automatically adapting all channels to any changes made to the input range of one of their group s channels If temperature measurement is the connector type set in the dialog the thermocouple desired can be selected in the combo box Characteristic curve The thermocouples are listed in imc Thermo plug 450 The input range indicator can be toggled between display in C and F When measuring with a Pt 100 unit the input range can only be toggled between the two settings C and F and measurements cannot be conducted over the input channels 5 6 11 and 12 The sampling rates can be set individually for each channel Note Regardless of the sampling rate set the channels are sampled at 2 ms The values accruing during the sampling interval are m ts ws _ CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 230
100. about the message could be used to explain in detail the message name or for any other notes Message identifier The identifier gives an unequivocal statement of the source and interpretation of data No two messages of a single module may have the same identifier The identifier thus determines the priority of sending a message equal priorities are not allowed If two messages are simultaneously slated to transmit the message with the lower number identifier is sent first Two messages from different CANSAS modules may take the same identifier as long as the modules are not connected to the same CAN Bus Values which an identifier may take are 0 2047 Standard format 0 536870912 Extended format The identifier can also be defined in hexadecimal format Append either h or H to the hexadecimal number or prefix it with Ox e g 2ACH e4h or OxAC Oxe4 Message length Number of bytes in a message 1 to 8 bytes are possible The message length is determined by the channels assigned to it Only complete bytes can be sent in a message therefore it is possible that not all bits in a transmitted byte actually contain information from a channel CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 62 CANSAS Users Manual 3 2 4 5 Input Output stage This dialog shows the common properties of the input or output channels The settings and information this filecard presents depends on the type of module involved Amplif
101. activation of the CANSAS INC4 Notes e The system only takes the zero pulse into account following configuration or after starting the INC4 module Restarting the measurement does not cause a reset e f the zero pulse fails to appear the INC4 does not start measurement at all In that case the channels only return zero e The index channel only applies to all four channels of the module CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 167 5 1 3 6 Missing tooth As of CANSAS Version 1 6R6 a new measurement mode Missing tooth is available for INC4 modules as of motherboard 2 Inputs Scaling Message Mapping Info Il Terminal See IN2 IN2 DSUB Pin 11 4 Name RPM 01 Comment Measurement Missing tooth DI mode Input range 1500 rpm No of encoder IRCH pulses 500 Impulse Rew Sampling interval E Maximum RPM 1000 rpm Number of 1 bd missing teeth This mode is suited to incremental counters which have one or two missing teeth per revolution for the purpose of angle recognition The sensor then returns instead of 60 pulses rev only 58 Such a sensor connected to the INC4 indicates messy dips in the rotation speed if the missing cogs do not return any pulse This is avoided by means of the Missing tooth measurement mode since this mode detects the missing cogs and interpolates around the apparent dip Note e When the measurement mode Missing tooth is set for
102. after all it would take the period of a few measurement samples for transients in the module s filter to subside and the correct temperature to be indicated Note also in this context that any thermocouple cable s connector which is recently plugged into the amplifier is unlikely to be at the same temperature as the module Once the connection is made the temperatures begin to assimilate Within this phase the Pt100 built into the connector may not be able to indicate the real junction temperature exactly This usually takes some minutes to happen RTD Pt100 If the leads to the Pt100 are broken then within a short time only a few samples the measurement signal generated by the amplifier approaches the bottom of the input range to about 200 C in a defined pattern If the system is monitoring a cutoff level with a certain tolerance e g Is the measured value lt 195 C then it s possible to conclude that the probe is broken unless such temperatures could really occur at the measurement location In case of a short circuit the nominal value returned is also that low In this context note that in a 4 wire measurement a large variety of combinations of broken and shorted leads are possible Many of these combinations especially ones with a broken Sense lead will not return the default value stated 6 18 5 Resistance measurement For resistance measurement there is only one input range 0 Q to 800 Q Each resistor is fed by a separate cu
103. any CANSAS modules connected to the CAN Bus and to make settings for them When CANSAS modules are first integrated into the system always enter these two IDs along with the Baud rate It is also only possible to find modules in the system with these identifiers In this case it is desirable and even necessary that the same CAN identifier is set for all modules Note that for sending measurement values along the CAN Bus it s exactly the other way around in this case all identifiers absolutely must be different unique for the CAN Bus to operate Major customers Factory set Baud rate By default CANSAS modules are shipped with a Baud rate of 125k and Master Slave ID 2032 and 2033 For major customers the rack operation alternative is available Baud rate 500k and ID 2 and 3 This combination is especially recommended for operation in racks If you are a major customer arrange with our Sales personnel for all your CANSAS modules to be pre configured for rack operation Then you can immediately employ virgin modules in your rack 3 5 5 3 Rack maintenance The rails in the 19 subrack gradually become worn down and require a certain amount of maintenance If it becomes difficult to insert or remove modules then it s possible to lubricate the rails with such substances as Vaseline Feel free to contact our Customer Service for suggestions 3 5 5 4 Operating software modification of the Baud rate In the operating software the Baud rate ca
104. as options on the Bridge circuit index card Inputs Bridge circuit Scaling Message Mapping Circuit Bridge configuration Quarter bridge 120 Ohm Bid 35V at gt 120 Ohm excitation CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 220 CANSAS Users Manual 6 1 2 Full bridge sensor cable CANSAS module 2 channels IN1 2 1 Hess S 2XU capte d 3 5V a R ridge ia i 1 1 1 1 1 Leg 8 k Page Ucable Re Bridge2 block diagram full bridge A full bridge connected to the CANSAS BRIDGE2 bridge channels consists of 4 resistor arms denoted by R in the block diagram The full bridge is external meaning that all 4 bridge resistors are outside of the CANSAS module Setting the full bridge Channel0x gt Index card Inputs gt Measurement target combo box Sensor Channel0x gt Index card Bridge circuit gt Configuration combo box Full bridge The three wire configuration used in full bridge configuration to regulate the bridge voltage guarantees the required voltage values at the sensor even if the lines to it are long and highly resistant This requires symmetric wiring same resistance therefore identical length and cross section of the current conducting signal lines as shown in thick lines in the sketch The bridge voltage VB is then adjusted by the amount 2 Uk
105. balance via Can bus BRIDGE2 balancing BRIDGE2 Bridge balance duration BRIDGE2 Bridge balance upon power up BRIDGE2 Performing bridge balance by button BRIDGE2 Shunt calibration BRIDGE2 specification Burst mode Bus activation Bus off error Button status byte order C C12 C12 DSUB15 C12 RTD PT100 C12 specification C12 temperature measurement C12 voltage measurement C8 C8 LEMO C8 anti aliasing C8 bandwidth C8 current measurement C8 DSUB15 C8 filter C8 Fischer round plugs C8 frequency response C8 round plugs C8 sensor supply C8 shielding 337 256 339 253 217 156 120 383 224 223 224 224 224 223 225 217 182 35 103 131 63 228 385 230 228 228 228 228 231 387 456 235 235 232 237 235 237 235 237 234 237 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH Index 469 C8 temperature measurement C8 voltage measurement Cable resistance cable CAN Bus cable CAN Bus at CANSAS cable CAN Bus at SL housings cables cross sections CAN Bus cables cross sections CAN Bus at u CANSAS cables cross sections CAN Bus at SL housings Calculated output signals Calculating the output signal DAC8 calibration calibration coming calibration overdue Calibration reminder Calling the software CAN connection for the PC CAN connection to CANSAS CAN 1 protocol CAN assistent CANboardXL CANboardXL pxi CAN bus accessories CAN
106. bridge has all A five terminals to connect Two leads VB C and VB D rac gt serve supply purposes two other leads in A and in B SV capture the differential voltage The fifth lead sense F is the ap Sense lead for the lower supply terminal which is used to determine the single sided voltage drop along the supply line Fj 6 Assuming that the other supply cable VB C has the same lt Y Bridge impedance and thus produces the same voltage drop no 6 th lead is needed The Sense lead makes it possible to infer the measurement bridge s true supply voltage in order to obtain a very exact measurement value in mV V Please note that the maximum allowed voltage drop along a cable may not exceed approx 0 5 V This determines the maximum possible cable length If the cable is so short and its cross section so large that the voltage drop along the supply lead is negligible In this case the bridge can be connected at four terminals by omitting the Sense line 6 7 1 2 Half bridge A half bridge may consist of two strain gauges in a circuit or a sensor internally configured as a half bridge or a ipotentiometer sensor The half bridge has 4 terminals to connect For information on the effect and use of the Sense lead sense F see the description of the full bridge The amplifier internally completes the full bridge itself so that the differential amplifier is working with a genuine full bridge ee L
107. cables used are commercially available plated through cables for the PC s serial interface A special CAN Bus terminator can be ordered which runs up the module in its original state without any configuration This makes it easily possible to reconfigure the module if it ever becomes impossible otherwise 2 5 3 CANSAS analog connections The CANSAS module s measurement input connections consist of two sockets for two separate sets of measurements Depending on the module type either four or six differential channels can be connected For ease of connecting special imc plugs having screw terminals can be ordered The pin configuration and measurement process are described in the appendix 2 5 4 Checking connections A dialog called from the menu item in the CANSAS interface s EXTRAS menu lets you make settings for the CAN Bus access and for interface parameters Details are available in Chapter Operation Extras Interface 92 and in the booklet or diskette about the interface card ee and configure both available and not Boad E yet available modules IV relactivate Details are available in Chapter ka Interface Operation Module Integrate 8 Address hex c800 IRQ po y Cancel Chip z d CAN C GANZ CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Startup 35 2 6 Integrating the CANSAS software with imcDevices As of Version 1 4R5 the CANSAS software can operate not only a
108. channel Analog bandwidth AD conversion Input ranges Bridge supply Isolation Max sustainable voltage Min bridge impedance SES for voltage surge or deactivated of measured value 200 mV V to 10 mV V lt 10 mV V Gain uncertainty Offset of input range Sista 94 WK pu 0 92 Vis ful bridge dR R O 0 004 V V V Supply voltage 9 V to 50 V DC AAA Power consumption typ 1 W max 1 5 W u CANSAS B1 typ 4 W max 4 5 W u CANSAS B4 125 C max Dimensions W x H x Temperature range 40 C to 120 C D 40 x 20 x 60 mm 55 x 63 x 70 mm 104 mm 89 mm operating temperature interior module temperature components without interconnections u CANSAS B1 AS u CANSAS B4 AS D with interconnections u CANSAS B1 AS u CANSAS B4 AS Weight 0 08 kg u CANSAS B1 AS 0 26 kg u CANSAS B4 AS Connection terminals Sensor 1x 37 pin Autosport Type AS214 35SN 1x 6 pin Autosport Type AS208 35PA 1x 6 pin Autosport Type AS208 35PA 1x 6 pin Autosport Type AS208 35SA CiA9 DS 301 V4 0 2 and CiA DS 404V1 2 supports 1 PDO CAN Supply CANopen mode 1x 8 pin Phoenix strip terminal MPT0 5 8 u CANSAS B1 AS u CANSAS B4 AS u CANSAS B1 AS CAN OUT u CANSAS B4 AS CAN IN u CANSAS B4 AS CAN OUT only with u CANSAS B1 in INT16 INT32 and FLOAT TEDS Transducer Electronic conform IEEE 1451 4 DataSheets Class Il MMI CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 426 CANSAS User
109. channel s specified accuracy 6 15 7 5 Barometer Each P8 pressure module is equipped with a barometer whose input range is 800 mbar 1200 mbar enabling it to measure the pressure of the surrounding air Its purpose is to determine the relative pressure in case an absolute pressure sensor is being used The information on the barometer s pressure sensor is available via the operating software To access it select in the tree diagram at left the entry 8 pressure sensors and at the right the index card Barometer Info Then select the menu item Modules Sensors Read identifying data or alternatively the corresponding button in the toolbar Then the information will appear CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 306 CANSAS Users Manual o x File Edit View Module Extras Help osma ejej real ra iB a Jalil 4 Grouped by messages Pressure sensor CE t mdb e General Barometer Info Synchronization c4 P8_870258 y l QD Pressure sensors Sensor status OK Eh CAN Bus interface CB Message01 ob Channel01 O Description of sensor go Channelo2 Dees PAA 9FL 80837 35 0 8 1 2 Re Channel 3 Serial number XK116 E lo d Re channelo4 Manufacturer Keller ex Message02 Nipple Not available 2 No CAN Bus message Adapter to medium Air E Input range Pressure min 0 800 bar Pressure max 1 200 bar Mode Absolute pressure sensor E Calibration Date 06 12 2002 Signal voltage mi
110. corresponding to 1 mV V Calibration of the system is based on this ratio the bridge input range This means that the actual magnitude of the bridge supply does not matter and need not necessarily lie within the measurement s rated total accuracy The following bridge types can be used as sensors with u CANSAS B1 e Full bridge e Half bridge CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 366 CANSAS Users Manual CANSAS Ele Edt yew Module Extras Help SOURCES ARI ERR Grouped by messages D I testo mdb 24 y B1 789654 dih Channel 8 LED E CAN Bus interface QA Special Functions E p T1 245963 E u U1 256983 8 49 HTHUB4 5 Input channel For bridge measurements Input Bridge circuit Scaling Message Mapping Circuit Info O Bridge configuration Full bridge pm at power output o excitation p CANSAS B1 Bridge circuit When using strain gauges all common positioning arangements are available options for the module Input channel for bridge measurements Bridge circuit Scaling Message Mapping Circuit Info CS Bridge configuration Po on Half bridge Half bridge with 2 active strain gauges 1 strain gauge along main expansion 1 transverse to il Exploits transverse contraction while providing good temperature compensation Bridge pea d DV at power output of 3 H CANSAS B1 St
111. d i Channel04 8 For the Bridge or Strain gauge measurement mode a Quarter bridge w 2 Read in of module sensor data complete Le Notes to characteristic curves e When importing characteristic curves from TEDS or imcSensors to CANSAS the characteristic curve may not comprise more than 60 measured points If an attempt is made to import a characteristic curve with more than 60 measured points a corresponding error message appears e As of CANSAS Version 1 6R6 characteristic curves are also accepted if the curve s X values decrease strictly monotonically Previously only characteristic curves with strictly monotonically increasing X values were permitted 5 8 2 4 2 Exchanging sensor information between the sensor Eprom and sensor database With a module selected in CANSAS the Sensors page in its dialog appears as follows ee al File Edit View Module Extras Help P3 i Em XX EB nl e DD Ai Grouped by messages CANSAS module LINI8 875571 imcTraing mdb gt UNIS 873188 General Version Slot Info Sensors UNI8 875571 O Universal amplifier GEN CAN Bus interface Read Sensor E prom ci es Message104 Transfer contents to imc Sensors dih Channelo1 dih Channeloz Xo EDU in XML file 2 Channel 3 Channel04 i 105 Write Sensor E prom 7 dih Channelos Transfer contents from imc Sensors dih Channeloe dih Channelo7 Read content out of XML file dih Cha
112. dB gt 100 dB 0 3 uV K AT 0 4 UN ms 14 nV NHz differential when Power ON Power OFF AT T 25 C ambient temperature T of range in ranges gt 50 mV lt 50 mV range lt 10 V AT4 T4 25 C ambient temperature T common mode test voltage 10 V_ bandwidth 0 1Hz to 190 Hz RTI CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 394 CANSAS Users Manual Parameter TT mmm Remarks Bridge measurement Bridge measurement modes full bridge half bridge quarter bridge 5 V bridge excitation voltage only Bridge input ranges 1000 mV V 500 mV V 200 mV V bridge excitation voltage 100 mV V 0 5 mV V 1 mV V 2 mV V ZER 20 MQ m differential only Power ON EE 9 5 MO i Power OFF Gain uncertainty 0 02 96 0 05 96 drift AT lf 2 20 ppm K AT 80 ppm K AT 2 ae ambient temperature T Offset 0 01 lt 0 02 Se after automatic bridge drift Eg 46 nV VIKAT o2 uvivikar Ville ambient temperature T Bridge excitation voltage Es M not with quarter bridge measure 0 5 96 E 5 V min bridge impedance 120 O 10 mH full bridge 60 O 5 mH half bridge max bridge impedance 5kQ Internal quarter bridge 1200 optional 350 Q completion Cable resistance for bridges 10 V excitation 120 Q without return line 5 V excitation 1200 2 5 V excitation 1200 Isolation to case CHASSIS CAN Bus 60 V nominal testing 300 V 10 s power supply input 60 V nomi
113. e CANSAS is using the slave ID plus seven following IDs If ID 2 and Slave ID 3 then the IDs 4 10 will also be reserved and can t be used for other purposes CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 104 CANSAS Users Manual 3 5 5 Racks 3 5 5 1 Racks slot identification In the 19 subracks or module cages produced by imc there is an Eprom on the subrack s backplane for each slot If a CANSAS module is inserted into the slot it is connected to the power supply the CAN Bus and to the slot s Eprom as soon as it docks in The Eproms are factory programmed to describe the Positions 1 10 or another highest position depending on the width of the cage The CANSAS operating software can query the contents of this Eprom To do this select the module in the tree on the left side of the user interface the module s base entry and on the right hand side the index card Slot Info Then hit the Update button The Eprom s contents are read out Naturally the module must be connected in order for this to work and must be in contact with the PC via the CAN Bus and be inserted into a rack having Eproms SEE File Edit view Module Extras Help AOS O oc iftos xB de t A OI A Grouped by messages CANSAS module UNIS_872761 e E General Version Slot Info Sensors Universal amplifier Sensor status Sensor characteristic values used at last setting possible E CAN Bus interface e not up to date E Botschaft100 AJ o
114. editing the values in the column Measurement output value By double clicking in these cells the editing mode is activated and the value for the analog bits can be toggled between 0 and 1 When the ENTER key is then pressed the value is checked accepted and sent to the module Measure Measure Bridge amplifier Output modules m o n amp CAN 8908 DACH 0 000000 es AS ss hs 0 000000 0 000000 Oo Executing measurement 4 Measure dialog for the DAC 8 module For output modules the items Transfer all values and Transfer value after editing under the Output modules menu are available Transfer value after editing This function can be toggled on and off If it is active then any editing performed on the entry is immediately sent to the module If the function is off the new value becomes valid but is not transferred This way it is possible to set multiple bits and then transfer them as a unit by using the function Transfer all values Transfer all values This function transfers the output values of all output modules shown in the window to the modules 6 6 9 Connector plugs DACH For the pin assignment of the DSUB 15 plugs see here 445 6 6 9 1 Pin configuration ITT VEAM CANSAS L DAC8 V Sean aor 402 aos aos AOS aos AO 40s AY ST E TOTO TT IESO II IS ES ES EES ES E oon ourz ours ou ovis oure ou ours gt eno ew ew ew ew ew ano ano L
115. end its duration is known If the duration is to short or too long the edge is ignored If the positive edge is set where there is a positive pulse then the time between pulses is measured and used as the determining criterion The positive edge may thus only be used with negative pulses 6 11 4 1 The channel s parameters If on the left side of the CANSAS user interface s tree diagram one of the input channels ignition signal crankshaft reference ina CANSAS IGN module is selected then on the right side a table for setting the input channel parameters appears Multi selection of the channels is possible Tr File Edit View Module Extras Help nun lia ze RR s ml dB A Grouped by messages Ignition angle module chnanel AngleSignal f Test mdb T Ca IHN 645321 DS db Ignition angle module E e CAN Bus interface il Terminal SPARK 2 64 Message100 dil Angle Name AngleSignal dili RPM s E No CAN Bus message ae di AngleSignal dih Crankshaft dih Reference Property Value H Signal processing Threshold value V des Hysteresis V 0 5 Signal delay time ms D Set pull up for DV Off Trigger signal edge Positive Coupling DC Low pass filter Off Formation of absolute value Off Threshold value A signal edge is detected when a certain signal level is crossed This threshold value level is stated in Volts It can lie between 40 V and 40 V A resolution of 0 1V should also not be exceeded Th
116. few seconds and is only performed once within a CANSAS session By calling the nterface dialog after the interface has begun to be used and then closing it by pressing the OK softkey without having changed the settings it is possible to reinitialize the interface if this option is set to Yes This might come in handy if an unexpected problem ever arises when accessing the bus via the interface CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 94 CANSAS Users Manual 3 4 5 2 Extras Options 3 4 5 2 1 Module Purpose Settings options affecting the software s general behavior Options wemmer x Module Sensor Export Display General Readable configuration C Enable read in from module If this option is activated a module s configuration is recorded in readable form when configuration takes place Later when a module is integrated into the system its current configuration can be read in from the module The option activating only takes effect once configuration of the module has been carried out Measured data of bridge strain gauge matter the integration or resetting of a bridge module the strain is Readable configuration It is possible to read a configuration into a module in such a way that it can later be read by the software This makes it possible for a module s configuration to be taken up in the database although it was made on a different PC See the description for Readable configuration be
117. filtered and conditioned Value minjmax Remarks mes EE O A Measurement modes DSUB Measurement modes LEMO Sampling frequency Channel lt 100 Hz Connection terminals Connection terminals for SL Inputs CAN in out inputs CAN in out DC power supply Voltage measurement Input range Input impedance Gain uncertainty Offset uncertainty Common mode rejection Range 60 V to 2 V 1 Vto 5 mV Isolation CAN Bus power supply input analog input voltage thermocouples RTD current voltage RTD current 2x DSUB 15 4 channels or 8x BNC or 8x 2 pin TK sockets 2x DSUB 9 PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 2 plug DSUB 15 4channals 2x DSUB 9 8x 7 pin LEMO HGG 1B 307 2x 10 pin LEMO HGA 1B 310 60 V 20 V 10 V 5 V 2 V 1 V 500 mV 200 mV 100 mV 5 mV lt 0 05 lt 0 02 lt 0 05 5 ppm K AT 20 ppm K AT 0 005 0 005 0 02 4 uV K 0 07 uV K lt 0 05 0 01 lt 0 06 lt 12 UNK lt 0 16 uV K 54dB 2100 dB 60 V 60 V no isolation ACC DSUB 14 with external shunt inputs only for voltage measurement only for Type K thermocouple measurement CAN in out supply alternatively supply CANSAS SL C8 D SUPPLY power supply alternatively CANSAS SL C8 L SUPPLY power supply alternatively 1x 6 pin LEMO HGA 1B 306 for all SL models Parameter typ min max Remarks differen
118. greater than permitted measurement is x l not possible Also the input voltage difference to the device ground alg would be above the upper limit allowed For such a task the DCB8 cannot be used sense 11 Bridge G 7 ER A 6 7 2 4 Voltage measurement With zero adjusting tare In voltage measurement it is possible for the sensor to have an initial offset from zero For such cases use the operating software to select the measurement mode Voltage enable offset calibration for the desired channel The measurement range will be reduced by the offset correction If the initial offset is too large for compensation by the device a larger input range must be set CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 259 6 7 3 Sensor supply The DCB amp 8channels are enhanced with an integrated sensor supply unit which provides an adjustable supply voltage for active sensors The supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short circuiting to ground The reference potential in other words the sensor s supply ground contact is the terminal GND The supply voltage can only be set for a group of eight channels The supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short circuiting to ground The reference potential in other words the sensor s supply ground contact is the terminal GND The voltage selected is also the supply for the measurement bridges If a value other
119. greatly endanger the user electric shock fire hazard Devices which have been altered or tampered with no longer comply with their license and may not be used In case of accident e g damage to housing terminals modules or power supply or exposure to liquids or foreign substances turn the device off immediately unplug the power cord and inform imc s Customer Service CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 26 CANSAS Users Manual 1 6 Hardware requirements e IBM or 100 compatible AT with Pentium processor or higher e Minimum 150MByte free hard drive memory e CD ROM drive for installation 1 7 Software requirements Installation can be accomplished using the following operating systems administrator authorizations required e Microsoft Windows XP 32 Bit e Microsoft Windows Vista 32 Bit e Microsoft Windows 7 32 or 64 Bit No guarantee is extended that this product will work under future versions of the operating system Additional limitations imposed by the manufacturer of the CAN bus card used in your PC are possible CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Startup Startup 2 1 CD Contents 2 1 1 Setup Program The root directory on the CD contains the file SETUP EXE Call this program in order to install the CANSAS configuration software 2 1 2 Driver software for the PC CAN Bus interface The CANSAS application supports different types of interface cards The driver softwar
120. grounding is often the problem in cases of noisy measurement values 6 18 11 1 Pin configuration of round plugs ITT VEAM MIL C 26482 a mm a CI negative sensor supply device ground MEE ZEE sense lead RTD current source quarter bridge completion Sense lead for RTD 3 wire connector CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 352 CANSAS Users Manual 6 18 11 2 Pin configuration of round plugs LEMOSA 7 B44 OneWire SUPPLY SUPPLY view from outside to the device Somat m A Peg measurementinput RESCH negative sensor suppW Genes oun f gt soaa nomns ACI E This pin configuration applies also to CANSAS SL UNI8 L see modules with LEMO plugs 455 6 18 11 3 Pin configuration of round plugs ZF LEMO pos sensor supply 6 Shield to digital GND neg measurement input 2 5 neg sense lead neg sensor supply 3 4 pos measurement input LEMO Buchse EGG 2B 307 CLN os nag sense lead view from outside to the device m In this model the contacts labeled G and E in the pou poo circuit diagram are omitted Thus the following negative sensor supply 3 1 sensor recognition GND Ya bridge completion and measurement pos measurement input i thermocouples with Pt100 in connector negative sense lead 3 wire Pt100 measurement shield to digital GND L X ES j Single ended current measurement positive sense lead BEEN Sensors with current signal CANSAS
121. input IN1 to IN8 PHOENIX FFKDS 3 81 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 459 8 3 5 5 p CANSAS Phoenix strip terminal Pin configuration of the Phoenix strip terminal for y CANSAS V1 AS IN with divider MR 2 60V 7 IN without divider MR 0 1 1V L9 o 8 pin Phoenix strip terminal 8 Pin Phoenix MPTO 5 8 SUPPLY Contact inserts SUPPLY a p ce Pin configuration of the Phoenix strip terminal for p CANSAS B1 AS Oe resenes 8 pin Phoenix strip terminal SUPPLY SUPPLY 8 Pin Phoenix MPTO0 5 8 Contact inserts Pin configuration of the Phoenix strip terminal for y CANSAS T1 AS memawenss m Sina Ls eem s eserves 8 pin Phoenix strip terminal 5 8 Pin Phoenix MPTO 5 8 Lg Contact inserts CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 460 CANSAS Users Manual 8 3 5 5 1 Connection instructions Within a CANSAS module there is a Phoenix strip terminal model MPT0 5 8 for connecting sig nals This strip terminal is located on a connector junction which can be detached from the front of the module The cable grommet is a UN EMC screwed cable gland of model UN ENTSTOR DICHT from the company Pflitsch When threading the cable please adhere to the manufacturer s instructions The following section explains step by step how to access the connector junction and how to make the necessary connections Step 1 Unfasten the
122. internal resistor impossible Current measurement is then only possible with the help of an externally connected 50 Q resistor For the model with DSUB plugs a connector with a built in 50 2 resistor for current measurement is available Module description UNI8 s33 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 421 Sensor supply Parameter Value yp Imag Remas Configurations options seas Output voltage Voltage Current Net power set globally isolated on request 2 5 V 580 mA 5 0 V 580 mA 7 5 V 400 mA 10 V 300 mA 12 V 250 mA 15 V 200 mA 24 V 120 mA 15 V 190 mA available on request only without isolation Short circuit protection unlimited duration to reference ground of the output voltage Precision of output voltage at the connection terminals no load lt 0 25 typ 25 C 2 5 V to 24 V lt 0 5 max 25 C 2 5 V to 24 V 0 9 max over entire temperature range 196 max 15 V Adjustment of cable 3 line adjustment Provided for 5 V and 10 V resistances with UNI8 SENSE line at return line Prerequisites VB supply ground 1 symmetrical feed and return lines 2 identical lines for all channels 3 representative measurement at Channel Efficiency min 40 typ 55 typ 50 typ 70 Max capacitive load 2 5 V 10 V 15V 12 V 15V 24V The sensor supply module always ma
123. is not administered as an MDB database since it is saved along with the experiment under imcDevices XML export import is possible Access to the CANSAS hardware is provided via the imcDevices hardware s CAN Bus This communicates via Ethernet so that all interfaces incl imc USB as well as the Interface Dialog are blocked 3 1 1 Language setting imcLanguageSelector 9 The software is provided with different languages which can be selected with the program ImcLanguageSelector Thus installing several language versions of the software is not necessary As default the language of the operation system will be used In case of the imc product is not provided with the language of the WINDOWS version English will be used The mcLanguageSelector is locaed at C Program files Imc Shared imc Language selector x Please select the desired language for imc applications Please select the desired language for imc applications E imc Language selector S Defaut Please note that the setting above may not be realizable by every imc application CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 48 CANSAS Users Manual 3 2 The user interface 3 2 1 Introduction Starting and configuring the CANSAS module is accomplished using the CANSAS parameterizing software This application works by means of a module database All CANSAS module settings are saved in this database CANSAS application window always appears as it
124. lt 10 V thermocouple RTD Pt100 current voltage lt 10 V voltage lt 10 V RTD Pt100 current thermocouple type K conform IEEE 1451 4 Class II MMI CiA DS 301 V4 0 2 and CiA DS 404V1 2 supports 4 PDOs in INT16 INT32 and FLOAT max 500 Hz 2 ms channel max 1 Hz 1 s channel 28 Hz sampling rate 7 with divider plug ACC DSUB U4D standard plug ACC DSUB U4 thermo plug ACC DSUB T4 with shunt plug ACC DSUB I4 ACC DSUB U4 IP65 with external shunt ACC DSUB TEDS U4 TEDS U4D ACC DSUB TEDS U4 IP65 ACC DSUB TEDS T4 TEDS T4 IP65 ACC DSUB TEDS M TEDS 14 1P65 maximum allowable input signal frequency 100 Hz recommended maximum for optimized noise reduction filter 12 Hz 3 dB 60 dB 50 Hz no restrictions for input noise frequency except for narrow band 0 5 Hz to 12 Hz at sampling rate 500 Hz 2 ms 200 Hz 5 ms 100 Hz 10 ms to 2 Hz 500 ms 16 bi hr Voltage Parameter mp min max Remarks Range 10 V 5 V 2 V 1 V 500 mV 200 mV 100 mV 60 V 20 V with divider plug 23 C lt 0 025 lt 0 075 lt 0 075 Gain uncertainty with standard connector with divider connector only SC 16 shunt connector 30 ppm K typ Gain drift 60 ppm K max range lt 50 V 50 ppm K typ 90 ppm K max range gt 10 V Offset lt 0 02 over entire temperature range CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2
125. make a direct connection to the PC rather than going via the bus complex Procedure Integration of a module is accomplished with the help of the ntegration Assistant s sequence of dialogs The softkeys Next and Back can be used to proceed to either the next step or the previous one In the dialog succeeding the introductory dialog the decision is made whether the module to integrate is accessed on line Single integration Integrates a new module on line Choose this option to use this program to make the settings for a newly purchased CANSAS module This is the preferable way to proceed as long as you have an actual module to integrate the entry of the module s parameters will be handled automatically and the database settings will be compatible with the module Integration of multiple modules It s possible to connect multiple modules but they must all have the same Baud rate and firmware If this is not the case proceed as follows 1 Use Single integration to find the modules one at a time a Give each of them the same Baud rate Master and Slave ID CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 CANSAS Users Manual b If you don t know what Baud rate the modules are set to use the Reset plug to set them back to the factory setting 125kBit To do this attach the Reset plug to the module and then briefly disconnect the module from its power supply c If necessary a firmware update is performed 2 Once all th
126. measurement In CANSAS a measurement starts directly after the module is configured or activated For the cumulative measurement quantities the data type 32 bit signed integer is used In this case the differential readings taken such as events within the last sampling interval are totaled up The 32 bit value can overflow This must be noted when evaluating a CAN message of this type Then the 32 bit value cannot be used for subsequent processing but can only serve as an output on the CAN bus CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 175 5 1 4 Digital Inputs The switching thresholds can be toggled between TTL and 24 V range The switching thresholds are 5 1 5 Digital Outputs CANSAS DO8R DO16 DO16R These modules are for digital output The CANSAS DO16R module has 16 digital outputs which are switched using relais DO16 without R serves the same purpose with open collector outputs The CANSAS DO8R module has 8 relay switches The output signals can be set by a CAN message or by a calculation The output s state upon module power up is defined 5 1 5 1 Outputs All the outputs have switching times For the module DO8R they can be up to 4 ms for DO16 under 0 1 ms In both cases the switching time is different for switching the output on or off In DO16R each terminal s 8 outputs have a shared reference ground and are thus not isolated from each other They are isolated from the 8 out
127. measuring e The DC voltages apply with an operating voltage of 12 V e These voltages are guideline values and can deviate by a few multiples of 100 mV e No additional measurement instruments such as an oscilloscope etc may be used at the same time CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Startup 43 1 Possibility the CAN Bus is working correctly IN LI CAN L GND CAN H GND CAN L CAN H 2 Possibility CAN H or CAN L not connected properly me cwn cani CANL GND CANH GND CAN L CAN H 3 Possibility short circuit between CAN H or CAN L and GND Bus CANH CAN L CAN L GND CAN H GND CAN L CAN H 4 Possibility short circuit between CAN H or CAN L and SUPPLY Bus CANH CAN L CAN L GND CAN_H GND CAN L CAN H 72V 5 Possibility CAN Hand CAN L are connected Bus CANH CAN L CAN L GND CAN H GND CAN L CAN H CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 44 CANSAS Users Manual 2 7 11 Cabling of p CANSAS In conjunction with a busDAQ unit able to supply the power for the connected u CANSAS 355 units a variety of system configurations are possible When selecting a configuration be sure to also select appropriate cable terminations 2 7 11 1 Power from external power supply unit Configuration 1a with unterminated single channel CANSAS Termination located inside of the cable y BS LER CAN p CABLE MODT HT 1160023 bu
128. module with inputs For ignition signal crankshaft sensor d Angle d reference JK RPM No CAN Bus message Bee El Snapshot Snapshot mode Off Snapshot length samples 10000 Snapshot output rate 1 ms Snapshot sampling rate 500 kHz El Signal evaluation Averaging duration 100 ms Zero marker on crankshaft 0 Minimum ignition angle dear 40 Maximum ignition angle deg 70 Ignition signal evaluation Active Ignition pulses per work cycle 4 720 Minimum rotation rate 400 Maximum rotation rate 6000 Display frames repetition rate 200 ms Conditioning n T PEL ET RETE TT Minimum ignition angle degrees 180 0 360 0 Grad Ready a Snapshot mode On The Snapshot mode can be tuned on off Off No Snapshot mode Default operation instead angle and RPM are determined Note These input channel parameters are also observed in Snapshot mode For this reason these parameters must also be well defined switchable pull up resistor to 5V coupling AC DC low pass filter absolute value formation Please also be sure to adjust the CAN ID correctly CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 276 CANSAS Users Manual Snapshot length Length of Snapshot in samples Lengths from 1000 to 30000 samples are available Note that a small buffer leads to fast buffer update rates E g with a Snapshot output rate of 1ms the complete transfer takes between 1s and 30s This parameter can only be edited in Snapshot mo
129. of the analog output module or digital data in the case of the digital output module can be outputted If data are to be read in to the output module the bits and Bytes to be read in must be assigned to channels To do this use the Drag amp Drop technique to position the Module Tree entries of channels in messages Virtual channels as well as physical outputs can be positioned in the messages The channels assigned to a message are automatically set on the function Read in CAN channel In the message mapping dialog a message s bit and Byte assignments the number and order of bits and the numerical format of the channel data to be extracted can be set For analog data the minimum and maximum values can additionally be set Virtual channels can be processed in any way desired and then outputted CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 122 CANSAS Users Manual 4 7 2 1 DACH Analog output module DACH At the 8 analog outputs voltages in the range from 10 V to 10 V can be outputted Channels read in from the CAN bus and having this scaling or virtual channels created with this scaling can be outputted directly Otherwise the channels are automatically re scaled which results in a loss of precision If for instance a 16 bit channel with an input range of 1 V 1 V is read in from the CAN bus and is to be outputted the values which are read in are automatically transformed into the value range 10 V 10 V Of the valu
130. on the combination of event counting and time measurement In other words during a sampling interval the number of events occurring as well as the time interval between the first and last event is measured REN The frequency is determined as the number of events counted divided by the time between the first and the last complete event in the interval An event is complete when a positive edge is succeeded by a subsequent positive edge The frequencies to be measured by CANSAS INC4 must lie within the range 30m Hz lt f lt 450 kHz If the maximum frequency is exceeded during a measurement the system returns the input range end value instead of the true measured values The derivative quantities RPM and velocity measurement have the following settings e Choice of one signal and two signal encoder 1e e Start of measurement with or without Zero impulse 166 e Number of pulses per unit The frequency resolution of the measurement results depends on the input range selected Setting the input range IncrementalEncoder0x gt Index card Inputs gt Combo box Input range CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 174 CANSAS Users Manual The input ranges and resolutions for the RPM or velocity also depend on the number of encoder pulses set If the number of pulses is known the RPM and velocity values can easily be computed using the above table according to RPM Input range Frequency input range in
131. pin Amphenol 3 pin Amphenol Terminations external 4 pin Amphenol plug 120Q between PIN1 and PIN2 Reset as with all IP65 P8 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 313 6 15 13 Grounding CANSAS P8 should be grounded Its housing is metal and conducting which means that grounding is advisable for safety reasons But grounding also makes sense for measurement technical reasons but isn t totally necessary when using plastic tubes Lack of grounding can cause noisy measurement values however For CANSAS L P8 ground connection via a bolt on the backplane is recommended For CANSAS IP65 P8 ground connection via the plug housing is recommended 6 16 PWMS pulse width modulation outputs 8 digital outputs Value typ max Remarks Channels Separate voltage supply for the two channel groups The 4 outputs in a connector are isolated from the outputs of other connectors from the supply and from the CAN bus but not channel to channel Technical data PWM8 49 6 16 1 8 PWM outputs For purpose of using pulse width modulation as a control signal the PWM pulse width modulation is used For the output you can choose between TTL and an external voltage source Open Drain The frequency is fix and can be be set individually for each channel CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 CANSAS Users Manual Be PWMO4 P Botschaft102 H No CAN Bus messa GE Spe
132. plug tte a sea das eed e Da i enne 188 EN EE 188 5 5 1 4 Fault conditionIn device eire aiii 189 5 5 1 5 UNI8 NR 190 5 5 1 6 Canser GPS A yane e y e aa a denA 190 5 5 1 7 CANSAS and u CANSAS HUB4 ce eeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeesaeeeaesaeesaeenaeseeeeeseeeeeeeaees 190 5 6 Features and modules cceecccceseeeceeeeeneeeeeeeneeeseeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeseeeeeeeaseaeeeeeaseeeeeesseceeeeennes 192 5 7 Calibrating the modules eeseseeeieeeeeeee essen cr 194 5 7 1 Prompt for next calibration s eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeiseeeeeeeeeee nete nn tnn nnne an rara 194 5 7 2 Recalibration overdue CRU EIER 5 8 1 TEDS Plug amp Measure functionality for sensors eese eterne nnne nnne nnn 199 5 8 1 1 How can measurement be simplified for the user 199 5 8 1 2 Steps Towards Achieving Plug amp Measure Functionality 199 5 8 1 8 Sensor database d n e ee dee a uec rie ede e ea ed 201 5 8 2 Operation in CANSAS Software esee esses eene enteras ener 203 5 8 2 4 Importing sensor data orte tette neenon reed etie oa Ege De dne 204 5 8 2 2 Sensor information AAA A AERE ERR 204 5 8 2 3 Saving imported sensor information in CANSAS nene 205 5 8 2 4 Sensor Database xi 2 5 ire Eee dd pibe e bee 205 5 8 2 4 1 Importing sensor information from the sensor database sees 205 5 8 2 4 2 Exchanging sensor infor
133. plug All measurement inputs are routed to the DSUB 15 sockets CON1 and CON2 The inputs can be connected either via the various connectors which imc provides and which are each customized for a different signal type or via standard DSUB 15 male connectors The specially designed connectors from imc e g CAN DSUB U included in the product package allow very convenient and easy operation The connector housing contains screw terminals made for attaching the measurement lines For an overview of all available connectors see here 425 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 444 CANSAS Users Manual 8 3 1 1 Modules with CAN terminals ISO8 C12 D016 DO8R DO16R DI16 DAC8 INC4 CAN DSUB U4 U4D U6 U6D PT100 DO16 STD DAC INC 14 T4 16 T6 RELAIS Signal voltage voltage divider current thermocouples DSUB 15 Pin Terminal DO8R A Tos T m REI A m mns ms ens ova Naa L3 Ana e SECHS ECK ESCH Ns an INS 6 10 and ES ER EE 3 RER sour 26 COM E NTE fea rev Pi Genause 15 16 CHASSIS CHASSIS censis GHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS Index at CON1 only For CAN DSUB STD RELAIS ACC DSUB REL4 could be used as replacement Note that OFF and ON are swapped 14 14 12 12 13 13 RT d pm i p s wen NENNEN 7 ESA sli A ERA CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 445 8 3 1 2 Modules with AC
134. plug ACC DSUB 14 Meas mode SL DSUB voltage lt 60 V ACC DSUB U4 IP65 bus c thermocouple RTD Pt00 ACC DSUB T4 IP65 current ACC DSUB I4 IP65 Meas mode SL LEMO voltage lt 60 V CANSAS SCI8 SCI16 RTD Pt100 current with external shunt Meas mode TK Buchse thermocouple type K CANSAS L SCI8 16 2T K SCI8 16 2T Meas mode BNC voltage 60 V CANSAS SCI8 16 BNC TEDS Transducer Electronic conform IEEE 1451 4 ACC DSUB TEDS U4 TEDS UD4 DataSheets Class II MMI ACC DSUB TEDS U4 IP65 ACC DSUB TEDS T4 TEDS T4 IP65 ACC DSUB TEDS I4 TEDS I4 IP65 CANopen mode CiA DS 301 V4 0 2 and CiA DS 404V1 2 supports 4 PDOs in INT16 INT32 and FLOAT Sampling rate maximum allowable input signal frequency CANSAS SCI16 max 500 Hz 2 ms channel 100 Hz CANSAS SCI8 max 1 kHz 1 ms channel 150 Hz Sampling rate temperature recommended maximum for optimized noise CANSAS SCI16 max 1 Hz 1 s channel reduction filter 12 Hz 3dB 60dB 50 Hz CANSAS SCI8 max 2 Hz 500 ms channel No restrictions for input noise frequency except for narrow band 0 5 Hz to 12 Hz Bandwidth with compensation filter at sampling rate CANSAS SCI16 23 Hz 500 Hz 2 ms 200 Hz 5 ms sampling rate 7 100 Hz 10 ms 2 Hz 500 ms CANSAS SCI8 42 Hz 1 kHz 1 ms 500 Hz 2 ms sampling rate 7 200 Hz 5 ms 5 Hz 200 ms 16 bit AAA Voltage Value Dap ma Remaks Range 60 V 20 V 10 V 5 V 2 V 1 V 500
135. pressing the Stop softkey When the dialog is closed the Module Tree is updated Modules located in the bus system are denoted by the symbol B CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 86 CANSAS Users Manual 3 4 4 8 Module Check configuration Purpose Checks for errors in the configuration set for the CANSAS module Shortcuts Toolbar Prerequisite One or more CANSAS modules must be selected all modules selected are checked The module itself or any subordinate entry can be selected the function is applied to the module affected If the Database entry is selected all the modules will be checked Remarks Calling the command makes the window Test configurations appear The tests are started immediately The tests are carried out without accessing the interface and module Test configurations All modules selected CANSAS module are checked Number of errors by module Error message x CAM 338344 no error found x CAM 338345 no error found CAN 838346 1 errors found H The CAN message MessageD1 contains too many channels A Checking of CANSAS modules completed The Test configurations dialog Each CANSAS module is tested on the following points CANSAS module names CAN message names and channel names CAN Bus Interface settings CAN Bus messages Virtual channels Input channels Module computational capacity Occupation of bus capacity by the mod
136. purpose a digital port can additionally be configured If the entire port is sampled it can return values from 0 zero to 65535 in other words it is interpreted as an unsigned 16 bit integer However if only a single bit is used its data type is digital and it occupies only 1 bit on the CAN bus CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 260 CANSAS Users Manual 6 8 2 Settings The properties which can be specified for the Digital inputs digital channels are Name and Comment In the dialog digital inputs the properties applicable to all the digital channels are set Input voltage The input voltage range for all the digital inputs can be toggled between 5 V TTL range and the 24 V range 6 8 3 Block diagram CANSAS an fnodulesdgialinus IN2 sel qa FE IN1 2 3 Pm gt supply 9a IN7 8 IN8 l Lay B Us Y 1N7 8 ral l 8 digital inputs IN1 Ls 60V IN2 E Poo IN1 2 Sui Boe a CAN 21 IN7 Op 1N8 d 4 IN7 8 gt Sa j CHASSIS ue GND m Note General SCH Type Input voltage Sampling interval 100 0 ms D e The CANSAS DI16 module s inputs are organized in pairs which are isolated from other inputs The pairs own reference grounds are not connected to the DI16 module s internal ground or CHASSIS Eight inputs are accessible per connection terminal e Open inputs a
137. range of the document and with a specifiable number of copies It also lets you increase or decrease the size of the display export the configuration report in various formats for other applications or update the Page Preview with the database s most recent data The last option is provided because the main window is still open parallel to the Page Preview window and changes to the configuration could therefore be made which render the Page Preview window s information obsolete Prerequisite Only a single CANSAS module or the entire module database may be selected selecting all of the modules one by one also works If only one among multiple modules is selected an error message will result Procedure Once the Page Preview window is opened the softkeys arrayed across the top of the window offer a selection of various commands Scroll forwards and backwards through the report 1 Call the dialog for printing the report 2 Call the dialog for updating the configuration report with the newest module database data 3 Call the dialog for exporting the report 4 Increase decrease display size 5 3 4 1 8 1 The Print dialog The following options let you influence how the document is printed out Printing range Specify which pages of the document to print out All prints the entire document Pages prints a range specified by the controls from and to Copies Specifies how many copies of the printing range defined above to print out
138. s position within the message must also be determined meaning in which Byte and at which of the Byte s bits For the scaling the selected Unit is entered in the dialog s lower portion The scaling Factor for a 16 bit quantity is computed thus maximum value minimum value Scaling factor 2 for unsigned integers Offset minimum value maximum value minimum value Scaling factor _ for signed integers 32767 32767 Offset minimum value scaling factor 32767 Factor fo 0003051851 Offset Input range of CAN Bus data 10 0003 N 10 N 2 my The value range on the CAN bus set by the control Analog output is between 0 V and 8 V in the example shown The physical input quantity has been set to range from ON to 3000N Taken together with the scaling factor specified in the control higher up in the dialog the resulting possible output voltage range is 2 667 V Scaling l Physical quantity of input Analog output to 42 667 V This means that the Point 1 o N v maximum output voltage range isn t being utilized l Point 2 3000 N Output driven too weakly 1 0265675 V 0 0266667 V For ideal utilization of the DAC the scaling Factor 101144444 Offset factor must be selected to result in an Input range of CAN Bus data 3750 11 N 3750 N output range of 10 V to 10V l Scaling Altho
139. sampling rate pulse Each value returned is the respective RMS with exponential weighting of all input channel sample values accumulated at the moment The algorithm for calculating the moving RMS is The input channel s sample values are first squared then 1st order low pass filtering taking consideration of the time constant is conducted and then the square root is taken In a normal RMS calculation all squared values are weighted equally when the mean is taken in this case a time based weighting takes place Notes Data reduction is recommended since the function smoothes the data The reduction tends to reduce redundant data The pulse rate of the result channel may not be higher than that of the input channel Result channel Data types 4 10 24 Extract bit from word Input channel Channel from whose sample values a bit is to be extracted Bit to be extracted Bit 1 LSB Bit 16 MSB Result channel Channel containing extracted bit Description The specified bit is extracted from a number The result is a bit i e either O FALSE or 1 TRUE The 2nd parameter states the bit which is to be extracted Bit 1 LSB Bit 16 MSB Data types 4 10 25 Fixed analog value only for DAC8 and PWM8 modules Fixed analog value 10V 10V Result channel Channel with constant fixed analog value Description Creates a channel with a fixed constant value The value can be set to between 10V and 10
140. sense lead By using the Sense lead the voltage at the resistor itself can be determined precisely The voltage drop along the conducting cable thus does not cause any measurement error The sense lead here pin G carrys practically no current It is important that the connection between N A to Sense and IN B to VB D is made directly at the module 3 wire configuration is not always as precise as 4 wire configuration When in doubt 4 wire configuration is preferable CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 346 CANSAS Users Manual 6 18 4 3 Probe breakage recognition The amplifier comes with the ability of probe breakage recognition Thermocouple If at least one of the thermocouple s two lines breaks then within a short time only a few samples the measurement signal generated by the amplifier approaches the bottom of the input range in a defined pattern The actual value reached depends on the particular thermocouple In the case of Type K thermocouples this is around 270 C If the system is monitoring a cutoff level with a certain tolerance e g Is the measured value lt 265 C then it s possible to conclude that the probe is broken unless such temperatures could really occur at the measurement location The probe breakage recognition is also triggered if a channel is parameterized for Thermocouple and measurement starts without any thermocouple being connected If a thermocouple is later connected
141. sent to the module LIM O geed amplifier Output modules Measuremeny ouputvelue amp CAN_9908 DO_Bit01 DO_Bit02 DO Bu DO Bud DO But DO_Bit06 DO_Bit0 DO Bug Executing measurement Measure dialog with DO8R or DO 16 modules For output modules the items Transfer all values and Transfer value after editing under the Output modules menu are available Transfer value after editing This function can be toggled on and off If it is active then any editing performed on the entry is immediately sent to the module If the function is off the new value becomes valid but is not transferred This way it is possible to set multiple bits and then transfer them as a unit by using the function Transfer all values Transfer all values This function transfers the output values of all output modules shown in the window to the modules CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 179 5 1 6 Temperature measurement Two methods are available for measuring temperature Measurement using a Pt100 requires a constant current e g of 250 yA to flow through the sensor The temperature dependent resistance causes a voltage drop which is correlated to a temperature according to a characteristic curve In measurement using thermocouples the temperature is determined by means of the electrochemical series of different alloys The sensor produces a temperature dependent potential difference from
142. set At the pulse rate specified the LED shines during the number of pulses specified for LED on and stays off during the number of pulses specified for LED off if the specified condition is met Otherwise the LED is off altogether If the condition Flash is set Parameters 2 and 3 are evaluated in the manner described the channel data value is 1 TRUE during the pulses for which LED on is specified and for the other pulses the return value is 0 FALSE If the function is applied to an LED the LED will flash correspondingly If the condition Flash for Overflow is set Parameters 2 and 3 are evaluated in the manner described only if the CANSAS module FIFO s overflow and thus the module is overloaded in such a case some data will not be processed or transferred via the CAN bus Otherwise the function s return value is 0 FALSE If the function is applied to an LED LED flashing indicates system overload Notes The function can also be used to generate a rectangular signal For this purpose the LED flash function must be assigned to a virtual channel The result channel can be re scaled if appropriate CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 141 Data types Result channel Digital 4 10 35 Less 1st parameter Channel whose sample values are to be compared with the appropriate value from the 2nd parameter 2nd parameter Channel whose samples are to be compared with the corresponding
143. settings It can be useful to change an identifier if Extended identifiers are used or if modules are to be configured from multiple PC s linked to a common CAN Bus Each PC in a common CAN Bus system should have a unique pair of identifiers CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 60 CANSAS Users Manual Expert settings By this means the baud rate and other parameters which relate to it can be set by directly entering register values The expert settings are necessary in case of bus overload or interference or for setting baud rates other than the selections appearing in the list CAN Bus interface General Baud rate 125 kbit s All identifiers are Extended Identifiers 2 08 Identifier for module message reception Master ID 2032 Identifier for module message 2033 Configuration Message Identifiers answering Slave ID IV Expert settings needed for buses suffering overload or interference Register value 070273 hex bbbb bbbb 0000 0ejj s111 1222 binary b BRP s SAM e SBG 1 TSEG1 i Sw 2 TSEG2 The Register value must be entered as a six digit hexadecimal number The first two digits correspond to the bottom 8 bits of Bit Configuration Register 2 of TMS320F243 The other four digits correspond to Bit Configuration Register 1 The Baud rate is calculated as 20 MHz BRP 1 TSEG1 1 TSEG2 1 1 No Baud rates can be set which could not be set toget
144. supply Connection terminals for SL Inputs 4x DSUB 15 CANSAS SL SCI16 D SUPPLY 2x DSUB 15 CANSAS SL SCI8 D SUPPLY CAN in out 2x DSUB 9 power supply alternatively CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 417 Value typ max Remarks Inputs 16x LEMO HGG 1B 307 CANSAS SL SCI16 L SUPPLY 8x LEMO HGG 1B 307 CANSAS SL SCI8 L SUPPLY CAN in out 2x 10 pin LEMO HGA 1B 310 power supply alternatively DC power supply 1x 6 pin LEMO HGA 1B 306 for all SL types Module description SCI8 SC116 318 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 418 CANSAS Users Manual 7 19 UNI8 Datasheet Version 1 5 8 differential analog inputs Value yp max Remas Inputs 8 differential separate inputs Measurement modes DSUB voltage measurement voltage measurement with adjusted supply current measurement with shunt connector ACC DSUB 12 Resistor or single ended thermocouples mounted with and without contact to GND Pt100 in 3 and 4 wire configuration bridge sensor bridge strain gauge Measurement modes LEMO voltage measurement voltage measurement with adjusted supply current measurement single ended or with external shunt thermocouples mounted with and without contact to GND Resistor Pt100 in 3 and 4 wire configuration bridge sensor bridge strain gau
145. supply Output current High level 15 mA to 20 mA Low level 0 4 V Low level 700 mA Power up default High impedance configured as Open Drain High configured as Totem Pole Switching time 100 us SSS CAN Bus defined according to ISO 11898 _____________ Isolation CAN Bus Power supply input Digital outputs to CHASSIS nominal testing 300 V 10 s nominal testing 300 V 10 s nominal testing 300 V 10 s Externally available power 5 V 30 mA per connector available in addition to the output stages supply Supply voltages 10 V to 50 V DC pz 2 AAA 4 W typ 12 V supply 23 C Operating temperature Dimensions W xH x D EIER RE 35 x 111 x 90 mm CANSAS DO16 41 x 128 x 145 mm CANSAS K D016 8HP 38 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL DO16 D 3009 A Connection terminals Connection terminals at SL Module description DO16 263 2x DSUB 15 CANSAS DO16 outputs PHOENIX spring cage terminal CANSAS K DO16 outputs block 2x DSUB 9 CAN in out PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 Supply 2x DSUB 15 outputs 2x 10 pin LEMO HGA 1B 310 CAN in out supply alternatively 1x 6 pin LEMO HGA 1B 306 Supply CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 398 CANSAS Users Manual 7 10 DO8R DO16R Datasheet Version 1 5 8 or 16 relay outputs EE Relays DO8R a DO16R Relay specs Switching current 1 A 30 V DC max 10 yA O 10 mV DC min 0 3 A 125 V AC max 30 W max 37 5 W max 110 V DC
146. synchronization signal after having been successfully synchronized it reverts to the blink code Wait for other module yellow red Then it s sufficient to connect the module with another module to make it blink in green once again In this case it continues blinking green even though it isn t receiving a synchronization signal WWW HH P L Note e u CANSAS LEDs must be configured in order to be able to indicate synchronization See the section CANSAS blinking codes 1861 5 5 1 4 Fault condition in device If however a fault condition occurs in the device then a special blinking code is emitted by the LED This particular blinking code can indicate which error is involved WWW A CANSAS device error s blinking code consists of a sequence of 7 blinks in various colors which depend on the particular error which occurred This blinking code is emitted for the whole time as long as the device is on The error code is commenced with the first three blinking signals in which the LED shines red three times The LED s following four blinking signals make up the actual error code and provide information on the error s location and type In this context the first two flashes constitute the top level code location while the last two flashes are the subordinate code type The error code s 7 flash signal is then repeated ax Flashesforthetop level error code 2 Y Flashes for the subordinate erro
147. t exceed 15 V max channel isolation The block isolation between the CAN bus s functional units and the voltage supply is defined accordingly CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 326 CANSAS Users Manual The concept of block wise isolation allows relatively large common mode voltages as long as the maximum voltage differential between the module s channels is not exceeded CANSAS SCI8 SCIT6 SC16 PC BUS DAQ Je glaten A LA DSUB 15 i i GND Noise PE do not connect PE ground module case check whether or not moduleis ground SUPPLY when DSUE 1 to CHASSIS via DSUE 15 orOSUB 9 grounded via DSUBS shield using AC wall adaptor Important note The contacts and of the DSUB 15 connector are exclusively for connecting RTD PT100 sensors which have neither a galvanic connection to a different electric potential nor are grounded These pins are connected with the internal ungrounded module ground GND_ISO Since the ungrounded module is periodically connected with the common mode potentials of the signal sources grounding these contacts can lead to damage from short circuiting On the standard connector H DSUB 9 Terminal K1 RES my DSUB 6 Terminal K10 GND The same applies to the terminals GND and 5V with this conditioner type these contacts are not used for the supply voltage They are reserved for special functions cold junction compensation and rem
148. the terminal in the CAN connector pod To find the absolute temperature the temperature of the terminal point must be known For the Pt1000 this is measured directly in the terminal pod and therefore an additional type of connector pod is needed The voltage coming from the sensor will be converted into the displayed temperature using the characteristic curves according temperature table IPTS 68 An exception are the modules u CANSAS T1 and u CANSAS T4 where voltage coming from the sensor is converted according to the IEC584 1 ITS90 standard The temperature ranges of these modules differ from the temperature ranges of normal CANSAS modules 5 1 6 1 Thermocouples as per DIN and IEC The following standards apply for the thermocouples in terms of their thermoelectric voltage and tolerances eet J Symbol maxtenp sees v 0 weerenomumcorsmnan orta E ec 000 voe we Nicrosil Nisil NiCrSi NiSi N 1200 1300 C Platinum Rhodium platinum Pt ORh Pt 1600 C 1540 C Platinum Rhodium platinum Pt13Rh Pt R 1600 C 1760 C If the thermo wires have no identifying markings the following distinguishing characteristics can help e Fe CuNi Plus pole is magnetic e Cu CuNi Plus pole is copper colored e NiCr Ni Minus pole is magnetic e PtRh Pt Minus pole is softer The color coding of compensating leads is stipulated by DIN 43713 For components conforming to IEC 584 The plus pole is the same color as the shel
149. the probe breakage recognition 0x10 After the module has executed the second message the module sends an answer message using the slave ID Example to switch of the probe breakage recognition Slave ID for this example is 2033 Serial number of the example module is 871682 The message on the bus would look like message 1 c0 00 107 00 00 00 00 message 2 c5 00 02 4d Od 00 10 00 answer C XX XX XX XX XX XX XX The effect of that change takes up to several 100 ms CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 324 CANSAS Users Manual 6 17 4 External sensor supply optional The modules SCI8 SCI16 and SC16 can optionally malam gt be equipped with a sensor supply The supply is unipolar and connects to the DSUB 15 terminals The voltage is globally adjustable from 2 5 V to 24 V a and applies to both connection terminals r Do T Bipolar supply voltages are not supported with these i ge modules The sensor supply voltage is always isolated by L block both to the frame and to the block isolated 4 nn amplifier potential In order to avoid that the common mode voltage is uncontrolled due to isolation drift or capacitive interference it should be lt Chassis Pat determined externally Unless this is already handled by the connected sensors it can be accomplished by means of a connection to the module s CHASSIS The contact GND by contrast must not be connected and especially no
150. to current supply mode its output is still scaled as 10 V 10 V All positive voltages from O V to 10 V are mapped to 0 mA 20 mA No negative voltages can be mapped since the current supply can only provide current in one direction 4 7 2 2 PWM8 Pulse width modulated output module PWM8 This module is quite similar to the DAC8 module In contrast to the DAC8 module its output values are not voltages in the range 10 V 10 V but rather results taking the form 0 100 The module doesn t come with any additional functions 4 7 2 3 DO8R DO16R Digital output module DO16R relay module DO8R The digital output modules can only output digital signals If an analog signal is read in from the CAN bus it must first be transformed to a digital signal before it can become output There are various functions for converting analog to digital data such as the Schmitt trigger function the comparison functions or the function Extract bit from word Digital signals can be outputted either directly after being read in from the CAN bus or after prior processing For the processing of digital inputs the bit wise logical NOT function is available for example Sample application A digital input bit is to be read in from the CAN bus inverted and outputted at the Digital Output 1 To do this a virtual channel must first be created and positioned in a CAN message using the Drag amp Drop technique In the message mapping dialog for this v
151. too old for the CANSAS software the installation continues with the Microsoft installation of the common controls This may make it necessary to reboot the computer 2 5 Connections 2 5 1 CAN connection for the PC The access for CAN to the PC is provided via an ISA bus card PCl bus card PCMCIA card or a USB or parallel port adapter To install the card or adapter please observe the notes and instructions in the booklet which comes with the card and use the corresponding driver diskette Alternatively the driver software located under the folder Driver on the CANSAS CD ROM can be used as described at the beginning of this chapter However it is possible that the driver installation on the CANSAS CD doesn t represent the most current version of the card driver CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 34 CANSAS Users Manual 2 5 2 CAN connection to CANSAS The CANSAS module possesses a full grade CAN Controller Area Network connection for transmitting measurement data and can send messages at up to 1MBit s The CAN connection is a node on the CAN Bus to which any number of CAN devices can be connected The CAN Bus can be considered a sort of line The beginning consists of a CAN Bus terminator which is connected to the first node either directly or via a serial cable The second node is connected to the first via another serial cable etc After the last node there is another CAN Bus terminator The serial
152. value from the input channel is greater than or equal to the last value in the result channel but not greater than the last result channel value plus the hysteresis width i e the positive discrepancy to the last value is within a tolerance range stated as the hysteresis width the last result channel value is retained as the current result channel value If the current signal value from the input channel is greater than the last result channel value plus the hysteresis width i e the positive discrepancy to the last value is outside the tolerance range stated as the hysteresis width the current signal value from the input channel becomes the current value of result channel and the prevalent signal trend is now upward Notes The hysteresis width is specified in the physical units of the input channel and must be 0 A hysteresis width of 0 returns the input channel as the result Data types Result channel Digital Digital 4 10 34 LED flash Result clock pulse Result channel pulse rate Clock pulse LED on Number of pulses during which the function returns 1 TRUE as the result Value range 0 60000 Clock pulse LED off Number of pulses during which the function returns 0 FALSE as the result Value range 0 60000 Condition Flash Flash for overflow Result channel Channel containing results of the LED flashing function Description By assigning the function to an LED the LED s flashing pattern can be
153. was left at the end of the last session Upon starting a welcoming screen pattern which displays statements about the program version appears The contents of the most recent module database are read in and the application window is set up in the manner shown below BOES 1 File Edit View Module Extras Help 2 sc Ws itt tm X f o OH A Grouped by messages Input channel universal bridge amplifier Kanal03 DS imcan mdb zm GA DCBS 789456 Inputs Bridge circuit Scaling Message Mapping Circuit Info c Universal bridge amplifier 3 3 CAN Bus interface i S Botschaft101 it Terminal IN3 4 N3 4N3 DSUB Pin 2 10 dih Kanalo1 dih Kanalo2 Name Kanal03 EA dih Kanalo4 Comment E Botschaft102 db Kanalos dih Kanalos dh Kanalo7 Measurement Bridge sensor E dih Kanalos mode curve Input range 1000 AN 4 No CAN Bus message Characteristic inear y Lec di id Sampling interval 100 ms 2 Special Functions 4 UNIS 873188 5 Rey mme The application window features the following elements e Menu bar 1 e Toolbar 2 e Module directory tree 3 e Properties dialog 4 Status bar 5 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 49 3 2 4 1 File menu This menu offers functions for working with the database and for printing The menu s commands are as follows comma
154. with 6 differential channels current measurement 0 40 mA with 50Q 0 196 shunt ACC DSUB 14 equipped for 4 differential channels CAN DSUB I4 for ISO8 current measurement with 50Q 0 196 shunt equipped for 2 ACC DSUB UNI8 I differential channels Thermocouples direct connection of 6 thermocouples to CANSAS C12 In the CAN DSUB T6 for C12 terminal connector an isothermal plate and a PT100 for cold junction compensation are built in direct connection of 4 thermocouples In the terminal ACC DSUB T4 connector an isothermal plate and a PT100 for cold junction CAN DSUB T4 for ISO8 compensation are built in connection of 4 Pt100 measurement resistors CAN DSUB Pt100 for C12 and ISO8 ACC DSUB T4 encoder inputs connection of 4 incremental encoders with current signal ACC DSUB ENC4 IU Digital outputs 8 digital outputs for connection to CANSAS DO16 ACC DSUB DO8 Relay outputs four relays for connection to CANSAS DO8R ACC DSUB REL4 Voltage current all purpose connector for two channels to CANSAS UNI8 ACC DSUB UNI8 UNI bridge resistor voltage current resistance bridge thermocouples PT100 temperature PWM8 4 digital outputs for connection to CANSAS PWM8 ACC DSUB PWM4 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 430 CANSAS Users Manual 7 27 2 CAN bus accessories SR EC CAN bus connection CAN CABLE TERMI 2 m long 1 1 cable one side with 9 pin DSUB socket cable with built in one side with corresponding plug bui
155. 0 degrees These are available for 4 stroke engines in which the work cycle is 720 degrees This parameter contributes to the ability of not only the first or just one cylinder s ignition pulses to be in the signal but ignition pulses from all cylinders For instance if a 4 cylinder 4 stroke engine has ignition at the first cylinder at 10 degrees and the next ignition at 170 degrees then KW then both had ignition at 10 degrees before TDC CANSAS IGN uses the specification in this case 4 720 degrees in order to convert the 170 degrees to 10 degrees since it knows from this parameter that there is ignition every 180 degrees Minimum maximum rotation speed The expected RPM range RPMs determined to be above the maximum RPM are indicated in the Display with This amounts to overmodulating the input range The upper limit should therefore be specified with some reserve capacity For instance if the engine rotates at up to 6000 RPM the upper limit may not be set to 6000 since a slight fluctuation 6001 RPM would already exceed the limit Instead it would make sense to set the upper limit to 7000 The upper limit may extend up to 20000 RPM However it is not advisable to simply set this maximum value since setting unrealistically high values increases the risk of capturing disturbance pulses This is because CANSAS IGN suppresses pulses which are implausibly high in response to which the corresponding LED flashes rapidly The best C
156. 00 Time ms Snapshot rescaled Now it is possible to magnify a segment in order to investigate the cogwheel gap Y UE m Here is shown a magnified excerpt around IT the start of a new snapshot The first valid measurement value is located to the right of the positive edge of 43 V The cogwheel gaps are clearly seen in the actual signal plot Crink Shaft Max V 380 00 420 440 Time ms Snapshot zoom For each channel in the snapshot message there is a minimum and a maximum value These are needed in order to evaluate the signal correctly if a different sampling rate than 3 MHz is stated For example if 100 kHz is set the AD converter will still sample at 3 MHz One each minimum and maximum value is generated from every 30 values By displaying the Min and Max values in a curve window one sees a tunnel through which the actual signal travels If the tunnel is too wide then one can assume that important signal components are not being displayed and a higher sampling rate should be chosen CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 274 CANSAS Users Manual For instance an ignition signal is sampled at 100 kHz The discrepancy between the Minimum and Maximum is clearly seen The true course of the signal is between the two envelope lines 4 te Ignition Signal Min Max V o 12 6 12 8 13 0 Time ms Ignition signal with snapshot at 100 kHz With a 3 MHz clock rate the oscillation is refle
157. 10 s Max common mode input analog input to case CHASSIS Voltage CANSAS SCI8 SCI16 60 V nominal rating testing 300 V 10 s Channel isolation max voltage between any two arbitrary input pins of different channels CANSAS SCI8 SCI16 60 V for specified accuracy nominal rating testing 300 V 10 s Overvoltage protection differential channel input voltage CANSAS SCI8 SCI16 60 V long term Input configuration DC differential isolated to case supply and CAN bus Input impedance static 10 MO voltage mode x 10 V 1 MO voltage mode gt 20 V divider 500 current mode Shunt plug Input current dynamic input currents CANSAS SCI8 SCI16 scanner device static 1 5 nA typ 15 nA max settled current at time of sampling CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 416 CANSAS Users Manual Value typ max dynamic 0 1 mA typ 1 5 mA max peak dynamic input current typ 100 mV max 10 V on overvoltage condition 10 nA typ 1 yA max average dynamic input current typ 9100 mV max 10 V 1 5 mA Vin gt 17 V in range lt 10 V Noise sample rate 2 ms R_s 50 Q 25 uV pk pk 5 uV rms range 100 mV 10 mV pk pk 2mVrms range 20 V 0 5 K pk pk 0 08K rms temperature mode Thermocouple Type K 6 pV pk pk sample rate 1s R s 50 Q 5 kQ max of sensor or signal source Cable length signal input 200 m max 100 pF m Crosstalk channel to channel 60 Hz 100 source
158. 11 x 90 mm 300 g CANSAS SC16 weight 55 x 111 x 145 mm 850 g CANSAS L SC16 L SC16 2T 41 x 128 x 145 mm 500g CANSAS K SC16 K1 SC16 2T 3HE 8TE 78 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL SC16 L 58 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL SC16 D with optional sensor supply 55 x 111 x 90 mm CANSAS SC16 SUPPLY 55 x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS L SC16 SUPPLY 58 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL SC16 L SUPPLY 78 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL SC16 D SUPPLY Terminal connection 4x DSUB 15 inputs or 16x 2 pol TK connector only for thermocouple measurement type K 2x DSUB 9 CAN in out power supply alternatively PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 DC power supply Terminal connection SL inputs 4x DSUB 15 CANSAS SL SC16 D SUPPLY CAN in out 2x DSUB 9 power supply alternatively inputs 16x LEMO HGG 1B 307 CANSAS SL SCI16 L SUPPLY CAN in out 2x 10 pin LEMO HGA 1B 310 power supply alternatively DC power supply 1x 6 pin LEMO HGA 1B 306 power supply for all SL models Module description SC16 318 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 414 CANSAS Users Manual 7 18 SCI8 SCI16 Datasheet Version 1 4 16 8 differential analog inputs Value yp max Remas Channels CANSAS SCI16 4 channel groups on 4x DSUB 15 CANSAS SCI8 4 channel groups on 2x DSUB 15 Measurement mode DSUB voltage lt 60 V standard plug ACC DSUB U4 CANSAS SCI8 SCI16 thermocouple RTD Pt100 thermo plug ACC DSUB T4 current shunt
159. 150 C 0 016 K 0 003 K resolution Uncertainty 0 200 C to 850 C four wire connection HO 50 C to 150 C four wire connection 0 plus of range Pt100 sensor feed amp muk LL Input impedance 20 0 MQ differential Dimensions W x H x D 35 x 111 x 90 mm CANSAS C8 75x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS L C8 L C8 SUPPLY 41 x 128 x 145 mm CANSAS K C8 8 HP cassette CANSAS K C8 BNC K C8 2T 81 x 128 x 145 mm CANSAS K C8 SUPPLY 58 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL C8 L 38 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL C8 D 78x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL C8 L SUPPLY 58 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL C8 D SUPPLY Supply voltage 10 V to 50 V DC O Sensor supply lo 25Vto24V technical specs sensor supply 2 Operating temperatur SUCUS p Module description C8 zs CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 389 7 5 Clg Datasheet Version 1 6 8 differential analog inputs individually filtered and conditioned Parameter Le min max Remarks inputs la 2x DSUB 15 4 channels Measurement modes DSUB voltage ACC DSUB U4 thermocouples RTD Pt100 ACC DSUB T4 current ACC DSUB I4 shunt connector resistor ACC DSUB T4 Measurement modes LEMO voltage and ITT Veam RTD Pt100 Current resistor Measurement mode 2T thermocouples type K Sampling frequency channel Bandwidth 440 Hz 3 dB without lowpass filter Filter cutoff frequency filter 1 6 of sampling rate digital lowpass Butterworth
160. 16 Ph Phoenix strip Ierminal 457 8 3 5 2 CANSAS L DO16 Ph Phoenix strip Terminal 458 8 3 5 3 CANSAS L DO8R Ph Phoenix strip Terminal 458 8 3 5 4 CANSAS FHCIB 4 o tte ten nett AA Dis E ED 8 3 5 5 CANSAS Phoenix strip Terminal 8 3 5 5 1 Connection instructions 8 3 6 Modules with Autosport AS terminals Last changes 9 1 Error remedies in this version 1 7 Rev 2 eeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen annua KREE nna 464 9 11 Spec sheet history EE 9 2 Error remedies in version 1 7 Rev 1 9 3 Error remedies in version 1 7 1usseeeeeseee eese enne nnnm anar oran ana KREE KREE aaa sn aad LXEETIIGEIIS Sitcenge PEE 9 4 Error remedies in version 1 6 Rev10 9 4 1 Spec sheet history 5 erc terae ctas 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 15 9 5 Error remedies in version 1 6 Rev 9 9 5 1 Spec sheet AAPP Ee 9 6 Error remedies in version 1 6 Rev 8 9 6 1 Spec sheet his ee ass 9 7 Error remedies in version 1 6 Rev 7 9 7 1 Spec Sheet A an reana Ee Dr ie qoc ee aare cu Ple a dye aae Ce ue aum aeaea dapa er icem Index 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 16 CANSAS Users Manual CANSAS 1 1 About this manual In the first place please accept our thanks for choosing our product We wish you complete success in accomplishing your measurement goals using our CANSAS system This manual presents you with detailed description of CANSAS features If you have any questions about our
161. 2 189 21 192 77 74 74 73 73 75 74 77 73 73 373 364 361 235 246 301 327 348 50 30 94 57 237 135 136 136 136 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 472 CANSAS Users Manual frequency Frequency determination frequency response C8 Full bridge Full bridge Half bridge shear strain opposite arms two active strain gauges full bridge DCB8 full bridge UNI8 Full bridge with 4 active strain gauges in uniaxial direction Full bridge with Poisson strain gauges in adjacent branches Full bridge with Poisson strain gauges in opposed branches Full bridge u CANSAS B1 Functions Reference fuse ext supply incremental encoder Ge General Full bridge General half bridge General Safety GPS GPS mouse 5Hz GPS mouse and CRONOS PL SL Greater Greatest value ground reference Grounding grounding P8 Guarantee Guarding Guide to using the manual H Half bridge half bridge DCB8 half bridge UNI8 Half bridge with two active strain gauges in uniaxial direction Half bridge u CANSAS B1 Half bridges with one active and one passive strain gauge 173 137 235 220 162 254 337 162 161 161 367 124 289 160 157 24 384 227 227 138 138 234 243 185 313 24 110 17 221 254 338 159 368 160 Hardware requirements hardware version HCI8 connection HCI8 Current measurement HCI8 Pt100 RTD Measurement HCI8 technical spec HCI8 termin
162. 3 5 General notes on working with CANSAS modules 3 5 1 MDB database All information is saved to a MDB database Availability of this format in the dialog under the menu item File Open is required and generated when using File Save There is an additional possibility to export or import either everything or portions of it in XML format using the menu items File Import and File Export Up to CANSAS version 1 6R6 only forward compatibility was guaranteed Versions as of 1 6R7 are compatible from version 1 6R6 backward Modules with absolutely incompatible properties are completely skipped and an associated message is posted upon opening 3 5 2 Readable configuration This enables a configuration to be written into a module in such a way that it can later be read out again by the software This means that a module s configuration can be adopted in the database although it was created using a different PC See the description of the Options dialog 94 The feature Readable configuration is generally not needed if there is a database containing the current or desired configuration of the CANSAS modules The feature is needed if modules are configured in one place and later taken to be used somewhere where there s no database If there is at least CANSAS software where such a model is used the setting can be read back in order to see how the module is really configured Note e The CANSAS module property Readable configuration is not av
163. 30 6 4 C8 voltage temperature current cccecceeeceeeeeeeeeeennneeeeenseaaeeeensaeeeeenneaeeeenneeeeeenees 231 6 4 1 Voltage measurement eeeeeeiees sees eeeeeesne er 231 LR Aelium 232 6 4 3 Temperature measurement eeseeessseesseeee esee ene nnne rre 233 6 4 3 1 imc thermoplug type Standard DG 233 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 6 4 3 2 Measurement with PT100 RTD Type Standard DUR 233 6 4 3 3 Measurement with PT100 RTD Type LEMO esee 234 6 4 3 4 Thermocouple measurement Type Il round plugs ee eee eee cece eeeee tease nan c cnn conca ranncnno 234 6 4 4 Module Sensor SUPPLY 234 6 4 5 Sampling intervals filters and anti aliasing 235 64 6 Connector plugs Ce 142 celi nce iL eer dq reete Eeer 237 6 4 6 1 Standard variety DSUB 15 cdi dai 237 6 4 6 2 Variety 5 pin Fischer round olugs enne nenne 237 6 4 6 3 SE Variety EEMQO oic cete bte et davit My t need tapete ce e d bad eus 237 6 5 CI8 isolated voltage channels with current and temperature mode 238 6 5 1 Voltage measurement seeseeeseeeeseseeeeee sense tn sante anta natnra senes sinas anna 239 6 5 1 1 Voltage measurement with zero balancing 239 6 5 2 Current measurement ii 2 ir eic ce oaee tat Lure nece adea rend eek c rac ran secsucesuteateghsesncesseesteenteeses 242 6 5 3 Temperature measurement
164. 373 6 21 6 Sampling interval filter For u CANSAS B1 sampling rates can be set in steps of 1 2 and 5 The available sampling interval for the u CANSAS B1 extends from 60s to 0 5 ms CANSAS uE File Edit View Module Extras Help Lens RR s ole Grouped by messages Input channel for bridge measurements D I testo mdb ne eme 3 4 y Bl 789654 Input Bridge circuit I Scaling Message Mapping Circuit I Info dih Channel E LED Terminal a E CAN Bus interface dhe 2 Special functions Name a i Channel HS u T1 245963 L gd u Ul 256983 SE HTHUB4_5 Measurement a 0 Aa un od Bridge strain gauge wv Characteristic curve Inputrange 4500pm m IN 500 mV V v Sampling interval 100 ms sil Supply V at connector Mean value Mean value Anti Aliasing Butterworth Bessel u CANSAS B1 Filter settings For 1 CANSAS B1 the following filter settings are available Off Output of the last value sampled at the output clock rate set Mean value The output value is the mean value over output clock rate ms 500us values For temperature measurement only averaging filtering is available Anti Aliasing Filter Low pass filtering of the input signal with critical damping characteristics 3rd order Cutoff frequency 1 6 of the output frequency 1 7 at the 0 5 ms output clock rate Butterworth Filtering of the input signal with Butterworth characteristics Defau
165. 6 156 125 168 289 360 441 443 442 23 289 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 478 CANSAS Users Manual synchronisation incremental encoder Synchronization Synchronization line Synchronization blinking codes synchronization incremental encoder Ts Table of Chemical Resistance P8 Technical spec u CANSAS B1 Technical spec u CANSAS B4 Technical spec u CANSAS HUB4 Technical spec u CANSAS T1 Technical spec u CANSAS T4 Technical spec u CANSAS V1 Technical spec u CANSAS V4 Technical spec IGN Technical spec BRIDGE2 Technical spec C12 Technical spec C8 Technical spec CANSER GPS technical spec Cl8 Technical spec DAC8 Technical spec DCB8 Technical spec DI16 Technical spec DO16 Technical spec DO8R DO16R technical spec HCI8 Technical spec INC4 Technical spec ISO8 Technical spec P8 Technical spec PWM8 Technical specs General Technical spec SC16 Technical spec SCI16 Technical spec SCI8 Technical spec Sensor supply Technical spec UNI8 TEDS TEDS CI8 telephone numbers temperatur characteristic curve How to select 289 69 112 428 188 289 308 425 425 426 424 424 422 422 399 383 385 387 384 389 392 393 396 397 398 405 401 403 408 410 380 411 414 414 427 418 199 203 238 16 179 temperature meas UNI8 temperature measurement Temperature measurement u CANSAS T1 temperature measurement C12 temperature measurement C8 temperatur
166. 6 290 316 351 431 27 28 457 163 27 47 465 465 465 465 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 474 CANSAS Users Manual L DI16 Ph Phoenix terminal block LED signals LED blinking codes LED Flash LEDs LEDs IGN LEDs CANOpen LEMO SL INC4 LEMO connector LEMO plug C8 Cl8 SCI8 SCI16 SC16 LEMO plug DCB8 UNI8 LEMO plug INC4 LEMOSA UNI8 Lesser limitations Limited Warranty Linking the output signal to a CAN message DAC8 literature Logical AND Logical NOT Logical OR Logical XOR Lower Value Low pass filter Maintenance Master Synchronization Maximum MDB Datenbank Mean Value measured substances pressure measurement Measurement quantities INC4 Median Filter message Message mapping Message Mapping u CANSAS B1 Message Mapping u CANSAS T1 Message Mapping u CANSAS V1 457 227 188 140 118 271 40 290 455 456 455 456 352 141 40 18 248 35 142 142 143 143 141 144 25 112 144 98 145 308 286 145 61 175 372 364 360 Message mapping DAC8 Minimum Minus sign Missing tooth modification of the Baud rate Module Check configuration Module Configure Module Find selections Module Integrating Assistant Module Measure Module Sensors module two point scaling Module database Module description PWM8 Module Tree work with Module status word Monoflop Motorola format Multiplication N name
167. 7 Rev 2 128 CANSAS Users Manual 4 10 9 Band pass filter Input channel Channel to filter Characteristic Filter characteristic Butterworth Bessel Chebychev ripple 0 5 dB Chebychev ripple 1 0 dB Chebychev ripple 3 0 dB Lower cut off frequency Lower cut off frequency in Hz Upper cut off frequency Hz Upper cut off frequency in Hz Description Filtering of the input channel with a band pass filter A bilinear transformation is used to compute the filter coefficients from the other parameters The filter applied is always a 4th order band pass filter Notes A condition for effective filtering is that the cut off frequencies are significantly below half of the input channel s sampling rate The closer the cut off frequencies are to the input channel s sampling rate the more imprecise the filter s amplitude response The cut off frequency s input range depends on the input channel s sampling rate the filter s order and on the filter characteristic Data types 4 10 10 Barometer only for P8 modules Result clock pulse Pulse rate of the result channel Result channel Channel with current barometer values Description The result is the barometer s current measurement value The barometer value is updated about once per second Notes The barometer value is specified in bar Data types CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 129 4 10 11 Bitwise AND 1st parameter Cha
168. 7 Rev 2 224 CANSAS Users Manual 6 1 5 1 Performing bridge balance by button To have bridge balancing performed at the push of the button on the module make the following setting Setting balance to be triggered by button Bridge amplifier gt Index card General gt Combo box Button Activate balance Bridge amplifier General Balance Type CANSAS BRIDGE2 2 Bridge amplifiers DC Button function Activate balance 6 1 5 2 Bridge balance upon power up of CANSAS BRIDGE2 If balancing is to be performed immediately upon switching on the device make the following setting Setting balance to be activated upon activation of module Bridge amplifier gt Index card Balance gt Mark check box Perform bridge balance upon power up This mode is desirable if the system s setup process and CANSAS module is at rest upon switching on 6 1 5 3 Activating bridge balance via Can bus Bridge balancing can be performed in response to a CAN bus message The message ID can be freely defined the same conditions and properties apply as for channel messages The message to perform balancing is 1 Byte long Bit 4 hexadecimal 0x10 must be 1 to order balancing Bit O is the LSB Setting bridge balancing via Can bus Bridge amplifier gt Index card Balance gt Check option box Allow shunt calibration or bridge balance via CAN bus Setting the message ID Bridge a
169. 76 6 kBit s amounting to 36kSamples s The table shows the net data rates for 1 MBit s Net data rate with Net data rate with Data length Data length Standard Frame Extended Frame Standard Frame Extended Frame 72 1 kBit s 61 1 kBits 6 4324 kBit s 366 4 kBit s EN WISI 144 1 kBit s 122 1 kBit s lE 504 5 kBit s 427 5 kBit s a el 216 2 kBit s 183 2 kBit s 8 576 6 kBit s 488 5 kBit s CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Startup 39 2 7 7 Number of CAN nodes P Number of nodes e Note The cross section of the line should 2 100m 025mm 025mm o25mm increase in size as more CAN nodes are zm 084mm osm 95mm served by the system sem orme orme tome 2 7 8 Duplicate samples in during data capture Due to factors affecting the overall system CAN Bus modules feature a considerable amount of jitter lt 100us in outputting the measured data If the data are recorded at a high sampling rate some values may be duplicated or in rarer cases erroneous data may appear This effect only concerns modules having a high sampling rate e g u CANSAS UNI8 PAR as a Universal Sample the CANSAS channel with a time stamp instead of equidistantly b When using imcDevices or imcStudio Use the CAN 1 synchronization 1 21 This is absolutely necessary if subsequent data processing is performed with in Online FAMOS 6 970 6 975 6 980 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7
170. 8367 Checking the configurations Connecting to the CANSAS module M Loading configuration to CANSAS module A Setting the configuration in the CANSAS module as permanent Configuration of the CANSAS module completed successfully Uu 878367 Configuration of the CANSAS module completed successfully 7 5 The module is now configured and its configuration is stored in the module in a way which can be read out 6 You can now save the database 7 While you work with the database which also contains the configured module you can see its configuration 8 Now suppose that you don t yet have this module in the database For testing purposes you can empty the database delete all modules or set up a new one That is the typical situation the database is empty you have some CANSAS modules already configured and want to know their configuration 9 Now add the new modules using the Integration Assistant 10 The modules are entered one again into the database only this time they don t receive the standard configuration but the configuration read out from the module instead Integrating Assistant X The following modules were detected at the computer s CAN Interface If applicable change name by clicking and or Enter button and then select modules Click on Next to set up selected modules CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 101 3 5 3 Reset plug The Reset plug comes with th
171. 86 6 12 2 Comparator configuration 21 cicceecei e erre 287 6 12 3 Sensor types synchronization esee eene n enn nnne nnne ene 289 6 12 4 Sensors with current signals eese eene eene nnne nnne nnns nnns nnns nnns nnns aA iein 289 6 12 5 Sensor supply at L INC4 V SUPPLY vriat ipinta iienaa aen nnne rnnt nnns tnnn nnns nnns Edabe adai finanta 290 6 12 6 Connector E CN 290 6 13 ISO8 isolated voltage channels with current and temp modes 291 6 13 1 Connector plugs 8 ide 291 6 14 HCI8 isolated voltage current resistor temperature esses 292 6 14 1 Voltage Measurement ccsccreenensceeseteeneeesscenssserseneeseeeesenenseorsnceessneeseneeseneesenensenesaceeeneenenenseneessss 293 6 14 2 Current measurement essei p depe eee ioe cenas 294 6 14 3 Temperature measurement eeeeesieeeieee esee ee ene enne snnt eaten nante asina aa tn asas ssa sn aas sn assa satanas nen 295 6 14 3 1 Thermocouple measurement erede eter tienen donatae raro nacen aenea enano 295 6 14 3 2 Pt100 RTD Measurement rere tnter cis 296 6 14 4 Resistance measurement eeeeeesseeeeee esee ee eee enne sn nnn esten asses stt asa tn asses assa sas sn assa ennenen 296 6 14 5 Bandwidth 6 14 6 Connection 6 15 P6 DIEU eege e Ee IET ALARCON 299 6 15 2
172. A A AR a A La YA 3 A 9 YA CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 330 CANSAS Users Manual 6 17 9 2 SCI16 Filter Filter settings Off Block averaging but no time offset correction On Block averaging but and time offset correction The sample rate of 5 ms is interpolated The real sampling time is 6 ms There is no averaging for sample rate 5 ms and 10 ms specified filter cutoff frequency filter cutoff frequency averaging sampling noise suppression compensation interval stage 3 stage 4 stage 5 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 331 6 17 9 3 SCI8 Filter Filter setting Off Block averaging but no time offset correction On Block averaging but and time offset correction The sample rate of 1 ms is interpolated The real sampling time is 3 ms There is no averaging for sample rate 1 ms and 5 ms specified filter cutoff frequency filter cutoff frequency averaging sampling Noise suppression stage 3 compensation interval stage 4 stage 5 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 332 CANSAS Users Manual 6 17 10 Delay delay time ms SCH SCI16 SC16 iter m o o e e e 9 s m o o e With slower sampling times the filter will not always be calculated completely Therefore delay times may be similar with and without filtering The table indicates typical delay times for the respective most strongly delayed chann
173. ACC terminals pin configuration Autosport terminal Pin configuration CAN Bus Pin configuration CAN Bus at u CANSAS 304 305 306 306 301 313 307 303 302 300 302 301 298 312 275 300 112 112 441 458 458 459 459 459 460 262 265 458 266 457 457 458 447 445 462 433 437 Pin configuration CAN Bus at SL housings pin configuration CAN terminals pin configuration ITT VEAM terminals Pin configuration LEMO connector pin configuration LEMO plug C8 Cl8 SCI8 SCI16 SC16 LEMO Pin configuration LEMO plug DCB8 UNI8 Pin configuration LEMO plug INC4 Pin configuration P8 IP65 Pin configuration Supply Pin configuration Supply at u CANSAS Pin configuration Supply at SL housing Plug amp Measure Poisson half bridge Poisson s ratio Power Supply power supply accessories Power Supply at CANSAS Power Supply at SL housing pressure measurement pressure modul pressure sensor pressure terminals Probe breakage recognition Probe breakage recognition switch on off SC module Probe breakage recognitionUNI8 Properties Display properties of modules Properties of the modules PT100 Pt100 RTD Measurement HCI8 Pt100 in 2 wire config UNI8 Pt100 in 3 wire config UNI8 Pt100 in 4 wire config UNI8 Pt100 UNI8 PT100 ISO8 PT100 SC16 SCI16 SCI8 436 444 454 455 456 455 456 312 441 443 442 199 209 159 163 441 430 443
174. AN PCMCIA See IXXAT s instructions included with the respective card for info on installing the card under WindowsXP or Windows To install the card for use under the operating systems WindowsXP or Windows7 IXXAT s operating system specific VCI driver installation must be used The VCl installation must proceed according to the IXXAT installation instructions The additional installation of this driver software is absolutely necessary for use of the card with CANSAS An IXXAT programming interface is automatically installed along with the driver which is meant for using the driver directly to create one s own Windows applications But this is not a CANSAS programming interface and thus not relevant for users of CANSAS software The VCl setup includes all IXXAT card drivers so after VCl installation any IXXAT interface should be ready for use As part of the installation an item XXAT Interfaces is set up in the Windows Control Panel In this control program all IXXAT interfaces can be set up and tested The VCI package also includes the installation of a monitoring program MINMON32 which is able to communicate with the CAN Bus via any IXXAT interface card This may be helpful for installing an IXXAT interface card if its setup is causing problems with for instance selecting IRQs or l O memory depth etc By mean of this program it s also possible to perform a function check of the card Note that IXXAT sometimes provides a Service Pa
175. AN Assistent 2 Online FAMOS imcDevices sends a message if the virtual bit Bit02 is set In the data byte the value 28Hex is transmitted which consists of the values for channel 32 0x08H plus channel 5 0x20H Online FAMOS lt CANSAS gt File Edit Extra Window A B fix i rig Device Channel Ja oh Analog inputs El Process vector El fle Digital outputs 3 ter E gf Send messages Slot 1 Node N SendMessage Balance CI8 Send CAN message Operations Virt_Bit02 0x28 SendMessage_Balance_CI8 0 Balancing message in Online FAMOS Save balance state in module This optional setting ensures that the balancing values are not lost once the device is deactivated Balance duration Data acquisition for determining the averaged balancing value If the input signal fluctuates somewhat around the rest state a longer duration can cancel out these fluctuations Identifier A message to perform balancing must bear the identifier set here CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 242 CANSAS Users Manual 6 5 2 Current measurement e Current 20 mA 10 mA in 2 ranges A special plug order code ACC DSUB 14 with a built in shunt 50 is needed for current measurement Configuration is performed in voltage mode whereby an appropriate scaling factor is entered in order for amperage values to be displayed 20 mA V 1 500 Input stage block schematic
176. AN u CABLE 1 1160015 9 3 6 G 3 y Kar N ONES Sy Q 70 e q x 4 4 e Y e e e CAN connection cable Er CABLE MOD HT 1160017 Terminator connector CANI MOD HT CANly Termi 1160020 CANSAS connecting 4 channel modules in series CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 439 Y CAN cable CAN y Y CABLE HT 1160027 Terminator connector CAN p Termi 1160020 CAN y xx1 AS Do Y CAN cable CAN p Y CABLE HT 1160027 d CAN p xx1 AS busDAQ 2 ET or CANSAS CANSAS connecting 1 channel modules in series Order code CAN p CABLE 1 Art M 1160015 Type 1 CAN connection cable From 6 pin female AS608 35SA on device side to 9 pin DSUB socket shielded 1 5 m Temperature range 15 C 60 C For direct connection of u CANSAS xx AS T and p HUB4 AS uCANSAS connected via male CAN connector if connected at CAN IN socket right side to the imc CAN interface if the module is supplied via the CAN Bus Order code CAN p CABLE 2 Art M 1160016 Type 2 CAN connection cable From 6 pin female AS608 35SA on device side to 9 pin DSUB socket and 4 pin Phoenix socket shielded 1 5 m Temperature range 15 C 60 C For direct connection of u CANSAS xx AS T and u HUB4 AS uCANSAS connected via male CAN connector if connected at CAN IN socket right side to the imc CAN interface and an external power sup
177. ANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 278 CANSAS Users Manual value for orientation is the highest rotation speed expected If the signal falls below the minimum rotation speed during measurement the system indicates 0 RPM Therefore as the minimum to set a value well below the idling speed is recommended The lower limit prevents creeping rotation from being indicated but ensures that zero is promptly indicated The value for the minimum rotation speed s parameter may extend to 100 RPM Display refresh rate This parameter determines at which rate the device s display s picture is refreshed Rates between 200ms and 1s are possible It isn t worth having the display refreshed at a higher rate than the averaging duration since the Display is actually showing averaged values With more strongly fluctuating signals a slower refresh rate is recommended in order to make viewing even possible Crankshaft sensor What kind of sensor is connected to the crankshaft in order to obtain information on the crankshaft s angle e Sensor with missing cog E g the engine s own sensor on a cogwheel The cogwheel pattern must be specified separately in the parameter Crankshaft cogwheel pattern e Sensor with zero pulse Incremental counter whose number of markings is to be specified in the parameter Pulse count per crankshaft revolution The incremental counter has a zero output which is to be connected to CANSAS IGN s signal output REF
178. AS B1 4251 p CANSAS B1 is a 1 channel differential measurement amplifier with 24 bit A D conversion for bridge measurements The conditioned and digitalized signal from analog sensors can be outputted as a CAN or CANoper signal p CANSAS B1l is particularly designed for use in extremely warm environments p CANSAS B1 The y CANSAS B1 s bridge channel has a DC voltage source 5V to supply of the measurement bridge Note e Synchronization is performed exclusively as Slave according to the CAN1 protocol and is provided under the node Special functions e Beside working with CAN bus per default the module is also configurable as CANopen module e The functions of the LEDs are described in section CANSAS blinking 1881 codes 6 21 1 DC bridge measurement The current carrying capacity of the CANSAS modules voltage source allows the connection of 1200 measurement bridges in all input ranges The Sense terminal provides compensation of voltage dissipation along long cables which would otherwise cause noticeable measurement errors If only plain cables are available so that it is not possible to connect the Sense line directly to the sensor then in all cases Sense must be connected with VB and Sense with VB at the terminal connector Bridge measurements are relative measurements ratiometric procedure in which there is an evaluation of what fraction of its supply input the bridge outputs typically in the 0 196 range
179. AS L DO8R Ph with Phoenix terminal blocks 458 Pin configuration of CANSAS L DO8R V with ITT VEAM terminals 45h CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 267 6 11 IGN ignition angle measurement module Analog inputs for ignition angle crankshaft sensor and reference signal ebe J Inputs ignition signal crankshaft sensor reference signal IGN technical specs CANSAS IGN is a module for determining the ignition angle of gasoline engines The module has electrically insulated inputs for connecting the ignition signal a crankshaft sensor and a reference signal Based on the ignition time and the crankshaft position the module determines the ignition angle and the engine s current rotation speed CANSAS IGN Ignition signal The ignition signal is measured to determine the exact moment of ignition Based on this time and the crankshaft position the module determines the ignition angle The ignition signal can be captured by inductive transducers e g clamp ignition 15 sensor o The resulting signal contains the typical pointed and high pulses at the moment of ignition The measurement is performed at the ignition coil s secondary line The pulses can reach up to 100V Ignition coil V o in D L 0 10 20 30 40 50 Time ms Ignition signal High level CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 268 CANSAS Users Manual The ignition signal can als
180. Absolute and relative pressure scccesesssseessneeesneesseessneeseeeesseessneessneessnesseeeeseneeseeeeseneesensonenens 299 615 3 Barometer a EES 299 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH LE E EE 299 6 15 5 Factors affecting pressure measurement onnnnnnnccnnnnnninnnnnnnnnnnn nana cnn cnn narrar racer rre rana 300 6 15 6 Sampling intervals filters and anti aliasing ceres nennen nnne nnn 301 6 15 7 Operating software 302 6 15 7 1 Module integration 302 6 15 7 2 Read in of sensor data teen A IH S eum 302 6 15 7 3 Measurement mode one iia 303 E EE IT DEE 304 6 15 7 5 BarOMCte EE 305 6 15 7 5 1 Barometer readings E 306 6 15 7 5 2 Built in error recognition Min Max values 306 6 15 8 Maintenance c ccssessseesseeeseeeesseeseneessneesseessneeseneessnes 307 6 15 9 Pressure terminals aggressive media 308 6 15 10 Table of Chemical Resistance eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene enne nnne nnn nnnn tnnt tn sinet sinn sn nn nnns nnn nnne 308 6 15 11 Pin configuration of CANSAS P8 IP65 eeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeene eene nnne nnne nnns tnnt nn nnns nnn nnne 312 6 15 12 CANSAS IP65 P8 E 53 a a 312 nREKECOINDIDM E is 313 6 16 PWM8 pulse width modulation outputs eese 313 6 16 1 8 PWM Outputs 313 621 6 2 e WE 315 ASAS O 316 6 16 4 Connection RW ds 316 6 17 SC16 SCI8
181. Additionally to supply of outputs ee EH Output current TTL High level lt 10 mA TTL Low level 10 mA T Drain Low level 1400 mA Switching time 6 16 ns open SH lt 10 20 us CAN Bus defined as per ISO 1998 _____ Isolation to housing Chassis CAN Bus nominal testing 300 V 10 s supply nominal testing 300 V 10 s analog output nominal testing 300 V 10 s Supply voltage 10 V to 50 V DC Ce aw yp CIERRE Operating temperatus merse Connectors 2x DSUB 15 outputs PWM8 K PWM8 8x ITT VEAM L PWM8 V 2x DSUB 9 CAN in out PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 supply Dimensions W x H x D 35 x 111 x 90 mm CANSAS PWM8 81 x 128 x 145 mm CANSAS K PWM8 75x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS L PWM8 V Module description PWM8 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 411 7 17 SC16 Datasheet Version 1 4 16 differential analog inputs Value yp max Remarks 4 channel groups on 4x DSUB 15 Measurement mode DSUB CANSAS SC 16 L SC16 K SC16 Meas mode SL DSUB CANSAS SL SC16 D SL SC16 L SUPPLY Meas mode SL LEMO CANSAS SL SC16 L SL SC16 L SUPPLY Meas mode TK plug CANSAS L SC16 2T K1 SC16 2T TEDS Transducer Electronic DataSheets CANopen mode Sampling rate CANSAS SC 16 Sampling rate temperature CANSAS SC 16 Bandwidth with compensation filter voltage lt 60 V voltage
182. All other settings do not play any role here 4 CAN Bus Assistant File Edit Insert Extra eH BB XA Y Y Device Definitions Validity Error handling Syncronization E Y Node 1 Node_001 C ef Message ce Balance uCAN d Channel BalanceByte Message Name Comment Identifier ID Data bytes 0 8 Clock Receiver Replacement values BO OH Balancing message in the CAN Assistenten CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 371 2 Online FAMOS sends a message if the virtual bit Bit03 is set In the data byte the value 01Hex is transmitted Online FAMOS lt Test_032 gt File Edit Extra Window B X808 mi Y Y Device imcCronosPL 1215982 oft Analog inputs 4 Rotating Machine Analysis Process vector 59 Scale Ule Digital outputs El g Send messages Node Node DO O LEDs SendMessage Balance uC Send CAN message 4 Virtual bits v i v perations Balance of pCAN with Virt_Bit03 SendMessage SummationResetting INC i1 Virt_Bit03 0x01 Balancing message in Online FAMOS 6 21 4 3 Balancing in the measurement window In the measurement window the balancing is performed by selecting the channel and touching the Balance button Alternatively the Channel menu offers the command Perform balancing for selections Measure Channel Module Time Measuremen Status 11 43 59 328 O104mvv
183. B8 DCB8 balancing DCB8 bandwidth DCB8 bridge measurement sense DCB8 description DCB8 initial unbalance DCB8 PROTECT DCB8 sensor supply DCB8 shunt calibration DCB8 voltage measurement DCB8 voltage measurement with zero adjusting tare DCB8 voltage source at a different fixed potential DCB8 voltage source with ground reference DCB8 voltage source without ground reference DCB8 UNI8 LEMO plug DCF77 Synchronity default operation type IGN Delay times delay SC16 SCI16 SCI8 Delay Synchronity description IGN DI16 DI16 block diagram DI16 DSUB15 DI16 ITT VEAM DI16 ITT VEAM terminal DI16 Phoenix terminal block DI16 sampling interval DI16 specification digital inputs digital output modules Digital outputs DIN EN ISO 9001 displacement measurement display IGN Divider plug Division DO16 174 98 98 219 393 256 259 256 253 256 355 259 256 257 258 258 257 258 455 112 272 184 332 112 267 121 396 260 262 262 454 262 261 259 175 260 178 175 263 18 19 167 271 449 126 397 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH Index 471 DO16 DSUB15 DO16 Phoenix terminal block DO16 specification DO16R DO8R DO8R DO16R DO8R DO16R DO8R DO16R block diagram DO8R DO16R DSUB15 DO8R DO16R ITT VEAM DO8R DO16R Phoenix terminal block DO8R DO16R specification DO8R ITT VEAM terminal DO8R Phoenix double samples Double shiel
184. BNetzA Bundesnetzagentur formerly BMPT Vfg No 1046 84 or No 243 91 or EC Guidelines 2004 108 EEC All products which satisfy these requirements must be appropriately marked by the manufacturer or display the CE certification marking Products not satisfying these requirements may only be used with special approval of the regulating body in the country where operated All signal lines connected to CANSAS must be shielded and the shielding must be grounded Note The EMC tests were carried out using shielded and grounded input and output cables with the exception of the power cord Observe this condition when designing your experiment to ensure high interference immunity and low jamming Reference See also General Notes Precautions for operation Grounding shielding Shielding 2 If you are located outside Europe please refer the appropriate EMC standards used in the country of operation 1 4 6 2 FCC Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules CFR 15 105 3 These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a part
185. Baud rates can be selected here This means that a module configured with a special Baud rate using Expert settings can only become a default setting module by means of a Reset plug e Custom settings Baud rate 125 0 ei kbit s Use extended ID ID for message reception Master D 2032 ID for message answering Slave ID 25 9 Next The next Assistant dialog prompts you to confirm the instruction to proceed with identification of the module via the PC s CAN interface The process can take some time This is especially true if the PC interface had not yet been used by the CANSAS program in the course of the session since the interface initialization process still must take place beforehand Once identification is completed the next dialog appears This is the same dialog which would appear right after No or off line is selected The dialog contains the settings which distinguish the module in the database Integrating Assistant x The following module was found at the PC s CAN interface Type CANSAS C12 2 B differential channels for emperature and voltage measurements Serial 8551 20 If applicable enter a name and press Next to integrate the new CAN module lt Zur ck Abbrechen Type The CANSAS module s type e g 6 2 differential input channels When using the on line option for integrating a module this setting is handled automatically and cannot be changed In t
186. Bessel 2 characteristic order Connection terminals 2 plug DSUB 15 CANSAS L CI8 4 channels per plug or 2x DSUB 9 CAN in out supply alternative PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 power supply ITT Veam VPTO2Y10 7S CANSAS L CI8 V SUPPLY CANSAS L CI8 V Connection terminals for SL inputs 2 plug DSUB 15 CANSAS SL CI8 D SUPPLY 4 channels per plug ACC DSUB X4 IP65 CAN in out 2x DSUB 9 power supply alternatively inputs 8x 7 pin LEMO HGG 1B 307 CANSAS SL CI8 L SUPPLY CAN in out 2x 10 pin LEMO HGA 1B 310 power supply alternatively DC power supply 1x 6 pin LEMO HGA 1B 306 for all SL models Voltage and current measurement Paameer wp mima Remaks Voltage input ranges 20 mV 50 mV 100 mV 200 mV 500 mV 1 V 2 V 5 V 10 V 20 V 60 V Current input ranges 10 mA 20 mA with shunt plug Shunt 50 Q ACC DSUB 14 Gain uncertainty lt 0 025 lt 0 05 voltage 23 C lt 0 07 lt 0 15 current with shunt plug Offset uncertainty 15 uV range lt 100 mV or 4LSB range gt 100 mV Non linearity lt 40 ppm lt 60 ppm range 10 V Gain drift 6 ppm K ranges t2 V over full temperature 50 ppm K ranges 2 5 V range Offset drift Po 2 5 ppm K over full temperature range Input voltage noise 7 2 uVrms range 20 mV sampling rate 1 kHz 36 uVpkk BE weg 0 Q CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 390 CANSAS Users Manual Parameter
187. C terminals SCI8 SCI16 SC16 C8 UNIS BRIDGE2 U4D DSUB 15 Pin Terminal scis SCI16 SCI8 SCI16 SC16 UNIS BRIDGE2 number SC16 C8 CI8 C8 CI8 Cam MAT 4 eine w w sewer SENSET 02 7 Sway 39 esa aves __ Sun 8 s ow s s pe ws ww no iow vee ESTAS Tina MEAT 5v SENSED 2 o 5 ew s _ sv ca sve een DEER e EE CAR IER chassis 1516 GHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS GHASSIS not C8 not for CANSAS 5V AR O sens SENSEZ HB AL l 14 l I l CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 446 CANSAS Users Manual ENC4 DI16 DO16 DO8R DO16R DAC8 PWM8 a Incremental _ 8 Bit block 10 V 4 relay 8 digital DSUB 15 Pin Terminal DO8R PWM_1 Open Drain 9 ge pp cw ee EB o AGNOS EA pa y e Hp e xq mer CC EE oo f s Ne ene f ams DAC PWM Somen an OFF AE AE EE Ne EE A E a Oe EE e a EE CHE EC EN E EH 08 7 NEC CUNEO GNUELOE O CHE E E EH CA WE E E E E E ee E p se que E E e spe er E ECH og on la v com paca ww ons ems a Je o op icom FE cno ons O ps up LI Jiem Ta np Level A REO IS e KE meses WE EEE A AAA A SAO AH al LL chassis 15 16 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS GHASSIS GHASSIS CHASSIS Index at CON1 only OPDRN is reserved and is not to be connected ACC DSUB RELA should only be used as replacement for CAN DSUB STD RELAIS Note that
188. CANSAS CANSAS units are not termated busDAQ supplies CANSAS and CANSAS with power CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 47 Operation 3 1 Calling the program Once the CANSAS application has been successfully installed it can be called from the Windows Start menu Ej imc Components D casts TE cansas Manual You can use the Start menu s Run command to start the application To do this find the file imcansas exe CANSAS enters various settings into the Windows System Registry In the English program version the main key is designated HKEY_CURRENT_USER SOFTWARE imc Measurement and Control Default CANSAS If you wish to work with personally customized settings then call the file imcansas exe using the calling parameter cMySettings In this case the main key is designated HKEY CURRENT USERNSOFTWARENimc Measurement and Control MySettings CANSAS Create a shortcut to imcansas exe In the menu for setting shortcut properties supplement the call command by appending the parameter c name Calling CANSAS from imcDevices As of Version 1 4R5 the CANSAS software can operate not only as an independent program but also some of its elements are integrated with the imcDevices software This is supported by imcDevices as of Version 2 6 However certain functions and menu items aren t available for calling from imcDevices For example the CANSAS configuration
189. CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 294 CANSAS Users Manual 6 14 2 Current measurement e Current 20 mA 10 mA The current measurement is connected via an internal 50 Q shunt Toward this end the current signal is connected at the pins l and IN configuration for current measurement CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 295 6 14 3 Temperature measurement The input channels are designed for direct connection of thermocouples and PT100 sensors RTD platinum resistance thermometers according DIN and IEC 751 For a detailed description of temperature measurement go 6 14 3 1 Thermocouple measurement Temperature ranges 270 C to 1370 C 50 C to 400 C 50 C to 150 C Thermocouples type R S B J T E K L N according IEC 584 configuration for thermocouples Note The channel terminals are at different distances from the cold junction Internally this is taken into account by means of gradients Note that the physical location is important The precision stated in the technical specs applies for installation location in a thermally stabilized environment CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 296 CANSAS Users Manual 6 14 3 2 Pt100 RTD Measurement measurement range 200 C to 850 C 50 C to 150 C RTD CPt100 configuration for Pt100 RTD sensors 6 14 4 Resistance measurement e Measurement ranges 0
190. COM Technical data u CANSAS V1 425 The single channel module u CANSAS V1 was designed to be used in very warm environments It serves to capture voltages ranging from 100 mV to 60 V The module provides a sensor supply voltage of 5 V or 10 V Interference frequency components can be canceled by means of various filter types The zero taring capability enables the module to compensate for offsets p CANSAS V1 Note e Synchronization is performed exclusively as Slave according to the CAN1 protocol and is provided under the node Special functions e Beside working with CAN bus per default the module is also configurable as CANopen module e The functions of the LEDs are described in section CANSAS blinking 1881 codes CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 356 CANSAS Users Manual 6 19 1 Voltage measurement e Voltage 60 V 2 V connection via IN_60 V and JN COM e Voltage 1 V 100 mV connection via IN 1V and JN COM Connection diagram for voltage up to 1V Connection diagram for voltage gt 1V The differential input impedance for measurement of voltages from 60 V to 2 V is 900 kQ for measurement of voltages from 1 V to 100 mV it is 5 MO The input is DC coupled The differential behavior is achieved due to the insulated design Important note For voltage measurement in which zero balancing tar
191. Certification e NOS Conformity Declaration Imc weegitet cras re a css imc Mofisysteme GmbH Voltastra e 5 D 13355 Berlin hereby declares that our product imc CANSAS in all its model varieties conforms to the following applicable standards Ke EC Low Voltage Directive 2006 95 EEC implemented in Germany as the 1 regulation of the Device And Product Safety Law GPSG EMC Directive 2004 108 EEC implemented in Germany as the EMC Law EMVG The system was designed constructed and tested in accordance with the regulations delineated in Safety Regulations for electric measurement open and closed loop contro and laboratory devices DIN EN 61 010 1 2002 and was subjected to a thorough routine test before shipment and left the production facility in perfect condition Dipl Ing Michael Scheibner Aden Quality Assurance Manager t This conformity declaration pertains fundamentally only to the system as delivered by imc The user is solely responsible for atterabons and expansions as wel es for ensuring the altorod system s compliance with the applicable EC directives Harmonized standards DIN EN 61326 2004 product standard conforms fo requirements for electromagnetic immunity measurements of equipment intendad for industrial use as por EN 61326 table A1 and for Radio interference Intensity Class A EN 61326 table 3 DIN EN 61000 4 2 2001 4 3 2003 4 4 2002 4 5 2001 4 0 2001 DIN EN 55011 2003 DIN EN
192. For instance if the actual range for a setting of 200 mV V is 235 mV V and the one for the 100 mV V setting is 118 mV V then the resulting possible initial unbalance is 35 mVN in the 200 mV V input range and 18 mV V in the 100 mV V input range 3 3 4 54 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 370 CANSAS Users Manual 6 21 4 1 Bridge balancing upon power up Perform balance upon power up Each time it is activated balancing of the module is carried out However this setting should only be used if it can be ensured that the sensors used are in rest state upon every activation Otherwise there is a danger that a valid balancing will be written over due to a brief deactivation 6 21 4 2 Perform bridge balancing via the CAN bus Allow balancing via CAN bus This optional setting enables the module to be balanced at selected times Towards this end a CAN message containing one data byte is sent to the module whose value is 0x01Hex It is helpful to combine this process with the next option Save balance state in module since in that case the balancing value remains intact even after deactivation Example Identifier for message to perform balancing 200 1 Creating the Send message in the CAN Assistant A message with one data byte is required Assign a distinct name to this message Next assign this message to a channel Since only one data byte is available the length of this channel can have a maximum of 8 bits
193. Hz 60 Encoder pulses per revolution in RPM Resolution Frequency resolution in Hz 60 Encoder pulses per revolution in RPM Note If you use a counter which indicates this zero position by a missing cog you will avoid seeing gaps in the signal by means of the measurement modeMissing tooth 167 Velocity Input range Frequency input range in Hz Encoder pulses per m in m s Resolution Frequency resolution in Hz Encoder pulses per m in m s Setting the number of pulses IncrementalEncoder0x gt Index card Inputs gt Combo box No of encoder pulses The number of encoder pulses must be between 1 and 999999 The input range selected states the input range end value The highest frequency RPM value velocity contained in the measured signal may not exceed this end value The sampling interval can take discrete values between 1 ms and 1 min and states the rate at which result values are returned Setting the sampling interval IncrementalEncoder0x gt Index card Inputs gt Combo box Sampling interval 5 1 3 11 Data types All measurement values are expressed in the data format 16 bit signed integer The measurement values can be positioned in CAN bus messages in precisely this format Calculations for virtual channels are also carried out in this format The only exceptions are the cumulative measurement quantities cumulative events angle or displacement accrued since the start of a
194. L L AAA s ELLE EEE EEE ESE EEE ES ES CHASSIS Note e The CANSAS K DAC8 module is connected via BNC terminals CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 253 6 7 DCB8 Parameter we wmm memes RENE ENEE EEN Measurement modes e Voltage measurement e Bridge sensors e Bridge strain gauges Technical Data DCB8 395 The eight measurements inputs IN1 to IN8 whose terminals are 4 DSUB plugs are for voltage and bridge measurement They are non isolated diffenrential amplifiers They share a common voltage supply for sensors and measurement bridges The DCB8 module is also available in the PROTECT model having ESD and transients protection See the description of the UNI8 3551 for properties and information on its constraints 6 7 1 Bridge measurement Measurement of measurement bridges such as strain gauges The measurement channels have an adjustable DC voltage source which supplies the measurement bridges The supply voltage for a group of eight inputs is set in common The bridge supply is asymmetric e g for a bridge voltage setting of V 5 V Pin VB C is at VB 5 V and Pin VB D at VB 0 V The terminal VB is simultaneously the device s ground reference Per default 5 V and 10 V can be selected as bridge supply Depending on the supply set the following input ranges are available Bridge voltage V Measurement range mV V 10 1000 to
195. LCOM is applied to the output If an external voltage gt 5 V to LCOM is applied at HCOM s terminal it is used instead of the internal 5 V A voltage of 5 V is accessible at HCOM which can take a small load refer to technical specs for details For a target value of 0 low the output is connected with LCOM and thus is at a differential of O V to LCOM LCOM being the reference Each of the two plugs has its own independent references LCOM is basically the plug s reference ground and HCOM the plug s supply LCOM comes from Low and common whereas HCOM comes from High and common The terminal plug CON1 is access for Bits 1 8 CON for Bits 9 16 6 9 4 Invert Output A setting in the CANSAS software enables inversion of the CANSAS DO16 logic To do this the following configuration steps are necessary these instructions describe inversion of all 16 outputs 1 The existing digital outputs designated by default as DO_Bito1 DO_BIT16 in Message01 must be relocated to the folder Without CAN bus message 2 16 virtual channels must be set up and relocated to Message0 which previously contained the outputs CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 265 3 The setting for the virtual channels on the page Message mapping are changed so that VirtualChannel01 has start byte O and start bit 0 and until VirtualChannel16 start byte 1 and start bit 7 E Gi CAN Bus interface EF es B
196. LED for the crankshaft will not necessarily flash rapidly It only flashes rapidly if the RPM is significantly too high but not for minor range violations To perform a test it is possible to set the parameter Maximum rotation rate to the highest permitted value 20000 since the RPMs may actually be higher than expected But later be sure to reset the limit as low as possible for purposes of interference suppression If the value calculated is incorrect for the rotation speed then the number of cogs per revolution can be checked or the threshold hysteresis This is because the module may be detecting too many signal edges Ignition angle shows in the display If the rotation speed is 0 or invalid ten it is not even possible to calculated a value for the ignition angle However if the RPM value is valid then there is a variety of possible causes The LED for the ignition signal must shine constant green or else the ignition signal must be checked The LED for the reference signal must shine constant green if an incremental counter with zero output is used If it does not shine constant green the reference signal should be checked If the input signals are in order then it is worth extending the permitted ignition angle range as a test temporarily set a lower value for the Minimum ignition angle The value should be as low as possible see table for the description of the parameters Minimum Maximum ignition angles For instance if
197. Manual 6 17 2 Current measurement in e 40 mA 2 mA For current measurement a shunt is built into the imc current connector ACC DSUB 14 The terminal GND must not be connected especially not grounded With the housing model SL with LEMO connectors current measurement is connected via an internal 50Q shunt Toward this end the current signal is connected at the pins I and JN For current measurement the pins l and IN must be shorted This connection may only be made for current measurement purposes and must be cleared for all other measurement types For this reason imc offers a cable specially constructed with this connection exclusively for current measurement CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 321 6 17 3 Temperature measurement The input channels are designed for measurement with thermocouples and PT100 sensors RTD platinum resistance thermometers as per DIN and IEC 751 Any combinations of the two sensor types can be connected 6 17 3 1 Thermocouple measurement The common thermocouple types make use of linearization by characteristic curve All common thermocouple types with their characteristic curves are supported A combination of thermocouple measurement and Pt100 ane measurement is possible The cold junction compensation necessary for in thermocouple measurements is built into the imc thermo connector ACC DSUB T4 450
198. Manual 6 5 7 Filter 5 Cl8 32131 ipaa Scaling Message Mapping Lircur Into T Isolated amplifier E E CAN Bus interface B E Message107 dh Terminal i dih Channelo1 dih Channelo2 Name Channels dik Channelo3 dih Channelo4 Comment 4 Message108 dih Channelos dih Channeloe dih Channelo7 Measurement Voltage measurement DI dih Channelos mode E No CAN Bus mes Characteristic linear 7 O LED curve LED2 Input range EDV Di 14 Special Functions 499 SCI16 4231234 T Isolated scanner ch Eh CAN Bus interface 4 Message103 E dl et eescht Sampling interval Filter Mean value Mean value ee 0 Ar essel y With CANSAS CIB8 the filter settings can be made for each channel separately Off Last sampled value of a sample interval Ready Mean value The output value is averaged by Sampling interval ms 1 ms samples For temperature measurement only this function is available Butterworth The input signal is filtered by a Butterworth low pass filter 2nd order The cutoff frequency is 1 6 of the sample interval For sampling intervals gt 2s only the mean value function will be used Bessel The input signal is filtered by a Bessel low pass filter 2nd order The cutoff frequency is 1 6 of the sample interval For sampling intervals gt 2s only the mean value function will be used Expert Settings When Expert Settings is activated the order and cutoff
199. Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 178 CANSAS Users Manual 5 1 5 4 Notes on DO8R and DO16R The board with the signal processor DSP is at internal ground potential GND This is the module s internal digital ground and is connected to the chassis as well as to the shielding of the input plug This internal electric potential must not float in relationship to the power supply or the CAN bus Rather the maximum voltage differential of 50 V to GND must not be exceeded so GND must be held at a suitable value Otherwise the module can sustain damage or malfunction A chassis connection is provided in the form of the shielding terminal It is generally recommended to connect the housing chassis to ground protective grounding line The housing mainly consists of conduction material and is connected with DGND 5 1 5 5 Taking measurements with the digital output modules In the dialog Measure the digital output bits of aDO16R or DO8R module are listed only if they are assigned to a CAN message In such cases the entry for the Measurement output value represents the signal s output value Upon the start of the measurement the Power up value is displayed The output signal can be influenced by editing the values in the column Measurement output value Double clicking in these cells the editing mode is activated and the value for the digital bits can be toggled between 0 and 1 When the ENTER key is then pressed the value is checked accepted and
200. MeNh ccccccessccossseestcessenssscescecescnsosesecueesousensnscnseecenstsssensonsesessenensoneenenes 6 18 4 2 1 Pt100 in 4 wire configuration 6 18 4 2 2 Pt100 in 2 wire configuration 6 18 4 2 3 Pt100 in 3 wire configuration 6 18 4 3 Probe breakage recogontion nennen nennen 6 18 5 Resistance measurement cceecsseeeseteesseessseesseeesneessaeessneeseeeeseeesneessneesenessenesseneeaseesseneesenseneesees 6 18 6 Sensors requiring adjustment of their supply eren nnne nennen nnne 6 18 7 Sensor supply module 6 18 8 BN wiht ND UD eD DES 6 18 9 Sampling intervals filters and anti aliasing cerent 6 18 10 Recognition of sensor by means of wire jumpers eeeeeeeeeeeee eene entente tnnt 6 181 enneeimlnIl dadai 6 18 11 1 Pin configuration of round plugs ITT VEAM MI CC 2649721 6 18 11 2 Pin configuration of round plugs LEMOGA conc no eene 6 18 11 3 Pin configuration of round plugs ZF LEMO cono nono con non cnn ccncnnannccnnno 6 18 12 Assembly instructions for ITT VEAM with Pt100 inside of connector 6 18 12 1 Connection using CrilTips ore A eii 6 18 12 2 Connection by soldeting ec oie eda d dd 6 18 12 3 Recommended tool Sinisen eneid Re iere rti e CEP erret 6 18 13 UNIS DCB8 PROTEQT itcr epic Ea Eer raer in iii Ee 6 19 CANSAS VI Rm 6 19 1 Voltage meas
201. N DSUB 14 thermocouples Thermo plug CAN DSUB T4 Pt100 Pt100 plug CAN DSUB PT 4 channels with contacts for 4 wire connection or voltage plug CAN DSUB U CANSAS K ISO8 BNC voltage with divider BNC L ISO8 BNC CANSAS K ISO8 2T L ISO8 T thermocouples Thermo plug 2 pin IEC 584 green CANSAS K ISO8 3T Thermo plug 3 pin IEC 584 green Contacts 2x DSUB 15 inputs 2x DSUB 9 CAN in out PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 supply S ampling rate channe 500 Hz max DEE GH beer Voltage input ranges 2 V 500 mV 100 mV with standard plug 50 V 10 V with divider plug asymmetric referenced to ground Current input ranges 40 mA 10 mA 2 mA with shunt plug 50 Q Thermocouple input ranges 200 to 1200 C with thermo plug all common types Pt100 input ranges 200 to 600 C with Pt100 plug 0 3 mA Isolation to enclosure CHASSIS analog inputs j nominal testing 300 V CAN bus j nominal testing 300 V power supply input nominal testing 300 V Isolation channel to channel for rated accuracy max difference between two input pins of any channel Overvoltage protection 60 V differential high impedance during surge long term Input configuration DC differential isolated form enclosure supply and CAN bus Input impedance static 10 MO voltage thermo 500 kQ voltage with divider 500 current Input current static 4 nA Type 40 nA max in swung scanning state dynamic 100 nA max middle dynamic inp
202. N transfer disturbed CAN Bus not connected or no further participants on bus No GPS data since CAN transmission was disturbed 5 5 1 7 p CANSAS and p CANSAS HUB4 p CANSAS HUB4 There are two status LEDs for the u CANSAS HUB4 a green one to the right of CAN OUT and a red one next to CAN IN It is possible to set which of the two LEDs indicates normal operation and by which flashing pattern When the module is started the red LED flashes briefly Next it darkens again or flashes according to the specified pattern in case the red LED was set to indicate normal operation mode CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 191 The p CANSAS HUB4 s four inputs IN1 IN4 each have their own status LED If no module is connected at the input the corresponding LED remains off If a module was detected at the input and if that module was last configured at the same input then its associated LED shines solid green If a module was detected at the input whose configuration does not match that of the module most recently configured at the same input then its associated LED shines solid red If a module was unplugged from the input the associated LED goes dark Additionally the note pertaining to 4 channel u CANSAS modules also applies here 1 channel u CANSAS module at the u CANSAS HUB4 or in synchronized operation The red LED shines until synchronization with the u CANSAS HUB4 or another CANT Master modul
203. NSAS Users Manual 6 1 4 Quarter bridge sensor cable CANSAS module 2 channels IN1 2 A f SENSE RS v 2xU cable B T B 35V e DDR Reabie Rhaltbridge FRrait bridge Ry bridge CHASSIS Bridge2 block diagram quarter bridge If the sensor consists of only one resistor it s possible to complete the bridge with three additional resistors 1200 can be selected for the external resistor with which to construct a half bridge This resistor is switched on electronically In order to select the resistance for the quarter bridge Sensor must be selected as the measurement target and Quarter bridge with 1209 must be selected as the bridge configuration Important note As with the half bridge a jumper must be connected between HB1 or HB2 and the corresponding input pin in order to activate the necessary half bridge completion This half bridge completion in turn is also internal Setting the quarter bridge Channel0x gt Index card Inputs gt Measurement target combo box Sensor Channel0x gt Index card Bridge circuit gt Configuration combo box Quarter bridge Quarter bridge configuration using four symmetric cables enables measurement of an external 14 bridge branch If a gain error is considered an acceptable trade off it is possib
204. NSAS V1 AS 1x 6 pin Autosport Type AS208 35PA u CANSAS V4 AS CAN IN 1x 6 pin Autosport Type AS208 35SA u CANSAS V4 AS CAN OUT CANopen mode CiA DS 301 V4 0 2 and CiA DS 404V1 2 only with u CANSAS V1 supports 1 PDO in INT16 INT32 and FLOAT TEDS Transducer Electronic conform IEEE 1451 4 DataSheets Class Il MMI Module description u CANSAS V1 355 and u CANSAS V4 3751 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 424 CANSAS Users Manual 7 21 CAN T1 T4 Technical Specs Version 1 3 1 or 4 differential analog inputs Parameter oe indians remers 707 Channels p CANSAS T1 p CANSAS T4 Measurement modes nonum Se IN_1V IN COM B E J K N R S T with u CANSAS T4 standard Type K Sampling frequency channel 100 Hz ee Analog bandwidth 24 Bi SSES Isolation 60 V long term 500 V 10s Max sustainable voltage 40 V 100V long term 1s Input configuration DC differential isolation to frame power supply and CAN Bus Input impedance 5 MQ 10 KQ for voltage surge or deactivated Type J T K E for all other types the voltage measurement uncertainties apply see Technical Specs u CANSAS T1 T 25 C Temperature drift 0 024 K K AT zi SE temperature T Uncertainty of cold junction lt 0 3 K tightly sealed screw connection compensation 0 005 K K AT T 25 C Drift of cold junction Si EE temp Ti Supply voltage 9 V to 50 V DC Power consumption typ 1W max 1 5 W H Lee T1
205. N_SUPPLY and SUPPLY K SUPPLY Ee CANSAS specific CANSAS power supply minus contact Ra CAN_LOW oe low bus Connected as specified by CIAO ine CAN_HIGH oo high bus Connected as specified by CIAO ine 5 CAN_RESET CANSAS specific CANSAS Reset Must be jumpered with CAN_GND for a reset Lu CAN GND CAN Ground Connected as per CiA CAN bus reference ground Pins 3 and 4 are absolutely necessary for transmission on the CAN Bus as well as the CAN Bus ground According to specifications the differential signals require a reference for which reason a CAN Bus ground connection is also needed For this purpose pin 6 can be used There are situations where the CAN ground is not necessary for example on board vehicles if instead of a line to pin 6 it is possible to make contact with anywhere on the chassis In that case the chassis is a substitute for the line to pin 6 Other lines can be used for the purpose if necessary for instance the synchronization line or even the power supply line 6 pin y Autosport terminal type AS208 35 Note when using Autosport plugs and cables that there is a limit on the maximum current through the Autosport plug The current should not exceed approx 5A An accordingly high power supply voltage for the modules may need to be used Check the cross section of the cables CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 438 CANSAS Users Manual 8 1 3 2 Cables for CANSAS For connec
206. O E a T8 o Piopamegas wm m m ssa EN 175 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 311 LL Oyenfatee 0 mw ER RSC W LL L OSopsuo se M m o Soda Y w m amaste Ja EE ECK ECK ESCH EIER RSC ESCH ESCH am ee able sat amenas ECK ES ECK EE ERC 8 m7 EE RSC m o amp SWisoammna 0 WM m A aro gas ERC 5 n gt NN Tanner Tianum TV sone EC mo a mw Je ESCH 7 A ey aaa o Transformer O mw m H o Transmission 111 w m H jJ Trichloroethylene Tri c m m Tim Js Vacuum reinforced valve springs gm pm DO TEE ERC EI N Vete m mw HH 7 o WaeaeesyG ER ESCH x A apor Ja SSC A tn roma Je as comineraizes Joe oe 2 ron es Je e X AAA o_a m a 1 Source Walther Pr zision Schnellkupplungssysteme At the time stated the information provided was correct to the best of our knowledge however we offer no guarantee either explicitly or implicitly that components manufactured from these materials will function satisfactorily in the applications intended by the customer The customer bears sole responsibility for evaluating the components prior to using them especially in applications in which component failure can lead to injury and or damage of property Please note that the elastomer parts have a limited lifespan and that we therefor
207. OFF and ON are swapped CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 447 8 3 1 3 TEDS plugs ACC DSUB TEDS DSUB 15 sockets VOLTAGE CURRENT CURRENT TH UNIVERSAL BRIDGE measurement mode COUPLE labeled inside RTD VOLTAGE compatible module SCI8 SC16 SCI8 SC16 SCI8 SC16 UNI 8 type CRPL SCI16 CIS SCI16 CI8 SCI16 CI8 DCB 8 name ACC DSUB TEDS U4 TEDS 14 TEDS 12 TEDS T4 TEDS UNI2 TEDS B2 terminals 1 RES D Oo Pp shunt infemalinplug 5 __ _______ RES RES Leuppol REF VB wi SUPPLY SUPPLY suPPLY1 ver veis 7 SUPPLY SUPPLY SuppLy v amp 2 w 0 1 12 14 17 13 18 15 16 TEDS GND TEDS GND TEDS GND TEDS GND TEDS GND not for CANSAS CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 448 CANSAS Users Manual 8 3 1 4 Connector plugs Cross Reference module ACC DSUB U2 BNC ACC DSUB TEDS UNI2 ACC DSUB UD4 ACC DSUB ENC4 ACC DSUB DI2 8 ACC DSUB REL4 ACC DSUB DO8 ACC DSUB DAC4 ACC DSUB PWM4 ACC DSUB UNI2 ACC DSUB 12 accwsus res 82 1P65 measurement module mode signal CAN BRIDGE2 Voltage Bridge E CAN C8 Voltage 1050109 CAN DSUB C 8 U ze el cmewece EE tet LT ELT pos ms poso cms T T LL PPP TPT Tt ONES E EEANARRRCASNREA ompow vere Jesdleassssgl T TTL T T CAN DO8R CAN DSUB STD CANDOIOR el E E CAN DCB8 Voltage Bri
208. ONOS PL queries the Baud rate and modifies it if necessary If you subsequently run the GPS mouse with the CANSER the Baud rate must first be reset to 4800 Bit s using Garmin s configuration program SNSRCFG exe 6 3 C12 voltage temperature current 12 analog inputs Value yp max Remas 6 channels on each DSUB 15 socket Measurement modes configurable in blocks of 6 voltage CAN DSUB U6 standard plug voltage with divider CAN DSUB U6D divider plug current CAN DSUB I6 shunt plug thermocouples CAN DSUB T6 thermo plug Pt100 CAN DSUB PT PT100 plug 4 channels with contacts for 4 wire connection or voltage plug CAN DSUB U 6 channels without contacts for 4 wire connection Technical data C12 38 The CANSAS C12 module has 12 input channels Signals for voltage current any DINconforming thermocouples or PT 100 units can be connected Different screw terminal plugs are provided for the respective types of measurements use the appropriate terminal and select it on the input channel s Input dialog under the heading Connector type It is crucial that the terminal type actually connected matches the entry in the Connector type box Input channel Channel Inputs Scaling Message Mapping ll Termina CON 1 IN 1 IN 1 Name Channel01 Comment Make sure the screw terminal connected matches this setting Connector type Voltage measurement CAN DSUB U Y
209. OnlineFAMOS 5 1 3 8 Time measurement The time measurement mode allows the definition of edge conditions between which the time interval is to be measured The following combinations are possible start measurement upon ipat siop measwremertupon Le positive edge negative edge Y track To ensure a high time resolution for the measurement results suitable scaling must be set for the measurement An input range specifies the maximum time interval which can be measured between the selected starting and stopping edge The time between the signal edges may not be greater than the selected input range If the maximum time interval is exceeded during measurement the system returns the input value range end instead of the true measured value Setting the input range IncrementalEncoderOx gt Index card Inputs gt Combo box Input range CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 171 The time resolution corresponds to the value of an LSB Least Significant Bit During sampling intervals when no time measurement was possible because either a starting or stopping edge was missing the last valid return value continues to be returned until a time measurement is completed If there is no valid return value zero is returned If more than one time measurement is completed during a single sampling interval due to multiple starting and stopping edges the last time measured is returned Ou
210. RTD PT100 Connection scheme of a PT100 sensor with LEMO terminals CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 244 CANSAS Users Manual 6 5 4 Resistance measurement For resistance measurement there are four input ranges 0 to 10000 500 O 250 O and 150 O Each resistor is fed by a separate current source with approx 250uA The measurement uses 4 wire configuration The resistor is supplied by 2 lines 1 1 The other two measurement inputs GIN IN serve as Sense leads By using the Sense leads the voltage at the resistor itself can be determined precisely The voltage drop along the conducting cable thus does not cause any measurement error Probe breakage recognition The indicated measurement value changes to zero if the connection between I and IN is broken If only the connection to the resistor at IN is broken the indicated value is the input range end value 6 5 5 Optional sensor supply module The CI8 can be enhanced with the sensor supply unit SUPPLY which provides an adjustable supply voltage for active sensors The supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short circuiting to ground The reference potential in other words the sensor s supply ground contact is the terminal GND For the CANSAS SL CI8 L SUPPLY there is only an unipolar voltage supply available For technical specification of the SUPPLY see here ai CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7
211. S Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 130 CANSAS Users Manual 4 10 13 Bitwise OR 1st parameter Channel whose sample values are disjunctioned bit by bit with the respective value from the 2nd parameter 2nd parameter Channel whose sample values are disjunctioned bit by bit with the respective value from the 1st parameter or numerical value which is disjunctioned with each vale from the 1st parameter Channel containing the results of the bit wise disjunction Description A bit by bit OR operation is performed on the two parameters The sample values of the input channel are treated as whole 16 bit numbers If a bit is set in either of the parameters sample values the corresponding bit of the result channel is set 1 otherwise it is not Notes lf the function is carried out on two channels they must share the same sampling rate If the 2nd parameter is a numerical value it must be specified in the same physical units as the 1st parameter s values Data types 1st input channel 2nd parameter Result channel Integer Integer 2nd parameter is an input Integer channel Digital Integer 2nd parameter is an input Integer channel Digital Digital 2nd parameter is an input channel Digital Integer or Digital 2nd parameter is a numerical value 4 10 14 Bitwise exclusive OR Parameter definition o parameter E whose sample values are each to be subjected bit by bit to the XOR logic operation together with
212. SAS 2 5 3 CANSAS analog connections cccecceeeeceeeeeeseeeeseeeneeeeeeeeeseeeneaeenseeeseneenaneesaeeesaaeesaeseseeeesneeneneenseeee 2 5 4 Checking connectioris coeno reor one rtc e nee odiosas 2 6 Integrating the CANSAS software with imcDevices 2 7 GAN Bus description O 35 2 7 1 References to standards and literature eseeeeeeieeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeee enne encarnan 35 2 7 2 Bus activation eeeesees mo 95 2 7 3 CAN Bus wiring 36 2 7 4 Connecting the terminators eeeeeeeeeeeee eene een 36 2 7 4 1 Termination in data logger orti etre o etr rri eI rere erronee iyan Pr rn rend 36 2 7 4 2 Termination with pL CANSAS eese sesenta enn sete n nes 37 2 7 5 Reset plug we 38 2 7 6 CAN data transfer rate 38 2 7 7 Number DR DLE 39 2 7 8 Duplicate samples in during data capture eeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene rra 39 279 AN O TREES 40 277 91 Limitations EE 40 2 7 10 Troubleshooting tips for disturbances of the CAN Bus eren nnne 41 2 7 11 Cabling of CANSAS 0 an innings 44 2 7 11 1 Power from external power supply unt 44 2 741 2 Power supply from busDAQ unit i erede ttc tier det aaa ea teg 46 Operation 3 1 Calling the program 3 1 1 Language setting imcLanguageSelector 3 2 The se
213. SAS module Ww Setting the configuration in the CANSAS module as permanent LA Configuration of the CANSAS module completed successfully CAN 2000415 Configuration of the C amp NSAS module completed successfully The Configure CANSAS modules dialog Z The configuration process includes a check of the settings The same testing algorithm is used as for the command Edit Check configuration If multiple modules are to be configured they are all first tested If an error is detected in any module configuration is canceled The next step consists of checking whether the CANSAS module is connected to the CAN Bus Once a functioning connection has been established the module s firmware version is compared with the firmware file CANSAS AN The directory EATESTACANSASAFIRMWAREY does not contain firmware files Use the following dialog to select the appropriate directory If a discrepancy between the file firmware version and the module firmware version is discovered the firmware must be loaded into the module and made permanent there If the firmware file s version is older than that of the module a prompt will be posted beforehand for confirmation that the older version should be loaded in the module Now the configuration noted in the module is compared with the configuration set in the PC If they are the same no configuration is loaded into the module otherwise the new configuration is loaded into the module and made pe
214. SCI16 voltage current and temp modes sess 318 6 17 1 Voltage measurement c onococononnennancnnnnannonannonrnnno eiie essere nara caracas 319 6 17 2 Current ET E is 320 6 17 3 Temperature measurement ccssecesteesseesseeseneeeeneessnesesneeseeeesesesueessneessnessenessenessenesseneeseeseneeeans 321 6 17 3 1 Thermocouple MeaSUreMeN cccescseescccessscresstsscccessrenssesesscesssensnsensescenseeensersnsacessunensonderenes 321 6 17 3 2 PT100 RTD Measurement nennen nennen nennen nre n tnneet rese trennen 321 6 17 3 3 PT100 RTD Measurement Type LEMO nennen nennen 322 6 17 3 4 Probe breakage recogontion nennen nnne nent nennen 322 6 17 3 5 Deactivate probe breakage reCognNitiON ooconccinnncnnnnnnocnnnncccnancnnrna narco non c nan c cnn nono n nana na rca 323 6 17 4 External sensor supply optional esee nana narco 324 6 17 5 Connector plugs SC16 SCI8 SCI16 coococonccconicinoconocncncancnnncnnnennnnnrnnnccnnnn cnn cerraran cnn 324 6 17 5 1 SE Variety EMO ite RUPEE PUER RERO UE 325 heel RE 325 6 17 7 Isolation CONCEP EE 325 6 17 8 Isolation of the voltage supply module ooonnonnnccnnncnnncnnnnnnnonononcnanan cnn cnn nana rca rra rana ranas 326 A A O 327 A EE 329 6 17 9 2 SCI16 A AAN 330 6 17 9 3 9018 Filter E A ee 331 A A O 332 LEANDER 333 6 18 1 Voltage measurement eese eese rn 334 6 18 1 1 Voltage source with ground refe
215. Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 432 CANSAS Users Manual Pin configuration and power supply 8 1 CAN Bus connectors By default the connector to CAN is with DSUB9las31 CANSAS SL modules are equipped with LEMO connectors 436 u CANSAS units use Autosport 437 connectors CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 433 8 1 1 Standard module with DSUB9 CAN Bus connector Below is shown the pin configuration of the CAN bus plug socket set CAN IN and CAN OUT A general description of the CAN bus can be found in CAN Bus description 357 Notes on the hardware versions Hardware Version 1 Valid for all devices shipped prior to mid 2003 C12 1508 INK4 Bridge2 DI16 DO16 DAC8 In these modules there is no WIRE EEPROM_DATA connection CAN IN is thus identical to CAN OUT in terms of the pin configuration Hardware Version 2 Valid for all UNI8 P8 DO16R C8 and all L modules For all other modules please check in the software under General Version Hardware whether this is the version Generally it only is for modules shipped since late 2003 CHASSIS 1WIRE EEPROM DATA CAN_RST_STECK P212 CAN OUT female SUPPLY CAN_RST_STECK CAN SYNC P211 CANIH Gs IN CANIL o bai CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 434 CANSAS Users Manual PIN Siml CiAG description Use in CANSAS 1 CAN SUPPLY CANSAS specific CANSAS voltage supply The
216. V Data types Result channel Integer CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 136 CANSAS Users Manual 4 10 26 Fixed digital value only for digital output modules Digital value Constant fixed digital value either 0 FALSE or 1 TRUE Result channel Channel with constant fixed digital value Description Creates a channel with a fixed constant value The value can be set to either 0 FALSE or to 1 TRUE Data types Result channel Digital 4 10 27 Fixed input range Description The value range of a channel is re scaled according to the user s specifications The new range is defined by a new lower range limit minimum and a new upper range limit maximum All the input channel s sample values are linearly transformed to the result channel s new value range Notes The function can only be carried out if the degree of stretching or contraction of the value range derived from the minimum and maximum is not too large Data types 4 10 28 Fixed scaling Input channel Channel to be re scaled Factor New scaling factor which together with the new offset determines a new value range New offset which together with the new scaling factor determines a new value range Result channel Re scaled Input channel Description The value range of a channel is re scaled on the basis of the new scaling factor and offset supplied by the user The new lower range limit L and the new upper
217. Voltage measurement HCI8 voltage measurement UNI8 voltage measurement with zero balancing CI8 Voltage measurement u CANSAS V1 voltage measurement C12 voltage measurement C8 voltage measurement Cl8 voltage measurement SC16 SCI16 SCI8 335 335 347 348 348 351 352 352 348 163 27 28 173 57 57 80 80 79 79 79 67 67 115 40 359 257 293 334 239 356 228 231 238 239 319 O 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 480 CANSAS Users Manual W Waste on Electric and Electronic Equipment watchdog WEEE Windows wiring CAN Bus wiring CAN Bus at CANSAS wiring CAN Bus at SL housings Write Sensor Eprom WSGs XML Format 7 zero adjusting u CANSAS V1 zero marker pulse ZF LEMO UNI8 Zweisignalgeber 110 18 26 434 437 436 208 156 98 357 289 352 166 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH
218. Voltages in ranges gt 2 V are connected at the so called Divider plug CAN DSUB U4D For current measurements a plug with shunt resistors is available CAN DSUB 14 For temperature measurement the special Thermo plug CAN DSUB T4 is available It comes with built in cold junction compensation A specially Pt100 plug is also available CAN DSUB Pt100 which enables the direct connection of Pt100 resistors in 4 wire configuration and which comes with a built in reference circuit 6 13 1 Connector plugs ISO8 For the pin assignment of the DSUB 15 plugs see here Aar Connections to CANSAS K ISO8 BNC are made with BNC sockets CANSAS K ISO8 T2 and CANSAS K ISO8 T3 come with two or three pin TK sockets CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 292 CANSAS Users Manual 6 14 HCI8 isolated voltage current resistor temperature 8 isolated differential analog inputs with high common mode voltage Parameter Vawe Remarks Measurement modes voltage all measurement modes individually current isolated resistor thermocouples RTD Pt100 CANSAS HCI8 by means of its 8 isolated channels enables the measurement of voltage current resistance and temperature This amplifier s special strengths are e isolated measurement of low voltages resistor current and temperature thermocouples and Pt100 on a high common mode level e differential max 60 V measurement range 600 V overvoltage protection at 800 V common
219. WP Message100 Byte order intel y 2 Special functions Uu V1 789654 eue hes El 16 Bit Position in message Scaling Factor 0 0061037 rv Av Offset Q riv A CANSAS Message Mapping The modules belonging to the CANSAS group work with a maximal resolution of 24 bits The Message Mapping page also offers a message length of 32 bits in which case a value in 32 bit Float format is transferred If four single channel CANSAS modules are connected via a uU CANSAS HUB4 note the following if the values from four CANSAS modules are to fit into one message then a channel s length is limited to 16 bits Since a message can transport a maximum of 8 data bytes this amounts to only 2 bytes per channel If 24 bits per channel are to be used then with HUB at least two messages must be created for four channels 6 19 4 External Supply voltage 5 V 10 V isolated At the u CANSAS V1 s connection terminals a supply voltage which is software adjustable to either 5 V or 10 V is available for external sensors This source is insulated and is connected via the contacts SUPPLY and SUPPLY Internally this 5 V 10 V supply output is electronically protected from short circuiting and can carry a maximum load of 210 mW CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 361 6 19 5 Sampling interval filter For u CANSAS V1 sampling rates can be set in steps of 1 2 and 5 The available
220. X1 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 64 CANSAS Users Manual These scaling quantities are then taken account of in the input range indicator on the 1 index card Errors will result if X1 and X2 are equal The faulty entry will be presented in the status bar Input channel Channel Inputs Scaling Message mapping PF Unit Un zl m Scaling 35 Physical quantity Nm e Input quantity WAL CANSAS C12 Input Channel Properties dialog Page 2 When temperature measurements are involved all the controls on this page are disabled The scaling factor is automatically 1 and the offset is 0 On the third index card information about the placing of the channel data within the CAN message is displayed Input channel Channel01 E Data type Byte order Position in message Scaling Signed integer Intel least significant byte first little endian Start byte D start bit 0 length 16 bits Factor 8 47736e 005 Y Offset OV CANSAS C12 input channel Properties dialog Page 3 The message mapping comprises all information needed for a message receiver to read the channel signal Data type Signed integers can be generated Unsigned integers and digital bits can be generated only by the module types PWM8 DACH DO16 DO16R and DO8R Byte order Choices Intel format or Motorola format In Intel format the bits of a number are arranged in order of incre
221. XXAT ISA card is used by means of the VCI driver software 2 x the same value must also be used as in the control program XXAT Interfaces This program can be found in the Control Panel after VCI installation has taken place IRQ enabled for Type ISA plug in cards For entering the number of the IRQ used by the ISA board The default value is 7 IRQ 7 is an interrupt vector which is usually free since it s mostly used by a PC s second printer interface If this IRQ isn t available IRQ 5 is to be recommended which is for the most part only used in Windows CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 93 systems where DOS Box supporting sound hardware is installed This is frequently the case when the sound hardware is PCl compatible Since the DOS supporting property is rarely relevant it s probably worth sacrificing it for the sake of gaining the use of its interrupt IRQ 9 is another frequently free interrupt The IRQ to select depends upon what PC resources happen to be free See the interface board documentation for more details on the IRQ settings The IRQ value entered must match the corresponding jumper configuration of the plug in board This setting only pertains to ISA Interface boards Note If an IXXAT ISA card is used by means of the VCI driver software 2 x the same value must also be used as in the control program XXAT Interfaces This program can be found in the Control Panel after VCI installation has take
222. a channel then the only measurement mode options left for al other channels are Velocity Frequency RPMs 5 1 3 7 Event counting angle and displacement measurement The quantities derived from event counting i e events displacement and angle can be measured either differentially or cumulatively In differential measurement the return value is the change in displacement or angle positive or negative for two signal encoders or all new events always positive acquired in the course of the last sampling interval In cumulative measurement the return value is the sum of all displacement or angle changes or of all event which occurred The event counter counts the sensor pulses which occur during a single time interval differential event counting or the sum of all events cumulative event counting The interval corresponds to the sampling time set by the user The maximum event frequency is about 500 kHz An event is a positive edge in the measurement signal which exceeds the user set threshold value The derivative quantities displacement and angle measurement have the following settings CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 168 CANSAS Users Manual e Choice of one signal and two signal encoder 165i e Start of measurement with or without Zero impulse 16 e Number of pulses per unit Setting the number of pulses IncrementalEncoderOx at Index card Inputs Combo box No of encoder p
223. a single strain gauge resistor UNI8 internally completes an additional 120 Q that can be switched to a 350 O quarter bridge For quarter bridge measurement only 5 V can be set as the bridge supply quarter bridge The quarter bridge has 3 terminals to connect Refer to the description of the full bridge for comments on the Sense lead However with the quarter bridge the Sense lead is connected to in A and sense F jointly If the sensor supply is equipped with the option 15 V a quarter bridge measurement is not possible The pin 1 4B for the quarter bridge completion is used for 15 V instead Note By default comes with a 120 O internal bridge completion resistor A 350 O completion resistor is alternatively possible for the purpose of quarter bridge measurement When using this option the scope of available functions is limited e No direct current measurement 4h with the standard included connector ACC DSUB UNI2 is possible but only with the optional ACC DSUB I2 connector with a 50 shunt resistor differential measurement CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 339 6 18 2 4 Sense and initial unbalance The SENSE lead serves to compensate voltage drops due to cable resistance which would otherwise produce noticeable measurement errors If there are no sense lines then UN 8 SENSE F must be connected in the terminal plug according to the sketches above
224. acteristic data are read in upon recognition of a pressure module and the input ranges for the channels are set accordingly Attention when performing module integration off line Since there is no connection to an actual pressure module all sensors are assumed to have an input range of 0 10 bar If you already make the configuration for a module with its serial number entered correctly it is still necessary to perform module integration of the module when it is first really connected in order to have the input ranges correctly stated in the database 6 15 7 2 Read in of sensor data If a pressure module is selected in the tree diagram on the left side of the user interface it is possible to select the menu item Module Sensors Read identifier data for that module or alternatively the corresponding toolbar button This causes the characteristic data of all sensors to be read in You can take a look at these characteristic data by selecting an individual channel of the module and accessing the index card nfo on the right ve Read identifying data x CANSAS modules Working steps Ye Now reading sensor data for the following CANSAS modules 3 49 P8_870258 t Connecting to module and reading ini sensor data Sensor information for the 8 input channels read successfully 7 Hf Slot Ww Reading in sensor data Slot information read successfully Read in of module sensor data complete 7 Progress indica
225. age This is a command which restructures the Module Tree The entries for a module s channels are ordered to reflect their channels arrangement within the CAN Bus messages All defined messages are arrayed under the CAN Bus Interface entry There is also still an entry Without CAN Bus Message which comprises all channels not yet assigned to a message and which therefore cannot be transferred Once a CAN Bus message s entry is opened the constituent channels entries are seen The order of their listing reflects their arrangement within the CAN message In this mode channels can be assigned to and deleted from messages by means of Drag amp Drop operations By channels This is a command which restructures the Module Tree The entries of a CANSAS module are sorted into the groups e CAN Bus Interface e Input output stage e Virtual channels The group CAN Bus Interface contains all defined messages The group Analog Digital inputs contains all input channels the group Analog Digital outputs all output channels The heading Virtual channels represents all virtual channels defined as well as certain special channels LED triggering This mode is more convenient for making simultaneous settings for input output channels and virtual channels Note In this mode it s not possible to assign channels to messages For that purpose use the Grouped by Message mode 3 4 3 6 View Expand all branches Collapse all branches Purpose Sh
226. age editing the text The editing process is completed by hitting the Enter key or e input output channel PY selecting another entry Thereafter the new name is checked by the system e virtual channel and appears in the Properties display The editing process can be aborted by hitting Esc If an entry is in editing mode the commands Edit Undo Edit Cut Edit Copy and Edit Paste are available In other words the names can be edited with the help of the Clipboard Deleting entries The following entry types can be deleted from the Module Tree e CANSAS module When a CANSAS module is deleted all subordinate entries are also deleted In order to be deleted an entry must be selected Multiple entries can also be selected When the Del key is pressed or the menu item Edit Delete is e virtual channel selected a prompt for confirmation is posted Deletion only takes place if the prompt is answered with Yes e CAN message Arranging input channels and virtual channels within messages The manner of transmitting measurement values via the CAN Bus is to be defined by assigning positions within messages to the various channels data The assigning process is accomplished in the Tree by the Drag amp Drop method For this purpose the Module Tree must be in the mode Grouped by Message Activating this mode is done using the menu command View Grouped by message CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2
227. ailable current from the source and by the dissipation in the sensor temperature drift and in the device power consumption e For typical measurements with strain gauges the ranges 5 mV V to 1 mV V are particularly relevant e There is a maximum voltage which the Potentiometer sensors are able to return in other words max 1 V V a typical range is then 1000 mV V Bridge measurement is set by selecting as measurement mode either Bridge Sensor or Bridge Strain gauge in the operating software The bridge circuit itself is then specified under the tab Bridge circuit where quarter bridge half bridge and full bridge are the available choices Note We recommend setting channels which are not connected for voltage measurement at the highest input range Otherwise if unconnected channels are in quarter or half bridge mode interference may occur in a shunt calibration 6 18 2 1 Full bridge A full bridge has four resistors which can be four correspondingly configured strain gauges or one vs complete sensor which is a full sensor internally The full bridge has five terminals to connect Two leads VB C and VB D serve supply purposes two other leads in A and in B capture the differential voltage The 5 lead sense F is the Sense lead for the lower supply terminal which is used to determine the single sided voltage drop along the supply line Assuming that the other supply cable VB C has the same impedance and thu
228. ailable to all modules see features and modules 192 If the software version is changed and thus also the CANSAS firmware after a configuration had been exported to the PC then the configuration might not work properly when it is re imported by the device Error free re import is only ensured if one of the following conditions is met if the CANSAS module is connected via the imc USB interface or if the CANSAS module is connected via an imc measurement device having a CAN interface 3 5 2 1 Readable configuration for p CANSAS HUB4 The determining factor for the arrangement of single channel CANSAS modules within the messages of a L CANSAS HUBA module is the ID of the input IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 at which the CANSAS module is connected With the readable configuration the input ID positions within u CANSAS HUB4 modules messages are saved The position here refers to the info of whether the first second module within the message is involved Upon reading of the configuration the information for the modules connected at the inputs is read in the order of their respective positions For the positioning within the message the serial number is not relevant What is decisive is the input at which the CANSAS module is connected This means that nonfunctioning UCANSAS modules can be exchanged with other appropriately configured CANSAS modules without making any new settings The exact positions within the messages however may change
229. ain free If one of these pins were to be short circuited the module s block wise isolation would be cancelled This would mean the loss of the measurement input s differential properties and thus of the module s basic functionality Protection mechanisms prevent module damage in such cases but instead apparently random measurement errors as well as mysterious effects can result Two things are critical for undisturbed operation e The module frame must be connected to protection ground in order to achieve effective shielding e If switching power adapters e g plug power units are used the output should be grounded This will be explained in detail below 6 17 8 Isolation of the voltage supply module The module is supplied with direct current of 9 to 32 V The internal supply unit is isolated so that its potential level doesn t have any effect The supply module under discussion here is not to be mistaken for the optional sensor supply The sensor supply which is also designated SUPPLY is available at the DSUB 15 connectors The block wise isolation concept enables a substantial DC isolation voltage between the supply unit and the remaining module parts This is especially important with in vehicle measurements In such set ups a electrical connection between the voltage supply and the module frame would create problems Due to transient and electrostatic charges considerable potential differentials can develop betwee
230. al block HCI8 Thermocouple measurement HCI8 Voltage measurement HCI8 resistance heartbeat Heartbeats Help Info about CANSAS High pass filter History of technical data sheets 1 6 Rev 7 History of technical data sheets 1 6 Rev 10 History of technical data sheets 1 6 Rev 8 History of technical data sheets 1 6 Rev 9 History of technical data sheets 1 7 hotline hysteresis Hysteresis Filter IEEE P1451 1 IEEE 1451 IGN IGN default operation type IGN display IGN inputs BNC IGN LEDs IGN offset adjustment IGN outputs DSUB9 IGN parameterization IGN snapshot operation mode IGN description imc interface adapter imc voltage plug imcansas exe 69 26 57 297 294 296 405 458 295 293 296 110 111 97 139 466 465 465 465 465 16 287 139 199 299 399 272 271 284 271 281 284 275 272 267 29 449 47 O 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH Index 473 imCanUsb imc CAN USB Adapter imcDevices imcLanguageSelector imc Sensors imc Thermoplug imc Thermopulg Import Importing sensor data Importing sensor information in the measurement window u CANSAS B1 INC4 INC4 DSUB15 INC4 DSUB9 INC4 DSUB 9 CANSAS K INC4 INC4 ITT VEAM INC4 ITT VEAM terminal INC4 LEMO INC4 LEMO SL INC4 Measurement quantities INC4 Sensors with current signals INC4 specification incremental encoder sensors Incremental encoders incremental sensor
231. al version 1 7 Rev 2 74 CANSAS Users Manual 3 4 1 5 File Import Purpose For importing the configurations of CANSAS modules which are stored in files in XML format 3 4 1 6 File Export Purpose For exporting the CAN configurations of the CANSAS modules selected The CAN configuration can be saved either as a CAN database DBC files or as a CAN Assistant file CBA file It is also possible to save in XML format Remarks Only the CAN configurations of the selected CANSAS modules are saved in the file format specified meaning that only messages and channels assigned to these messages are stored Channels not assigned to any message are not affected Sensor information e g Baud rate Standard Extended format is additionally saved With input modules isolated amplifier differential amplifier bridge amplifier incremental encoder and digital input modules the messages are entered into the CAN Assistant configuration as Device receives messages With output modules digital relay digital output analog output modules the messages are entered into the CAN Assistant configuration as Device sends messages CBA files can be loaded and edited using the u MUSYCS CAN Assistant DBC files can be generated and edited using the program CANdb Vector Informatik GmbH from Vector Informatik GmbH CANdb is a program for administering the CANalyzer Vector Informatik GmbH CAN system database DBC files supported b
232. aliasing For each of the 8 channels the sampling interval can be freely set to between 10 ms an 60s C8 comes with a hardware based permanent anti aliasing filter an analog digital converter ADC using the sigma delta method and finally a digital low pass filter adapted to the sampling rate Grouped by messages Amplifier CES Bombardie mdb E G C8 654654 eneral gt Differential amplifiers e Eh CAN Bus interface Type Peters i i E 4 Bi Me pecas gt 8 differential amplifiers for temperature and voltage m4 C18_32131 measurements 2 4 HTT1 654321 dih Kanal S LED e Eh CAN Bus interface Supply voltage 2 Special functions FF HTU1_456321 SF P8 221 SF SCI16 4231234 FF SCI16 877170 FF SCI8 1243124 On Additional digital low pass filter O Anti Aliasing Filter H A gt f Switch off the digital low pass filter The analog anti aliasing filter takes always effect The table below shows which resulting filter is used For temperature measurement Pt100 and thermocouples sampling ae SSCS CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 236 CANSAS Users Manual All other measurement types voltage current and resistance ERC Butterworth 2nd order cutoff frequency 1 Hz Butterworth 2nd order cutoff frequency 0 4 Hz Butterworth 2nd order cutoff frequency 0 2 Hz Arithmet mean over the duration of the sampling interval of values sampled at 100 Hz The fi
233. ally corresponds to the sampling rate i e for the module type UNIS Export Message pulse rate Here you set how the message pulse rate responds when exporting a configuration to a Vector database For instance for a module of type UNI8 the pulse rate generally corresponds to the sampling rate 3 4 5 2 4 Display Options Module Sensor Export Display General CAN Bus interface Display CAN Bus Interface this option box determines whether the message identifiers in all input boxes are to be expressed in hexadecimal format CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 97 3 4 5 2 5 General Options Module Sensor Export Display General Automatic close C Automatic close of configure window upon success Confirmations and notes Confirm saving of not configured interface settings E Show all tip dialogs General e Automatic closing Options affecting how windows are closed e Confirmation For confirming a save if the interface settings are not configured Deactivation of showing all tip dialogs 3 4 6 Help Info about CANSAS Purpose This command causes the copyright information and the product version number to be displayed Shortcuts Toolbar Remarks The appearing dialog also indicates the amount of free hard drive memory and free RAM CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 98 CANSAS Users Manual
234. ange is generally given as starting at Obar e g 0 10bar the pressure may not fall below the minimum stated in the spec sheet The sensors are not designed for measurement in near vacuum conditions Violating the sensor s minimum pressure requirement can also lead to permanent damage The sensor is designed for a particular temperature range which must also not be violated see the spec sheet The spec sheet also specifies a maximum temperature for the medium measured The medium may indeed occasionally be hotter than the sensor but if the sensor gets too hot its accuracy is diminished In particular the characteristic curve array for correction of the temperature dependency is gauged for 85 C CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 300 CANSAS Users Manual 6 15 5 Factors affecting pressure measurement Precise pressure measurement requires observance of and compliance with certain constraints 1 Le Position dependence The measured value returned depends on how the sensor is positioned when in use For this reason observe the preferred mounting position This is the position in which the sensors are calibrated at the factory The sensors high sensitivity can lead to offset errors when the position is changed due to the effect of gravity upon the sensor s own oil column It is important to compensate for this offset especially for measurements of relative pressure around zero This can be accomplished usin
235. annel Channel to be smoothed Result channel Smoothed input channel Description The input channel is smoothed by taking the average of 3 consecutive values The digital filter on which the function is based operates according to the formula y k 0 25 u k 2 0 5 u k 1 0 25 u k where k is a serial index u the input channel and y the result channel The 1st value in the result channel is set as the 1st sample in the input value The result channel s 2nd value is set as the average of the input channel s 1st and 2nd values Data types 4 10 61 Square root Input channel Channel containing sample values whose square root is to be taken Result channel Square roots of the input channel s values Description The square roots of the input channel s sample values are computed When input channel sample values are negative the return value is 0 Data types 4 10 62 Standard deviation Input channel Channel for which the standard deviation of values within each reduction interval is computed Result clock pulse Data rate of the result channel Result Sequence of standard deviation values representing each reduction interval in the input channel Description The value for the standard deviation is calculated for each reduction interval within the input channel signal The reduction interval is equal to the result channel s clock pulse rate CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 154 CANSAS User
236. ards Paging through the cards is accomplished by clicking on the card tabs If multiple Module Tree entries are simultaneously selected the Properties display will attempt to reflect their common properties This will only work if the entries are of the same type otherwise the Properties display will indicate that it s not possible There is a header at the top of the Properties display in which the entry type and the names of the entries are stated The Properties display has various dialog boxes and combo boxes as well as text boxes The properties of the CANSAS modules or input channels can be altered by making selections or entries The alterations are applied as soon as the card is turned on or the current selection in the tree is changed or prior to the execution of a menu command If the mouse cursor is held for a short while over a text or combo box a tool tip as a brief help text will appear If multiple Module Tree entries having the same type are concurrently selected then will appear in the relevant Properties dialog boxes This means that this property of the various entries does not have a common value If the input box is even disabled this means that the property cannot be common to all the entries an example is a channel s name Combo boxes appear empty if the properties differ The size of the Properties dialog is automatically adapted when the size of the main window is changed But it can occur that the Prop
237. arious ways to perform balancing of CANSAS BRIDGE2 e Pressing the special button on the CANSAS BRIDGE2 module e Automatic balancing upon power up of module e Balancing is triggered by a CAN bus message All 3 options can be implemented in a configuration and can initiate balancing However if a balancing process is currently running any new command to perform balancing is ignored until the current process is over As a rule both bridge channels are balanced at once If balancing isn t possible because the unbalance exceeds the balance range this can be indicated by the LEDs on the CANSAS BRIDGE2 module see Chapter Measurement technique 183 Bridge balance performed upon activation of device Bridge amplifier General Balance m Balance Ke eegene a wen The last balancing value Allow shunt calibration or bridge balancing via CAN bus is recorded in the module z Save balance state in module Balance duration 08 s y EN 500 ms Identifier for bridge These two values can be adjusted as desired Message mapping 1 Byte Bit 4 1 gt bridge balancing 010 Bit 5 1 gt shunt calibration 0x20 User s choice of Can Bus ID Note e Note that importing a changed configuration to the module deletes any previously performed bridge balancing and resets it to zero Therefore always repeat bridge balancing after importing a configuration CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1
238. as illustrated by the following example Two messages are configured as readable Message 1 Message 2 u CAN V1 1 24 Bit Input 1 p CAN V1_4 32 Bit Input 4 u CAN V1 2 16 Bit Input 2 u CAN V1 3 16 Bit Input 3 Next the modules u CAN V1_1 and u CAN V1_4 are exchanged After reading from the modules the CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 99 following arrangement results Message 1 Message 2 p CAN V1_4 32 Bit Input 1 p CAN V1_1 24 Bit Input 4 p CAN V1_2 16 Bit Input 2 gu CAN V1 3 16 Bit Input 3 3 5 2 2 Operation 1 The menu item Extras Options calls a dialog in which you must select the index card Module S 2 Activate the option Enable read in from module and confirm with OK 3 Next the CANSAS module is configured Configure CANSAS Modules Ze The following CANSAS modules are being configured 24 49 UNI 878357 Checking the configurations W Connecting to the CANSAS module A Matching secured new configuration not required CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 100 CANSAS Users Manual 4 If the CANSAS module s configuration hasn t changed and for this reason the screen shown above is displayed select the menu item Module Configure again while holding down the SHIFT key This forces configuration to be carried out CANSAS modules Configuration steps The following CANSAS modules are being configured 4 4 UNIS_87
239. ase all voltage ranges not isolated standard ranges 2 5 V to 24 V 15 V optional e upon request all voltage ranges isolated but only if the range 15V is not included only for SL with LEMO connectors e upon request with range 15 V instead of one other range however all voltage ranges not isolated not for SL with LEMO connectors Description sensor supply 2591 1 With option 15V the quarter bridge can t be measured because the Y bridge pin is used for 15 V Also the ground referenced current measurement no longer applies Precision has no effect of the accuracy of the bridge measurement CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 396 CANSAS Users Manual 78 DI16 Datasheet Version 1 4 16 digital inputs Value yp max Remarks Inputs 16 Common reference ground for each 2 channel group Each 2 channel group isolated to other groups as well as to power supply and CAN bus Contacts 2x DSUB 15 inputs CANSAS DI16 L DI16 K DI16 DSUB Phoenix terminal block K DI16 Ph L DI16 Ph 16x ITT Veam CANSAS L DI16 V 2x DSUB 9 CAN in out supply alternatively PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 supply Contacts SL 2x DSUB 15 8 channels inputs 2x 10 pin LEMO HGA 1B 310 CAN in out supply alternatively 1x 6 pin LEMO HGA 1B 306 supply Configuration possibilities TTL or 24 V software configurable input voltage range Sampling rate 10 kHz Input configuration differential isolate
240. asing numerical significance One a Byte is filled the notation for the number is continued in CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 65 the next higher byte beginning at Bit 0 until the full measure is reached The starting bit in Intel format is the number s Least Significant Bit In Motorola format the starting bit is the number s MSB From the starting bit the bits of a number are arranged in order of decreasing numerical significance Once a byte is filled the notation for the number is continued in the next higher byte beginning at Bit 7 until the full measure is reached This is then the number s LSB The bit order of each format is illustrated by the example below Start byte 5 Start bit 3 number of bits 18 Intel Format The byte containing the LSB comes first e ons ss sc 9 ore 9 000 s x x x CO CC E me p d velox EX Px IC Motorola Format The byte containing themsB comes first ess ws s s 602 601 wo w LL sd se x x x x TX a la o fof 1 Position in message The message s position depends on the channel s position and on the bit counts of the channels positioned further in front Starting byte In which byte belonging to the message does the number begin Byte 0 is the first transmitted byte of the CAN message In an 8 byte message then the bytes 0 7 are available Start bit At which bit in the Starting byte does the number begin
241. ater if the temperature discrepancy is large up to several minutes is possible e The signal contact s temperature inside the plug is measured In order to achieve the precision specified the plug must always be used while screwed shut CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 453 PT100 plugs for ISO8 and C12 Iref PT100 plug CANSAS CAN DSUB PT1 00 terminal labeling DSUB 15 numbers Pins 9 m era 15 NV 50R 1 ind in 9 F 10nF 2 im ind 2 3 in ina 10 4 in2 Er 2 5 in sing 11 EN MUX 6 ind ing 4 z 7 in nd 12 8 ind in 5 11 m Cing 13 17 m sing 14 13 12 18 13 Note Four PT100 thermocouples can be connected to the CAN DSUB PT100 screw terminals in four wire configuration The necessary feed current is provided by the CANSAS module To close the current loop any non connected PT100 units must be replaced with wire bridges e No PT100 at Terminals 1 2 gt bridge Terminals 9 10 e No PT100 at Terminals 3 4 gt bridge Terminals 13 14 e No PT100 at Terminals 5 6 gt bridge Terminals 17 18 e No PT100 at Terminals 7 8 gt bridge Terminals 11 12 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 454 CANSAS Users Ma
242. ault values This is the case when a module is fresh from manufacture in other words if it has never been configured Integrating Assistant E xj The following CAN interface settings are available for purposes of module identification EEN C Default rack virgin modules in frame Custom settings Baud fate 1250 d KENS P Useesterded i fermessaqe reception 02 Maseno E Back Cancel If a module has already been configured its original default state can be restored at any time by inserting the special Reset plug at either of the module s CAN IN or CAN OUT terminals The power supply must be off while the plug is inserted Once the power is re connected the CANSAS module works with its default settings as long as the Reset plug is in place To permanently reinstate the default settings the module must be configured with them Default rack Default settings for a new modules used in a rack Baud rate is 500 kbit s Ids are 2 for receiving and 3 for send messages CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 83 Custom settings The module s Baud rate and ID numbers for communication with the PC can also be specified personally But the values absolutely must match those valid for the module in order for the module to be recognized by the system This is especially true of the Baud rate which tends to be reconfigured more often than the ID numbers Note that only standard
243. ave the same sampling rate If the selected function s expression contains numerical constants or is combined in mathematical operations with parameter channels it is given in the parameter channel s units The parameter channel s scaling must be taken into account for the numerical constant CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 69 The page Message mapping contains information on the data type the position in the message and the channel s scaling Virtual channel VirtualChannel01 E Data type Digital bit l Byte order Intel least significant byte first little endian Position in message Start byte 8 start bit 0 length 1 bits Scaling Factor 1 V Offset OV Virtual Channel Properties dialog Page 3 3 2 4 9 Special functions Settings for heartbeat synchronization 123 and if available for CANopen 4018 3 2 5 Status bar Ready 03 15 2000 15 20 41 7 The Status bar is located at the CANSAS window s bottom edge The menu item View Status bar lets you toggle the Status bar on and off When you move through the menu using the arrow buttons the left side of the status bar contains a description of the respective menu item s function Similarly this area will contain a description of the workings of toolbar softkeys if you click and hold the mouse over such a softkey If having read the softkey description you decide not to use the command move the mouse cursor off of the so
244. blish a virtual channel use the command New Virtual channel in the Edit menu or click on the corresponding tool A new virtual channel is created This virtual channel s entry in the Module Tree appears under Without CAN bus message If the virtual channel is to be transferred on the CAN bus it must be assigned to a message When a virtual channel is generated using the CANSAS operating software it initially has default settings There are different dialogs providing the ability to make settings for the virtual channel which are appropriate to your requirements To do this select the virtual channel s entry in the Module Tree Clicking on one of the filecard tabs makes the desired dialog appear in the foreground General notes This filecard contains the controls for the most basic parameters of a virtual channel These are its name comments and Y unit The virtual channel s sampling rate is additionally displayed since it can differ from that of its parameter channels owing to the possibilities for data compression ver CANSAS Tal xi File Edit Module View Extras Help osas ejej lax saas rs i8 el Grouped by messages Ed cl2 sl gt Differential amplifiers a CAN Bus interface X Message01 EJ Message02 Message03 dil DutsideT emp filtered dili InsideTemp filtered JK Battery dili Starter Virtual channel DutsideTemp filtered Beneral Function Message Mapping m e Name jo ut
245. board CTRL V Remarks A copy of the Clipboard s contents is inserted at the cursor s location If the Clipboard is currently empty the command is not available The command only works on the controls of the Properties dialogs and when editing names in the Module Tree If module settings are the contents of the Clipboard they can be applied in the selected module The command is only enabled if the module type whose settings are in the Clipboard matches the selected module type 3 4 2 5 Edit New Purpose Adds a new CAN message or a virtual channel to a CANSAS module Shortcuts Toolbar Prerequisite A single CANSAS module must be currently selected in the Module Tree If multiple modules are selected this command is not accessible The current selection can also be any of the various entries subordinate to a CANSAS module the command will always apply to the corresponding module The command works in both Module Tree grouping modes Procedure When the command is implemented the entry for a new CAN Bus message is placed under the CAN Bus Interface node The message is automatically assigned a name If the Module Tree is in the mode Grouped by channels a new entry is placed under the Virtual Channels node If the Module Tree is in the mode Grouped by message the new entry is placed under the Without CAN Bus message node A name is assigned automatically Then the program goes into editing mode the name can be changed The
246. box and transfers them to the Clipboard Shortcuts Toolbar Keyboard CTRL X Remarks Use this command to remove the currently selected data from the input box to the Clipboard The command can t be used if there is no current selection The command only works on the controls of the Properties dialogs and when editing names in the Module Tree Data removed to the Clipboard by this command replace any data which previously were held in the Clipboard CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 78 CANSAS Users Manual 3 4 2 3 Edit copy Purpose Copies data from a dialog box or module settings to the Clipboard Shortcuts Ee Toolbar Ea Keyboard CTRL C Remarks Use this command to copy the currently selected data to the Clipboard The command can t be used if there is no current selection The command only works on the controls of the Properties dialogs and when editing names in the Module Tree Data copied to the Clipboard by this command replace any data which previously were held in the Clipboard There is another possibility if the entry fora CANSAS module is selected in the Module Tree In this case all the settings for the entire module are copied to the Clipboard Using the command Edit Paste the settings can then be transferred to another module of the same type 3 4 2 4 Edit Paste Purpose Inserts Clipboard contents into an input box or settings into a different module Shortcuts Toolbar Key
247. cated within the interval If the frequency determined exceeds the input range the result value is set to the specified input range s endpoint If no frequency can be determined for a result clock pulse interval the last frequency result is repeated If multiple frequencies are determined during one result clock pulse interval the most recent result is returned Notes The input range and the module s sampling rate influence the precision of the frequency measurement Only digital input channels are allowed The input channel s sampling rate may only be 0 1 ms 0 2 ms 0 5 ms or 1 ms The higher the sampling rate is the more exactly the frequency can be determined For the most precise frequency measurements use the incremental encoder module INC4 Data types CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 138 CANSAS Users Manual 4 10 30 Greater 1st parameter Channel whose sample values are to be compared with the appropriate value from the 2nd parameter 2nd parameter Channel whose samples are to be compared with the corresponding values from the 1st parameter or numerical value with which the sample values of the 1st parameter are to be compared Result channel Digital channel result value is respectively TRUE 1 if 1st parameter value gt 2nd parameter value FALSE 0 if 1st parameter value lt 2nd parameter value Description The function determines whether the 1st parameter value is larger than the 2nd
248. cause damage without your being immediately aware of it Such damage can be avoided by carrying out all work at safe work stations and by utilizing packaging with electrostatic shielding when transporting sensitive components Always follow ESD precautions CAUTION When handling static sensitive devices observe the following guidelines e Always statically discharge yourself e g by touching a grounded object before handling static sensitive devices Any equipment and tools used must also be free from static charge Unplug the power cord before removing or inserting static sensitive devices Handle static sensitive devices by their edges Never touch a connection pin or conducting track on static sensitive devices Always ensure that electrostatic charge does not form at contacts between device sockets and their leads Any charge which may develop here is to be lead off Damage resulting from ESD is not covered in the guarantee 1 5 4 3 Transporting CANSAS When transporting the CANSAS module always use the original packaging or an appropriate packaging which protects the device against knocks and jolts Above all never let the module fall If transport damage occurs please be sure to contact the imc customer service Possible damage due to condensation can be limited by wrapping the device in plastic sheeting For more on this topic see the notes under Before Starting 241 1 5 1 4 Shipment e CANSAS module according orde
249. ced LED normal flashes LED slow flashes LED long flash on short blink off LED short blink on long flash off For Stored balance values Sets flashing pattern for indicating that stored balance values used for channel Selections see above For Successfully balanced Sets flashing pattern for indicating that balance values used for channel Selections see above For Balance in progress Sets flashing pattern for indicating that balance is in progress Selections see above For Shunt calibration in Sets flashing pattern for indicating that shunt calibration in progress progress Selections see above Additional selection No LED display Description BRIDGE2 Status information on the bridge amplifier module is outputted on the LED The information can reflect the status of either Channel 1 Channel 2 or both If both channels are affected at once the status must be the same in both for the corresponding LED display to be output See the table below for a list of the different states which can be represented For determining the status of both channels at once the following must be noted All status values except Successfully balanced and Not balanced can only apply to both channels at once anyway so they are the same for both channels And if the channels have different status in terms of balanced or Not balanced then Not balanced takes precedence Universal amplifier module The status of the univer
250. ch corresponds to that voltage When a message finally arrives the value transmitted replaces the virtual channel s last valid value The calculational functions then are applied to this new value and a digital value is set to correspond to the new calculation result The virtual channel s new output value remains valid until a new value arrives from the CAN bus The illustration below shows how the system performs a calculation with the channel A digital output bit DO_Bit01 appears under No CAN bus message in the module tree This indicates that this bit is not under the direct control of any CAN bus message but instead depends on a calculation Therefore a calculational function can be selected for this output bit In this case the function Greater is selected and it evaluates the channel IsGreater as its input Grouped by messages Digital output bit DO_Bit01 j E GE 3 Dutputs Function Message Mapping le DO Bud flle DO_Bit05 Determines whether the 1st parameter is greater than the 2nd DO Bi 06 The result is 1 if the 1st parameter is greater than the 2nd otherwise D is D YD If the 2nd parameter is a single value it is stated in terms of physical Di units fle DO Bit 8 DO Bug a ik DO_Bit1O Function E Greater gt lo DO_Bit11 ig ged 1st Parameter JisGireater y Bi le DO_Bit14 2nd Parameter 5 y lo DO_Bit15 le DO_Bit16 No CAN Bus message IER CANSAS Users Manual
251. changed name is applied once the lt Return gt key is pressed Other properties of the new virtual channel can be set in its Properties dialog CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 79 3 4 2 6 Edit Rename Purpose The name of a CANSAS module a CAN message of a channel in the Module Tree can be edited Shortcuts Keyboard F2 Remarks The last entry selected can be edited 3 4 2 7 Edit Delete Purpose Deletes a CANSAS module a CAN message or a virtual channel Shortcuts Toolbar Keyboard Del Prerequisite Virtual channels CAN messages and CANSAS modules can be deleted when they are selected This function cannot be applied to other entry types If the CANSAS module entry is selected either alone or together with other entries the module is deleted along with all its subordinate entries Deletion of entries means removing them from the database Using the command New they can be readmitted to the database A prompt for confirmation will be posted before the deletion is carried out The command works in both Module Tree grouping modes 3 4 3 View 3 4 8 1 View Toolbar Purpose Toggles the toolbar On Off Remarks When the toolbar is in the On mode a checkmark appears next to this menu item The commands symbolized by the toolbar s icons are the most commonly needed commands in CANSAS 3 4 8 2 View Status bar Purpose Toggles the Status bar On Off Remarks The status bar give
252. channel which in turn can be connected to the CAN bus e Each encoder has 2 input signals an X and a Y track e Each input signal is measured differentially so it occupies 2 pins in the terminal Each of the 4 incremental encoder channels has an X and a Y track for connecting a two signal encoder If a one signal encoder is used it must be connected to the X track and the positive Y track must be shorted with the negative Y track If the index input isn t used the positive index channel must be shorted with the negative index channel Although the measurement is differential the input voltage at any of the input pins may not deviate by more than 10 V or 10 V from the module s reference ground Otherwise the input amplifier reaches saturation which can only be reversed after a long time The differential voltage itself may only be between 10 V and 10 V A greater input voltage maximum 50 V to Chassis can lead to displacement of the threshold or hysteresis and thus to undesired results Another effect of the input circuit s saturation behavior is a switching delay which could corrupt the measurement results The inputs are not isolated from each other They are referenced to the module s ground housing Chassis Ground There is a ground terminal provided in the connection plug in addition to the ground for the built in sensor supply voltage A reference ground between the encoders and the CANSAS module may have to be established as
253. cher supply voltage for external sensors 24 V 2 5 V 15 V Var II with round plug temperature measurement with thermocouples SOURIAU Technical data C8 387i 6 4 4 Voltage measurement e 60 V 2 V with divider e 1 V 5 mV without divider A voltage divider is in effect in the voltage ranges 6 0 V to 2V the resulting input impedance is 1 MO even when the device is deactivated The input configuration is differential and DC coupled without divider lt 2V with divider gt 60V The voltage source itself already has a connection to the CANSAS module s ground The potential difference between the voltage source and the CANSAS ground must be fixed CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 232 CANSAS Users Manual The standard DSUB is called ACC DSUB U4 Example The CANSAS module is grounded Thus the input D is also at ground potential If the voltage source itself is also grounded it s referenced to the CANSAS ground It doesn t matter if the ground potential at the voltage source is slightly different from that of the device itself But the maximum allowed common mode voltage must not be exceeded If the voltage source has no ground reference The voltage source s potential floats freely in relation to CANSAS ground In such a case a reference to ground must be set up One way to do this is to ground the voltage source itself It is also possible to connect the negative signal input to CANSAS
254. cial Functions H SCI16 877170 220 Hz 240 Hz 260 Hz 280 Hz 300 Hz 320 Hz 340 Hz 350 Hz 380 Hz 400 Hz 420 Hz 440 Hz 460 Hz 480 Hz Each 4 channel group in a connector is isolated from the other connector s channels and from the power supply and CAN bus CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 315 6 16 2 Scaling The scaling of the duty cycle ratio has to be entered on the Message Mapping card ETE File Edit View Module Extras Help DOS lia ME i nl do A Grouped by messages Pulse width modulated output channel PWMOZ BAM mdb gt PWMB 321654 Outputs Function Message Mapping 48 PWM outputs M Format and scaling of CAN Bus data J CAN Bus interface Data type Unsigned integer 2 54 Botschaft101 Eo PWMO1 No of bits 16 y Byte order Start byte fl H Start bit fo PWMO3 J me 12 ia E3o PWMO4 Unit v y Botschaft102 1 No CAN Bus messa 0 0001525302 Offset e s re Input range of CAN Bus data 0 V 10 V Scaling 2 ee Physical quantity of input Analog output Y Output voltage 0 100 Power up value Per default the physical quantity of input is set to 0 10 V To use the possible integer range of 2116 a value between 0 and 65535 is expected A factor of 1 525902e 4 multiplies a result to a maximum of 10 V Alternative a fa
255. circuits and configurations for wire strain gauges WSG are offered for selection The scaling can be adjusted in terms of typical parameters for strain measurements such as the gauge factor or Poisson s ratio the transversal expansion coefficient If a WSG adheres to a test object the strain on the object is transmitted to the bridge circuit The changes in the lengths of the bridge arms causes their impedances to change There is a correlation between the changes in length and the changes in resistance dL dR R aL change in length L original length L k dR change in resistance Strain H resistance of strain gauge CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 157 k Gauge factor describing the ratio of relative length change to change in resistance The changes in resistance caused by the strain are very small For this reason a bridge circuit is used to translate these changes into voltage changes Depending on the circuit from one to four WSGs can be employed as bridge resistors Assuming that all bridge resistors have the same value we have dR Ue Ua measurement voltage Ua Ue k 8 NN 4 R 4 Ue excitation voltage Ua 4 e Ue zk For concrete measurement tasks the arrangement of the WSGs on the test object is important as well as the circuitry of the bridge On the card Bridge circuit you can select from among typical arrangements A graphic shows the positio
256. ck for additional installation along with the VCI basic package for debugging purposes This is the case for example with VCI Version 2 10 Further information on the VCI package can be found at the IXXAT web site http www ixxat de in the Internet The most current VCI driver software can also be obtained there as a download Some of the instructions and tips presented at that site are also on the CANSAS CD as PDF files in the folder Driver Ixxat If the target PC already has older VCI driver software of type 1 x installed on it it can in principle be used with CANSAS so that updating to VCI 2 x isn t necessary But if the VCI version is to be updated observe the instructions file Update to new version of VCl doc in the folder Driver ixxat on the CD The same applies if older card drivers are to be replaced by those which come with VCI 2 x For such cases it may be helpful to use the auxiliary cleaner program Vciclean exe located on the CD 2 2 2 dSPACE interface cards Please follow instructions of the http www dSPACE com manual 2 2 8 KVASER interface cards CANSAS works with the KVASER driver package 4 2 that has been released for XP 32 64 without problems for XP 32 64 and for Win7 32 64 For Win7 32 64 it is necessary to install the firmware 3 3 or higher to the USB interface The newer driver package 4 4 caused instabilities with CANSAS 2 2 4 Vector interface cards For Windows 64bit CANSAS does not support any interfac
257. clamp sensor is connected in such a way that it surrounds the 1st cylinder s ignition line The other cylinders signals however are coupled in as well as the pulses before and after 5 0 IAM the actual ignition 3 Semer The conditioning must now be parameterized in 5 10 such a way that the 1st cylinder s pulse is captured in all cases It doesn t matter if the other cylinders pulses are also captured Since in this case 3 Ignition pulses per work cycle was set 20 the device knows that the ignition pulses are 240 degrees apart So if for instance the 2nd cylinder s ignition pulse is captured then 240 degrees are subtracted from its angle 4 05 4 10 Time s 3 cylinder ignition signal The interference pulses directly after the ignition pulse pulses after are no problem either The CANSAS IGN hardware suppresses pulses which do not closely follow another one What is critical is suppression of pulses BEFORE the actual ignition pulse pulses before If the edge detector recognizes these pulses as valid pulses then this point in time is assumed to be the ignition time so that in consequence incorrect ignition angles are determined By means of low pass filtering and a suitably large hysteresis it is possible to compensate for these pulses before the ignition time One interesting possibility is offered by forming the absolute value plus subsequent low pass filtering By this means isolated fluctuations will lead t
258. cted correctly The envelope lines Min Max plots are displayed as stair steps which graphically illustrate the scope of the Min Max caluclation S 4 Fr 2 A 0 2m 22 B Ka 3 4 B 4 12 55 12 60 12 65 Time ms Ignition signal with snapshot at 3 MHz 6 11 3 2 1 Message In Snapshot mode the module cyclically sends messages on the CAN Bus The clock rate and the CAN identifier are software configurable The message content for Intel Byte syntax Signal Startbit Spar mi o sona o oozizssv tse ES o LECH Crankshaft max signed o o Reference min 6 signed 0 0 342362 V LSB Reference max Note By means of the menu item File Export it is possible to generate a dbc or cba file containing the scaling information in the respective mode 0 342362 V LSB CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 275 6 11 4 Parameterization General parameters If the node Ignition angle module is selected in a CANSAS IGN module in the tree diagram on the left side of the CANSAS user interface then on the right side a table for setting the module s general parameters appears lola File Edit Dok View Module Extras itt za ze ISS ln Ae A Help Grouped by messages D I Test mdb 3 49 IGN_645321 db Ignition angle module CAN Bus interface Ignition angle module General eg en Ka Kg Ge
259. ction eeeeeeeneneennennn 428 7 27 ACCESSOMICS 429 7 27 1 DSUB screw terminals for measurement inputs eese enne nnn nnne 429 7 27 2 e E 430 7 27 3 CANSAS power supply accessories esses eene enne nnne nennen nnns inns tss nn sinn sten tn nnn 430 7 27 4 DSUB connector for incremental sensors with current signals eere 431 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 14 CANSAS Users Manual Pin configuration and power supply 8 1 CAN Bus connectors 5 attests sde ea ee eee ee teases ORA SED C mM er 432 8 1 1 Standard module with DSUB9 CAN Bus connector erect nnn 433 8 1 1 1 CAN Bus wiring seen 8 1 1 2 Notes for the use of CANcabs 8 1 1 3 Specification of components used nennen nennen nennen 8 1 2 SL modules CAN Bus connectors 2 cceeceeeceeeeeenseeeseneeseeeesneeesaeeeseeeneeeenaeeeeaeeeseaeesaeeeseeeseaeensaeees 8 1 2 1 CAN Bus pin configuration and contact wiring 8 1 3 p CANSAS CAN Bus connections with 8 1 3 1 CAN Bus pin configuration and contact wiring 8 1 3 2 Cables for u CANGAD nennen rennen nrenrenne erret etre nnr enne nnen nre nen nnn 8 2 Power Supply 8 2 1 Standard modules power supply eee nnnnnnnnnn erre 441 8 2 2 CANSAS SL power Supply rita ir e asctuccecescectuvensste
260. ctivated the impedance is always 1 MO The inputs are DC coupled The differential response is achieved by means of the isolated circuiting seu 4 configuration for voltages 5V configuration for voltages 2V with internal divider 6 5 1 1 Voltage measurement with zero balancing In the measurement mode voltage measurement with zero balancing it is possible to balance the measured value This is accomplished for all selected channels either by means of the channel menu command Balance in the measurement window or on the Balance page accessed via the module node Isolated amplifier Balancing using the Measure dialog Measure Channel Module Module Channel Time Measuremen Status ce 879532 Cs03_Kanall1 13 99 32 ER E Ee Cs03 Kanal02 13 29 32 250 1 98 mV Cs03 Kanal03 13 29 32 250 1 86 mV Cs03 Kanal04 13 29 32 250 1 62 mV Zero balancing in the Measure dialog Input range V Compensable initial offset E Input range V gc E V Compensable initial offset V 3 gt L9 vw m o L ww 0 5 7 ROTA AR par pp A Se SSES In the Measure window balancing is performed by selecting one or more channels and clicking on the Balance button Balancing using the Balance dialog This dialog is available under the CI8 s node Isolated amplifier It enables automatic balancing each time the device is activated You can also store the balancing values in the module permanently s
261. ctor of 1 causes a range of 0 to 65535 V CAN message PWM output 65535 100 32767 5554 SR EEN ETS CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 316 CANSAS Users Manual 6 16 3 Delay time 6 1 The delay time varies between the arrival of a new PWM value in a CAN message and the PWM output It depends on the internal condition of the module The time can be calculated like this T_delay T_process T_period T_process A value between 0 2 ms 1 ms It is the time to get the CAN bus message to proceed and send it to the PWM output T_period 0 1 F_output F_output is the selected output frequency cycle duration of the PWM signal A new PWM value can be proceeded not before the previous cycle is over Example The output frequency is 10 kHz 0 1 ms PWM cycle duration T delay min 0 2 ms 0 ms 0 2 ms T delay max 1 ms 0 1 ms 1 1 ms 6 4 Connection PWM8 For the pin assignment of the DSUB 15 plugs see here 445 Pin configuration of CANSAS L PWM8 V with ITT VEAM terminals 454 The CANSAS K PWM8 BNC is equipped with BNC connectors Outputs configured as Open drain with external voltage supply PVVM8 Module Open Drain external voltage supply e load 4 channels one group we 1 44 T i ih 0 TRAIN PWM 4 0D EN 1 a H A4 CAN p g 3 L 3 H PWM 1 0D Se A PWM I H external E controller IH volta
262. d ITT VEAM LEMOSA DSUB 15 ZF LEMO the thermocouple has no low impedance connection to the device ground voltage measurements voltage measurements with adjustable supply current measurement thermocouples thermocouples isolated temperature sensor Pt100 bridge sensor bridge strain gauge voltage measurements voltage measurements with adjustable supply current measurement differential thermocouples thermocouples isolated temperature sensor Pt100 bridge sensor no 1 bridge bridge strain gauge Technical data UNIS id CANSAS L UNI8 ITT VEAM Signalseite CANSAS L UNI8 ITT VEAM CAN Anschluss In this model the contacts labeled G and E in the circuit diagram are committed Thus the following functions are no longer available sensor recognition Ya bridge completion and measurement thermocouples with Pt100 in connector 3 wire Pt100 measurement single ended current measurement sensors with current signal CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 334 CANSAS Users Manual 11 158 CANSAS L UNI8 ITT VEAM To supply external sensors or bridges the module is equipped with a sensor supply module 34 Supports TEDS l9 Transducer Electronic Data Sheets IEEE 1451 The measurement inputs whose terminals are DSUB plugs ACC DSUB UN 44 are for voltage current bridge PT 100 and thermocouple measur
263. d that the sensors used are in rest state upon every activation Otherwise there is a danger that a valid balancing will be written over due to a brief deactivation 6 19 2 2 Activating balance via CAN bus This optional setting enables the module to be balanced at selected times Towards this end a CAN message containing one data byte is sent to the module whose value is 0x01Hex It is helpful to combine this process with the next option Save balance state in module since in that case the balancing value remains intact even after deactivation Example Identifier for message to perform balancing 200 1 Creating the Send message in the CAN Assistant A message with one data byte is required Assign a distinct name to this message Next assign this message to a channel Since only one data byte is available the length of this channel can have a maximum of 8 bits All other settings do not play any role here 4 CAN Bus Assistant File Edit Insert Extra GG RM de Ba CS amp 24 gb A v xp Device Definitions Validity Error handling Syncronization S Node 1 Node_001 E ef PE c8 Balance uCAN dS Channel BalanceByte z Message Name A Comment Device sending message v wA gi Im ai Identifier ID v Data bytes 0 8 K Clock 100 Receiver Replacement values BO o Balancing message in the CAN Assistant CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2
264. d to power supply and channel to channel Input current max 500 pA limited by current supply min current 100 uA Switching threshold 5 V operation TTL Vi max 0 8 Vi VHmin 2 0 V typ 1 7 V 200 mV 24 V operation Vi max 9 0 V VHmin 8 0 V 6 7 V 300 mV CAN Bus defined as per ISO 11898 CANopen mode CiA DS 301 V4 0 2 and CiA DS 404V1 2 supports 4 PDOs in INT16 INT32 and FLOAT Isolation to case CHASSIS CAN Bus y nominal testing 300 V 10 s power supply input 4 nominal testing 300 V 10 s digital inputs nominal testing 300 V 10 s ETICA ATTE TN 207010 890 Dimensions W x H x D 35 x 111 x 90 mm CANSAS DI16 35x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS L DI16 41 x 128 x 145 mm CANSAS K DI16 41 x 128 x 145 mm CANSAS K DI16 DSUB 75 x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS L DI16 Ph 152x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS L DI16 V 38x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL DI16 D Module description D116 25 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 397 79 DO16 Datasheet Version 1 4 16 digital outputs Value ypimax Remarks Channels 16 2x 8 Each 8 channel group isolated to the other group as well as to power supply and CAN bus No isolation within bank Separate voltage supply for each bank of 8 channels Configuration options Open Drain configurable independently for each 8 bit Totem Pole channel group Max output level 5V internal supply max 30 V external
265. data Read the information from the EPROMS connected to the sensors 3 2 1 5 Extra menu The menu s commands are as follows CTN EN Adjusting the PC CAN Bus interface Dialog to set global options CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 51 3 2 4 6 menu Help The menu s commands are as follows ER E About CANSAS Shows the application version number 3 2 1 7 Control Menu The Control menu is located on the title bar and comprises the following commands eommand Amon O Restore Restores the size and position of a window to its state before the command Maximize or Minimize was implemented Once the arrow pointer appears the window position can be shifted by using the arrow buttons Note the command is not available if the window is already in Maximize mode Once the arrow pointer appears the window size can be altered by using the arrow buttons Note the command is not available if the window is already in Maximize mode Reduces the active window to an icon Makes the active window fill the screen Closes the window CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 52 CANSAS Users Manual 3 2 2 Toolbar The toolbar extends horizontally near the top of the window below the title bar It offers quick access to many CANSAS tools via a mouse click If the mouse cursor is held for a short while over a screen button a brief help text will appear as a
266. de Snapshot output rate After this period the next CAN message containing the measurement values of the Snapshots for the next sample is sent This is the clock rate at which the messages are sent Periods between 1ms and 10ms are possible The shortest possible time is recommended in order to transfer the contents of the internal Snapshot buffer as quickly as possible Naturally the CAN Bus Baud rate must be adequately high This parameter can only be edited in Snapshot mode Snapshot sampling rate This is the sampling rate at which the internal AD converter works to transfer measured values to the internal buffer Sampling rates of 20 KHz up to 3 MHz are possible Please note that at the highest sampling rates only a very brief signal segment can be captured due to the internal buffer s length limitations This parameter can only be edited in Snapshot mode Averaging duration The currently calculated instantaneous values for the ignition angle and the RPM are averaged arithmetically over the duration set Averaging periods of 5ms to 1s are possible Once the averaging is completes a CAN message is outputted in which the averaged values are stated If the display is updated again the last mean values determined are displayed As the duration for the averaging increases the result values become more stable but the output appears more stagnant On the analog outputs as well the mean values are outputted immediately upon being ca
267. de Data recorded at high speed are played back in slow motion For instance data written to the internal buffer at 1 MHz and then into the CAN Bus at 1 ms are shown in a connected CAN measurement device s curve window as a plot at a speed 1000 times slower Multiplication factor Sampling rate ADC Output rate CAN In the Snapshot mode there is a short sequence of values outputted on the CAN Bus once transfer of data from the internal buffer to the CAN Bus has been completed which indicates the end of the data The values on all channels are Fullscale values meaning 80H or 800H These values were not really measured and are not actual signals at the inputs Following this short sequence a new snapshot is recorded in the internal buffer and immediately outputted on the CAN Bus Below is shown a typical Snapshot illustrating the signal from an engine s own crankshaft sensor VRS The negative peaks in the recorded CAN Bus signal which clearly are not derived from the crankshaft sensor but indicate the start of the next snapshot In this case data gathered with a 100 kHz data rate and 30000 points buffer are transferred to the CAN Bus at 1 kHz In other words a snapshot every 30 s Crink Shaft Max V 20 40 60 80 Time s Snapshot on the CAN Bus CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 273 After correction of the time base the result is Crink Shaft Max V 200 400 600 8
268. dey J s 7 26 Tables and diagrams 7 26 1 Cable resistance as function of length and cross section 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 1 0 km Nomogram to determine cable resistance as function of one way distance and cross section of copper cables CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 429 7 27 Accessories 7 27 1 DSUB screw terminals for measurement inputs All plugs are 15 pin connection blocks made for direct connection to the CANSAS sockets CON1 and CON2 For attaching the lines there are screw terminals inside the plug enclosure Measurement Comments Order Voltage voltage measurement with 4 differential channels ACC DSUB U4 CAN DSUB U4 for ISO8 voltage measurement with CANSAS C12 without divider for 6 CAN DSUB U6 for C12 differential channels Voltage with voltage measurement with CANSAS C12 with 1 100 Dividers CAN DSUB U6D for C12 divider for 6 differential channels for connection of voltages up to 50V voltage measurement with CANSAS ISOS with 1 100 divider ACC DSUB U4 for 4 differential channels for connection of voltages up to 50V CAN DSUB U4D for ISO8 Current current measurement 0 40 mA with CANSAS C12 with 50Q CAN DSUB I6 for C12 0 196 shunt equipped
269. dge ee ee eee IN LLLA mms me joa ome TT no ES o a H E a i E 1350002 ACC DSUB TEDS U4 IP65 _ 1350003 ACC DSUB TEDS T4 IP65 1350004 ACC DSUB TEDS l4 IP65 1350009 A ro Clees CT Els 1 rosa TC Eise sono A sos LT Eres INS causcre vorago mnam 2 bit block isolated low impedance ON and OFF swapped CAN DSUB STD RELAIS is the recommended and delivered plug Mi Pa tag Voltage Bridge Temp f r TEDS Current 1050118 CAN DSUB UNI8 I Esq ARTA ME CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 449 8 3 1 5 imc plugs 8 3 1 5 1 imc voltage plug CAN DSUB U4 Voltage plug CANSAS CAN DSUB U4 U6 Terminal numbers Labeling in1 DSUB 15 Pins lref Iref 8 MUX o 3 un D 10 4 inn 3 o in2 in2 uw o 5 in3 ina H 6 em 4 o in3 in3 SA o 9 in5 n NONO 5 6 11 fino VI fino 14 Qe The plug CAN DSUB U6 U4 serves to connect six voltage signals to CANSAS C12 and four voltage signals to CANSAS ISOB CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 450 CANSAS Users Manual Divider plug CAN DSUB U6D U4D A L Note e The maximum signal voltage is 60V Note that the resistance dividers are not symmetrical e The divider plug CAN DSUB U6D se
270. ding Driver software for the PC dSPACE interface cards DSUB15 C12 DSUB15 C8 DSUB15 DAC8 DSUB15 DI16 DSUB15 DO16 DSUB15 DO8R DO16R DSUB15 INC4 DSUB15 ISO8 DSUB15 PWM8 DSUB15 SC16 SCI16 SCI8 DSUB15 UNI8 DSUBS9 INC4 DSUB screw terminals dual track encoder SE Edit copy Edit Cut Edit Delete Edit New Edit Paste Edit Rename Edit Undo Einsignal Zweisignal Einsignalgeber Elastic modulus 265 265 458 263 178 178 122 398 266 266 266 266 266 454 458 39 187 27 28 230 237 252 262 265 266 290 291 316 324 350 290 429 289 78 77 79 78 78 79 77 166 166 163 EMC ESD Event counting Exchanging sensor information Exp RMS Expand all branches Collapse all branches expert setting Export Extended Identifier Extract bit from word Extras Interface Fa Fault condition in device blinking code FCC Note features and modules File Close File Export File Import File New File Open File Page Preview File Print File Print Setup File Save File Save as Filter CANSAS B1 Filter CANSAS T1 Filter u CANSAS V1 filter C8 filter C18 filter P8 filter SC16 SCI16 SCI8 filter UNI8 Find me Firmware for the imc CAN USB firmware update firmware version Fischer Fixed analog value Fixed digital value Fixed Scaling Fixed Value Range 21 23 134 167 207 134 80 59 98 59 135 9
271. dit Module View Extras Help oela elel tifa xv paola PB t gl Grouped by messages Virtual channel VirtualChannel01 myeng mdb gt CAN 9900214 General Function Message mapping T Isolated amplifiers Ey CAN Bus interface Filters input channel with a low pass filter with data reduction H Message01 The reduction interval is equal to the result channel s data rate The 3 Si M 02 cutoff frequency should be significantly less than half of the sampling essage rate dih Channel 5 dh ChannelO6 dh ChannelO Function dEl ow pass filte dih Channeling E db VirtualChannel01 Input channel Channel E No CAN Bus message Characteristic curve Butterworth Cutoff frequency Hz Order Result clock pulse 04 20 2000 16 16 58 7 Function A selection of functions arranged in groups see the overview of functions 124 further down is offered in a pop down list box Online help pertaining to the selected function is displayed Function parameters The boxes below the function selection box are for setting the parameters A description of the various functions parameters can be found in the Function Reference The functions generally take one or two channels as their parameters The channels can be physical or already present virtual channels If two channels are a function s parameters they must share the same sampling rate If the functions can take
272. dividual integration and then the setting Default or with reset plug Integrating Assistant X The following CAN interface settings are available for purposes of module identification Default rack operation Custom settings Batic irate 125 0 kbit s E Use evtendedD ID for message reception faz Master 2032 ID tege answers GISVE TD 2033 7 Close the Assistant 8 The module is located and adopted into the software system 9 The Reset plug is still connected CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 102 CANSAS Users Manual 10 Now set the desired CAN parameters for the module To do this select the entry CAN Bus Interface in the software in the tree at left and on the right hand side select the index card General Then make the following settings in this example for rack operation Gen E zinixi File Edit View Module Extras Help BAE Hee ia le gl Sla daa A Grouped by messages CAN Bus interface imcan mdb General Heartbeat E em LINIS 878367 oa E EEE 2 54 Message01 ay EE amp A Channel L7 Allidentifiers are Extended Identifiers D D I dih Channeloz th channelo3 r Configuration Message Identifiers Jih Channelo4 Identifier for module message reception Master ID 2 64 Message02 ption M dih Channelos Identifier for module message dih Channelo6 answering Slave ID dih Channelo7 Jih Channelos Expert settings
273. dually which means it s possible to connect a voltage a temperature and a current all via on terminal This can result in certain limitations if for instance a current measurement is carried out with a shunt connector and a temperature measurement with a thermocouple Since these measurement types require a dedicated connector only one measurement type can be performed per DSUB In principle it s possible to carry out both a voltage measurement and a thermocouple measurement using the same thermo connector Likewise a PT100 measurement can be carried out using just a standard connector although doing this would prevent the convenient four wire connection scheme from being used To avoid crosstalk which is typical for scanner systems it is recommended to short circuit the inputs of the channel which are not in use 6 17 1 Voltage measurement e 60 V 4100 mV only SCI8 SCI16 e 10 V 4100 mV SC16 e 60 V bis 20V SC16 with divider plug The input impedance in the ranges 20 V and 60 V is 1 MQ otherwise 10 MQ The input configuration is differential and DC coupled The standard connector is used for voltage measurement ACC DSUB U4 the thermo connector ACC DSUB T4 is also supported The terminal GND must not be connected especially not grounded The connection schemes for isolated and non isolated signal sources are indistinguishable CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 320 CANSAS Users
274. dul name CANSAS cansas CANopen version from version from version BRIDGE2 217 1 3 R16 CANSER 2275 1 2 R8 2 1 3 R16 1 4R11 d N O 00 E SL C8 AS 1 5 2 Layout 3 1 5 R12 1 5 1 5 R12 L CI8 2T CD 1 5 R13 2 Cl8 255 1 4 R10 SL CI8 AS 1 5R9 d DAC8 1 2 R8 DCB8 1 4 R13 DI16 255 1 2 R8 1 2 R8 1 2 R8 1 6R11 1 6 R6 El 1 4 R13 SL DCB8 L 1 5 R13 1 6 R6 tere 1 6R12 1 6R11 TEDS with customer connector only 16R6 SLJNC44S 1 5 2 1 2 e DO8R DO16R 265 HCI8 405 IGN zer INCA 2857 1 2 R8 1SO8 2e 1 8 V16 1 2 R8 1 8 R9 DO16 265 hs i m N 0 eo El SCxy 1 4R6 iid 1486 si sci6 2T 1 5R4 12 R8 SL UNI8 L 1 5 R13 UNI8 M WA 1 5 R13 SCI8 SCI16 SC16 5 5 1 3 R19 1 2 R8 E zZ co ii u CAN V1 u CAN V4 u CAN T1 u CAN T4 u CAN B1 u CAN B4 1 5 R8 1 5 R8 e 1 5 R8 1 5 R10 Note e For CANopen and TEDS CAN base board 2 is required e Please see also the notes at Feature and modules 192i CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 217 631 BRIDGE2 2 channel bridge amp vane yp Tma mmma 7 AAN RN Technical data BRIDGE2 383 CANSAS BRIDGE2 s two bridge channels have a DC bridge excitation voltage of 3 5 V Any initial imbalance offset of the measurement bridge which can be as large as multiples of the input range can be balanced
275. duration is compared to the period duration resulting in a value between 0 and 100 On the Scaling page you set how the percent value is interpreted Inputs Scaling Message Mapping Info PF Unit Scaling 2 et Physical quantity Input quantity Nm 9 A YI o Mm X1 o K 2 159 Nm x2 100 Yo PWM Scaling dialog Example Counter frequency 500 Hz sampling interval 5 ms 100 corresponds to 159Nm At a pulse duration of 250us the following values result 250us 5001 s 100 12 5 Indicated value 12 5 x 159Nm 100 19 86Nm The result is updated every 5 ms Notes e Correct indication of the counter frequency is absolutely necessary for this procedure CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 173 e There is exactly one pulse time measurement per sampling interval Change of the pulse times within one sampling interval called jitter is not recognized If you record the data with an imc device you can smooth the signal averaging out the jitter by selecting the CANSAS channel s sampling rate to be as close as possible to the counter frequency Then use Online FAMOS to smooth out the data stream e If the sampling interval is set to be faster than the counter frequency the most recent result is outputted repeatedly 5 1 3 10 Measurements of frequency RPMs and velocity Determining a frequency and the derivative quantities RPM and velocity is based
276. e allow zero balance and no channel is set for bridge or strain gauge measurement then upon activation of a shunt calibration both the status bar and the function Output status on LED will indicate a shunt calibration but none will be carried out Conversely if balancing is set it will be indicated and carried out too upon activation Note that importing a changed configuration to the module deletes any previously performed bridge balancing and resets it to zero Therefore always repeat bridge balancing after importing a configuration 6 18 3 Current measurement 6 18 3 1 Differential current measurement Current 50 mA to 1 mA For current measurement could be used the DSUB plug IVB ACC DSUB I2 That connector comes with a 50 Q shunt Cc 3 and is not included with the standard package lt is also possible to measure a voltage via an externally connected shunt Appropriate scaling must be set in the user interface The value 50 Q is just a suggestion The resistor needs an adequate level of precision Pay attention to the shunt s power consumption The maximum common mode voltage must be in the range 10 V for this circuit too This can generally only be lt sense ensured if the current source itself already is referenced to Flo ground If the current source is ungrounded a danger exists FIP Bridge of exceeding the maximum allowed overvoltage for the G 7 amplifier The current source may need to be referenced to the gro
277. e if the module is supplied via the CAN Bus Due to the 0 14 mm wire cross section only partially suitable for power supply via CAN Bus Order code CAN p Y CABLE HT Art M 1160028 CAN Bus Y cable 6 pin female AS608 35SA on device side to 9 pin DSUB socket and 9 pin DSUB plug shielded Temperature range 15 C 60 C For connection of multiple u CANSAS x1 AS T units together or connection to the imc CAN Interface if the module is supplied via the CAN Bus Due to the 0 14 mm wire cross section only partially suitable for power supply via CAN Bus Order code CAN u CABLE CONFIG Art M 1160029 Configuration cable for u CANSAS xx AS T 6 pin female AS608 35SA on device side to 9 pin DSUB socket 9 pin DSUB plug and 4 pin Phoenix socket shielded Temperature range 15 C 60 C Connection to CANSAS via the male CAN terminal if connected at CAN IN right side power supply via 4 pin Phoenix socket Connection to imc CAN interface via either the DSUB socket or DSUB plug Due to the 0 14 mm wire cross section only partially suitable for power supply via CAN Bus CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 441 8 2 Power Supply 8 2 1 Standard modules power supply l 5 5 l 00000 00000 0 6 3 3 6 e e CAN IN CAN OUT POWER There are two possibilities for supplying CANSAS modules with power e via the green Phoenix jack labeled POWER or
278. e CANSAS module is started with a reset plug connected no messages which contain measured data are sent A Baud rate of 125kbit s is used and messages with the Standard Identifier 2032 are received CAN Bus interface General ei Baud rate 125 kbit s Y All identifiers are Extended Identifiers 2 0B r Configuration message identifiers Identifier for module message 2032 reception Master 1D Identifier for module message 2033 answering Slave ID CAN Bus interface Properties dialog Baud rate The Baud rate is the rate at which individual bits are serially transmitted All CAN Bus modules must have the same clock rate Baud rates from 20kbit s to 1Mbit s can be selected from the drop down list box The default setting is 125kbit s All identifiers are Extended identifiers 2 0 B All a module s identifiers both those of the configuration messages and those of the other messages can be either Standard identifiers 2 0 A Standard or Extended identifiers 2 0 B Standard Extended identifiers are 29 bits long ID s of O 536870912 are permitted in contrast to a Standard identifier which is 11 bits long ID s of 0 2047 permitted Extended identifiers can only be used if all nodes of the common CAN Bus are 2 0B supported or at least 2 0B passive Configuration message identifiers These identifiers are for configuring the CANSAS modules via the CAN Bus and normally can keep their default
279. e CANSAS module s ground This is ensured by attaching the thermocouple to a grounded metal body for instance Since the C8 unit is grounded itself the necessary ground reference exists It is not a problem if the ground potential at the thermocouple differs from that of the CANSAS units by a few volts However the maximum allowed common mode voltage may not be exceeded 6 4 4 Module Sensor SUPPLY The DSUB 15 connectors each provide a terminal for an optional supply voltage 2 for external sensors When selecting a positive unipolar voltage supply e g 5V it is gripped between Vs and GND When using a bipolar voltage supply 15V Vs and Me must be connected to the sensor supply GND is in between then which is OV For the CANSAS SL C8 L SUPPLY there is only an unipolar voltage supply available CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 235 Without supply module there is no voltage provided for connected sensors The supply voltage can only be set at one common setting which applies to all measurement inputs Important Before a sensor will be connected make sure the voltage supply has been set correctly not too high Therefore the voltage supply must be set and configured using the software Then the sensor can be connected Otherwise the sensor and the CANSAS module could be damaged The technical specification of the SUPPLY Lei 6 4 5 Sampling intervals filters and anti
280. e CANSAS modules e g modules can t be found configuration takes too long and doesn t always work this may be caused by one of the following o The CAN Bus wiring is faulty e g terminators no branching o The modules have different Baud rates The CAN Bus can only work properly if all the bus nodes have the same Baud rate Always avoid joining modules with different Baud rates in a CAN Bus circuit 3 5 4 Bus off error Change baudrate When configuring the CANSAS modules their Baud rates must be known When the CANSAS software is exited the last Baud rate to have been set is saved along with the database mdb file This ensures that upon any later measurement the CANSAS hardware and the PC are both using the same Baud rate If however an older database is loaded it s possible for the database s Baud rate not to match the one used by CANSAS A Bus off error occurs Avoid Bus off errors by observing the following e Any change of Baud rate must be made simultaneously for all modules e f different mdb files are used to create the configurations the same Baud rate must be used absolutely always e Whenever possible a system should only use one single Baud rate value Even if there are several nodes the probability of an error is reduced e Consider using your option to order your CANSAS unit factory configured with the desired Baud rate e Use as the Master ID 2 and the Slave ID 3 as with Standard Racks Note
281. e GE dete E e MUR eu 77 34 2 2 Edit Gut sickle on an D AEN EE ddp eade s 77 3 4 2 3 Edibe CODy a cttm e deter tete ers eode EEN 78 3 4 2 4 Edit Pastis 78 SA2 S Edit A MM MB MH 78 3 4 2 6 Edit telne la ole uo LER RE 79 3 3 2 7 Edits Delete EE 79 KEERI C 79 3 4 3 1 View Toolbar 79 3 4 3 2 View Status Dabs itis sec DE Eee rede eoe bed aee E RR e iate 79 9 4 3 3 VIEW Split rente rte err ditum e eR nente Ber ete 79 3 4 3 4 View Aj ae Eet es 80 E NS A esoe hee ae e Ho de de O iE iaa 80 3 4 3 6 View Expand all branches Collapse all branches 80 KEE 81 3 4 4 1 Module Integrating Assistant 81 3 4 4 2 Module Find selechons enne neren nre e nnn ee tenente nnns 85 3 4 4 3 Module Check Gonfguraton essere rennes 86 3 4 4 4 Module Confioure essent nennen nnne nnne trennen etre nennen nennen nns 87 3 4 4 5 Module EE 88 3 4 4 6 Module Two point Scaling esee 89 3 4 4 7 Module Sensors 91 3 4 4 8 Module Calculate Bus load 91 NO A NIIT EIL ID ODIO 92 3 4 5 1 Extras Interface AAA 92 3 4 5 2 Extras Options is iiu cce Da tee die en ebd dee e ts 94 3 4 5 2 1 Module 94 3 4 5 2 2 Sensor 95 9 4 5 2 3 e d lenit e Me S E Ree AID xe A Mee 96 E A ABI E 96 EEN DRE MILI 97 3 4 6 Help Info about CANSAS eene 97 3 5 General notes on working with CANSAS modules
282. e cards from Vector Both the PC Card CANcardX PCMCIA and the parallel port dongle CANpari are supported by CANSAS See the corresponding instructions provided by Vector on installing the cards under the operating systems WindowsXP or Windows7 To use the card the Vector driver installation appropriate to both the interface and operating system type must be used This can be found on the CD in the folder Driver Vector However it is preferable to use the current driver diskette which comes with the card Installation of the driver is absolutely necessary for the card to support the CANSAS software Note that the Vector driver diskette often comes with an updated file named Vcan32 dll This serves as a CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Startup 29 link for applications which want to use the card driver This file is usually not automatically copied onto the PC by the Vector driver installation and must be copied from the diskette to the CANSAS directory manually See Vector s instructions file for the driver installation usually designated Readme txt Installing the Vector driver adds an item CAN Hardware to the Windows Control Panel This control program can be used to test any Vector interface Otherwise the program s functions aren t needed for running the CANSAS software For Windows7 CANSAS can work with the XP Legacy driver from 2003 2006 They also run with Win7 32bit The current driver package 7 x for W
283. e configuration software It is a 9 pin DSUB plug in which Pins 3 and 4 are jumpered The Reset plug is used to bring a module with unknown CAN Bus settings up to a defined Baud rate so that it is possible to communicate with it Working with the Reset plug 1 Take a single CANSAS module which you are unable to find on the CAN Bus using the regular integrating procedure 2 Disconnect the module s power supply 3 Attach the Reset plug to the module It is inserted into one of the module s two CAN terminals Connect the module s other CAN terminal to the CAN adapter in the PC via an appropriate short e g 1m 2m CAN Bus cable No other CAN nodes may be connected Don t worry if there is no second terminator the Reset plug doesn t have any terminator But for the Baud rate 125kbit s which is subsequently used and a short cable one terminator on the side of the PC s CAN adapter is enough This manner of proceeding is of course only permissible as a temporary measure in conjunction with the Reset plug Otherwise the CAN Bus must always be correctly terminated at both ends 4 Now connect the power supply to the CANSAS module 5 The CANSAS module boots up You see the LED light up briefly Then the LED goes off The module has been reset The module can now be located as having the Baud rate 125kbit s the Master ID 2032 Slave ID 2033 and standard identifiers In the software access the Integrating Assistant select in
284. e corresponding to the card used can be found on the CD in the directory Driver 2 2 Interface cards x M Board ES annection E CAN USB Iv reJactivate Interface B CAN USB ET Automation GmbH Device Y CANDY LPT S inCAN PCMCIA Cancel ES iPCI320 PCI Chip ES iPCI165 PCI gt iPCI320 USB to CAN USB to CAN II USB to CAN compact Vector Informatik GmbH 4 CANpari LPT gt C Ncardx PCMCIA o CANcard PCMCIA GP CANcaseXL USB ES CANboard L PCI El C NboardxL pei Choose interface and The interface card or adapter types supported by CANSAS at this time are produced by the companies imc Vector dSpace KVASER XXAT and HORIBA Their installation and support software is located in the directory Driver The directory is subdivided for the different companies interface types The functionality is provided by the manufacturer of the interface card or adapter Please check the internet page of the manufacturer for driver updates also At present for Windows 64 bit interfaces for CANSAS are supported by imc and KVASER CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 28 CANSAS Users Manual 2 2 1 IXXAT interface cards For Windows7 64bit CANSAS does not support any interface cards from IXXAT CANSAS can be used in conjunction with the IXXAT company s ISA plug in card iPC 320 the PCI card PC 1320 PCI or the PC Card plug in tinC
285. e groove from the housing CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 211 Cover the adaptation shell by the silicone tube over the base of the housing Adjust the adaptation shell inside the silicone tube CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 212 CANSAS Users Manual 5 8 3 1 Assembly of the ITT VEAM plug UNI8 Move the crimp gasket over the silicone tube Screw together the connector and move them close to the crimp gasket CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 213 Solder the cable to the pins of the connector Remove the connector and screw them to the plug CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 214 CANSAS Users Manual Bring together all parts and fix them with the screw cap CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 215 Properties of the Modules CANSAS modules are used to set up decentralized measurement networks This means they can be stationed at different locations near the processes they measure Depending on the overall channel count this can be accomplished with stand alone modules or for instance in racks within test rigs In especially harsh conditions the setup will include the CANSAS SL modules These can operate in a broad range of ambient temperatures can withstand strong shock MIL STD810F and feature a high protection rating water resis
286. e is complete and the module begins transmitting measured values The green LED behaves according to the configuration given to it by the user both during and after the synchronization phase 4 channel u CANSAS module For each input IN1 IN4 and for the overall module there is one 2 color LED After startup the module LED LED next to CAN IN briefly flashes red The inputs LEDs behave like the LEDs description in Synchronization 1861 for as Slave working modules Note A 4 channel CANSAS module responds like four 1 channel u CANSAS modules all connected to one HUBA For each channel a page for the LED is displayed This must also be set if you wish to see that the channel has been recorded and balanced in synchronicity ee a File Edit View Module Extras Help Poda iti aX BE l lv e A Grouped by messages Voltage measurement input channel n mdb a LL HUB4 123654 3 LED 3 CAN Bus interface 2 64 Botschaft102 Input Scaling Message Mapping Circuit Info LED General Version r Status on LED o dih Kanalo2 In normal operation Normal flashing DI o Di dih Kanalo3 dih Kanalo4 E No CAN Bus mes 5 Special Ze b For Not balanced Rapid flashing o Ready 02 10 2008 10 35 01 U CANSAS module not run from the u CANSAS HUBA or not in synchronization mode The red LED briefly shines after startup Next the LEDs light up according to t
287. e manner and only differ in their housing shape CAN ISO8 comes in the standard CANSAS housing while CAN K ISO8 comes in the cassette housing and also uses 15 pin DSUB plugs Other cassette models are distinguished by special terminals on the front panel The CAN K ISO8 BNC model is for voltage measurement with BNC sockets The CAN K ISO8 2T and CAN K ISO8 3T models allow direct connection of thermoplugs having two or three pins The input channels of this module are arranged in two groups of four channels All channels within a group take the same connector type Group 1 comprises Channels 1 through 4 and Group 2 comprises Channels 5 through 8 Otherwise settings are made analogously to the CANSAS C12 module The maximum isolation voltage of 100 V between the channels pertains to any two input pins marked and Measurement with Pt100 units represents a special case All of a plug s connected Pt100 sensors are fed by a common reference current supply so that there is no potential isolation between the individual channels The cancellation of the potential isolation even affects both input plugs The Pt100 channels of the one plug Plug1 cyclically assume the potential of the channels at Plug 2 Also the entire cabling for the Pt100 channels amounts to a dynamic capacitive load at Plug 2 s inputs For this reason mixed operation consisting of Pt100 measurements on one plug and current voltage measurement on the other is not advised
288. e measurement C18 temperature table IPTS 68 terminal block HCI8 terminator in CANSAS terminator in data logger terminators The Export dialog The Module Tree The Print dialog The Print Setup dialog thermo plug thermocouple Thermocouple measurement HCI8 thermocouple measurement SC16 SCI16 SCI8 thermocouple measurements thermocouple UNI8 thermocouple with ground reference thermocouples thermocouples color coding Thermoplugs for ISO8 and C12 Thermostecker Schaltbild Third output module threshold INC4 Time determination Time measurement Time offset time shift Toolbar Totem Pole DO16 track X Y Transducer recognition Transfer all values Transfer value after editing Transporting CANSAS Triangle troubleshooting TTL Synchronity Two point scaling 342 179 363 228 233 238 243 179 458 37 36 36 76 53 75 77 180 234 243 295 321 233 342 234 233 179 450 181 66 287 154 170 112 112 52 264 289 108 178 178 23 155 25 41 112 89 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH Index 479 U Ubersteuerung des Messbereichs erlauben CI8 UNI8 UNI8 TEDS blinking code UNI8 Assembly instructions for ITT VEAM with PT100 inside of connector UNI8 balancing UNI8 bandwidth UNI8 bridge measurement UNI8 bridge measurement sense UNI8 current differential UNI8 current meas ground ref UNI8 current meas with var supply UNI8 Descr
289. e modules are using the same Baud rate Master and Slave ID they can all be connected to acommon CAN Bus a The bus will only work without errors if all the modules are using the same Baud rate b For working with one CAN module it doesn t matter which Master or Slave ID it s using However it s absolutely necessary for all modules to use the same IDs if they are integrated by means of Integration of multiple modules We recommend setting the Master to ID 2 and the Slave to ID 3 which are the default settings c Make sure that the ends are terminated with 120 terminators Having followed these instructions it will be possible to take measurement with multiple modules Offline integration This is the only option if no CANSAS module is currently available to connect to the System this is mainly for demo purposes If you wish to use this option to make all settings for a genuine CANSAS module manually rather than automatically as above using Yes then it is crucial that the module s serial number and type are entered exactly AND that the module s Baud rate be the same as the default Baud rate The ensuing sequence of dialogs presented by the Assistant depends on the choice between on line and off line the description below illustrates the on line case In the first instance the module s CAN interface settings are made Default single The module s Baud rate and ID numbers for communication with the PC are assumed to take the def
290. e must be specified in the physical units of the input channel In physical units of the input channel the value may not be 0 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 127 Data types 4 10 6 1 x Inverse Parameter Definition Input channel Channel whose sample values are to be inverted Result channel Inverse values of the input channel s sample values Description The values from input channel are inverted An input channel sample value of 0 0 is set as 0 0 in the result channel Notes The results of the Inverse function can be imprecise It is therefore recommended to re scale the input channel accordingly Data types 4 10 7 Absolute value Input channel The absolute values of this channel s samples are taken Result channel Channel with the absolute values of the input channel s sample values Description The absolute value of the input channel s sample values is determined Positive values remain unaffected negative values signs are inverted This function simulates an ideal rectifier Data types Digital Digital 4 10 8 Assignment Input channel Channel whose sample values are assigned to the result channel Result channel The input channel s sample values Description The input channel s values are directly assigned to the result channel the result channel is a copy of the input channel Data types Digital Digital CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1
291. e range s endpoint is returned If no current counter result can be determined for a result clock pulse interval the last result is returned again If multiple time counts are triggered during one result clock pulse interval the most recent result is returned Start pos Stop pos The time reading starts upon reception of a positive edge transition from 0 to 1 and ends upon reception of the next positive edge Start pos Stop neg The time reading starts upon reception of a positive edge transition from 0 to 1 and ends upon reception of the next negative edge transition from 1 to 0 Start neg Stop pos The time reading starts upon reception of a negative edge transition from 1 to 0 and ends upon reception of the next positive edge transition from 0 to 1 Notes The input range and the module s sampling rate influence the precision of the time measurement CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 155 Only digital input channels are allowed The input channel s sampling rate may only be 0 1 ms 0 2 ms 0 5 ms or 1 ms The higher the sampling rate is the more exactly the time can be determined For the most precise frequency measurements use the incremental encoder module INC4 Data types 4 10 64 Triangle only for DAC8 modules No of clock cycles with positive slopes No of clock cycles with negative slopes Description Outputs a triangle function at the voltage outpu
292. e strongly recommend a program of inspection and replacement carried out at regular intervals All specifications on the material are intended strictly for orientation purposes Every application is subjected to unique environmental influences which must be taken into account when selecting materials CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 312 CANSAS Users Manual 6 15 11 Pin configuration of CANSAS P8 IP65 In contrast to the connector design 33 of CANSAS L P8 the pin configuration for CANSAS IP65 P8 is as presented in the table below CAN connector Supply plug mese JA TT ees Pet iS OW SEELEN 6 15 12 CANSAS IP65 P8 E In contrast to the standard CANSAS IP65 P8 module this module comes with two CAN terminals and two Power sockets This makes it possible to connect the gt CAN Bus through it The interconnections used are the Amphenol terminals described above cm The CAN terminal and Power terminal pairs are each connected in parallel Internal 120 terminators of the CAN bus are generally omitted but can optionally be applied internally In this model all terminals are positioned on the top Four channels apiece measure in the input ranges 0 6bar and 0 10bar For connection to the CAN Bus and the power supply an adapter kit is to be used which consists of CAN Adapter DSUB9 So 4 pin Amphenol or 4 pin Amphenol 4 pin Amphenol 4 pin Phoenix e 3 pin Amphenol or Supply 3
293. e supply of a switching power adapter In cases in which RFI problems occur with switching power adapters whose supply s static isolation voltage potential is already determined and rules out electrical grounding a large ceramic capacitance connected between SUPPLY and CHASSIS could help A suitable 1nF capacitor is already present internally and should succeed in suppressing the problems described in most cases 6 17 9 Filter The signal passes through the following filter stages one at a time 1 Hardware Pre filter for the ADC analog digital converter which works according to the Sigma Delta procedure and requires a relatively high frequency fixed frequency low pass filter Low pass 60 kHz 3 order This filter cannot be deactivated 2 ADC Low pass effect of the ADC itself Its cutoff frequency is around 8 kHz lts characteristic is a 3 order rectangular filter 3 Noise suppression Noise suppression filter dependent on the sampling rate This is a low pass filer with Hanning characteristics See the table for the cutoff frequency The cutoff frequency is far above a channel s sampling frequency The filter counteracts the aliasing and suppresses noise and disturbances but not in the sense of a perfect anti aliasing filter This filter cannot be deactivated With some modules and at top sampling rates this filter stage is omitted 4 Compensation Compensation filter dependent upon the sampling rate This filter adjusts the
294. e used by imc devices Such settings parameters which don t appear in the TEDS such as the sampling interval can be set later using the imc devices operating interface Fig 5 Pressure sensor with built in TEDS sensor Fig 6 8 channel CANSAS P8 pressure measurement recognition module Even if sensors are exchanged the overall system remains calibrated 5 8 2 Operation in CANSAS Software The device software supports export of sensor spec sheet data from a sensor TEDS and the application of this information in configuring channels Sensor TEDS are supported by the amplifier UNI8 C18 SCI8 SCI16 SC16 DCB8 P8 and all futurities For configuring the sensor information you need the product imc Sensors The use of this sensor database in CANSAS is described here aas For a detailed description of the database itself see the user s manual for imc Sensors Below the import of already recorded sensor data to CANSAS is described CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 204 CANSAS Users Manual 5 8 2 1 Importing sensor data Import of Import of sensor spec sheet data from all sensor TEDS takes place on menu item Module gt Sensor Head characteristic values from Sensor Eprom alternatively corresponding toolbar button ve CANSAS File Edit View Module Extras Help osma ejej iial ris E Sle Grouped by messages CANSAS module UNIS_872761 D I uni8 mdb UNIS_872761 E 4 Universal amplifier EE CAN Bu
295. e violated Aliasing effects which cannot be filtered out will result This dilemma characteristic of scanner systems can be significantly mitigated at least in the case of a flexibly configured low speed measurement e g of temperature For that purpose the rigid sampling scheme is adapted in accordance with block measurement and averaging Burst mode Thus flexible adaptation of the scanner timing enables disturbance and aliasing free low speed precision measurement The Burst mode is based on making optimal use of the time spent while the signal experiences its transients Not only a single measurement of the selected channel is performed but a block measurement over a period of time at least equally long or a multiple of the time period By this means the total cycle time is mostly used for data acquisition and no longer mainly by the cumulative transient time The block measurement is performed by a high speed analog digital converter ADC having a data rate which is a multiple of the max aggregate sampling rate An anti aliasing filter adapted to this data rate ensures aliasing free acquisition within the block This block is then digitally filtered and becomes a data stream whose bandwidth is flawlessly limited and perfect for frequencies above the block filter s This data stream is in turn re sampled at the actually intended channel sampling rate While it is true that this channel rate is lower than the block averaging filte
296. ectives in the accident prevention regulations in Electric Installations and Industrial Equipment BGV A3 of the Index of Accident Prevention Regulations of the Professional Guilds in Germany This certification has the sole purpose of releasing imc from the obligation to have the electrical equipment tested prior to first use 8 5 Sec 1 4 of BGV A3 This does not affect guarantee and liability regulations of the civil code 1 5 Important information Required Reading 1 5 1 Safety Notes If you have any questions concerning whether or not you can use this device in its intended environment please contact imc Customer Service The device has been carefully designed assembled and routinely tested in accordance with the pertinent safety regulations and has left imc in perfect operating condition To maintain this condition and to ensure continued danger free operation the user should pay particular attention to the remarks and warnings made in this chapter In this way you protect yourself and prevent the device from being damaged The technical specifications claimed in this manual are valid for 1 year after delivery under normal operating conditions Be careful to observe the specified operating temperature range Read the instructions before turning the device on for the first time Retain and attend to any configuration booklet which may have been included with this manual Knowledge of the module type and its pin configuration is ess
297. ed The reduction interval is the clock pulse of the result channel The values returned are a sequence of the respective last values within the reduction interval Notes The result clock pulse may not exceed the input channel s sampling rate Result channel Digital Digital 4 10 53 Root mean square Data types Parameter Definition Input channel Channel from whose sample values the moving RMS is to be calculated Result clock pulse Sampling rate of the result channel Result channel Channel containing the moving RMS of the input channel s sample values Description The moving RMS root mean square value with equal weighting of the values is taken for each set of the input channel s sample values within the specified reduction interval The reduction interval is given by the result channel s sampling rate pulse The algorithm for calculating the moving RMS is The input channel s sample values within the reduction interval are squared and the squares are summed The respective result is divided by the amount of samples in the reduction interval and of this the square root is taken Note The pulse rate of the result channel may not be higher than that of the input channel Data types 4 10 54 SawTooth Clock pulse Data rate of result channel Number of points Number of points making up a single period value range 1 32768 Start Starting value offset of the sawtooth signal Increment Increment slope of t
298. ed between The high pass filtering comes before the optional absolute value formation and thus before the edge detector This parameter is also effective in Snapshot mode CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 281 Low pass filter Optionally a low pass filter can be set in the parameters in order to smooth the signal and suppress noise Brief outliers are also reduced The low pass filter can be varied between 2 kHz and 100 kHz cutoff frequency The low pass is always 1st order and can also be turned off entirely Note that in addition to this configurable low pass the analog low pass is also present which can not be turned off If a low pass filter is used it is absolutely necessary to adapt the signal delay time accordingly The low pass filter comes after the optional absolute value formation and before the edge detector This parameter is also effective in Snapshot mode Absolute value formation Optionally the absolute value can be formed This may be of interest for the ignition signal if the ignition sensor can also be connected in a different orientation Formation of the absolute value is performed following the optional AC coupling but before the optional low pass filtering and thus before the edge detector This parameter is also effective in Snapshot mode 6 11 4 2 Offset adjustment The offset is adjusted at factory It is recommended to have the offset rechecked and ad
299. ed as a CAN or CANoper signal u CANSAS T1 is particularly designed for use in extremely warm environments p CANSAS T1 Note e Synchronization is performed exclusively as Slave according to the CAN1 protocol and is provided under the node Special functions e Beside working with CAN bus per default the module is also configurable as CANopen module e The functions of the LEDs are described in section CANSAS blinking weg codes 6 20 1 Temperature measurement The u CANSAS T1 is designed for direct measurement of thermocouples all commercially available thermocouple types 1175 with their characteristic curves are supported In contrast to the normal CANSAS modules the modules u CANSAS T1 and u CANSAS T4 are using the standard IEC584 1 ITS90 to convert the voltage p CANSAS T1 Connection diagram CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 364 CANSAS Users Manual 6 20 2 Message Mapping File Edit View Module Extras Help A dl Rz lia X lt IER IS lv om 4 Grouped by messages Temperature measurement input channel D I testo mdb S y Ae Inputs Scaling Message Mapping ircuit Info dh Channel LI ai Data type Signed integer CAN Bus interface d S 3 4 Message100 i Byte order Intel 2 Special Functions Length 16 Bit DI Position in message Scaling Factor 0 025098 C Offset 550 C p CANSAS Message Mapping The modules belonging to the CANSAS group wo
300. ed by the pattern of LED flashing for instance LED off no balancing values present LED flashes slowly stored balancing values applied LED on balancing performed successfully LED flashing quickly balancing currently being performed The additional functions Output status word Switch status Output status on LED and Short circuit status are available to the bridge amplifier module See below in the functions reference for descriptions of these functions For a sample application refer to the section on the isolated amplifier module CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 121 4 7 1 3 P8 Pressure module P8 The pressure module has 8 physical channels The additional functions Barometer and Status word are available to this module under the function group heading Pressure See below in the functions reference for descriptions of these functions For sample applications refer to the material on the isolated amplifier module 4 7 1 4 UNI8 Universal amplifier module UNI8 The universal amplifier module has 8 physical channels Along with the red green LED it has 2 additional yellow LEDs like the bridge amplifier does These LEDs can be used for displaying module status information For details refer to the material on the bridge amplifier module The additional functions Channel status word Module status word button status Status auf LED and short circuit status a
301. ed with a 350 Q quarter bridge completion ground referenced current measurement is not possible Thus this operation is not possible too 6 18 4 Temperature measurement The amplifier channels are designed for direct measurement with thermocouples and Pt100 sensors Any combinations of the two sensor types can be connected 6 18 4 1 Thermocouple measurement The cold junction compensation necessary for thermocouple measurement is built in For this purpose UNI8 comes with the appropriate Pt1000 resistors for measuring the junction temperature Note however that these resistors are not installed in the plugs themselves but on the housing so that they are actually at some distance from the real contact point This point s exact location is where the thermo wires meet the electric contacts in the plug basically where they are soldered or crimped Since the temperature sensor Pt1000 and the contact point are separated in space their temperatures can also diverge This temperature difference can also lead to measurement errors However situations do exist where the measurement results are valid for example inside a switch cabinet where the temperature processes are stabilized the internal cold junction compensation is in practice adequate With CANSAS SL UNI8 L having LEMO terminals thermocouple measurement requires a specially designed cable from imc equipped with a built in Pt100 temperature sensor The connection is then made in the same wa
302. ed with electrical isolation from the device s Ground Chassis and is therefore not connected with the device s ground This is achieved by among other techniques having the thermocouple adhere to non conducting material As a result the thermocouple s voltage floats freely against the amplifier ground voltage In this case the amplifier must provide the necessary ground potential VB 4 Thermocouple measurement without ground reference In the CANSAS operating software select the measurement mode Thermocouple mounted without ground reference In this measurement mode the UNI8 unit itself provides the ground reference by having Terminals B and D connected internally Then a measurement which is practically single ended ground referenced is performed There is no disadvantage to this if there was no ground reference previously Important The thermocouple itself may not be ground referenced If it was mounted with a ground reference there is a danger that a large compensation current will flow through the thermocouple s thin line and the connector plug This can even lead to the destruction of the amplifier Compensation currents are a danger with every single end measurement For that reason single end measurement is really only allowed and only then really necessary if the thermocouple has no ground reference of its own 6 18 4 2 Pt100 RTD measurement e DSUB plug ACC DSUB UNI2 445 Pt100 RTD platinum re
303. eeeeseseeeeneeeeeseaeseseaeeneeeeeseeseseeeeensnees 266 6 10 1 block diagram DOBR DOY16R a trae aaeeea aa taaa aa a nnns tnn s tnnt ere 266 6 10 2 Starting the DOBR DO16R Module e eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen ene a aeaea Oaa eaei iaeia 266 6 10 3 Connector plugs DO8R DOTORE aa aaa ran re era aeaa aaa a eaaa Aerea creen 266 6 11 IGN ignition angle measurement module essere 267 6 11 1 Interference suppression crine cree cece tee a Aa A ace denen rau a oec reason aavan a 271 6 11 2 HOUSING 271 6 11 21 Grounding bolt cita herede hee eA ete pee ieee 271 ARAN ID PME 271 6 11 2 3 DISplay zi cn n ie epe E He ED ee ERES 271 0 11 3 Operation modesina SEENEN Sege SE dE 272 6 11 3 1 Default operation type 2r indt tee eiii avira ena 272 GC MOSS E 272 6 11 3 2 SNapshot operation ModS re t ie f d e tei bei 272 AULA EUIS I cias 274 RR ECcuidreinm 275 6 11 4 1 The charinel s parameters certet terere nhe tno rre drip de nee dae 279 6 11 4 2 Offset adjustment 53 itn A aia ENG edis 281 6 11 5 Tips eee es 282 6 11 6 IGN terminal 284 6 11 6 1 Inputs NK tice bete dad M ed t need reden n de avide neus 284 6 11 6 2 OQutputs DSUB9 2 itte o nn eto eis 284 6 12 INC4 incremental encoder channels c c ceceeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseensesnseseeseceseceseseseeesess 286 6 12 1 Measurement quantities eebe GEES 2
304. el values X values and corresponding result values Y values must be supplied The result values for X values lying between two adjacent input channel values are determined by linear interpolation of the corresponding Y values It is necessary for equal numbers of X and Y values to be supplied A maximum of 60 each of X and Y values is allowed The X values must be strictly monotonously growing The X and Y value data can for example be copied from the FAMOS Data Editor and inserted in the corresponding input boxes Remark The X values are expressed in the physical units of the input channel The scaling of the result is automatically determined from the result values Data types Result channel Integer CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 133 4 10 18 Comparison function Input channel Channel whose sample values determine whether the samples from Output channel or the specified Result value are adopted as return values of the function Output channel Channel whose sample values are the function s return values if the Input channel s corresponding value is TRUE lt gt 0 Result value Number which is the function s return value whenever the Input channel s value is FALSE 0 Result channel Channel containing the results of the decision function Description If the current value of the digital input channel does not equal zero the result is the value of the output channel
305. els The SCxx modules possess certain particularities The highest sampling rates can cause longer delay times than slower sampling rates depending on the system The cause is the multiplexer on which the module is based This multiplexer doesn t change channels at the highest clock rate The reconstruction filter used also causes increased delay If the delay time is to be short then you must select sampling rates with sufficiently short delay This may well be a slower sampling rate In that case the higher sampling rates produce finer intermediate values which however feature delayed processing With a SCxx module if different sampling rates are used the overall delay time results as per the following rule o For channels with the highest sampling rate used the delay time is determined by this sampling rate o For channels with a slower sampling rate the resulting delay time is that of the fastest sampling time plus the sampling interval which is set With SCxx modules the delay time depends on the channel For instance if Channels 1 2 3 and 4 are contained in a message then Channel 1 was sampled first then Channel 2 and finally Channel 4 Thus the most current the newest measured value in the message comes from Channel 4 Conversely the measured value from Channel 1 is the most delayed one CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 333 6 18 UNI8 Universal channels not isolate
306. els Module description DAC8 247 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 393 7 7 DCB8 Datasheet Version 1 5 8 channel bridge amplifier Parameter lings dP Measurement modes min max voltage bridge measurement strain gauge Anti Aliasing Filter lt 190 Hz 3 dB depending on sampling rate Sampling rate Connection terminals Connection terminals for SL inputs CAN in out inputs CAN in out DC power supply 2 Anti aliasing OFF 4 plug DSUB 15 2 channels per plug 2x DSUB 9 PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 4 plug DSUB 15 2 channels per plug 2 x DSUB 9 8x 7 pin LEMO HGG 1B 307 2x 10 pin LEMO HGA 1B 310 1x 6 pin LEMO HGA 1B 306 ACC DSUB B2 CANSAS K DCB8 and L DCB8 CAN in out supply alternatively power supply ACC DSUB B2 IP65 only with CANSAS SL DCB8 D CANSAS SL DCB8 D Protect supply alternatively only with CANSAS SL DCB8 L supply alternatively for all SL models Parameter mp min max Remarks Voltage measurement Voltage input range s10V x5V s2V st V s5mV _______ Overvoltage strength LI any longterm Input coupling AA Input configuration differential ooo l 20 MQ Input impedance 1 9 5 MQ Gain uncertainty 0 02 lt 0 05 Offset drift 0 02 Common mode rejection ranges 10 V to 50mV 20 mV to 5mV Noise RTI 0 06uV K AT 92 dB gt 84 dB 120
307. els The return value is 1 whenever the corresponding sample values from each of the two channels are logically opposites Otherwise the return value is 0 Therefore one of the following two conditions must be fulfilled so that the return value is 1 u k 0 and v k z0 or u K 20 and v k 0 where k is a serial index and v are the two input channels Notes Both channels must share the same sampling rate Data types 1st Input channel 2nd Input channel Result channel Integer or Digital Integer or Digital Digital CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 144 CANSAS Users Manual 4 10 41 Low pass filter Input channel Channel to filter Characteristic curve Filter characteristic Butterworth Bessel Chebychev ripple 0 5 dB Chebychev ripple 1 0 dB Chebychev ripple 3 0 dB Cut off frequency Specified in Hz Filter order 4 Result clock pulse Result channel data rate Filtered input channel Description Filtering of the input channels with a low pass filter The filter coefficients are calculated from the parameters supplied by the user Notes A condition for effective filtering is that the cut off frequencies are significantly below half of the input channel s sampling rate The closer the cut off frequencies are to the input channel s sampling rate the more imprecise the filter s amplitude response The cut off frequency s input range depends on the input channel s sampling rate the fil
308. els of the universal amplifier module is outputted at the specified clock pulse In the basic state the status word s value is 0 Therefore channels 1 8 are not balanced Depending on the status the following values are added CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 132 CANSAS Users Manual 1 if stored adjustment values are used for Channel 1 2 if Channel 1 was successfully adjusted balanced 4 if stored adjustment values are used for Channel 2 8 if Channel 2 was successfully adjusted balanced 16 if stored adjustment values are used for Channel 3 32 if Channel 3 was successfully adjusted balanced 64 if stored adjustment values are used for Channel 4 128 if Channel 4 was successfully adjusted balanced 256 if stored adjustment values are used for Channel 5 512 if Channel 5 was successfully adjusted balanced 1024 if stored adjustment values are used for Channel 6 2048 if Channel 6 was successfully adjusted balanced 4096 if stored adjustment values are used for Channel 7 8192 if Channel 7 was successfully adjusted balanced 16384 if stored adjustment values are used for Channel 8 32768 if Channel 8 was successfully adjusted balanced The function is designed for displaying bridge channels i e channels which can be balanced to 0 Data types Result channel Unsigned Integer 4 10 17 Characteristic curve Description The input channel is corrected according to a characteristic curve The input chann
309. ely and current If the feature is not available then it is only possible to switch between voltage and current for the entire module Sensor recognition The Eprom of the sensor connected is readable The data it contains can be used to make settings for the channels UNI8 Bridge measurement Only for UNI8 measurement bridges can be connected imc Sensors The module is connected with the sensor database imc Sensors The data it contains can be used to make settings for the channels UNI8 sensor recognition by A shorting jumper inside the connector is used to detect a Type K thermocouple jumper configuration UNI8 Pt100 inside the Only for UNI8 With thermocouple measurement the temperature of the cold connector junction point can also be measured inside the connector by placing a Pt100 inside the connector UNI8 current with built in 120 Single end current measurement with a 1200 resistor built into the module Q resistor UNI8 3500 4 bridge Connection and measurement of a 3500 4 bridge is possible UNI8 1200 4 bridge Connection and measurement of a 1200 4 bridge is possible CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 194 CANSAS Users Manual 5 7 Calibrating the modules There are two stages of calibration reminders First there is a preliminary warning which begins as of x months before the recommended calibration validity expiration After elapse of the recommended validity term a due date notification indicat
310. em The particular channel and its number are no longer important but rather the sensor s name as recorded in the sensor recognition For the user it doesn t matter to which physical channel a sensor was connected since he s usually only interested in the channel s name e g Velocity_FrontWheel_Left and the physical assignment to a measurement channel is unimportant if every channel is identical measurement device universal Interface n sensor clip n universal Interface2 universal Interface1 Fig 2 Sensors with freely assigned TEDS The measurement device consists of n all purpose sensor interfaces The retrofitted TEDS can be connected either at the sensor TEDS 2 or at the measurement system the measurement channels are appropriate for practically any sensor so that the sensors can be connected to any unoccupied input on the device 5 8 1 3 Sensor database The simplest way to avoid repetitiously setting sensors is to build a database into the measurement device which contains all information about the sensor imc s sensor database imc Sensors is the ideal counterpart for Plug amp Measure How the database TEDS and imc Devices work in concert is described in the manual imc Devices For details on the sensor database see the manual imcSensors CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 202 CANSAS Users Manual Setting a measurement device with a single configuration command
311. emake Configuration options sereme o Output voltage voltage current net power globally selected 2 5 V 580 mA isolated on request not for LEMO 5 0 V 580 mA 7 5 V 400 mA 10 V 300 mA 12 V 250 mA 15 V 200 mA 24 V 120 mA 15 V 190 mA a z Qv ooocdom O00DOOOO 3 33 3 2 available on request for C8 CI8 then only non isolated not for LEMO Short circuit protection unlimited duration to output voltage reference ground Output voltage accuracy at terminal plugs no load 0 25 typical 25 C 2 5 V to 24 V 0 5 max 25 C 2 5 V to 24 V lt 0 9 max full temperature range lt 1 max 15 V Deviation control of lead 3 wire control available for 5V and 10V impedance SENSE lead as feedback requirements VBi 1 balanced cables VB is supply ground 2 identical cables on all channels 3 representative measurement with channel 1 Efficiency typ 55 5V to 15 V typ 50 24 V typ 70 15 V min 40 2 5 V Capacitive load max gt 4000 uF 2 5 V 10V 15 V gt 1000 uF 12V 15V gt 400 uF 24 V Operating temperature B00 10 8 SS CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 428 CANSAS Users Manual 7 25 Synchronization line Technical specs of the CANSAS modules synchronization line High level output voltage Master mode 4mv 55v Low level output voltage Master mode Po osv el 25ma gr teve output curent Maxerm
312. ements They are non isolated differential amplifiers They share a common voltage supply for sensors and measurement bridges 6 18 1 Voltage measurement e Voltage 50 V to 5 mV DSUB plug ACC DSUB UNI2 Within the voltage ranges 50 V and 20 V a voltage divider is in effect the resulting input impedance is 1 MO By contrast in the voltage ranges 10 V and 5 mV the input impedance is 20 MO For the deactivated device the value is approx 1 MO In the input ranges 20 V the common mode voltage must lie within the 10 V range The range is reduced by half of the input voltage The input configuration is differential and DC coupled The common mode voltage is the arithmetic mean of the voltages at the inputs IN and IN referenced to the device ground For instance if the potential to ground is 10 V at IN and 8 V at IN the common mode voltage is 9 V CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 335 6 18 1 1 Voltage source with ground reference The voltage source itself already has a connection to the VB device s ground The potential difference between the voltage c 3 source and the device ground must be fixed Example The device is grounded Thus the input VB D is ap N also at ground potential If the voltage source itself is also A 1 grounded it s referenced to the device ground It doesn t B E matter if the ground potential at the voltage source is slightly ain dif
313. ennctvesnesdeersatenesedsessecsunesvetersvinecseeess 442 8 2 3 U CANSAS power supply eieeseieeeiseseiseeeeenes enn nnnn nnn nn nat tn nn tnn ss sns sinn natem sss sns sss unnan nannan sns An 443 8 3 Pin configuration of the connectors eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nnne 443 8 3 1 Standard modules with DSUB15 c sccseecsseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeseeeneneenaeeseeeeesaeessaeeeseeensaeenseeees 443 8 3 1 1 Modules with CAN terminals enne nennen nennen innen trennt nnne 444 8 3 1 2 Modules with ACC terminals enne nennen tnter tenerent nnne 445 8 3 1 3 TEDS plugs ACC DSUB TEDS DSUB 15 sockets eee 447 8 3 1 4 Connector plugs Cross Reference sse nennen nennen 448 8 3 1 5 Ime plugs a ee rire Rei ror n i tek ee EE Hd 8 3 1 5 imc voltage pl g erret eterne entente eint eda eae 8 3 1 5 2 Imc Hu ue Ee e EE 8 3 2 Pin configuration DSUB 9 connectors 8 3 2 1CANSAS K INCL EE 8 3 3 Modules with ITT VEAM terminals ccccseceeeseeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeesseeeeenseneeeasenaeeasseaeeeseeaeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeennes 8 3 4 CANSAS SL with LEMO terminals 2 c ccssecccseeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeseeeneeeenaeeeeeeeesaeeesaeeesneeseaeensaeens 8 3 4 1 DCB8 UNI8 LEMO EE 8 3 4 2 C8 C18 SCI8 SCI16 GCIGLEMO AE 456 8 3 4 3 ING4 LEMO E 456 8 3 5 Modules with Phoenix terminal block ccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeasenaneasseaeeeseeaeeeeseaeeeeeeseeeenees 457 8 3 5 1 CANSAS K DI16 L DI
314. ential to operation The rated technical specifications presented in the chapters of this manual are valid for 1 year after delivery of the system under normal operating conditions Observe the specified ambient temperature conditions 1 5 1 1 Special Symbols Used in this Manual The following symbols have been used in this manual Y Caution and Attention Pay particular attention to texts marked with this symbol Failure to observe this warning may lead to personal injury cause damage to the device system or lead to the loss of data Hint and v Remarks General or helpful advice pertaining to the current topic The hints often contain tips relevant to practical applications The Remarks symbol is followed by general or additional information pertaining to a specific topic CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 CANSAS 23 1 5 1 2 Symbols displayed on the device The following symbols appear on the CANSAS device Caution Refer to the User s Manual This symbol advises the user to consult the User s Manual for more information concerning possible dangers b Danger of electrostatic discharge Electrostatic sensitive devices which are any electronic components at risk of damage due to electrostatic discharge ESD are marked by this symbol ESD WARNING Despite protective measures our components are sensitive to electrostatic discharge Electrostatic charge may accumulate unnoticed and may even
315. entifier of a CAN Bus message must be specified This identifier should get high priority The smaller the identifier the higher its priority e g 1 It isn t necessary for this message to have the highest priority but it should be relatively high Note that the identifiers which may be used for recognizing the CANSAS modules e g 2 3 and 8 etc may not be the same as the identifier for synchronization Heartbeat Synchronization Synchronization type Slave Can 1 protocol Identifier for synchronization message fi v Always observe command messages Wait for command message after startup There are also additional options e Always observe command messages The messages are defined in the framework of the CAN 1 protocol They enable the starting and stopping of measurements e Wait for command message after setup If this is selected the CANSAS module doesn t start the measurement right after booting Instead it waits for a message which expresses the command Start measurement These messages are also defined by the CAN 1 protocol e For these two options the ID of the CAN Bus message to be used must also be defined Time offset Module type Sampling frequency There is a slight time offset between a module s individual channels This also applies to channels which are equipped with simultaneous Sample And Hold or in which the AD converters work simultaneously This is because the individually conditioned channels possess a
316. ents a x In the options list below select the checkboxes for the options that you would like to have installed The disk space fields reflect the requirements of the options you have selected v CANSAS program files 11407 k Report export formats 2153 k v PDF manual 3450 k v COM user 13392 k COM developer 1097 k LabVIEW TM ls 8988 k L Installation of CANSAS does not serve to change a previous installation in terms of simply exchanging selected components Instead installation is carried out from scratch completely It is recommended to completely uninstall any previously present CANSAS software particularly older versions before installing new software However before uninstalling old software any user s data stored in the program folder should be saved to other memory space or they will be lost Such data are located in database files for instance under the name Imcan mdb Note CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Startup 33 The next dialog is for selecting the program group which contains the shortcut icon for starting the module A progress indicator bar is displayed during the actual installation process indicating the extent of progress and which files are currently being copied J Current File C IMC Cansas Cansas pdf Time Remaining 0 minutes 40 seconds HEBHEZHH The last dialog announces successful installation If however the Common Controls are
317. environments They are not to be operated in 1 exceedingly dusty and or wet environments 2 in environments where danger of explosion exists nor 3 in environments containing aggressive chemical agents Always arrange your cables and signal leads in a safe fashion Think prevention Never connect or disconnect signal leads during thunderstorms 1 5 1 8 General Safety Certain basic rules of safety are always to be followed even with safe devices such as CANSAS Unintended and or inappropriate usage of the device can be dangerous for the operator and or surrounding persons and in the worst case can damage the test object or CANSAS itself We strongly discourage the user from making any modifications to the measurement system whatsoever Doing so can be especially dangerous because other users may be unaware of the changes If you determine that the device cannot be operated in a non dangerous manner then the device is to be immediately taken out of operation and protected from unintentional use Taking this action is justified under any of the following conditions the device is visibly damaged loose parts can be heard within the device the device no longer functions properly the device has been stored for a long period of time under unfavorable conditions e g outdoors or high humidity environments Always wait a few seconds before turning the device back on after it has been turned off A general test of the system e g vol
318. eral page an indication of the date of last calibration appears along with an exclamation point symbol Lee al File Edit View Module Extras Help Ch ER X BIB EECH A Grouped by messages CANSAS module UNIS_870983 SR imc Devices 6 5 Typ C58008 122993 5 48 INC4 870511 0 23 UNIS 870983 Universal amp E CAN Bus inter 21 54 Messagel General version Slot Info Sensors cm Type ANSAS LINIS universal amplifiers For temperature current voltage nd bridge measurement dih Cs02_ Input channels 8 Ah Cs02_ l qf 0502 Serial number 00870983 Jh Cs02_ 2 4 Messagel Name UNIS_870983 dih Cs02_ Ah Cs02 Comment Jh Cs02_ Jh Cs02_ G No CAN B Q LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 i Special functic Z DCB8 879423 B Typ CS8008 122993 D Ready 17 10 2008 gt Module is connected Matching configuration Last Calibration 19 27 2006 Re calibration is due soon The module should be e calibrated by imc Customer Support as soon as possible Re calibration warning at the general module tab CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 198 CANSAS Users Manual Upon initiating configuration there is also an entry in the Information window CANSAS modules Configuration steps A The following CANSAS modules are being configured 4 49 INC4 870511 M Checking the configurations Connecting to the CANSAS module W Loading configura
319. erence ground must be established in the measurement chain There are various techniques as well as considerations In some arrangements grounding the sensor is preferred in others grounding the measurement system CANSAS chassis Either way ground loops must be avoided Grounding is also recommended as a way of avoiding the buildup of high or dangerous potential differences between exposed conducting parts such as the chassis and ground The board with the signal processor DSP is at internal ground potential GND This is the module s internal digital ground and is connected to the chassis as well as to the shielding of the input plug This internal electric potential must not float in relationship to the power supply or the CAN bus Rather the maximum voltage differential of 50 V to GND must not be exceeded so GND must be held at a suitable value Otherwise the module can sustain damage or malfunction A chassis connection is provided in the form of the shielding terminal CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 219 6 1 1 DC bridge readings measurement target Sensor The amperage rating of CANSAS BRIDGE2 s voltage source allows connection of 120 measurement bridges in all ranges The terminal Sense serves to compensate voltage drops along long cables which would otherwise distort the readings made It is used to close the control loop which ensures the required bridge voltage is ava
320. ertainty lt 0 25 K 200 C to 850 C four wire lt 0 05 95 measurement plus measurement value Temperature drift T_ 25 Cl P 0 01 K K AT Alesis 25 Ww a ambient temp T Sensor power supply E EX EA Value yp man Remas Input range 0 Q to 1000 Q 0 Q to 500 Q 0 Q to 250 0 09 to 1500 Parameter Isolation per IEC EN 61010 1 common mode General Pollution degree test voltage to System ground Automotive Measurement category Working voltage transients diff overvoltage impulses per ISO 7637 2 Supply network Measurement category Assessment voltage Overvoltage protection 600 V diff input voltage 1 min differential ESD 2 kV human body model Transient protection Test impulse 6 automotive load dump Ri 30 td 300 us tr 60 us ISO 7637 test impulse 6 IMR isolation mode rejection gt 105 dB 50 Hz Ranges lt 2 V R 0 01 ppm Hz lt 1 MHz 40 dB gt 1 MHz gt 700B 50 Hz Ranges gt 5 V 0 12 ppm Hz lt 1 MHz 18 dB gt 1 MHz Input coupling DC isolated from system ground configuration differential isolated housing CHASSIS function ground Input impedance 6 7 MQ Ranges lt 2 V 1 MQ Ranges gt 5 V and with device deactivaed current input 500 Input current normal 1nA under operating conditions at overload 1mA Vin gt 5 V for ranges lt 5 V or deactivated TEDS Transducer Electronic conformant to IEEE 1451 4 upon request DataSheets 00 source
321. erties dialog cannot fit completely into the window if the window becomes very small Use the menu command View Adjust to optimize the window size 3 2 4 1 Module database The display of the Module Database is accessed from the Module Database branch of the Module Tree the first branch on the tree This virtual filecard shows a readout of some of the currently open Module Database s properties including the complete filename file size and number of CANSAS modules stored CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 55 In the middle portion the database version and module types supported by CANSAS are indicated The lower portion of the card shows the date of creation the date last modified and last accessed If the application was unable to open any module database the statement unknown appears next to the Database symbol in the Tree The readout on the properties display is then empty Module Database Properties dialog CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 56 CANSAS Users Manual 3 2 4 2 CANSAS Module The CANSAS module s properties depend on the module type The following is a description of the properties common to all CANSAS modules 3 2 4 2 1 General General version Slot Info Sensors E Type ANSAS INC4 Incremental encoders Input channels 4 Serial number 000875900 Name INC4_875900 Comment Module is connected Matching c
322. es 32767 to 32767 on the CAN bus only the values 3276 to 3276 can be used for the DA converter s output after scaling This is because the range 1 V to 1 V is to be analog output And if a channel with the input range 20 V 20 V is transmitted by CAN bus the values outside of the range 10 V to 10 V are truncated For some special functions the results are re scaled because of the integer arithmetic Thus the addition of two channels scaled to 10 V results in a channel with an input range of 20 V If this result is to be analog output it is automatically re scaled to 10 V The additional functions Rectangle function Triangle and Sine are available to this module under the group heading Signal generator functions Sample application A physical input channel is to be read in from the CAN bus subjected to low pass filering and outputted at the Analog Output 1 To do this a virtual channel must first be created and positioned in a CAN message using the Drag amp Drop technique In the message mapping dialog for this virtual channel the position of the bits to be extracted in the message and the data type can be set Then the low pass filter function must be set in the function setting dialog for Analog Output 1 the virtual channel created must be set as the function s parameter channel and the other parameters must also be specified The module also can output currents in the range 0 mA to 20 mA If the module is switched
323. essage Synchronicity In synchronized mode old messages are outputted on the CAN Bus following disturbances on the bus so that they can be collected in chronologically correct order without data loss by the data acquisition device For swift response the synchronized mode should not be used if bus disturbances are to be expected Choice of CAN identifier Messages for which the user wishes to have rapid responses should have lower CAN identifiers and thus higher priority than other existing CAN messages Choice of sampling interval Observe the tables in chapter 6 and their explanations CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 185 e The specifications in the tables in chapter 6 are valid for o For SCxx modules Use the same sampling time for all channels o Only position channels with the same sampling rate in a single message Only then are the specifications in the table valid e With some module types such as SCxx modules the filters can be deactivated If the filters are deactivated the delay times are correspondingly shorter This is because the low pass filters used cause delay Only use of the filters ensures the validity of the spec sheet data concerning signal noise suppression of common mode frequencies and synchronization of sampled values If the filters are deactivated the delay time is reduced but in that case it s the user s responsibility to measure signals which are good enough
324. ev 2 Measurement Technique 205 Note In order to be able to edit the sensor spec sheet data the program imc Sensors must be installed The sensor database imc Sensors administers such information for sensors In this program it s possible to set up edit and administer entries for sensors see Sensor Database 205 5 8 2 3 Saving imported sensor information in CANSAS The sensor information once imported and linked to a channel are saved with the CANSAS configuration If the configuration is later transferred e g copied to another PC this sensor information isn t lost 5 8 2 4 Sensor Database The device software supports the export of sensor information from a sensor database and the application of this information to configure measurement channels For this purpose it s necessary to install the product imc Sensors The sensor database imc Sensors administers the sensor information Sensor entries can be created edited and administered 5 8 2 4 1 Importing sensor information from the sensor database ver CANSAS If imc Sensors is installed the sensor database can be File Edt vi Mis Ex Hel started either via the menu item Edit gt Start imc Sensors ENS won qoem due PU HES or by clicking on the corresponding button in the toolbar F Undo Ctrl Z SZ x Group Cut Ctrl a un Cop br Paste Ctrl c Launch imc Sensors w Insert Sensor Once the desired sensor has been selected the sensor in
325. evel signal 4 ua 1 Pulse per Rev V A 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Time ms 1 pulse per revolution CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 270 CANSAS Users Manual It is also possible to use an incremental counter having an additional zero output which is connected to the CANSAS IGN as the reference signal REF The zero output then indicates the crankshaft s zero Lu Incremental Encoder V te marker 0 4 gt 3 E 23 E 2 1 0 0 2 4 Time ms Incremental counter with zero output Precision CANSAS IGN captures when the signals cross defined thresholds at a resolution of fractions of microseconds From these data it is possible to calculate the ignition angle with precision of 0 1 crankshaft degree and better even at high RPMs Thus if there even is any imprecision then it is in determining the pulse times This is mostly because the pulses are not steep enough and a threshold value must be determined then the threshold selection influences the time when the pulse is detected Also the sensor equipment is subject to transit times which vary with the RPMs and cannot be corrected The sensor equipment itself has some imprecision For instance cogwheels may not be manufactured exactly VRS sensors return RPM dependent phase shifts Some of the effects can be compensated by appropriate parameterization of CANSAS IGN but some can t Snaphot Mode To parameterize CANSAS IGN appropriately a so called Snaps
326. ew database becomes the active one Note The new database is created by copying a database template The database template is called empty01 mbd and should be located in the directory TEMPLATE If there is no database template in TEMPLATE you will be prompted to correct the default directory in the dialog Set directory for data base template In this dialog the OK softkey is only accessible once the template has been located in the directory selected 3 4 1 2 File Open Purpose Opening a module database Shortcuts Toolbar Keyboard CTRL O Remarks This command lets you open another module database The standard Windows dialog box Open Database lets you select an already existing database Module databases always take the extension mdb Once a database is opened the previously open database is closed The database s contents are read in and displayed 3 4 4 3 File Save Purpose Saves the current settings in the module database Shortcuts Toolbar Keyboard CTRL S Remarks This command saves all changes to the database Saving is also performed automatically before another database is opened and before closing of the program In these cases the user is prompted for confirmation of saving 3 4 1 4 File Save as Purpose Saves all settings to a different module database Remarks A special dialog entitled Save as appears which allows the user to enter a name for the database CANSAS Users Manual Manu
327. expanded by one branching level numeric keypad The selected node is collapsed numeric keypad The selected node is expanded through all branching levels rightarrow The selected node is expanded by one branching level ett anon The selected node is collapsed Selecting entries One or multiple entries in the Module Tree can be selected at the same time The properties of the selected entries are indicated in the right segment of the main window Clicking the mouse on an entry selects the entry Clicking over an entry while holding lt Shift gt selects all entries in a row from the last selected to the present one Clicking over an entry while holding lt Ctrl gt adds it to the group of selected entries regardless of its location in the tree or if it is already selected removes it from the group CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 71 The following actions can be initiated from the keyboard Combination of keys Post Selects the Database root icon End ___ Selecisthelastentyinthe Tree Uparrow Selecisthenextenty above CS Pgup Thetopmostvsibleenryisseleded Shift PgDown Multiple selection all entries from the last selection to the bottom most visible entry Changing names The Tree lets you edit the entry names The following entry types names can be edited e CANSAS module If an already selected entry is clicked over a small input box appears for e CAN mess
328. f Measure dialog Measure Ker Module Module e NC4 Select all Ctrl 4 MAA TIT Manual resetting of summation by means of Measure dialog Resetting the summation by means of a CAN bus message CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 169 ex CANSAS EEk Edit view Module Extras Help Grouped by messages Special functions testo mdb EE G p B1 3 Heartbeat Synchronization Resetting E y T12 5 49 u Ut 1 Geseit CIN esettin amp 4 HTHUB4_5 a 9 INC4 124648 db Incremental encoder EE CAN Bus interface v Allow resetting via CAN bus D Message105 z S No CAN Bus message Balancing or shunt calibration O LEDI can be activated via CAN bus Identifier for resetting 5nn 9 LED message E Special functions Message mapping 1 Byte Bit O 1 gt resetting channel 1 01 Hex Bit 1 2 1 gt resetting channel 2 02 Hex Bit 2 1 gt resetting channel 3 04 Hex Bit 3 2 1 gt resettina channel 4 08 Hex 09 10 2007 18 46 55 INC Special functions Resetting of summation This dialog enables resetting of the summations of individual incremental counter channels The message identifier is set for all channels jointly The respective channel is determined on the basis of the bit in the sent message s data byte Example Identifier for reset message 200 Channel 2 is to be reset 1 Create the message to be sent
329. f the input signal with Bessel characteristics Default setting 3rd order Cutoff frequency 1 6 of the output frequency 1 7 at 0 5 ms output rate At output intervals gt 2s an averaging filter is automatically used CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 362 CANSAS Users Manual Expert Settings When Expert Settings is activated the order and cutoff frequency can be configured The Expert Settings are only available for the filter tyoes Butterworth and Bessel Filter Butterworth x Expert settings Order 4 v Cutoff frequency 500 Hz p CANSAS V1 Expert Settings Filter Bessel Butterworth Note e Please note the hint concerning double values with CANSAS modules and imcDevices Studio 39 6 19 6 u CANSAS V1 connector CAN Bus connector see here 437 Cables see here 435 Sensor connector with Phoenix see here 459 Sensor connector with Autosport AS plug see here 4 amp 2 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 363 6 20 p CANSAS T1 1 channel temperature measurement amplifier Value yp ma Remaks 1 channel on 8 pin Phoenix MPTO0 5 8 Thermocouple measurement R S B J T E K N Technical data u CANSAS T1 425 p CANSAS T1 is a 1 channel differential measurement amplifier with 24 bit A D conversion for temperature measurements The conditioned and digitalized signal from analog sensors can be outputt
330. f two input channels with substantially differing scaling are combined in an operation the discrepancy can become large indeed There are limits on the processing power In particular CANSAS modules supporting high sampling rates e g 10 kHz sampling rate for the digital data acquisition module DI16 will tend to exhaust the available processing resources when performing complex data processing at the highest possible sampling rate However by using data reduction resampling and thus reduction of the data rate even processing which is very taxing for such modules for instance filtering can be carried out at a slower sampling rate By contrast CANSAS modules supporting only relatively slow sampling rates for instance the differential amplifier module C12 with a 500 Hz sampling rate can indeed perform An order high pass filtering on all input channels at the top sampling rate The number of virtual channels available is limited to a total of 100 The available channels depend on the module because a certain number of virtual channels are already used internally For example to calculate the temperature of a thermocouple the cold junction compensation has to be calculated Therefore an internal channel has to be used which is not visible to the user If one module has both messages configured with slow data rates and with high rates it may occur that the rapid messages are delayed in being transmitted This happens whenever several message
331. facturer model and serial number Also data for scaling such as sensitivity and physical and electrical value range And finally it also contains data on the sensor s power supply and calibration Sensor recognition for example in UNI8 proceeds according to the following pattern 1 Before connecting sensors to the module you must guard against any danger For this purpose you must keep in mind that UNI8 is an all purpose module with built in sensor feed If this internal voltage source supplies 24 V for instance because a sensor needing this voltage either is or was connected no sensor may be connected which can take for example only 5 V The module must first be put in a neutral state To do this use the menu item Module Sensors Prepare plugin Then the UNI8 can be configured for a sensor feed of 5 V Connect the sensors to UNI8 The UNI8 should not be activated at the time But note any peculiarities of the sensor used Many sensors may actually be connected while the power supply for UNI8 is on this is a so called hot plug procedure At this point the UNI8 if activated is not yet correctly configured Now it is possible to read out the Eprom chip s sensor information To do this go to the tree diagram on the left hand side of the user interface and there select the entry of the module whose connected sensors are to be read in Then select the menu item Module Sensors Read identifier data Alternatively the corres
332. ferent from that of the device itself But the maximum H gt allowed common mode voltage must not be exceeded Important In this case the negative signal input in B may Sense not be connected with the device ground VB D Connecting Els them would cause a ground loop through which interference could be coupled in In this case a genuine differential but not isolated measurement is carried out 6 18 1 2 Voltage source without ground reference The voltage source itself is not referenced to the amplifier ground lt WB _ gt but is instead isolated from it In this case a ground reference c 3 must be established One way to do this is to ground the voltage source itself Then it is possible to proceed as for Voltage source with ground reference s35 Here too the measurement is differential It is also possible to make a connection between the negative signal input and the device ground in other words to connect in B and VB D Example An ungrounded voltage source is measured for instance a battery whose contacts have no connection to ground The device module is grounded ER amp sense Fle Important If in B and VB D are connected care must be ME taken that the potential difference between the signal source and G 7 the device doesn t cause a significant compensation current If the source s potential can t be adjusted because it has a fixed overlooked reference there is a danger of damag
333. for the technical datasheets of the modules updated 10 V to 50 V except from BRIDGE2 CANSER C12 and ISO8 Consistent with General technical specs 380 Power supply 10 V to 50 V DC modules build before April 2011 9 V to 32 V see specification label 9 1 1 Spec sheet history CANSAS module z Veson Dae Veson Date LN Y 14 2590201 Pe JL 15 25032009 13 90110200 e L Note The version number of the technical data has been set back due to a system change For this reason the version number must be stated in conjunction with the release date 9 2 Error remedies in version 1 7 Rev 1 Alteration CANSAS L CI8 V SUPPLY Pin configuration rectified 9 3 Error remedies in version 1 7 Alteration CANSAS DO8R 16R The recommended plug is CAN DSUB STD RELAIS bevor it was ACC DSUB REL4 with swapped ON OFF pins The previous described plug CAN DSUB DOR has been removed CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Last changes 465 9 3 1 Spec sheet history currently released Module CANSAS x Version Date Version Date DO8R DO16R se 10 02 2011 14 07 2010 IGN moz 9 4 Error remedies in version 1 6 Rev10 Alteration Module supply Power supply 10 V to 50 V DC modules build before 2010 9 V to 32 V 9 4 1 Spec sheet history No changes 9 5 Error remedies in version 1 6 Rev 9 Alteration SUPPLY Sensor supply
334. form of a 16 bit integer from the CAN bus This quantity cannot be output in digital form but it can be subjected to calculation For instance a value can be compared with a limit The result of the comparison is a digital value 0 or 1 which can be output in digital form The illustration below shows as an example how the dialog for making CAN bus settings Note that a virtual channel was created and was placed in the message This virtual channel is called IsGreater It doesn t CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 177 reflect the result of a calculation but simply assumes values read out of the CAN bus This value can be used by other calculational functions Therefore the virtual channel could just as well be named Channel with data from the CAN bus TEDS in Mikrofon Standard Sensor TEDS im Beschleunigungssensor In this example a 16 bit input quantity scaled to take values from O V to 10 V is read into the CAN bus The unit indicated is permanently set as V but the system doesn t take it into account Therefore it wouldn t matter if an RPM value were read in which is scaled from 0 to 6000RPM and not 6000 V The value which is valid when the unit is activated the Power up value is set to 0 V This means that the virtual channel carries the value O V as long as no CAN bus message arrives While this is the case the system calculates with the value O V and sets the digital value whi
335. form the command Module Configure in preparation Column listing all CANSAS modules to measure The displayed measurement values are constantly updated The measuring process can be ended by selecting the menu item Close If the system running a measurement includes BRIDGE2 modules the commands under the menu Bridge amplifier are enabled The command Perform balance causes all BRIDGE2 modules bridges to be balanced automatically The command Trigger shunt calibration causes the bridges of the BRIDGE2 modules to be shunted The bridges are thus trimmed in a defined way for a certain time The command is useful for performing a function check The Output modules menu plays a role in DO and DAC8 modules With these modules the entry in the column Measurement output value can be edited Pressing the Enter key switches to edit mode The output value can be edited Pressing the Enter key then confirms the new value and applies it in the module The Esc key can be used to abort the new entry CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 89 3 4 4 6 Module Two point Scaling Purpose Two point scaliing Faite PeGuUatem COUN ie 3t dusted Scaling is defined by measuring two signal levels The user gives the unit and the expected set point The two points will be measured in succession and entered with the buttons Measured Point 1 and Measured 2l In the Assistant mode Offset only the sca
336. formation can be applied to the desired channel by means of Drag amp Drop CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 206 CANSAS Users Manual SensorDatabase mdb imc Sensors gM Alle Sensoren a PT100 RTD d Verst rker 2 o w G3 Thermocouple PE Beeman Dier e mi i Es Triaxial M BRK up IEFE ICP accelerometer A piezoelektrisch IS BRK pes4 Piezoelecticsensor m B ckensensor le as Microphone reo yeux mm CP acorns Bruel amp Kjaer 2 0 VDT ER Bruel amp Kjaer 33 Jo Sensor with voltage output 10 Endevco Cor 86 D IEPE ICP accelerometer M Endevco Cor 7257 D _ IEPE ICP accelerometer O Mikrophon B8B A R Encoder impulse frequency s d Spannungsausga FIE NU MAT Vbi KEES Alternatively the CANSAS menu item Edit Insert sensor can be used Therefore imc Sensor has to be started and a sensor is selected x Read characteristic values Mp Now reading sensor data for the following CANSAS modules B UNIS 875571 E A Channel 4 Made appropriately B Ce Sensor supply 3 5V retained CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 207 The sensor information is only applied if the channel supports the corresponding properties Otherwise an error message is posted x CANSAS modules Working steps A Now reading sensor data for the following CANSAS modules UNI 875571 72
337. frequency can be configured Filter Butterworth ZS Expert settings Order 4 v Cutoff frequency 500 Hz Order lower cut off frequency upper cut off frequency Bessel 1 0 001 Hz 251Hz 0 004 Hz 251Hz 0 005 Hz 221 Hz CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 247 6 5 8 Connector plugs Cl8 For the pin assignment of the DSUB 15 plugs see here 445 6 5 8 1 SL Variety LEMO see pin configuration of LEMO terminals 4 amp 5 6 6 DAC8 analog outputs 8 analog outputs a females outputs configuration possibilities n source each channel SW configurable current source Technical data DAC 392 6 6 1 General notes DACH The CANSAS DAC 8 module has 8 digital analog converters DAC D A converters This type of module s outputs can be configured as either voltage or current sources individual for every channel The voltage range is from 10 V to 10 V at a resolution of 16 bits The current supply works in the range from 0 to 20 mA and has 15 bit resolution The outputs refresh frequency is 10 kHz The output signal can be governed either by CAN message or by internal logic The outputs status upon power up is defined The 8 outputs have a common ground Thus they are not mutually isolated but they are isolated from the voltage supply and the CAN bus 6 6 2 Analog portion In the DAC8 module the D A converter outputs are not directly connected to the termi
338. ftkey and release the mouse button If an incorrect input is made a corresponding error message will appear in the status bar The right side of the status bar displays the current time and date CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 70 CANSAS Users Manual 3 3 Working with the Module Tree The modules loaded from a database are displayed in the form of a directory tree Each entry in the tree is accompanied by an icon which indicates the entry s type The individual entries are attached to the tree by branch lines In front of the icons there are little softkeys containing either a plus sign or minus sign which serve to let you expand or compact a branch Grouped by channels Module Tree title bar D I Imcan mdb CAN_ 998344 49 CAN_998345 4489 CAN_998346 C CAN Bus interface Icon for entry type EX MessageD1 54 MessageD2 gt Isolated amplifiers dh Channel01 dh Channel02 dih Channel03 dh Channel04 dih Channel05 dih Channel Hierarchy display switch Module Tree entries Expanding and compacting entries Entries which have subordinate entries can be expanded or compacted The presence of subordinate entries is indicated by the little boxes with either plus or minus signs A mouse click on such a box either expands the branch concerned or collapses it double clicking has the same effect The following actions can be initiated from the keyboard ey ction O numeric keypad The selected node is
339. g General Transmission type Messa This determines when messages Name are transmitted Comment Periodic At the rate set for the S assigned channel In case of data change The message is sent only if at least Message identifier 100 one value of the assigned channel s signal has changed Data bytes 0 8 2 Bytes since the last transmission Transmission type Periodic bd Periodic _ In case of data change In case of data change and at the latest after When in Grouped by message view channels can be assigned to the message via Drag amp Drop In case of data change or at the latest after The message is sent only if at least one value of the assigned channel s signal has changed since the last transmission or if a specified time interval elapses since the last transmission Card Message Mapping Different bits can be joined together into bit groups The default entry Automatic means either no bit group membership or the first element of a group If extensions elements are selected for subsequent bits they belong to this group In imcDevices these grouped bits no longer appear as binary states but as unsigned integers Note e The DI16 module is not equipped to evaluate pulse sequences from incremental encoders or to conduct precise time or frequency measurements Due to its discrete pulse rate of 0 1 ms the resolution is limited For the tasks mentioned the INC4 module is the suitable choice
340. g CANSAS iii dai 23 AS O dE 23 1 5 1 5 After UNA ii SEENEN 24 E AELTER U e ad to Dl e da od aed ett corte coto dd 24 AA AS ee a ee C EDO HE DT ERE 24 ERE A sae RU te Rete RR 24 1 5 1 9 Maintenance and ServiCB oooconconccccconnnncnnnoconnnnnnnnnnnrnnnn non n none nn nennen nitri nnstn ennt trennen tnnt n nnne 25 1 5 1 10 Gleahirig WEE 25 1 5 1 4 1 Troubleshooting eege 2 tr Ai 25 1 6 Hardware requirements esee seen eene nennen rr 26 1 7 Software requirements eeeesiieeeeeeeeeeeeeeen nennt nennen anna natn nanne ennn sta ennnen annn 26 Startup 2 1 CD ContentS Se 27 PA EE B MH 27 2 1 2 Driver software for the PC CAN Bus interface eo 27 PAPA En EE A T A E 27 2 2 1 IXXAT interface cards EE 28 2 2 2 dSPACE interface cards 28 2 2 3 KVASER interface cards 28 2 2 4 Vector interface Tt EE 28 2 3 imc interface adapter EE 29 2 3 1 Installation of the imc CAN USB Adapter esses eene enne ntnnnnnn nnn nn nn nnns nnn nnne 29 2 3 2 Firmware of the imc CAN USB Adapter 30 2 4 CANSAS software installation cecus KEREN seen ne nennen nnn annnm nnn tenuia 31 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH W Ree E EE 2 5 1 CAN connection for tlie PO cantan diria ironia EeEgE EENS EES SEN 2 5 2 CAN connection to CAN
341. g the following operating modes 1 Target Sensor 1 Target Strain gauge e Full bridge e Full bridge with 4 active strain gauges in uniaxial direction e Half bridge e Full bridge with Poisson strain gauge in adjacent bridge arms e Quarter bridge 120Q e Full bridge with Poisson strain gauge in opposing bridge arms e Half bridge with one active and one passive strain gauge e Half bridge with 2 active strain gauges in uniaxial direction e Poisson half bridge e Quarter bridge with 1200 strain gauge Note The following discussion whenever it is in reference to terminal connections circuitry etc pertains only to the CANSAS BRIDGE2 module and only the most general remarks on bridge measurement are applicable for bridge measurement systems besides UNI8 and DCB8 Such generalized topics include instrument sensitivity and strain gauge properties 5 1 2 Bridge measurements with wire strain gauges WSGs When connecting observe the notes contained in the sections headed by Block diagram and DC Bridge measurement measurement target Sensor In the context of bridge amplifiers strain analysis plays a major role The configuration of a CANSAS BRIDGE2 bridge module takes full account of this fact Strain in this sense refers to the ratio of a body s original length to the change in length due to a force exerted upon it e L By selecting Strain gauge as the measurement target on the virtual index card Inputs common bridge
342. g the operating software Frequency response The sensors natural frequency is higher than the maximum measurable frequency of 500 Hz However the frequency response of the signal connected to the CAN bus is not only determined by the sensor s frequency response but also by the anti aliasing filter in the pressure module s electrical portion Motion If the module is moved the forces acting on it e g inertia operating on the medium to measure or the membrane itself can cause measurement distortion Not that the pressure module responds sensitively to pressure on the membrane but that these forces can be caused by pressure in the medium Drift Highly sensitive pressure sensors come with a certain amount of drift This means that the error in the measurement value is not constant but time dependent Of course the error remains below the limit stated in the spec sheet The drift usually takes the form of a creeping change in the offset Therefore in measurements of relative pressure the offset should be tared to zero every once in a while This can be done with the help of the operating software Air bubbles Pockets of air must be avoided especially with fluid media Elevation differences If there is a difference in elevation between the sensor and the measurement site the pressure differential affects the measurement This must be taken account of especially with fluids and can be compensated by subtraction Leaks Only the precise coup
343. ge Connection terminals 8x round plugs ITT VEAM Inputs CANSAS K UNI8 and L UNI8 CAN UNIST 7 3 or 3 mm core CAN UNIST 7 6 6 mm core or 4x DSUB 15 ACC DSUB UNI2 2x DSUB 9 CAN in out supply alternatively PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 power supply Connection terminals for SL inputs 4 plug DSUB 15 ACC DSUB B2 IP65 2 channels per plug only with CANSAS SL UNI8 D CAN in out 2x DSUB 9 power supply alternatively inputs 8x 7 pin LEMO HGG 1B 307 only with CANSAS SL UNI8 L CAN in out 2x 10 pin LEMO HGA 1B 310 power supply alternatively DC power supply 1x 6 pin LEMO HGA 1B 306 for all SL models Sampling ranan e OO S Resolution 16 bit Ps 0 Hz to 200 Hz 3 dB Filter OFF Bandwidth 3 0 Hz to 190 Hz 3 dB with AAF filter Voltage measurement Value typ max Voltage input ranges 60 V 20 V 10V 5V 2V 1 V 5m V Input configuration DC differential Overvoltage protection oo oaov permanent channel to chassis Input impedance differential gt 10V lt 10 V CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 419 Voltage measurement Parameter Value yp ma Remarks Offset of range in ranges 0 02 gt 50 mV 60 UV K AT 100 pV K AT 0 06 uV K AT 0 3 pV K AT AT T 25 C ambient temp T Common mode rejection common mode test voltage ranges 60V 20V gt 46 dB 50 V 10V 50mV gt 84 dB 10V 20mV 5mV
344. ge of all the entries selected for shifting appears The cursor gives an indication of whether a dropping destination is permitted Select the dropping destination The dragged selections are inserted into the position following the selected dropping destination If the left mouse button is released on an allowed destination the shifted entries will land there Otherwise nothing happens The Drag amp Drop operation can be aborted by pressing lt Esc gt Obtaining information on the modules When the mouse pointer is over the entry for a module a help window appears in which the module type and serial number is indicated Context menu Right clicking in the Module Tree opens a context menu which offers the most commonly used functions By right clicking on the Tree s title bar a context menu appears for toggling between Grouped by channels and Grouped by messages CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 73 3 4 Menu functions 3 4 1 Files 3 4 4 1 File New Purpose Creates a new module database in CANSAS Shortcuts Toolbar Keyboard CTRL N Remarks Use this command to create a new empty module database The dialog Save new database as appears In this standard Windows dialog you specify the database s name and the directory it belongs to The file always takes the extension mdb Once the command Save is activated the database has been established The previously open database is closed and the n
345. ge supply E STEI fa 5V 30V 0ND 1 4 Y A CHASSIS Outputs configured as Open drain with internal voltage supply CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 317 PVVM8 Module Open Drain internal voltage supply 4 channels one group vec 1 4 TTT HEET EE A load PWM 4 0D p nnn en nn nnn nn nn nnn E A EE EE PWM_1 0D 60V EE HE Outputs configured as TTL PWMS Module TTL Output 4 channels one group vec_t_4q y EAN 60V SUPPLY CHASSIS CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 318 CANSAS Users Manual 6 17 SC16 SCI8 SCI16 voltage current and temp modes 8 16 differential analog inputs Value yp max Remarks sd Channels CANSAS SC16 4 channel groups on 4 x SCI16 DSUB 15 CANSAS SCI8 4 channel groups on 2 x DSUB 15 Measurement mode DSUB voltage lt 60 V standard plug ACC DSUB ee SCI voltage 10 V U4 voltage lt 60 V standard plug ACC DSUB CANSAS SC 16 U4 divider plug ACC DSUB UD4 thermocouple RTD Pt100 CANSAS SCI 8 SC current 0 16 thermo plug ACC DSUB T4 shunt plug ACC DSUB 14 Measurement mode voltage lt 10 V ACC DSUB U4 IP65 SL DSUB CANSAS SL SC16 D Measurement mode voltage lt 10 V SL LEMO RTD Pt100 CANSAS SL SC I 16 current L
346. ger input channel Integer or Digital 2nd parameteris a numerical value 4 10 2 Subtraction 1st parameter Channel from whose sample values the values in the 2nd parameterare subtracted 2nd parameter Channel whose sample values are subtracted from the corresponding sample value in the 1st parameter or numerical value subtracted from each sample in the 1st parameter Result channel Channel containing the difference of the 1st and 2nd parameters Description The basic addition operation is carried out The algorithm can be represented thus y k u k v k or y k u k c where k is a serial index c a constant numerical value u and v are parameter channels and y the result channel Notes lf two channels are added they must share the same sampling rate If the 2nd parameteris a numerical value it must have the same physical unit as the 1st parameter Data types 1st tst input channel channel 2nd 2nd parameter Result channel channel SS or Digital a or Digital o PEE 2nd parameteris an input channel Integer or Digital 2nd parameteris a numerical value CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 126 CANSAS Users Manual 4 10 3 Negative sign Input channel Channel whose values signs are to be reversed Result channel Input channel values with inverted sign Description The signs of the input channel s samples are reversed Positive numbers become negative and vice versa t
347. gin GS imcDev 071 Read characteristic values From sensor Eprom Calculate Bus load SR Comparing characteristic values from sensor Eprom Name CI8 879532 L Prepare plugin Purpose This is used to set the selected module s sensor supply voltage to 5 V Perform this function prior to connecting sensors in order to avoid possible damage to the sensors due to overvoltage Read characteristic values from sensor Eprom Purpose Prepare and read sensor identification Shortcut Toolbar A Comparing characteristic values from sensor Eprom Purpose This indicates whether the sensors connected match those belonging to the modules current configuration 3 4 4 8 Module Calculate Bus load This command can be used to compute the aggregate load of all modules selected CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 92 CANSAS Users Manual 3 4 5 Extra 3 4 5 1 Extras Interface Purpose Sets up an interface for communication via CAN Bus between the PC and CANSAS modules Prerequisites An interface supported by this program must previously have been correctly installed as hardware using the corresponding board drivers For this purpose follow the instructions which come with the board This product version supports various interface boards from the companies IXXAT Vector and imc e From IXXAT iPC I 320 ISA plug in board iPC I 320 PCI PCI plug in board and tinCAN PC Ca
348. gt 100 dB 10 V Noise 0 4 UN bandwidth 0 1 Hz to 220Hz RTI 14 nV NHz Current measurement Input ranges shunt 50 mA 20 mA 10 mA 1 mA 120 O internally or 50 Q shunt in terminal plug Over load protection 39m permanent Input configuration single ended 1200 interner B rdenwiderstand differential 500 im Stecker Gain uncertainty 0 02 0 0696 of reading 0 196 plus uncertainty of 50Q shunt 20 ppm K AT 95 ppm K AT AT IT 25 C ambient temp T Ofset uncertain 002 20 05 0 05 nA KAT 0 5nA K AT AT T 25 C ambient temp T Bridge measurement Parameter Value typ max Remarks o Bridge measurement modes full bridge half bridge 2 5V and 5V bridge excitation voltage only quarter bridge Input ranges 1000 mV V 500 mV V 200 mV V 100 mV V bridge excitation voltage 10 V 0 5 mV V bridge excitation voltage 5 V 31 mV V bridge excitation voltage 2 5 V z2mV V Input impedance differential full bridge Gain uncertainty 0 02 0 05 Drift 20 ppm K AT 80 ppm K AT T 25 C ambient temp T E i S T as a a Offset uncertainty 0 01 lt 0 02 of input range after automatic bridge balancing Drift 16 nV V K AT 0 2 uV V K AT AT T 25 C ambient temp T Bridge excitation voltage 0 5 96 Not for quarter bridge measurement 5V Cable impedance for bridges lt 8 Q 10 V bridge voltage 120 Q without return line lt 160 5 V bridge voltage 120 Q
349. h each other they must share the same sampling rate If the 2nd parameter is a number it must be specified in the same physical units as the 1st parameter CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 142 CANSAS Users Manual Data types 1st Input channel 2nd parameter data type Result channel Digital Integer 2nd parameter is input channel Digital Digital 2nd parameter is input channel Digital Integer or Digital 2nd parameter is a number 4 10 37 Logical AND 1st input channel Channel whose sample values are conjunctioned with the respective value from the 2nd parameter 2nd input channel Channel whose sample values are conjunctioned with the respective value from the 1st parameter Result channel Digital channel containing the conjunction results Description Logical conjunction of the two input channels If the corresponding sample values from the two channels are both nonzero the return value is 1 otherwise the return value is 0 Therefore the following condition must be fulfilled so that the return value is 1 u k 0 and v k 0 where k is a serial index and v are the two input channels Notes Both channels must share the same sampling rate Data types 1st input channel 2nd input channel Result channel Integer or Digital Integer or Digital Digital 4 10 38 Logical NOT Input channel The data to be negated Result channel Digital channel containing the results Description The input channel is
350. h the module with this new Baud rate If you use a CAN Bus with multiple subscribers they must all always have the same Baud rate If even one subscriber has a different Baud rate the CAN Bus no longer works The CAN controllers detect bus errors and deactivate automatically the CAN Bus is designed to do so If you wish to change the Baud rate for the entire CAN Bus this must be done for all subscribers at the same time If you use the CAN Bus just with the PC and otherwise only CANSAS modules the Baud rate can be changed for all subscribers at once First set the new Baud rate for all modules in the user interface The select all modules in the tree on the left side of the user interface Then select the menu item Modules Configure The software recognizes that the Baud rate is to be changed notifies all modules of the new Baud rate and has them all reboot at the same time They all then boot up with the new Baud rate The technique described above only works if all the modules already had a common Baud rate so that it was even possible to address them all via the CAN Bus This technique is only available from the firmware for the software version V1 3Rev 11 onwards If this isn t present first configure the modules without changing the Baud rate in order to update the firmware If you use other devices with your CAN Bus besides CANSAS modules changing the Baud rate is more difficult since these devices don t respond to the CANSAS soft
351. hannels Configurable by means of optional configuration software Synchronized sampling of all measurement channels Automatic activation upon application of supply voltage 16 bit resolution Number of virtual channels lt 100 Depending on the module a certain number of virtual channels are already used internally Those channels reduce the number of available virtual channels Operating temperature 30 C to 85 C condensation allowed unless otherwise indicated Shock resistance MIL STD810F without connector pods Isolation strength to power supply and CAN bus 50 V unless otherwise indicated Protection class IP65 TEDS base isolation Power supply 10 V to 50 V DC power consumption 4W unless otherwise indicated Unless otherwise indicated the technical specs given are valid for the following ambient conditions temperature 23 C air pressure 1013 mbar relative humidity 40 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 382 CANSAS Users Manual CANSAS modules and p CANSAS HUB4 general technical data Integrated signal processor for online data compression filtering statistics and generation of virtual channels Configurable by means of optional configuration software Synchronized sampling of all measurement channels Automatic activation upon application of supply voltage 16 bit resolution Operating temperature 40 C to 120 C Relative humidity 95 condensation allowed unless otherwise indicated
352. he Baud rate Master Slave ID and module ID numbers are to be updated in other words to be overwritten CANSAS 2 module of the same type and having the same ID already exists in the data base Update module in the data base Module channel and message settings remain unchanged If a CANSAS module of the same serial number but a different type is already registered in the database the system asks whether the module is to be completely overwritten including the channel and message settings Al When using the on line option for integrating a module this can never occur since the serial number is unique and the serial number and module type are entered automatically Only in the off line option can this case arise When multiple modules are integrated the following overview is displayed Integrating Assistant X The following modules were detected at the computer s CAN Interface If applicable change name by clicking and or Enter button and then select modules Click on Next to set up selected modules Select all modules you wish to enter into the database Then press More Note If a new update of the software is used and the modules still have the firmware for Software Version 1 2 a search for all modules on the bus will not work In that case simply load your existing database and reconfigure the modules In this process the firmware is updated CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2
353. he CAN Bus wiring Simple inspection of the line termination As an example in order to be able to perform measurements using the CAN Bus on board a vehicle you must obtain access to the potential divider To test the CAN Bus resistors between CAN Low and CAN High the resistance measurement should generally be carried out so that the object under test must not be under current during the measurement The two termination resistors are connected in parallel and together form an equivalent resistance of 60 Ohms Bus Reflections Ze 08 08 O 02 02 24 04 4 1 15 16 22 22 la 28 SR 34 ae ta A t t Reflections at line branches can be minimized by keeping the branches as short as possible By terminating lines at either end the best possible combination of transfer rate and bus line length can be achieved CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 42 CANSAS Users Manual DC voltage measurement with high speed CAN Bus A good multimeter can usually measure the recessive CAN Bus level measured to ground The two CAN Bus levels are approximately equal For the CAN Bus levels CAN H and CAN L each measured to ground the following approximations apply For CAN H recessive approx 2 4 Volt For CAN L recessive approx 2 6 Volt DC voltage measurement with low speed CAN Bus In contrast to high speed bus coupling the low speed bus coupling can also be run in single wire mode Practical notes on
354. he Eprom of a connected sensor which is checked and not really the sensor itself If the Eprom is the same as when configuration was performed download or configuration then it is assumed that the correct sensors are connected The LED displays the appropriate blink code in default configuration If the Eproms don t match up a different blink code is displayed CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 110 CANSAS Users Manual 3 5 8 Guarding Guarding is in CANSAS the reverse of heartbeats This functionality is available only to the CANSAS output modules such as DACH a Master such as a process monitoring or automation system sends a cyclical message via the CAN Bus The CANSAS module monitors this signal If the message fails the CANSAS unit goes into a defined rest state e g zero Volts at the output This functionality is useful for securing operation of an installation where disturbance of the CAN transmission or outage of the guidance system must be expected It is recommended to have the guarding message emitted at a rate of 1s for example Then in CANSAS a monitoring interval time out of twice that length is set If the guarding message fails for longer than that in our example for 2 seconds so that CANSAS misses the message for that time then all of the module s inputs go into a pre determined rest state The guarding message is set in the user interface by selecting the entry Special functions in the tree at the lef
355. he absolute values remain unchanged Data types 4 10 4 Multiplication 1st parameter Channel whose sample values are multiplied with the 2nd parameter 2nd parameter Channel whose sample values are multiplied with the corresponding sample value from the 1st parameter or numerical value multiplied with each sample in the 1st parameter Result channel Channel containing the product of the 1st and 2nd parameters Description The basic multiplication operation is carried out The algorithm can be represented thus y k u k v k or y k u k c where k is a serial index c a constant numerical value u and v are parameter channels and y the result channel Notes H two channels are multiplied they must share the same sampling rate Data types 1st input channel 2nd parameter Result channel Integer or Digital Integer or Digital 2nd parameteris an input channel Integer or Digital 2nd parameteris a numerical value 4 10 5 Division Input channel Channel whose sample values are to be divided by a number Numerical value by which the sample values of the 1st parameter are to be divided Channel whose values are all divided by the number specified Description The basic arithmetical operation Division is performed The function follows the formula y k u k c cz0 where k is the serial index c a numerical constant u is the input channel and y the result channel Notes The numerical valu
356. he modules are not synchronized to each other unless special steps are taken If an application requires synchronized capture on more than 8 channels the Synchronization feature can be used In CANSAS synchronization can be achieved in a variety of ways e CAN 1 Protocol A CAN Bus message is used for the synchronization This message is sent at a 1s pulse rate by a CANSAS module acting as the Master Other CANSAS modules acting as slaves receive this message and synchronize themselves to it The message is formatted according to the CAN 1 protocol In case devices as busDAQ and imc CRONOS PL are used as CAN logger they should be set as CAN 1 Masters This is the recommended option whenever these devices also capture the measured data The condition for being able to perform synchronization via the CAN Bus is that all the devices both the master and all slaves are connected to the same CAN Bus line and no gateway or router may be connected between them In the CAN 1 protocol special care is taken to provide high time precision Note If the CANSAS modules are configured by an imc device CAN interface through imcDevices software only the imc device is allowed to be set as CAN 1 master e TTL square 1s A line is laid between the CANSAS modules on which communication by TTL level takes place One of the CANSAS modules is declared the Master and generates a 1 Hz square wave signal Other CANSAS modules are declared slaves They respond to t
357. he off line case a selection must be made in the combo box Serial number The CANSAS module s unique serial number set at production When using the on line option for integrating a module this setting is handled automatically and cannot be changed In the off line case any number from 1 to 999999999 can be freely selected If you are making settings for an actual module manually however the true serial number must be used CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 84 CANSAS Users Manual Name A unique name by which the CANSAS module is designated in the database When using the on line option for integrating a module a default name which is derived from the serial number is offered However if the serial number in question is already registered in the database the module name noted there is offered as the default Specifying and changing the name is permitted as long as the name is unique within the database Next Completes the module integration process The data for the module are incorporated into the database If the data do not conform to accepted limitations an error message will appear and signal a return to the previous dialog Otherwise the settings must be confirmed by pressing the softkey Finish Once this is done the module is integrated and can be configured using the software If a CANSAS module of the same type and serial number is already registered in the database the system asks whether t
358. he offset signal Result channel Sawtooth signal CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels Description Generates a sawtooth signal The data rate of the return values is given by the clock pulse specified The signal s values are arranged in groups of consecutive values each group s amount of values is given by Number of points and each group s first value is the value given for Start The subsequent values in each group are the sum of the respective last return value and the Increment value specified Notes Start value and Increment must be specified in terms of the input channel s physical units Data types Result channel Integer 4 10 55 Schmitt Trigger Description A Schmitt trigger with an upper and a lower threshold The function generates ideal square pulses The only two possible return values are 0 and 1 The function can be used to reconstruct noisy signals for the purpose of subsequent processing eliminating the noise However the shape of the original signal is also lost The greater the distance between the two threshold values the less susceptible the Schmitt trigger is to noise The function uses the following algorithm For a non negative scaling factor the first return value is 1 otherwise 0 If the last return value was O0 the new return value is 1 if the signal s sample value exceeds the upper threshold otherwise it is 0 If the last return value was 1 the new ret
359. he power supply and then reconnected to it 5 5 1 3 Synchronization If a module is configured as the Master for synchronization purposes then following successful configuration is alternates blinking in yellow and red blink code wait for other module until it is connected with another module via the CAN Bus For this it doesn t matter whether or not the other module is set to the corresponding Slave mode Once the connection has been securely set up the module blinks normally again in green If there is no connection to any other module within 5 10 seconds then a blinking code consisting of a mix between the code for normal operation and the code for Wait for other module namely alternating green yellow and red is emitted The device is then in an undefined state CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 189 If a module is configured as the Slave for synchronization purposes then following successful configuration is alternates blinking in yellow and red blink code wait for other module until it is connected with another module via the CAN Bus Toward this end the other module must be set to the corresponding Master mode in order to be able to provide the necessary synchronization signal Once connection to an appropriately configured module has been achieved the module resumes the normal green blinking pattern If a module configured as a slave is to be disconnected from the
360. he sensor is broken unless such temperatures could really occur at the measurement site The bottom of the input range will be displayed e if at least one of the thermocouple s two lines breaks e if a channel is parameterized for Thermocouple and measurement starts without any thermocouple being connected e if the cold junction compensation is missing e For PT100 in case of a short circuit For PT100 note that in a 4 wire measurement a large variety of combinations of broken and shorted leads are possible Many of these combinations especially ones with a broken Sense lead will not return the default value stated CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 323 6 17 3 5 Deactivate probe breakage recognition In case the temperature measurement is checked by a controlled calibrator an interaction might evolve between the high impedance calibrator output and the device input Than the signal comes in noisy and not usable for calibration The following procedure can be used to deactivate the probe breakage recognition Message 1 The CAN ID is the master ID of the configured module default 2032 8 bytes Intel format Slave ID Standard 2033 0x00000000 Message 2 The CAN ID is the master ID of the configured module default 2032 8 bytes Intel format e Serial number of the module as 32 Bit number e Command to activate the probe breakage recognition 0x11 Command to deactivate
361. he signal by getting into synchronization The square wave signal can also be generated by an external generator In all CANSAS modules one pin each in the CAN Bus sockets is provided for the TTL signal The signal s reference ground is the CAN Bus ground which also has a terminal in the connector This arrangement enables the synchronization signal to be efficiently transferred along the CAN cable e DCF77 This mode works like the square mode also a 1 Hz TTL level signal But here the square wave signal conforms to the DCF77 standard This means that it also contains the time and date information which produces a gap in the 59 second of every minute CANSAS has no use for the time date information and uses the signal like an ordinary square wave CANSAS itself cannot be a DCF master For synchronization purposes it can only play the role of slave For all synchronized operating data a time accuracy of 100us or better is ensured if the communication between the master and slaves is working properly Typically the offset is even an order of magnitude smaller about 10us All CANSAS units configured as slaves for synchronization purposes are soon synchronized after approx 2s upon startup of a master Internally they work with a PLL which already begins to operate at the specified accuracy within a very short time Limitations e Incase a imc device e g busDAQ 2 X or busLOG is operated in sleep resume mode synchronization after re
362. he user s configuration Either green or red must be chosen for the configuration not both together as previously described in reference to the u CANSAS HUB4 Also note the previous note pertaining to the 4 channel u CANSAS module Note e During configuration or firmware updates the LEDs may flicker Upon successful completion of the configuration or update the LEDs resume to behave as previously described With modules which allow zero balancing taring the red LED flashes during the balancing procedure at a high flashing frequency CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 192 CANSAS Users Manual 5 6 Features and modules Many features available with the CANSAS software version 1 4 are dependent on the hardware properties of particular CANSAS modules This means a particular hardware version i e a specific circuit board is required in order to access the software features The list below indicates which features are associated with which production dates If you detect any discrepancies please contact our hotline for an exact clarification of your hardware version Below is a table of general features available as of the production date stated Explanations of the features appear further below mae sot Synchronization Readable configuration imc Seneoss ee poe al RR T gt Y pe ee EA ons ramas mem RER tone remeras EE Cal _ noe ramas romanos to
363. her with 16 M Hz EAE Baud Rate Prescaler Synchronization on Both Edges Should normally be zero synchronizing to the falling dominant edge else to both edges Synchronization Jump Width Synchronization jump width 0 3 1 4 time quanta SAMple point setting Zero one sampling value One three sampling values TSEG1 Time segment 1 TSEG2 Time segment 2 TMS320F243 F241 C242 DSP Controllers Reference Guide spru276c CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 61 3 2 4 4 CAN Bus message The dialog on this index card is used to define the properties of a CAN Bus message CAN Bus messages MessageD1 General Name Message01 A Comment Message identifier 100 Message length When in Grouped by message view channels can be assigned to the message via Drag amp Drop CAN Bus message Properties dialog Name A unique name by which to differentiate among various messages As the default the system suggests ias the name of a new message where i stands for the next number not yet used There are only these limitations to the possibilities for the name e there must be a name e the name may not contain certain characters All alphanumeric characters and the characters _ are allowed The first character may not be a digit e the name must be unique within the CANSAS module e the name may contain no more than 64 characters Comment An accompanying text
364. hield CAN High VB C VB VB VB optional optional optional optional 11 18V 16 32V 11 18V RL reserved may not be connected 8 1 1 3 Specification of components used In CANSAS the following components are used for the CAN connection Use this as a reference for the purpose of especially critical applications e g in connection with bit timing CAN Controller DSP TMS320LF2407A Texas Instruments Oscillator Type SG8002JFPCM 10M Hz Epson crystal oscillator 10M Hz 40 85 C 100ppm CAN transceiver PCA82C250 Philips Slope resistor 1kQ CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 436 CANSAS Users Manual 8 1 2 SL modules CAN Bus connectors Below is shown the pin configuration of the CAN bus plug socket set CAN IN and CAN OUT at the CANSAS modules with SL housing Only differences to the standard CANSAS modules are described here A general description of the CAN bus can be found in Chapter Startup 357 of this documentation 8 1 2 1 CAN Bus pin configuration and contact wiring CAN HIGH 9 SUPPLY O CAN SUPPLY CAN LOW O CAN SUPPLY CAN GND SUPPLY CAN GND CAN RST CAN SYNC 10 pin LEMO HGA 1B 310 PIN signal CiA description Use in CANSAS GI CAN HIGH dominant high bus connected as per CiA line Ma CAN_LOW dominant low bus connected as per CIAO line BEN CAN_GND CAN Ground connected as per CIAO CAN Bus reference ground CAN_RST_STECK CANSAS specific CANSAS Re
365. hot mode can be configured In that case the module takes brief snapshots of the input signal at high data rate in a storage volume Next the storage content is read back at a slower data rate via the CAN Bus This provides the user with a very good view of the signal s course making it possible to set sensible levels for recognizing signal edges But it also becomes possible to check in advance the effects of smoothing filters AC circuits etc CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 271 6 11 1 Interference suppression e The inputs electrical insulation prevents interference from adjacent channels to be picked up e An anti aliasing filter of ca 500 kHz provides some interference suppression e Low pass filters can be parameterized to provide interference suppression e Parameterized hysteresis filter suppress noise and interference peaks with a lower level than the hysteresis width When pulses follow upon each other rapidly only the first is taken into consideration In that case the maximum RPMs are dtermined and subsequent pulses are ignored if they are nearer than 50 96 of the expected regular distance Further with the ignition angle an range of at least ca 10 degrees but a maximum of 20 ms is covered within which subsequent pulses are ignored The ignition produces strong oscillations but only the first edge of the first pulse determines the ignition time while the many subsequent osc
366. ial Functions EA Special Functions a ae mie meee 2 Heartbeat SL Digital inputs E e CAN Bus interface V Module transmits heartbeat messages El BotschaftO1 H E289 No CAN Bus message Identifier for heartbeat message ror h c Special Functions H DI16_AllInputs_24 z Time between heartbeat messages 1 H DI16 Allnputs TTL s rz 4 ie a Alle oi Ready 26 01 2007 17 01 59 There select the identifier for the message This identifier must be unique for each module just like every identifier on the CAN Bus in general It is also possible to specify the interval at which the message is sent Intervals in the range between 1s and 10s would be sensible CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 112 CANSAS Users Manual Conients of a Heartbeat message 64 Bit Bit 1 30 serial number of the module 30 Bit Bit 31 reserved Bit 32 1 if the module is in sync mode 0 else Bit 33 64 configuration number of the module 32 Bit 3 5 10 Synchronization With many CANSAS acquisition modules modules which measure physical quantities and send CAN messages there is the option to synchronize the data sampling of multiple modules Example Each of a UNI8 module s channels is equipped with its own amplifier and A D converter All of the module s channels are sampled simultaneously However if multiple UNI8 units are used note that each one has its own independent quartz timer Therefore t
367. ich the CAN ground is not needed for instance in a vehicle where it is possible to access Chassis potential anywhere instead of using a line to Pin 3 In this case Chassis simply replaces the line to Pin 3 Other lines can be included as required for example a synchronization line or supply line Note also when using DSUB plugs and the cables that there is a maximum current which DSUB plugs can carry This particularly applies to the DSUB plugs on the CANSAS modules and the internal connection of all of this plug s pins The current should not exceed approx 1A It may be necessary to use a correspondingly high supply voltage for the modules or the separate green terminal for the supply Also give regard to the cables cross sections The CAN cables with 9 pin DSUB plug which are included in the standard package are not designed to carry large currents CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 435 8 1 1 2 Notes for the use of CANcabs Problem Pins 4 and 9 are used in CANSAS for Reset and OneWire EEPROM When a CANcabs extra cable from any of the companies Vector dSPACE or KVASER is used it results in duplicate pin assignment since these pins are also used in those cases Remedy The contacts Pin 4 and Pin 9 in the CAN connector must be disconnected from their leads to the CANcabs This applies to the following CANcabs 251opto 1054 10011 10500pto opto opto DNopto s pee qe S
368. icrosoft XML Parser The installation offers both a German and an English version of the software make the choice in the first dialog which appears The second dialog displays legal provisions and instructions on completing the installation procedure The third dialog prompts the user to specify the installation folder s location All files needed for running the CANSAS module are then copied into this folder 2 Choose Destination Location 20 Setup will install C amp NSAS in the following folder To install into a different folder click Browse and select another folder You can choose not to install CANSAS by clicking Cancel to exit Setup Destination Folder uereg Cancel The next dialog is for selecting program components to install The CANSAS Program files must be retained as active since they are essential for configuring CANSAS The component Report Export formats only needs to be installed if a CANSAS report on module configurations is to be saved in an extraneous format such as in the form of an Excel file CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 32 CANSAS Users Manual The COM user interface offers access to all functions when using a created program e g by Visual Basic or C If you are going to develop your own programs you should select COM developer This option comes with an online help and examples To develop using LabVIEW select the option LabVIEW Vis 43 Select Compon
369. icular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment on and off the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by imc may void the user s authority to operate this equipment 3FCC United States Federal Communications Commission 1 4 6 3 Cables Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI EMI connector hoods to maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 22 CANSAS Users Manual 1 4 6 4 Other Provisions This equipment has been carefully designed manufactured and individually tested It has been shipped in a condition in complete compliance with the various safety standards and guidelines described in the CE Certification Industrial Safety We certify that CANSAS in all product configuration options corresponding to this documentation conforms to the dir
370. ideal form is approximated If the signal is analog output the staircase shaped signal generated by the DA converter is slightly filtered at 5kHz The resulting curve shape resembles a sine at high frequencies but at lower frequencies the quality is quite high The phase is defined in relationship to other channels created alongside by the module Data types Result channel Integer 4 10 58 Slope limiting Description Slope limiting is performed on the input channel s sample values The maximum difference in value between two consecutive sample values is limited to the maximum increment specified Notes The maximum increment must be specified in terms of the input channel s physical units If the specified maximum increment is 0 the return value is always the input channel s first sample value Data types 4 10 59 Smoothing based on 2 values Input channel Channel to be smoothed Result channel Smoothed input channel Description The input channel is smoothed by taking the average of 2 consecutive values The digital filter on which the function is based operates according to the formula y k u k 1 u k 2 where k is a serial index u the input channel and y the result channel CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 153 The 1st value in the result channel is set as the 1st sample in the input value Data types 4 10 60 Smoothing based on 3 values Input ch
371. ier General gt Type CANSAS S08 2 4 isolated amplifiers for temperature and voltage measurements CANSAS ISO8 Differential amplifier Properties dialog The dialog elements for each module type are explained in Chapter 4 Here we refer to the C12 module type as an example In the case of a CANSAS C12 module the presence of 12 input channels is indicated These are organized into two groups of 6 and the six packs are configured en bloc All the inputs are DCcoupled non isolated differential channels The CANSAS C12 module implements time offset correction for the input channels The check box shown on this dialog lets you activate this option CANSAS C12 Module has two multiplexers for the input channels This hardware only permits sequential sampling of the input channels which means that the channels data have a time discrepancy This offset is corrected by the software so that the measured waveforms are practically synchronized Independently of how many input channels are active the 12 channel is the control for the offset correction Interpolation is used to determine the signal value a channel had when the 12 channel s value was recorded Note e The time offset correction should only be used if the signals are sufficiently band limited to apply the Sampling Theorem Otherwise significant errors can result due to aliasing effects e The CANSAS hardware allows only sequential sampling of the data acquisition channels o
372. ies to the LEMO plugs on the CANSAS modules and the internal connection of all of this plug s pins The current should not exceed approx 4 5A It may be necessary to use a correspondingly high supply voltage for the modules or the separate terminal for the supply Also give regard to the cables cross sections CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 437 8 1 3 CANSAS CAN Bus connections with Below is the pin configuration of the CANSAS modules CAN Bus connector Connections are made via 6 pin Autosport terminals of the type AS208 35SA CAN IN and AS208 35PA CAN OUT Here only the deviations from the normal housing types are presented For a general description of the CAN bus refer to CAN Bus description 357 Import note Per default CANSAS modules u CANSAS V1 AS u CANSAS T1 AS and p CANSAS B1 AS come without an internal terminator resistor This means to work connected directly to a CANSAS HUB4 AS they need extra terminators If you order the module with integrated terminator you wont need extra terminators when connected to a HUB4 In this case such a module can only be used as the last module in the CAN Bus since it necessarily terminates the CAN Bus 8 1 3 1 CAN Bus pin configuration and contact wiring PIN signal CiA description Use in CANSAS CAN_SUPPLY dominant high bus CANSAS specific line CANSAS supply 9 50 V The module is supplied via the pins CA
373. ight be a higher Baud rate CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 124 CANSAS Users Manual 4 9 Processing functions sorted by group Arithmetic Bitwise relationships Addition Bit wise NOT Division Bit wise OR Inverse Bit wise AND Multiplication Extract bit from word Negative sign Bitwise exclutesive OR Subtraction Conversion Statistics Conversion to Float numerical format only Exponential RMS inputmoduls Maximum Fixed input range Minimum Fixed scaling Mean value Resampling Root mean square RMS Signal generator only at output modules Standard deviation PulseSequenceEncoder Linear filters Rectangle function only DAC8 Band pass filter Sine only DAC8 High pass filter Triangle only DAC8 Low pass filter Pulse signals only at DI16 module Smoothing based on 2 values Event countin Smoothing based on 3 values Frequency determination Non linear filters Time determination Hysteresis filter Bridge amplifier only at BRIDGE2 module Median filter Button status Schmitt Trigger Output status on LED Slope limiting Short circuit status Basic math functions Output status word Absolute value Universal amplifier only at DCB8 UNI8 module Assignment Button status Constant digital channel Channel status word Constant channel Module status word Characteristic curve Output status on LED Fixed analog value Short circuit status SawTooth Square root Pressure function only at P8 module Comparison functi
374. ignificant digit part For the system to work the higher value part of the hardware version number must agree with that of the firmware version The firmware can only be updated if the lower value part of the version number is different CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 58 CANSAS Users Manual 3 2 4 2 3 SlotInfo Display of slot identification For further information see Racks slot identification 1041 General Version Slot Info Sensors Sensor status Sensor characteristic values used at last setting possible CR not up to date 1 Info e E Assembly Installation location Rack Horizontal position 3 Vertical position 3 E Internal administration EProm Format J EProm Fill Level Bytes 35 EProm ROM ID 239EB01 600000074 EProm Version 1 Slot information 3 2 4 2 4 Sensors Pxchanging sensor information between the sensor Eprom and sensor database Further information see here 207 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 59 3 2 4 3 CAN Bus Interface General bus connection settings are made in the dialog on this virtual index card Once switched on a CANSAS module sends messages according to its configuration and to the Baud rate set for it It also receives messages having the correct identifier for configuration messages Master ID Only one PC having CANSAS configuration software and no other CAN node should transmit on the common CAN Bus with the Master ID If th
375. ilable exactly where the line SENSE which bears no current is connected namely directly at the sensor H this function is not used e g if fewer lines are available and the resulting temperature dependent gain error is compensated in approximation by a scaling factor then Sense must be connected to VB in the terminal plug Bridge measurement is a relative measurement a ratiometric process which evaluates the fraction of the bridge excitation voltage fed in that passes through the bridge typically 0 1 range corresponding to 1 mV V System calibration directly refers to this ratio the bridge input range This means that the absolute bridge excitation voltage isn t relevant and need not necessarily conform to the rated overall accuracy of the measurement To obtain the best result with the least noise possible the bridge and the CANSAS module should be held at a shared reference voltage ground The ground terminal in the connection plug is designated CHASSIS When connecting observe the block diagram shown above and the accompanying notes The following bridge types can be operated as sensors by CANSAS BRIDGE2 e Full bridge e Half bridge e Quarter bridge 1209 Setting the bridge configurations Channel0x gt Index card Bridge circuit gt Combo box Bridge configuration Input channel of a bridge amplifiers Channel Depending on the operating type selected different configurations are available
376. illations no longer do 6 11 2 Housing The installation kit includes pre mounted brackets These can be unscrewed either completely to be removed or partially to change their angle This is to make it possible to fasten the module in the test station area or in a switching cabinet 6 11 2 1 Grounding bolt For safe operation according to specifications the housing must be grounded by means of the grounding bolt The module s housing is not electrically in contact with the power supply voltage or with the inputs The grounding bolt ensures adequate grounding Other regions of the housing are mostly not appropriate for adequate grounding since the housing has a coat of paint 6 11 2 2 LEDs The module comes with an operation status LED using the customary CANSAS LED flashing code 1881 The LED is next to the power supply terminal It also comes with three additional green LEDs which indicate for the three input channels Sparc Angle Ref whether the signal connected is plausible The following states can be indicated e LED shining continuously Plausible signal with plausible pulse frequency e LED not shining No signal or a signal whose pulses can no be detected e LED flashing very rapidly A signal with significantly too high pulse sequence has been applied The LEDs only roughly reflect the signal state Please be aware that a rapid transition between states may cause ambiguous LED flashing patterns for instance if very slow pulse
377. ilter The analog anti aliasing filter takes always effect Mean value The output value is averaged by Sampling interval ms 1 ms samples The following table shows which resulting filter is to be used sampling rate Critical damping 4th order cutoff frequency 250 Hz Critical damping 4th order cutoff frequency 120 Hz Critical damping 4th order cutoff frequency 50 Hz Critical damping 4th order cutoff frequency 25 Hz The filters are optimized to provide good suppression of interference while causing only insubstantial signal surges in the time domain and only minor delay times Note that the filters selected are not perfect anti aliasing filters e g with damping of 96dB at one half of the sampling frequency If you use a sampling interval other than 1 ms and the default filter is not suited to your measurement requirements simply select 1 ms as the sampling interval and then arrange the appropriate low pass filtering or averaging by means of a virtual channel The frequency response only pertains to the device s electrical portion The frequency response of the sensors themselves and of their leadwires is not accounted for CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 302 CANSAS Users Manual 6 15 7 Operating software 6 15 7 1 Module integration To work with and make settings for a pressure module it must first be entered in the database This is done the usual way When a new entry is made the sensor s char
378. imc CANSAS 1 7 Configuring Software Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 07 04 2011 Users Manual 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH Imc integrated measurement amp control e e imc MeBsysteme GmbH Voltastrasse 5 13355 Berlin CANSAS Users Manual Table Of Contents 1 1 About this Manual iii 16 1 2 imc Customer Support Hotline eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nent nnn nennen nnns 16 1 3 Guide to using the manual sie aa aeea aaaeeeaa aaaeeeaa atna eena aaaeaii 17 VR Ae ET TEE 18 1 4 1 Certificates and Quality Management eese enne nennen nnn nnns nnn n innen tnnt tnnt nnne 18 142 m GUAT ANTES k 18 1 4 3 ElektroG ROHS WEEE eril cere eere ete sde 18 1 44 CE Certification 19 1 4 5 Product improvement onnnnncicnnncnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnrn en 20 1 4 6 Important Notes s M 21 1 4 6 1 Remarks Concerning EMC de xe UR ood m T 21 1 4 6 8 Gable i nec deret iae er eet P b vere Emerita 21 1 4 6 4 Other Provisions coiere entere de Dic A E du d dee ee 22 1 5 Important information esses seen seen eene nennen nennen entran nennen entran 22 AAA a Ra a a a A A aAa e EA Eaa 22 1 5 1 1 Special Symbols Used in this Manual 22 1 5 1 2 Symbols displayed on the device cn non crono eene 23 1 5 1 3 Transportin
379. impedance SCI8 SCI16 range 100 mV CMRR IMR Common Mode reference frame CHASSIS all other channels CHASSIS sensor supply voltage 2 5 V to 24 V technical specs Sensor supply module 42 optional Power requirements 12 V DC over full temperature range CANSAS SCI8 2 8 W typ 3 3 W max CANSAS SCI16 9 0 W typ 10 5 W max Operating temperature 30 C to 85 C El Dimensions W x H x D 55 x 111 x 90 mm 300 g CANSAS SCI16 weight 35 x 111 x 90 mm 340 g CANSAS SCI8 55 x 111 x 145 mm 850 g CANSAS L SCI16 L SCI16 2T 35x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS L SCI8 41 x 128 x 145 mm 500g CANSAS K SCI8 K SCI8 16 2T K SC18 16 BNC 3HE 8TE 58 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL SCI8 L 78 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL SCI16 L 38 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL SCI8 D 58 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL SCI16 D with optional sensor supply 55 x 111 x 90 mm CANSAS SCI16 SUPPLY 55x111 x 90 mm CANSAS SCI8 SUPPLY 55x111x145 mm CANSAS L SCI16 SUPPLY 55 x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS L SCI8 SUPPLY 41 x 128 x 145 mm 500 g CANSAS K SCI8 16 SUPPLY 3HE 8TE 58 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL SCI8 L SUPPLY 78 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL SCI16 L SUPPLY 58 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL SCI8 D SUPPLY 78 x112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL SCI16 D SUPPLY Connection terminals 4x DSUB 15 inputs CANSAS SCI16 2x DSUB 15 inputs CANSAS SCI8 or 8 16 x 2 TK plug only thermocouples type K 2x DSUB 9 CAN in out power supply alternatively PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 DC power
380. in 7 32 64 is not supported by CANSAS Further information on the Vector cards can be found at the Vector web site htip www vector cantech com in the Internet The most current driver software can also be obtained there as a download Some of the instructions and tips presented at that site are also on the CANSAS CD as PDF files in the folder Driver Vector 2 3 imc interface adapter The CANSAS configuration software can use a USB adapter by imc for access to the CAN Bus Installation of the driver is accomplished by means of Window s Plug n Play functionality The driver is located under Driver Imc on the CD The interface can be used on all Windows operating systems which are USB supported 2 3 1 Installation of the imc CAN USB Adapter For the imc CAN USB Adapter to work properly the driver which matches the configuration software must be installed To do this start the file imCanUSB exe on the installation CD under Driver Imc imCanUsb which correctly installs the driver Note e After installing the CANSAS software a message appears to install the matching CAN USB driver It s very important to run that installation Connect the CAN USB adapter only after the installation has been finished successfully including reboot of WINDOWS You must have administrator rights Otherwise it may seem that the driver has been installed but it won t work properly e Even if you have an older version of the configuration software wi
381. in the CAN Assistant A message having one data byte is required Give a distinct name to this message Then assign a channel to it Since only one data byte is available this channel s length can not exceed 8 bits All other settings play no role at this point CAN element ID Name E A Node 1 Node_001 Eg Message 1H SummationResetting_INC Channel ResettingByte Analog channel Comment Number format Signed integer Start byte ng d v Start bit 10 v Number of bits 8 v Byte order Intel v Unit V Scaling Factor Y Factor A v Factor 1 Resetting of summation in the CAN Assistant CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 170 CANSAS Users Manual 2 Online FAMOS imcDevices sends a message if the virtual bit Bit01 is set In this message the value 0x04H is set to INC4 and resets the value of the incremental counter channel 02 Online FAMOS lt Test_032 gt File Edit Extra Window A KE fin i D Device Operators and Characters ch Analog inputs E El 23 Process vector E Y Power measurement Le Digital outputs Ei Rotating Machine Analysis H D LEDs 0 Scale 4 Virtual bits gf Send messages Node Node_001 E PPP Ethernet bits v SendMessage SummationR Send CON message perations Resetting of INCO2 SendMessage SummationResetting INC 1 Virt Bit01 0x04 Resetting of summation in
382. ing is not permitted the setting No function should be selected as the status display for For Not balanced in the LED dialog Otherwise the setting for the selected LEDs behavior in normal operation mode is not displayed CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 357 6 19 2 Voltage measurement With zero adjusting In the measurement mode Voltage allow zero balance it is possible to perform balancing taring of the value measured This is accomplished either by means of the channel menu command Perform balancing for selections in the Measurement window or on the page Balance under the module node Special Functions The initial offset may be many times the input range If the initial offset is too large for compensation by the device a larger input range must be set Input range V Compensable initial offset Wil Input range V Compensable initial offset V 350 pz s a k RE 1 35 _____o00m J The maximum initial unbalance is the difference between the input range set and the possible input range For instance if the actual range for a setting of 50 V is 70 V and the one for the 20 V setting is 35 V then the resulting possible initial unbalance is 20 V in the 50 V input range and 15 V in the 20 V input range The Balance dialog is located in the node Special Functions It enables automatic balancing each time the device is activated You can also store the balanc
383. ing or destroying the amplifier If in B and VB D are connected then in practice a single end measurement is performed This is no problem if there was no ground reference beforehand E J D 4 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 336 CANSAS Users Manual 6 18 1 3 Voltage source at a different fixed potential The common mode voltage Um has to be less than 10 V It is reduced by Y input voltage Example Suppose a voltage source is to be measured which is at a potential of 120 V to ground The system itself is grounded in al Since the common mode voltage is greater than permitted 3 measurement is not possible Also the input voltage difference to in the amplifier ground would be above the upper limit allowed For B 2 such a task the UN 8cannot be used Ucm sense Fl6 ca s G 7 VB D 4 di 6 18 1 4 Voltage measurement with zero adjusting tare In voltage measurement it is possible for the sensor to have an initial offset from zero For such cases use the operating software to select the measurement mode Voltage enable offset calibration for the desired channel The input range will be reduced by the initial offset If the initial offset is too large for compensation by the device a larger input range must be set Compensable initial offset BN Compensable initial offset range V V range V V pow poc NNNM EL NN eps T aU E Ka 12 xw e SC
384. ing the last calibration date is posted 5 7 1 Prompt for next calibration When a new module is integrated into the system the following message appears if the recommended calibration date is has been reached Eege 04 ef Y Warning One or more modules will need recalibration soon These modules should be calibrated soon by the imc Customer Support Otherwise there could be incorrect measurement results later Hint for comming calibration during module integration CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 195 On the module s General page an indication of the date of last calibration appears along with an exclamation point symbol Lee al File Edit View Module Extras Help Ch ER X BIB EECH A Grouped by messages CANSAS module UNIS_870983 SR imc Devices 6 5 Typ C58008 122993 5 48 INC4 870511 0 23 UNIS 870983 Universal amp E CAN Bus inter 21 54 Messagel General version Slot Info Sensors cm Type ANSAS LINIS universal amplifiers For temperature current voltage nd bridge measurement dih Cs02_ Input channels 8 Ah Cs02_ l qf 0502 Serial number 00870983 Jh Cs02_ 2 4 Messagel Name UNIS_870983 dih Cs02_ Ah Cs02 Comment Jh Cs02_ Jh Cs02_ G No CAN B Q LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 i Special functic Z DCB8 879423 B Typ CS8008 122993 D Ready 17 10 2008 gt Module is connected
385. ing values in the module permanently so that they are not lost as soon as the device is deactivated It is also possible to perform a balancing procedure at a specific point in time as desired S CANSAS File Edit View Module Extras Help nad ss Jm enz Web de d ly de ii Grouped by messages Special Functions Bl testo mdb TS green y B1 3 Heartbeat Synchronization Balance fANopen ee T12 24 uui d HERO Balance dih Kanal UM Wegen 8 LED Perform balance upon power ori zi CAN Bus interfac amp Allow balancing via CAN bus D Bo 4 A Special functions ATACA Save balance state in module EX Balance duration 10 s v Identifier for balance 200 message Message mapping 1 Byte Bit 0 1 gt balancing channel 1 01 Hex p CANSAS V1 balancing dialog CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 358 CANSAS Users Manual Save balance state in module This optional setting ensures that the balancing values are not lost once the device is deactivated Balance duration Data acquisition for determining the averaged balancing value If the input signal fluctuates somewhat around the rest state a longer duration can cancel out these fluctuations Identifier A message to perform balancing must bear the identifier set here 6 19 2 1 Balance upon power up Each time it is activated balancing of the module is carried out However this setting should only be used if it can be ensure
386. ing voltage 300 V 10 s nominal testing voltage 300 V 10 s analog reference ground CHASSIS Overvoltage protection short term to frame CHASSIS Bandwidih kHz 3 dB pm Noise 0 3 uV V rms 2 0 uV V pk pk 0 2 uV V pk pk bandwidth 10 Hz to 1 kHz bandwidth 10 Hz to 1 kHz low frequency 0 1 Hz to 10 Hz Pinputimpedance 1 MOC Cann MCG RESET Bridge balancing release CAN Bus defined as per ISO 11898 1 via button on module 2 via CAN Bus 3 during power up alternatively configurable Supply voltage 9 V to 32 V DC 4 W typ with 2x 120 Q full bridge 12 V supply Operating temperature 30 C to 85 C Ee Dimensions WxHxD 35x 111 x 90 mm CANSAS BRIDGE2 41 x 128 x 145 mm KK K BRIDGE2 300 97 900 g for K Terminal connections Module description BRIDGE2 BRIDGE2 z 2x DSUB 15 2x DSUB 9 PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 a CAN in out supply CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 384 CANSAS Users Manual 7 2 CANSER GPS Technical Specs Version 1 3 CANSER GPS Parameter Value typ max Remarks Supply voltage 9vt32vbc operating temperature 80TH BE Dimensions W x H x D 35 x 111 x 90 mm Connection terminals 2x DSUB 9 outputs 2x DSUB 9 CAN in out PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 supply Encoding of reception signals Message D Bye Remarks Cd
387. intended instance of ESD is practically only possible if a person carrying static charge touches one of the measurement inputs during measurement If there is any need for such contact the risk of ESD can be avoided by previously touching the device s metal housing CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 298 CANSAS Users Manual 6 15 P8 pressure 8 pressure measurement inputs Value typ max inputs Plus internal barometer for calculations Measurement modes pressure absolute pressure relative The CANSAS pressure module is offered in two housing varieties CANSAS L P8 CANSAS K P8 and CANSAS IP65 P8 and can measure either absolute pressure or in relation to ambient pressure Technical data P8 408 CANSAS P8 IP65 v 00 OO OO OO S Zo 0 Su S K ek 165 __ Figure 1 CANSAS L P8 preferred mounting position O e CAN 9 32 WDC YA S IS a HIT e O NY Bl 7 O Fuel 203 5 S Figure 2 CANSAS IP65 P8 preferred mounting position CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 299 6 15 1 General remarks The pressure module P8 contains 8 pressure sensors built into attachment nipples Using an appropriate coupling tubes carrying gases or fluids whose pressure is to be measured can be connec
388. involved configurations possible Take for instance 10 functions applied to data accumulating at a sampling rate of 10 ms Instead of all the functions beginning to work immediately on the sample one function s value is calculated at each ms after the sample arrives This saves on computational exertion for the processor but causes the results to be outputted with a time lag The larger a function s sampling rate is the larger the time lag between its calculations can be Interdependencies of parameters are of course unaffected No data is lost only the moment in which they are processed and in some cases when they are transmitted is delayed From a pulse rate of 100 ms onward this phenomenon can be observed directly in the yellow flashing of the LED the red and green components of the LED light flash with a mutual offset Therefore it s recommended to set a maximum sampling time of 50 ms for yellow LED flashing If one module has both messages configured with slow data rates and with high rates it may occur that the rapid messages are delayed in being transmitted This happens whenever several messages having a slow rate are transmitted in rapid succession which of course takes up much time This time amount can also be significantly greater than the fastest data rate The corresponding messages can contain virtual or physical channels The problem usually arises whenever very many channels or low Baud rates are set One possible remedy m
389. iption UNI8 DSUB15 UNI8 full bridge UNI8 half bridge UNI8 ICP and thermocouple UNI8 initial unbalance UNI8 Probe breakage recognition UNI8 PROTECT UNI8 Pt100 RTD meas UNI8 Pt100 in 2 wire config UNI8 Pt100 in 3 wire config UNI8 Pt100 in 4 wire config UNI8 quarter bridge UNI8 Recognition of sensor by means of wire jumpers UNI8 Resistance measurement UNI8 sensor supply module UNI8 shunt calibration UNI8 temperature meas UNI8 thermocouple UNI8 thermocouple with ground ref UNI8 thermocouple without ground ref UNI8 voltage measurement UNI8 voltage measurement with zero adjusting tare UNI8 voltage source with CMR 245 121 418 190 353 339 348 337 339 340 341 341 333 350 337 338 344 339 346 355 344 345 345 345 338 349 346 347 339 342 342 343 344 334 336 336 UNI8 voltage source with ground reference UNI8 voltage source without ground reference UNI8 adjustment of supply UNI8anti aliasing UNI8filter UNI8round plugs ITT VEAM MIL C 26482 UNI8round plugs LEMOSA UNI8round plugs ZF LEMO UNI8sampling interval Unit Vector Vector interface cards velocity version firmware version hardware View Adjust View Group by View Split View Status bar View Toolbar Virtual channel properties virtual channels virtual channels CANOpen Voltage balancing via measurement window u CANSAS V1 voltage measurement DCB8
390. irtual channel the position of the bit to be extracted in the message and the data type digital can be set Then the bit wise logical NOT function must be set in the function setting dialog for Digital Output 1 the virtual channel created must be set as the function s parameter channel You can find further information about the modules not concerning the Virtual Channels in the chapter Properties of the Modules 2 5 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 123 48 Sampling Rates For the modules ISO8 and C12 the allowed sampling intervals are 2 ms 10 ms 20 ms 50 ms 1 min other modules support faster sampling for explanation purposes a base rate of 2 ms is assumed Virtual channels derived from functions without data compression have the same sampling rates as their parameter channels If the function used to generate the virtual channel supports data compression the resultant sampling rate can be smaller than that of the input channels e g Maximum Minimum Average The resultant sampling rate can never be greater than that of the input channels To conserve computational capacity functions with compressed input data e g sampling rate of 100 ms are calculated with a time lag The time lag has the effect that when data compression is present more functions can be carried out simultaneously than if all the functions were applied at once to the same sample This makes the processing of very
391. is means that sensible thresholds would include for instance 0 V 0 1 V 0 2 V Hysteresis In order to prevent that low level noise in a not very steep edge causes multiple crossings through the threshold value it is possible to enter a hysteresis here Only once this hysteresis has been crossed the edge detector monitors the signal from the other direction The hysteresis can be stated between 0 V no hysteresis and 40 V Signal delay CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 280 CANSAS Users Manual If a signal arrives delayed at the edge detector then it is possible to specify the delay time using this parameter The time specified here directly affects how the ignition angle is determined since determining it involves observing the ratios of time differences between various pulses The signal delays are observed in forming the time differences E g the following effects can delay a signal e the original signal itself is already delayed e the sensor causes delay e external conditioning lines cause delay e different conditioning in CANSAS IGN can also cause delay especially low pass filters e asignal s edge is not very steep The threshold value is in the middle of the edge not at its start Delay times are not always easy to determine However an imprecise or incorrectly entered time can cause significant errors in determining the ignition angle The delay time is stated in ms and may not have decima
392. isted in the data sheet of the l amp CANSAS UNI8 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 348 CANSAS Users Manual 6 18 8 Bandwidth The channels maximum sampling rate is 1 kHz 1 ms The analog bandwidth without digital low pass filtering is 200 Hz 6 18 9 Sampling intervals filters and anti aliasing For each of the 8 channels the sampling interval can be freely set to between 1 ms an 60 s UNI8 come with a hardware based permanent anti aliasing filter AAF an analog digital converter ADC using the sigma delta method and finally a digital low pass filter adapted to the sampling rate The hardware based AAF is suitable for the 1 ms input frequency The digital low pass filter is set to the sampling rate and can be switched off on the card General of the UN 8 Alternatively to the digital AAF it is possible to avoid noise simply by averaging through processing arithmetic mean function Grouped by messages Universal amplifier dh Kanal al 8 LED e Eh CAN Bus interface 2 Special Functions General Balance tiens lt gt Type CANSAS UNIB x 8 universal amplifiers for temperature current voltage and E SCI16 4231234 bridge measurement 449 SCI16 877170 T Isolated scanner cha e Eh CAN Bus interface 21 Special Functions UI SCI8 1243124 LINI8 45654 O Universal amplifier Eh CAN Bus interface E Botschaft109 dih Kanalo1 dih Kanalo2 dih Kanalo3 dih Kanalo
393. it offers good temperature compensation The strain is computed as gg gee dt a e y Ua mV c ioo ee ou dit k gauge factor m k l v Ue H v Poisson s ratio of test object material 5 1 2 1 4 Half bridge with two active strain gauges in uniaxial direction d Two active strain gauges are placed under stress in opposite directions but equal magnitude i e one strain gauge is under compression and another under equal tension bending beam circuit This arrangement doubles the measurement s sensitivity to a bending moment On the other hand longitudinal force torque and temperature are all compensated for The strain is computed as qe yA 1000 Ua mV P XL 7 ks k gauge factor CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 160 CANSAS Users Manual 5 1 2 1 5 Half bridges with one active and one passive strain gauge E This circuit involves WSGs The first one is positioned on the test object the second on a sample of the same material under the same ambient temperature and serves the purpose of temperature compensation The strain is computed as m 4 1000 Ua mV Ca E k gauge factor m k Ue V 5 1 2 1 6 General Full bridge General full bridge N has to be set from a list CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 161 5 1 2 1 7 Full bridge with Poisson strain gauges in opposed branches
394. justed once per year For this purpose imc offers maintenance servicing The user can also perform the offset adjustment To do this one short circuit connector must be connected to each input channel Subsequently the menu item Module Measure is called Measure Channel Module Module Channel Time Measuremen Status 4 GN_89269 Angle 13 29 32 250 A aa RPM 13 28 32 250 1203 U min The adjustment button is clicked next If adjustment was not successful there is a readout on the device s display Subsequently a control measurement should be performed in Snapshot mode CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 282 CANSAS Users Manual 6 11 5 Tips Rotation speed or ignition angle not readable The numerical values are only clearly visible to the human eye if the same value remains visible sufficiently long A display refresh interval of 500ms is recommended in order to be able to even read rapidly changing numerical values As well a longer averaging period can contribute to making the readout more stabile It is especially helpful to make the averaging period and the display refresh rate match If the values do not change as rapidly it is also possible to set both to 200ms Readout of rotation speed shows in the Display Either no signal or an implausible value i e the currently calculated RPM is higher than the value configured for the parameter Maximum rotation rate In such a case the
395. k diagram 6 9 3 1 Open Drain Mode Outputs configured as Open drain CANSAS module open drain mode 8 channels BIT9 16 BIT16 BIT9 LCOM _ BIT8 60V At the output of each channel x denoted in the connection terminal by Bit x there is a transistor configured as an open collector When a target value of 0 low is output the transistor is switched through conducts The result is that the output is connected to ground denoted by LCOM in the connection terminal For a target value of 1 high at the output the transistor is closed has high CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 264 CANSAS Users Manual impedance In order for there to be a defined voltage in for this state the output must be connected to the positive voltage supply via a load HCOM s voltage differential to LCOM is 5 V and can take a small load refer to the technical specs for more info Instead of HCOM an external source of higher voltage can be connected via the load or a pull up resistor 6 9 3 2 Totem Pole Mode Outputs configured as Totem Pole HCOM BIT16 BITS LCOM HCOM BIT8 BIT1 LCOM CHASSIS In totem pole mode the output is configured as a low impedance driver switching between the two supply rails 0 V and 5 V For a target value of 1 high the internal supply voltage 5 V referenced to
396. kes only 7 of 8 selectable voltage ranges available e default case all voltage ranges not isolated standard ranges 2 5 V to 24 V 15 V optional e upon request all voltage ranges isolated but only if the range 15 V is not included only for SL with LEMO connectors e upon request with range 15V instead of one other range however all voltage ranges not isolated not for SL with LEMO connectors Description sensor supply 3471 1 with option 15V the quarter bridge can t be measured because the Y bridge pin is used for 15V Also the ground referenced current measurement no longer applies Precision has no effect of the accuracy of the bridge measurement for UNI8 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 422 CANSAS Users Manual 7 20 p CAN V1 V4 Technical Specs Version 1 3 1 or 4 differential analog inputs Parameter LE mime Remarks Channels 1 4 Sampling frequency channel Analog bandwidth voltage voltage with divider 2 kHz 840 Hz 24 Bit Input ranges Sensor supply Isolation 60 V 500 V Max sustainable voltage 40V 100V 100 V Input configuration 60 V 20 V 10 V 5 V 2 V 5V 10V DC differential Input impedance 5 MQ 10 kQ 900 kQ lt 0 05 Gain uncertainty Gain drift 2 ppm K 10 ppm K 3 5 ppm K 30 ppm K 1 V 500 mV 200 mV 100 mV p CANSAS V1 p CANSAS V4 Input IN 1V JN COM Input IN 60V IN COM 8 dB Filter OFF Input IN 1V Input
397. l the minus pole is white Note Only one thermocouple characteristic curve can be selected at the same time for one module So it is only possible to measure thermocouples of similar type at the same time Only at the CANSAS modules SC16 SCI8 SCI16 and CI8 it is possible to select different thermocouple characteristic curves at the same time The endings from the measurement ranges can drift about 1K from the device configuration CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 180 CANSAS Users Manual 5 1 6 2 Pt100 RTD measurement Aside from thermocouples RTD Pt100 units can be directly connected in 4 wire configuration Kelvin connection An additional reference current source feeds a chain of up to 4 sensors in series With the imc Thermoplug the connection terminals are already wired in such a way that this reference current loop is closed automatically If fewer than 4 Pt100 units are connected the current loop must be completed by a wire jumper from the last RTD to 4 If you dispense with the support terminals 7 to 4 provided in the imc Thermoplug for 4 wire connection a standard terminal plug or any DSUB 15 plug can be used The current loop must then be formed between 7 DSUB Pin 9 and 4 DSUB Pin 6 5 1 6 3 imc thermo plug The imc Thermoplug ACC DSUB T4 contains a screw terminal block in a DSUB 15 plug housing with a built in temperature sensor Pt1000 for cold junction compensation
398. l and variable supply e E g for pressure transducers 4 mA to 20 mA Transducers which translate the physical measurement quantity into a their own current consumption and Which allow variable supply voltages can be configured in a two wire circuit zu In this case the device has its own power supply and measures the current signal In the settings dialog on the index card Universal amplifiers General a supply voltage is set for the sensors usually 24 V The channels must be configured for Current measurement cable a Sensor 4 20mA de o o E o o mn o a g OG El a 8 2 of o A f The sensor is supplied with power via Terminals VB C and I pridge G The signal is measured by the unit between N A and VB D For this reason a wire jumper must be positioned between Pins N A and I aBridge G inside the connector pod 1200 L Note e There is a voltage drop across the resistances of the leadwires and the internal measuring resistance CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 342 CANSAS Users Manual of 120 Q which is proportional to the amperage This lost voltage is no longer available for the supply of the transducer 2 4 V 120 Q 20 mA For this reason you must ensure that the resulting supply voltage is sufficient It may be necessary to select a leadwire with a large enough cross section e For the former UN 8 If the amplifier is equipp
399. l places Even microseconds make a difference The Snapshot mode can help to determine the delay times particularly with edges which are not very steep This is because depending on ow high the threshold value is there can be a different delay with respect to the actual start of the edge Thus even with low pass filters e g CANSAS IGN s parameterizable 1st order low pass it is not easy to determine the delay time according to the rule of thumb 0 16 cutoff frequency This rule of thumb is only valid with a suddenly jumping input signal for instance if the threshold value is about 63 of the peak height If the threshold value is different the delay can be significantly different Since the threshold value and the signal shape are relevant the CANSAS software is not able to automatically correct any delay caused by a configured low pass filter Pull Up to 5 V A resistor can be switched on at each input to 5 V If this resistor is switched ON then an external switch switch to 0 V can easily be connected Otherwise the resistor is not used OFF This parameter is also effective in Snapshot mode Trigger edge The edge detector determines the threshold crossing only in the specified edge direction positive or negative Coupling AC or DC coupling can be selected With AC coupling a 1st order high pass filter is connected between in order to eliminate a DC offset With DC coupling this high pass filter is not connect
400. l user interface for making device settings are needed only in exceptional circumstances The necessary parameters for making the measurement device s settings are recorded in electronic spec sheets linked to the sensors to be connected The measurement device is able to both read and process these data which are stored in so called Transducer Electronic Data Sheets TEDS The sensor settings are made by the company s own measurement specialists This makes it possible for the measurement devices to be operated reliably by personnel less qualified in measurement engineering Ideally the following conditions are provided e All data relevant to measuring with a particular sensor e g the sensor s preferred sampling rate are contained in the electronic spec sheet linked to it all sensors already present can be equipped with such an electronic data sheet the user can connect the sensor at any input of an all purpose measurement device the user can ready the measurement system for operation at a single mouse click without needing skills in using a complex software interface much less in actual programming sensors can be interchanged without causing the entire measurement system e g as a test station component to require re calibration 5 8 1 2 Steps Towards Achieving Plug amp Measure Functionality In the draft for the standard IEEE P1451 1 the standardization committee sets out the definition for a so called smart sens
401. lancing currently being performed Shunt calibration in progress Shunt calibration currently being performed Data types Result channel LED display 4 10 49 Output status word only for BRIDGE2 C8 P8 INC4 and SC modules Result clock pulse Data rate of result channel Result channel Channel containing status word Description The status word is outputted at the specified clock rate In the basic state the status word is 0 Depending on the status and module the following values are added to the status word Bridge amplifier module In the basic state status word 0 the bridge amplifier channels 1 and 2 are not balanced Depending on the status the following values are added 1 if stored balance values used for Channel 1 2 if Channel 1 successfully balanced 4 if stored balance values used for Channel 2 8 if Channel 2 successfully balanced 16 if balance currently being performed 32 if shunt calibration currently being performed 64 if button pushed edge evaluation 128 if short circuit Notes lf the button function is set to Activate balance or Activate shunt calibration the button only takes effect if balancing or shunt calibration can be performed During balancing or shunt calibration the button status is ignored Differential amplifier pressure and incremental encoder modules Depending on the status the following values are added 1 ifthe module is running in synchronized mode
402. lculated Zero marking on the crankshaft degrees before TDC The angle specified here will be added to the calculated ignition angle This parameter accounts for the fact that in general the zero angle marking on the crankshaft is not at the top dead center TDC but a small angle before it Entered in degrees 180 to 360 a positive value indicates degrees before TDC while a negative value indicates a zero mark after TDC For instance if the zero mark is 70 before TDC then enter 70 for this parameter Conversely if the zero mark was 120 after TDC enter 120 With incremental encoders having a zero pulse the zero mark is clearly the position where this zero pulse occurs However rotational sensors which lack a zero pulse such as a magnetic pickup on a gear the zero mark is typically the first tooth or more precisely the last edge of the tooth after the gap In other words if the cog signal produces positive pulses then the first negative signal edge after the missing tooth is the zero mark Aside of TDC offsets this parameter may be used to introduce any general offset into the angle calculation if necessary for user specific conditions or site specific standards CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 277 Minimum Maximum ignition angles The expected range for the ignition angle is localized here For instance to within a range of 70 30 degrees This contributes
403. le to go without the SENSE line but not without separate lines for KAL and IN Otherwise an unacceptable offset drift would result since the temperature dependent cable resistance is connected in series with to quarter bridge directly If we assume a cable length one way of 1 m we obtain Cu cable 0 14mm 130mQ m cable length 1m cable Rk 130mQ Temperature coefficient Cu 4000ppm K Drift Rk 0 52mO K Equivalent bridge drift 120Q bridge Ve 0 52mQ K 1200 2 20V V K Example temperature change dT 20K 44uV V dT 20K For the optional adjustable calibration resistance the following applies for all three configurations Connection to a separate line avoids an error of the shunt calibration magnitude of Rb R kal caused by the cable resistance to a In quarter bridge configuration this is inevitable since the calibration resistor is already connected to the quarter bridge internally and even shares the pin CAL Going without a separate line for SENSE and direct jumpering of SENSE and 4 VB at the connection terminal causes a gain error of Rk Rb in all configurations CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 223 6 1 5 Balancing and shunt calibration The maximum compensable range for each input range 3 mV V are always assured the table shows the values achieved in practice Input range Bridge balance range 10 mV V 6 mV 5 mV V 3 mV N There are v
404. limitations are stated in the general technical specs of the respective module in the chapter General technical specsl3s0 With these modules a separate LEMO connector is available for each channel 8 3 4 1 DCB8 UNI8 LEMO Pin configuration of the LEMO terminals for CANSAS DCB8 UNI8 7 _B 4 OneWire SUPPLY SUPPLY LEMO PIN DCB8 lo M o OP o BE EA AO OO a SUPPLY SUPPLY Au SUPPLY GND SUPPLY GND Ss TEDS OneWire TEDS OneWire 6 SENSE SENSE RTD current source 7 quarter bridge completion quarter bridge completion Sense for PT100 3 wire configuration CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 456 CANSAS Users Manual 8 3 4 2 C8 CI8 SCI8 SCI16 SC16 LEMO Pin configuration of the LEMO terminals for CANSAS C8 CI8 SCI8 SCI16 SC16 T l mm EN AAA RA 3 SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY A SUPPLY GND SUPPLY GND SUPPLY GND SUPPLY GND SUPPLY GND SI ne TEDS OneWire TEDS OneWire TEDS OneWire TEDS OneWire PT100 PT100 PT100 PT100 PT100 current source current source current source current source current source positive measurement positive measurement positive measurement positive measurement positive measurement input for current input for current input for current input for current input for current measurement measurement measurement measurement measurement 8 3 4 3 INC4 LEMO Pin configuration of the LEMO termi
405. ling mechanisms specified for the particular medium may be used or else you risk leakage Low pass When connecting the medium the low pass behavior of long tubes must be considered To measure rapid pressure change keep the tubing as short as possible Important note You risk permanent damage by pulling the tube off self closing nipples under high pressure The pressure remains intact at the sensor If the temperature rises subsequently the sensor could be permanently damaged Therefore always ensure ventilation CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 301 6 15 6 Sampling intervals filters and anti aliasing For each of the 8 fast pressure channels the sampling time can be freely set to between 1 ms and 60s The pressure module comes with a fixed frequency hardware anti aliasing filter an analog digital converter ADC according to the Sigma Delta method and a digital low pass filter adapted to the sampling rate Grouped by messages Pressure sensor 2 Special Functions af amp 4 Cl8_32131 General Barometer Info 3 44 HTT1 654321 dih Kana MEN OMIM S LED Type CANSAS P8 Bi inputs for pressure measurement e Eh CAN Bus interface E S A Special functions GI HTU1_456321 P8 221 Pressure sensors AntiAliasing Filte To E CAN Bus interface On on Special functions On in On Additional digital low pass filter Off Switch off the digital low pass f
406. ling offset is recomputed while the scaling factor remains unchanged Two point scaliing If the box Configure after Finish is checked then this configuration is automatically updated in the module after exiting the dialog CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 90 CANSAS Users Manual The scaling values can be checked on the Scaling tab afterwards D I imcan mdb 1 49 DO16R 990828260 ISO8 850893 E gt Isolated amplifier CAN Bus interface E E Botschaft104 dih Kanalo2 dih Kanalo3 dih Kanalo4 61 82 Botschaft105 5 96 No CAN Bus messar H P8 870258 Limitations e This function is not available for o Strain gauge measurement o Temperature measurement e The scaling distance between X1 and X2 must be at least 1 200 of the input range end value CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 3 4 4 7 Module Sensors Under Sensors there are three menu functions gt e CANSAS File Edi View Module Extras ff ae p Integrating Assistant Eh fri 3 Help EE CANSAS module CI8_879532 E imc Devices Y Check configuration General Version Slot Info Sensors E imcDew__071 4 S e CIS 8798 d Configure GB imcdev_071 1 Measure Z5 imcDev_071 SES emp Tu Ee Z5 imcDev_ov1 2 TWo point scaling 8 isolated channels for measure CE imcDev 071 Sensors o r Prepare plu
407. logically negated The return value is 1 if the sample value is 0 otherwise the return value is 0 Data types Integer or Digital Digital CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 143 4 10 39 Logical OR 1st input channel Channel whose sample values are disjunctioned with the respective value from the 2nd parameter 2nd input channel Channel whose sample values are disjunctioned with the respective value from the 1st parameter Result channel Digital channel with the disjunction results Description Disjunction operation performed on two channels The return value is 1 whenever one of the sample values from the two channels is nonzero Otherwise the return value is 0 Therefore one of the following two conditions must be fulfilled so that the return value is 1 u k 0O or v k z0O where k is a serial index and v are the two input channels Note Both channels must share the same sampling rate Data types 1st Input channel 2nd Input channel Result channel Integer or Digital Integer or Digital Digital 4 10 40 Logical exclusive OR 1st input channel Channel whose sample values are disjunctioned with the respective value from the 2nd parameter 2nd input channel Channel whose sample values are disjunctioned with the respective value from the 1st parameter Result channel Digital channel containing the disjunction results Description Exclusive disjunction operation performed on two chann
408. low Measurement data of bridge strain gauge Give positive values for strain Valid after reset or new integration of a module gt Information to strain gauges 156i Calibration Show state of calibration For further information see here 19h Firmware Update Enforce firmware in case of incompatibility between PC software and firmware of the module Since CANSAS version 1 6 the handling of the firmware has been changed This could cause incompatibilties with older versions CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 95 3 4 5 2 2 Sensor I None interpret jumper F gt G as a Type K thermocoupl Sensor Identifying data A jumper from F to G can be used for recognizing Type K thermocouples Here the recognition is enabled Sensor Reading writing of Sensor Eproms unless this box is checkmarked the Sensors page is disabled Transfer of sensor information from Eproms to XML files or into imc Sensors or importing of XML file content to Eproms is not possible then Normal export of sensor information from Eproms is not affected CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 96 CANSAS Users Manual 3 4 5 2 3 Export Options Aa Module Sensor Export Display General Export to Vector DB dbc f Message clock in message comment ignore in message comment as message attribute rate Here you determi exporting to a Vector DB The clock rate gener
409. low Eprom reading and writing Sensors index card If the option is activated transfer of Eprom contents to XML files or to the application imc Sensors is enabled Writing the contents of an XML file or data from imc Sensor to the Eprom is also enabled The following shows the existing possibilities and how UNI8 interprets them Signal source Connection pins The module recognizes no measurement source D E open ext current source on overload between Sense and Sense thermocouple Typ K F G jumpered ext current source on no voltage between D E open Sense and Sense RTD Pt100 3 line 4 line D E jumpered sensible value for Pt100 R 1000W Ya Bridge RTD connected resistance potentiometer Nippo Denso sensors with voltage adjustment measurement source with sensor recognition Chip an D E EPROM 6 18 11 Connector plugs For the pin assignment of the DSUB 15 plugs see here 445 The measurement inputs should be connected using a shielded cable in which the differential inputs A and B N and IN are enclosed in the shielding shielded cable measurement channel CHASSIS CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 351 Important The CANSAS module must be grounded Its frame is metal and conducting The ground connection passes through a bolt on the back plane Leaving aside safety considerations grounding is usually necessary for measurement technical reasons Lack of
410. lt in CAN bus terminators terminators for connecting CANSAS to the configuration interface in the PC CAN bus connection CAN CABLE TYPEE2 2 m long 1 1 cable one side with 9 pin DSUB socket cable one side with corresponding plug CAN bus terminators CAN TERMI 2 CAN bus terminators cable one with 9 pin DSUB socket one with corresponding plug CANSAS reset plug CAN RESET CANSAS configuration plug with 9 pin DSUBsocket terminator not included therefore only used in conjunction with CAN CABLE TERMI Cables for CANSAS IP65 P8 Adapter kit for CAN Adapter AMPH CON Terminal adapter kit for configuration of a CANSAS configuration IP65 P8 unit Consists of cable set with 3 pin Amphenol plug for CANSAS Power socket 4 pin Amphenol Y adapter with DSUB plug and 9 pin sockets DSUB 9 plug terminated with Reset Adapter for CAN CAN Adapter AMPH 4 Terminal adapter for CANSAS IP65 P8 4 pin Amphenol connection plug for DSUB 9 terminal for connection to CAN Y cable CAN Bus connection CAN Adapter AMPH CAN 4 pin Amphenol to 4 pin Amphenol female female cable connection cable for pressure expansion 7 27 3 CANSAS power supply accessories O a CANSAS power supply CAN POWER SUPPLY Power supply unit input 240V ac output 15Vpg with 230 mains cable and Phoenix plug for CANSAS POWER socket Supplies one CANSAS unit CAN POWER SUPPLY 110 Input 110V ac output 15Vpg with mains cable and adapter for CANSAS POWER jack for the supply of one
411. lt setting 3rd order Cutoff frequency 1 6 of the output frequency 1 7 at 0 5 ms output rate At output intervals gt 2s an averaging filter is automatically used Bessel Filtering of the input signal with Bessel characteristics Default setting 3rd order Cutoff frequency 1 6 of the output frequency 1 7 at 0 5 ms output rate At output intervals gt 2s an averaging filter is automatically used CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 374 CANSAS Users Manual Expert Settings When Expert Settings is activated the order and cutoff frequency can be configured The Expert Settings are only available for the filter tyoes Butterworth and Bessel Filter Butterworth x Expert settings Order 4 v Cutoff frequency 500 Hz p CANSAS B1 Expert Settings Filter lower cut off frequency upper cut off frequency Bessel 0 002 Hz 400 Hz 0 008 Hz 400 Hz Note e Please note the hint concerning double values with CANSAS modules and imcDevices Studio 39 6 21 7 p CANSAS B1 connector CAN Bus connector see here 437 Cables see here 438 Sensor connector with Phoenix see here 4581 Sensor connector with Autosport AS plug see here 4621 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 375 6 22 pu CANSAS V4 4 channel voltage measurement amplifier Parameter Wert typ max Remas O 4 4 channels on one 22 Pin Autosport terminal type AS212 35SN Measurement mode Vol
412. lters are optimized to provide good suppression of interference while causing only insubstantial signal surges in the time domain and only minor delay times Note that the filters selected are not perfect anti aliasing filters e g with damping of 96dB at one half of the sampling frequency If you use a Sampling interval other than 1 ms and the default filter is not suited to your measurement requirements simply select 1 ms as the sampling interval and then arrange the appropriate low pass filtering or averaging by means of a virtual channel CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 237 6 4 6 Connector plugs C8 6 4 6 1 Standard variety DSUB 15 For the pin assignment of the DSUB 15 plugs see here 445 6 4 6 2 Variety I 5 pin Fischer round plugs The eight measurement inputs connected by the round plugs IN1 through IN8 are for voltage measurement only They are differential and not mutually isolated The device comes with a voltage supply unit for the supply of sensors Pin configuration of round plug pin number positive sensor supply V 4 negative sensor supply V pos measurement input N The measurement inputs should be connected using a shielded cable in which both the positive and neg measurement inputs N and N are located inside the shielding the shielding must be connected to the terminal pod housing measurement channel shielded cable sensor 6 4 6
413. m calibration or adjustment balancing During balancing or shunt calibration the button status is not regarded It is possible to run multiple CANSAS modules in synchronicity to each other to the DCF signal or to u MUSYCS For synchronized operation the corresponding status value is added Data types Result channel Unsigned Integer 4 10 47 Monoflop Result channel Digital channel containing the evaluated pulses Description The monoflop outputs an impulse in response to signal value transitions from zero to nonzero The return value is 1 during the impulse duration otherwise 0 If the monoflop is not re triggerable the zero to nonzero transition is only detected after an existing impulse is completed If it is retriggerable the transition detection is always active and the response to a new transition to nonzero is a new impulse which accordingly prolongs the existing impulse Data types Result channel Integer or Digital Digital CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 147 4 10 48 Output status on LED only for BRIDGE2 UNI8 and CI8 modules BRIDGE2 Output status for The channel whose status is to be represented by the LED Channel 1 Channel 2 or both UNI8 Other or no sensors The flashing pattern for the case that other or no sensors are connected to the module See below for selection For Not balanced What flashing pattern indicates that the channel has not been balan
414. mV 200 mV 100 mV Gain uncertainty 23 C lt 0 025 lt 0 05 with standard connector 0 075 0 15 96 shunt connector Gain drift 30 ppm K typ 60 ppm K max range lt 50 V 50 ppm K typ 90 ppm K max range gt 10 V lt 0 02 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 415 Voltage Value typ max Current mode 40 mA 20 mA 10 mA 4 mA with shunt connector 50 Q 2 mA Temperature Thermocouples 200 C to 1200 C Typ R S B J T E K L N max one type per configuration Temperature uncertainty Typ J T K E L other types uncertainties of voltage measurements 20 C over entire 0 2 K input range sample rate SCI16 21s and SCI8 20 5s with imc plug ACC DSUB T4 0 02 K K AT AT T 25 C ambient temp T SE EE sl lt 0 15K with imc plug ACC DSUB T4 Drift of cold junction 0 001K K AT AT IT 25 C could junction T RTD mode Pt100 Range 200 C to 850 C reference current 410p4A int calibrated Use of thermo plug provides complete set of terminals for full 4 wire connection scheme mixed configuration with thermocouples supported lt 0 2 K 200 C to 850 C four wire connection Uncertainty 40 05 96 plus percentage of reading Value typ max Remarks U O O Block isolation each function block to case CHASSIS CAN bus 60 V nominal testing 300 V 10 s DC supply input 60 V nominal testing 300 V
415. mation between the sensor Eprom Eee A AA TOTO 207 5 8 2 4 3 Read SENSO EM iii a 208 5 8 2 4 4 Write Gensor Eprom crono 208 5 8 3 Plug amp Measure Assembly of the sensor clip 209 5 8 3 1 Assembly of the ITT VEAM plug OUNI 212 Properties of the Modules 6 1 BRIDGE 2 Et MD TD m DE 217 6 1 1 DC bridge readings measurement target Sensor eene 219 MAIN me ras 220 6 1 3 Half Hrid eos de a eat re r ee a Eaa a E ats suet ra aAa E aeeoa 221 EE elo A TON 222 6 1 5 Balancing and shunt calibration ccccsscssessneeeeseessaeeseeeeseeeenseesseeeesneeseneeseeeesenessseesseneesenseneeeens 223 6 1 5 1 Performing bridge balance by button 224 6 1 5 2 Bridge balance upon power up of CANSAS BRIDGE 2 sese 224 6 1 5 3 Activating bridge balance via Can DUS nennen nennen 224 6 1 5 4 Bridge balance duration 6 1 5 5 Shunt calibration 2 2 oe pe alec ee tede daa du das 6 1 6 Connector plugs BRIDGE s ee e a Le e E aeaa e a E adaa aea inns Eaa aaa a erai ani 6 1 7 Sampling EA eege Seed 6 2 CANSER GPS LE 6 2 1 Use of CANSER GPS zae a pe trade as 227 6 2 2 LED signals of CANSER module Status commerce 227 6 3 C12 voltage temperature current eeeeeeesseeseseee eese esee nennen nnn nnne nnns 228 6 3 1 Connector plugs 07 APP PO roren se a aae aa aoaaa aaar aaaea taaa Ea pE rA a Aaoi aaiae 2
416. measuring a 4 cylinder 4 stroke engine the difference between the two may be 180 degrees So if the maximum value is set to 70 degrees the minimum may be set to 110 degrees For interpreting the values note that all angles measured are brought to the range 110 70 degrees by adding or subtracting multiples of 180 degrees Thus if 77 degrees were measured then 77 180 degrees 10 degrees are shown You must take this ambiguity into account The value for the crankshaft s zero marking can be checked An incorrect value there leads to an offset of the angle display Ignition angle shows random numbers The display of the ignition angle is not stable but shows apparently random numbers If at the same time the RPM is incorrect then the RPM should first be checked If the RPM is correct and stabile then the number of Ignition pulses per work cycle should be checked Further the settings for the threshold value and the hysteresis of the ignition signal should be checked When working with an incremental counter having a zero output also check the reference signal If no Logic Level Signal is provided by the control electronics for capturing the ignition time but it is instead captured by a clamp ignition sensor then the pre conditioning of the signals as well as the threshold value and hysteresis must be given special attention CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 283 Example The ignition
417. men ence reser emma a ooe REES em tom 22000 leegen Loon remeras a E pace remesas mee RER eos remeras Od o rms a 9 Il Lm a a o oa o une omoran onea TT a e romos romes a a a o a c ema sone a KEE see aa KEE es a l DAC8 special feature from production date Mode Outputs each set for UU separately DAC8 from 09 2003 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 193 UNI8 special feature from production date Sensor recognition Bridge PT100 inside the Sensor recognition by measurement connector jumper configuration UNI8 from 01 2003 from 03 2003 from 08 2003 from 07 2003 PWME8 special feature from production date oe m Jen Description of features Slot The Eprom TEDS with slot recognition is readable and writable Synchronization The data acquisition modules work in synchronization i e the sampling is simultaneous See the section Synchronization 1121 Readable configuration A module s configuration can be saved to the module in a way which can be read back This means that the configuration can be imported from the module when it is integrated into the system See Extras Options 94 DAC8 outputs each set for I The DAC8 s output channels can each be switched separately between voltage U separat
418. ment CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 256 CANSAS Users Manual 6 7 1 4 Sense and initial unbalance The SENSE lead serves to compensate voltage drops due to cable resistance which would otherwise produce noticeable measurement errors If there are no sense lines then SENSE F must be connected in the terminal plug according to the sketches above Bridge measurements are relative measurements ratiometric procedure in which the fraction of the bridge supply fed in which the bridge puts out is analyzed typically in the 0 1 range corresponding to 1 mV V Calibration of the system in this case pertains to this ratio the bridge input range and takes into account the momentary magnitude of the supply This means that the bridge supply s actual magnitude is not relevant and need not necessarily lie within the measurement s specified overall accuracy Any initial unbalance of the measurement bridge for instance due to mechanical pre stressing of the strain gauge in its rest state must be zero balanced Such an unbalance can be many times the input range bridge balancing If the initial unbalance is too large to be compensated by the device a larger input range must be set Possible initial unbalance A 2 5 V mV V GC 5 V mV V VB 10 V mV V 1 3200 EE ps EC 50 6 7 1 5 Balancing and shunt calibration The amplifier offers a variety of possibilities to trigger bridge balancing e Bala
419. mission disturbances and higher priority messages to pass The actual transfer of the CAN message For a full message and at 500kbit sec this can be up to 0 2 ms e Additional time intervals may accrue in receiving the message In this context it s only possible to state the delay time till the point when the CAN controller is prepared to transmit the message We assume that the CAN Bus is undisturbed and there are no other modules currently outputting messages on the bus only then can a module s delay time be stated The user can then compute for his own CAN configuration what delays will result from higher priority messages The delay time is stated for the module s default setting This means for four adjacent channels in a CAN message starting with Channel 1 One flashing LED and no additional virtual channels Other factors influencing the delay time e Other message structures E g Channel 1 and Channel 16 in one message for a module like the SCxx modules using a multiplexer Since Channel 1 is sampled at the beginning and Channel 16 really at almost the end of a sampling interval the message can only be outputted at the end of the sampling interval thus delaying Channel 1 significantly and Channel 16 almost not at all For quick response only adjacent channels e g 1 through 4 should be placed in a message Virtual channels are always calculated after a delay For swift response no virtual channels should be packaged in a m
420. mocouples or even the measurement of small voltages in general is to be suppressed then a sampling rate must be selected for every channel for which the noise suppression filter s cutoff frequency is a maximum of around 20 Hz E g for the SC16 the sampling rate should be 1s or slower The multiplexer s highest switching frequency module max switching freq Hz highest recommended sampling frequency Hz In the tables above the Specified sampling interval is stated which is set in the user s interface In the module itself a slightly different sampling interval is operative due to the multiplexer and its maximum switching frequency Nevertheless you obtain correct data at the desired rate over the CAN Bus CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 329 6 17 9 1 SC16 Filter H SCI16 877170 T Isolated scanner channels T zi a Filter On Ge e Eh CAN Bus interface Off Block averaging but no time offset correction On Block averaging but and time offset correction The sample rate of 5 ms is interpolated The real sampling time is 6 ms There is no averaging for sample rate 5 ms and 10 ms specified filter cutoff frequency filter cutoff frequency averaging sampling noise suppression compensation interval stage 3 stage 4 stage 5 ms cmm cm T sm oe ene fs Lem mem wre ss ome eure 7m Ss some a some vars ame mem ere ov ms em ECCL ow AA x
421. mode isolation e high signal bandwidth e typical applications for the module include on board hybrid vehicles and measurements of battery and fuel cells etc e It supports the CANopen protocol according CiA DS 301 V4 0 2 and CiA DS 404V1 2 4 TPDO Transmit Process Data Objects in INT16 INT32 and FLOAT The supported capabilities more standards and the settings which can be edited via CANopen are described in CANSAS CANopen CANopen mode does not support virtual channels and controlling the LEDs The technical specs of the HCI8 405 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 293 6 14 1 Voltage measurement e Voltage 20 mV to 60 V The differential input impedance is 6 7 MQ in ranges up to 2 V For all other ranges and if the device is de activated the impedance is always 1 MQ The inputs are DC coupled The differential response is achieved by means of the isolated circuiting configuration for voltage measurement WARNING Do not damage the safety seal Each high voltage module of your CANSAS HCI8 unit was inspected for compliance with the safety guidelines per DIN EN 61010 1 prior to delivery and subjected to a high voltage test The module is sealed after having passed these final tests If the safety seal is damaged safe work cannot be ensured Any intervention for instance temporary removal of the module makes re inspection for safety
422. module 15 V changed from 5 7 W to 3 W also for UNI8 and DCB8 9 5 1 Spec sheet history currently released in previous manual Module CANSAS 4 p Version Version EE P13 eoan 12 09 09 2010 1 3 05 1 2 03 DCB8 25 1 3 19 05 2010 1 2 11 12 2009 UNIS 33 19 05 2010 11 12 2009 9 6 Error remedies in version 1 6 Rev 8 Minor changes 9 6 1 Spec sheet history currently released in previous manual Module CANSAS ze p Version Date Version site 9 7 Error remedies in version 1 6 Rev 7 Alteration PWM8 Pin 11 labeled with Vcc previously 5V LEMO modules current supply SUPPLY and SUPPLY swapped INC4 INDEX channel on CON1 only CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 466 CANSAS Users Manual 9 7 1 Spec sheet history Version Dae Version bae Pajas C16 1313 12 16 07 2009 1 8 24 06 2008 ine EAR 02 09 2009 13 10 2008 SEI ja Lessel ut ZE iz ECAN 02 09 2009 E u CAN HUB4 3751 17 07 2009 20 02 2008 cg Note The version number of the technical data has been set back due to a system change For this reason the version number must be stated in conjunction with the release date CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Index 467 Index 2 menu Help Edit menu Extra menu File menu Module menu View menu Index signal Hu CANSAS cables CANSAS cabling CANSAS supplied by busDAQ u CANSAS supplied by ext
423. module states For each of the states listed it is possible to set the LED and the flashing pattern by which it is indicated For the description of the blinking code see u CANSAS and u CANSAS HUB4 190 4 7 Special module specific characteristics 4 7 1 Acquisition modules Depending on the module type acquisition modules process either analog or digital input data The isolation and bridge amplifier modules for example take analog input data and the digital acquisition module DI16 takes digital data The CANSAS module then sends the incoming data to the CAN bus either directly or after prior processing Such prior processing is accomplished with the help of virtual channels for instance such a channel can contain the results of low pass filtering applied to physical input data After data processing only the results are then transmitted by CAN bus The raw data always consist of the physical or digital input signals which can then be subjected to any desired processing All channels assigned to a message are then transmitted by CAN bus In order for data to be ready for transmission via CAN bus the bits or bytes to be transmitted must be assigned to specific channels To do this use the Drag Drop technique to position the Module Tree entries of channels in messages Virtual channels as well as physical inputs can be positioned in the messages In the message mapping dialog a message s bit and Byte assignments the number and order
424. modules eere 131 4 10 17 Characteristic curve 132 4 10 18 Comparison MN CN Eege EENEG 133 4 10 19 Constant channel only for acquisition modules eere 133 4 10 20 Constant digital channel ee eaea ana aradenn e aeara aaaea Hea e cercana 133 4 10 21 Conversion to Float numerical format only for acquisition modules 134 4 10 22 Event counting only for DI16 modules 4 eeesseeeeeeeeeeeee setenta tenant n sinn nnn 134 4 10 23 Exp root mean square RMS sees eese eene nnnnntnnnnn sinn ntn a nnns inns tsi tn sinas ines tns 134 4 10 24 Extract bit from word 4eeesseeeeieeeeeeeeeeee rra 135 4 10 25 Fixed analog value only for DACH and PWM8 modules 135 4 10 26 Fixed digital value only for digital output modules cessere 136 4 10 27 Fixed input range e P nan tanie 136 4 10 28 Fix d SCA NY M 136 4 10 29 Frequency determination only for DI16 modules eres canon rra naar 137 4 10 30 Greater 138 4 10 31 Greater value 138 4 10 32 High pass UE 139 4 10 33 Hysteresis filter EE 139 ANOS 4 LED AS m CC 140 A UNE 141 4 10 36 Less AAA RP A 141 4 10 37 Eogical AND E 142 4 10 38 Logical NOT 142 4 10 39 Logical OR mss 143 4 10 40 Logical exclusive
425. monitored at regular intervals We recommend annual calibration which consists of an overall checkup of device operation Our distribution outlets can quote you the price for having your system calibrated in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001 When returning the device in connection with complaints please include a written outlining description of the problem including the name and telephone number of the sender and a print out of the configuration This will help expedite the process of problem elimination For questions by telephone please be prepared to provide your device s serial number and have your installation CD as well as this manual at hand thanks A contract for system calibration can per agreement include a software update 1 5 1 10 Cleaning Y Watch Out Always unplug the power supply before cleaning the device Only qualified service technicians are permitted to clean the housing interior Do not use abrasive materials or solutions which are harmful to plastics Do not allow liquids to enter the housing interior Use a dry cloth to clean the housing If the housing is particularly dirty use a cloth which has been slightly moistened in a cleaning solution and then carefully wrung out To clean the corners slits etc of the housing use a small soft dry brush 1 5 1 11 Troubleshooting Only qualified technicians are allowed to make repairs on the device Unauthorized opening or incorrect repair of the device may
426. mpensate up to 0 5 V for the supply and return lines together This means that UNI8 s internal voltage source can deliver a maximum of 0 5 V more voltage Adjustment works slowly with a time constant of some seconds in order to compensate a static voltage drop 6 18 7 Sensor supply module UNI8 channels are enhanced with a sensor supply unit which provides an adjustable supply voltage for active sensors The reference potential in other words the sensor s supply ground contact is the terminal GND The supply voltage can only be set for all measurement inputs per module The supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short circuiting to ground The reference potential in other words the sensor s supply ground contact is the terminal GND The supply voltage can only be set for all measurement inputs in common The voltage selected is also the supply for the measurement bridges If a value other than 5V or 10V is set bridge measurement is no longer possible Note e Before a sensor will be connected make sure the voltage supply has been set correctly not too high Therefore the voltage supply must be set and configured using the software Then the sensor can be connected Otherwise the sensor and the CANSAS module could be damaged e There is a 5 V pin at the imc connector That voltage is not available for the CANSAS modules only for the imc CRONOS series The technical data of the sensor supply is l
427. mplifier gt Index card Balance gt Enter ID in input box Identifier for bridge balance message 6 1 5 4 Bridge balance duration CANSAS BRIDGE2 determines a bridge s unbalance by taking readings for a certain amount of time and averaging these The unbalance value found in this way is compensated in subsequent measurement The duration of the balancing process i e the number of values to be averaged is variable The duration doesn t depend on the way the balancing is triggered The following values for the duration can be set Setting the balancing duration Bridge amplifier gt Index card General gt Combo box Balance duration Available times for the balance duration 0 4 s 0 8 s 1 6s CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 225 6 1 5 5 Shunt calibration CANSAS BRIDGE2 offers the ability to electronically shunt the measurement bridge with a shunt calibration resistor of approx 100kQ This artificial unbalance of the bridge can provide an indication of the measurement bridge s functioning Shunt calibration can be triggered in either of the following ways e By the special button on the CANSAS BRIDGE2 module e Via CAN bus message To make shunt calibration triggerable by button make the following setting Setting the button to trigger shunt calibration Bridge amplifier gt Index card General gt Combo box Button function Activate shunt calibra
428. n 53 0 mv Sinnal woltane maw AFA mV 03 12 2003 14 38 57 7 6 15 7 5 1 Barometer readings The P8 pressure module comes with 8 high speed inputs for external pressure channels In addition there is the built in barometer which is digitalized only very slowly This is because the ambient air pressure is assumed to change only very slowly The built in barometer s readings can only be accessed using a virtual channel To do this create a virtual channel and select the function Barometer You can specify the rate at which the barometer s readings are to be subjected to further processing Note that the barometer actually obtains a new reading only about every 1 2 s All you can do is to set at which rate this value is queried not measured It hardly makes any sense to set a faster clock rate than 500 ms Any subsequent processing should only be used in exceptional cases or for checkups It should not be used to take the difference between an absolute pressure and a relative pressure reading For such purposes begin by setting relative pressure measurement as the channel s measurement mode This will produce much better measurement results 6 15 7 5 2 Built in error recognition Min Max values If after a brief self diagnostic performed after starting up the module detects an error in its analog portion or in the sensor recognition the input range minimum of the channel affected is indicated If this error occu
429. n CANSAS modules is described in the chapter Virtual Channels 671 The properties controls are located on three index cards Virtual channel WirtualChannel01 General Function Message Mapping Name WirtualChannel01 Comment Y unit M Y Sampling interval 100 0 ms Virtual Channel Properties dialog Page 1 On the page General the basic virtual channel parameters can be set These are the channel s name comment and y unit Additionally the channel s pulse rate is indicated which can differ from the parameter channel s pulse rate due to the data reduction possibilities Name A name unique within the CANSAS module so that the channels can be distinguished from each other Permitted characters include letters numbers _ and where the name s 1s character may not be a number The maximum name length is 64 characters The default name for a virtual channel is VirtualChanneli i number of already present virtual channels 1 Comment An accompanying text about the virtual channel This text can be a detailed explanation of the channel s name or may be used for any other purpose The comment s maximum length is 255 characters CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 68 CANSAS Users Manual Unit A drop down list box full of choices for the unit is presented An arbitrarily set text having up to 42 characters can also be entered as the unit Sampling interval The vi
430. n be set individually for each module To do this select in the tree at left the entry CAN Bus Interface This entry exists for every CANSAS module type On the right hand side of the screen select the index card General 25 CANSAS E I xi File Edit View Module Extras Help 0 5 88 a ia legl aa dali A Grouped by messages CAN Bus interface DES imcan mdb UNI8 878367 8 universal amplifiers Eh CAN Bus interface E Message01 General Heartbeat Baud rate 500 kbit s dih Channelo1 All identifiers are Extended Identifiers 2 0B r Geiger Configuration Message Identifiers dih Channelo4 Identifier for module message CES mM ge reception Master 1D 2 essage dih Channelos Identifier for module message a 7 dih Channeloe answering Slave ID dih Channelo7 Jh S xl Expert settings needed for buses suffering overload or interference 15 09 2003 15 47 51 7 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 106 CANSAS Users Manual Observe the following notes If only a single module is connected to your CAN Bus in other words only the two CAN nodes PC and 1 CANSAS module then you can change the Baud rate and other settings as you wish and then configure the module Once the module has been configured successfully the CANSAS module reboots and starts up with the new Baud rate The PC also switches to the new Baud rate You can then communicate wit
431. n on the test object and the bridge circuitry Notes on the selected arrangement are displayed in the text box beneath 5 1 2 1 Selectable geometric arrangements for wire strain gauges and the bridge circuits applied 5 1 2 1 1 Quarter bridge for 120 Ohm WSG E y This strain gauge arrangement uses an active WSG which is positioned on the test object in a uniaxial stress field This WSG is joined by 3 passive resistors within the CANSAS module to form a full bridge The strain gauge can have a resistance value of 1200 This arrangement does not come with temperature compensation The strain is computed as vr EI yA 1000 y Ya mV E 3 wu y k gauge factor 5 1 2 1 2 General half bridge N 1 2 4 1 v 1 0 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 158 CANSAS Users Manual General half bridge with bridge completion in measurement device N has to be set from a list CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 159 5 1 2 1 3 Poisson half bridge Er oS Un Us K Nie 4 Up N 1 v In this circuit 2 active WSGs are used The WSG is positioned transverse to the main direction of strain The transversal contraction is exploited For this reason the Poisson s ratio for the material which is its transversal expansion coefficient must be supplied along with the gauge factor This circu
432. n place Board No enabled for Type PCI plug in cards For entering the index of the PCl version CAN interface board Possible entries are 0 1 2 etc The default is 0 Only use a number other than 0 if more than one CAN PCI board is installed in the PC This setting only pertains to PCI Interface boards Slot enabled for Type PCMCIA drive For entering the ID number of the PCMCIA slot in which the interface module is ported The options are 1 and 0 0 being the default This setting only pertains to PC Card Interfaces PCMCIA LPT enabled for Type parallel adapter For entering the number of the PC parallel port terminal into which the adapter is plugged Possible entries are 1 2 This setting only pertains to parallel port interfaces Automatic detection When this option is active the number of the parallel port into which the adapter is plugged is recognized automatically This renders the previous dialog control obsolete This setting pertains only to parallel port interfaces which support automatic LPT recognition Vector CANpari Re activate Interface Specifies whether the interface is to be initialized upon confirmation of the interface settings using the OK softkey A choice of Yes amounts to a check of whether the interface is present and responding properly If No is chosen initialization is delayed until accessing of the CANSAS module first becomes necessary The initialization process can last a
433. n the vehicle battery grounded at the contact CHASSIS1 and the module frame grounded at the contact CHASSIS2 This leads to strong compensation currents via the supply cable The voltage source is already grounded with the battery any further grounding via the module is not permitted For this reason the device s supply block must be isolated CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 327 Conversely switching power adapters make an additional aspect noticeable In spite of their excellent static isolation electrically isolated devices will inevitably have very small capacitances These capacitances the AC DC adapter s and the internal DC DC converter s isolation capacitances make it possible for high frequency components of the switching power adapter e g 100 kHz 220 V to be coupled in via the input circuitry The HF circuit is closed by the signal source which is either directly galvanically grounded or coupled to ground via leakage capacitances This mechanism can increase noise or cause offset errors which accumulate due to non linear rectification in the input amplifier This problem is called RF interference and depending on the circuit can be unavoidable with highly sensitive amplifiers having a large bandwidth The amplifier s quality may limit the problem but complete RFI immunity can never be achieved For this reason it s generally advisable to ground the common mode voltag
434. nal testing 300 V 10 s analog inputs no isolation analog reference ground CHASSIS Dimensions W x H x D 75x111x 142 mm CANSAS L DCB8 81 x 128 4 x 145 mm CANSAS K DCB8 58 x 112 5 x 152mm CANSAS SL DCB8 D Protect CANSAS SL DCB8 L Supply voltage 10 V to 50 V DC e 4Wito IW Operating temperature 30 C to 85 C PO Module description DCB8 253 Value typ max Remarks Sensor supply Configurations options B ranges Pd Output voltage Voltage Current Net set globally isolated on request CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 395 Value yp ma Remarks Sensor supply available on request only without isolation not with LEMO Short circuit protection unlimited duration to reference ground of the output voltage Precision of output voltage at the connection terminals no load lt 0 25 typ 25 C 2 5 V to 24 V 0 5 max 25 C 2 5 V to 24 V 0 9 max over entire temperature range lt 1 max 15 V Adjustment of cable 3 line adjustment Provided for 5 V and 10 V resistances with DCB8 SENSE line at return line Prerequisites VB supply ground 1 symmetrical feed and return lines 2 identical lines for all channels 3 representative measurement at Channel 1 Efficiency Max capacitive load 2 5 V 10 V 15 V 12V 15V 24V The sensor supply module always makes only 7 of 8 selectable voltage ranges available e default c
435. nal plug Instead they are connected via a 2d order Butterworth filter with a cutoff frequency of 5 kHz This suppresses glitches typical spurious impulses experienced by D A converters upon power up and the otherwise very angular signal shape is rounded A signal shape thus results which appears more natural and doesn t display the otherwise typical staircase look This also reduces the harmonics in the signal Additionally there is a relay connected in front of each output The relay only closes after the transients in the D A converter and the filter have subsided which appear upon activation of the module CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 248 CANSAS Users Manual 6 6 3 Linking the output signal to a CAN message DAC E mdb Ead DACH 870928 E ER Analog outputs Function reads in CAN channel Further functions can only be set for virtual channels without messages Output signal DACO1 is positioned in message Message01 The function set is always Read in CAN channel nlii unum HI ITT DUT E HU Message mapping for an analog output signal CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 249 6 6 4 Message Mapping To begin the expected numerical range is to be defined The available choices for Data type include signed and unsigned integers and a digital bit Specify the resolution of the numbers as the No of bits 8 12 or 16 bits The number
436. nalog components such as amplifiers and filters These have narrow tolerances but also slight deviations in their frequency response and thus also in the times for signal propagation through the components However in UNI8 for instance these discrepancies are typically around 10us Synchronization really only ensures that the instant in which a sample is taken is the same But the signal propagation time through the module depends on many factors These include the analog part with its anti aliasing filter and any digital filters it may have The filters and the digital filters in general are configured according to the sampling rate This is because an anti aliasing filter is selected which is appropriate for the sampling rate set Thus the signal propagation time varies with the sampling rate Although this signal propagation time is constant for a given module type and a given sampling rate if either of these factors change so does the propagation time which becomes noticeable when working with a variety of module types e g UNI8 and P8 This offset is constant and can be corrected but it isn t zero To simplify matters it s recommended to use only one module type for real phase or propagation time measurements and to set the same sampling rate for all measurement channels whose values are to be compared with each other Data acquisition When CANSAS modules work synchronously this makes certain demands on the data acquisition system
437. nals for CANSAS INCA EE CHASSIS CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 457 8 3 5 Modules with Phoenix terminal block 8 3 5 1 CANSAS K DI16 L DI16 Ph Phoenix strip terminal a maso ema Stal A AS A IN 2 INGO IN 3 IN 11 IN3 IN 11 IN 4 IN 12 IN 4 IN 12 IN 5 IN 13 IN 5 IN 13 IN 6 IN 14 IN 6 IN 14 AN 7 IN 15 IN 7 IN 15 IN 8 IN 16 IN 8 IN 16 N NC N NC CHASSIS CHASSIS CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 458 CANSAS Users Manual 8 3 5 2 CANSAS L DO16 Ph Phoenix strip terminal ged ten terminal block right terminal block Sigrar SSES ESCHER EC EE L3 uw ue T 9 x 32 mo T 2 teow 100m o o o ee ue T o EELER BEE d ems eme EEN Lx teow o CSN i me pn ems n EE ee Ls uw eo REES e re e eo eom e pce EC sem EEN 7 p wee tome 5 MERERI E NN DT Ls uw IA TEA 7 RER oes gt gt a DER Low oe 19 EECHER svi ew ewe T 5v eno icowwcwsss icowzomess ooe 8 3 5 3 CANSAS L DO8R Ph Phoenix strip terminal IN8 ON1 ON3 ON4 ONS ONG ON C o o oe orrs ore orrs ore orrr Cen owes Tas SE Tos 8 3 5 4 CANSAS HCI8 Pin configuration of the Phoenix strip terminal for CANSAS HCI8 Connection via PHOENIX spring clasp terminals 5 contacts channel PIN Signal pin configuration for each
438. nce of this isolated configuration gt 1GQ will easily pick up enormous common mode noise as well as possibly letting the common mode potential drift to high DC level These high levels of common mode noise will not be completely rejected by the amplifier s common mode isolation mode rejection So as a general rule isolated amps should be used in environments where the common mode level is high but well defined in terms of a low DC impedance towards non isolated system ground CHASSIS In other words isolated amps are used in environments where the common mode levels and noise are already inherent in the process and not just accidental results of the equipment s isolation If in turn the signal source itself is isolated it can be forced to a common mode potential which is the potential of the measurement equipment This is the case with a microphone the non isolated power supply will force the common mode potential of the microphone and amp input to system ground instead of leaving it floating which would make it susceptible to all kinds of noise and disturbance CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 239 6 5 1 Voltage measurement e Voltage 60V 5V with divider e Voltage 2 V 50 mV without divider An internal pre divider is in effect in the voltage ranges 50 V to 5 V In this case the differential input impedance is 1 MO in all other ranges 1 MO If the device is de a
439. ncing shunt calibration upon activation cold start of the unit If this option is selected all the bridge channels are balanced as soon as the device is turned on e Balancing shunt calibration via the on the Amplifier balance tab e In shunt calibration the bridge is unbalanced by means of a 174 66 KQ shunt The results are 174 7 KQ 0 171 mV V 0 5005 mV V The procedures for balancing bridge channels also apply analogously to the voltage measurement mode with zero balancing Note CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 257 We recommend setting channels which are not connected for voltage measurement at the highest input range Otherwise if unconnected channels are in quarter or half bridge mode interference may occur in a shunt calibration If you have a measurement device which uses imcDevices software you also see the application examples in the Field Busses chapter There you will find examples which illustrate how to perform a shunt calibration or adjustment Owners of u MUSYCS receive the pertinent excerpt upon request For the special case of shunt calibration If at least one channel is set to voltage and zero point adjustment and no channel is set to bridge or strain gauge then upon triggering of a shunt calibration both the status and the LED_function status indicate a shunt calibration but it is not carried out By contrast when adjustment is set it is indicated after bei
440. nd Wem Exports module settings in the project database format of the company Vector Informatik GmbH or in imc s UMUSYCS CAN Assistant format or as an XML file 3 2 1 2 Edit menu The menu s commands are as follows commend Am SS E ee if a module is selected New Virtual channel Adds a new virtual channel to the module configuration Rename Renames a module message or channel Delete Deletes a module a CAN message or a virtual channel Start imc sensors Starts imc sensors database Paste sensor Paste selected sensor from imc sensor into selected channels to set parameters CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 50 CANSAS Users Manual 3 2 1 3 View menu The menu s commands are as follows command Aeon Grouped by messages Groups the entries in the tree by message channels Groups the entries in the tree by channel Expand modules Expand all branches of selected modules Expand all branches Expand all branches of all modules without regard of selection Collapse all branches Collapse all branches of all modules 3 2 1 4 Module menu The menu s commands are as follows commana Ae Configure Shift Configures CANSAS modules even if configuration has not been changed Conducts a measurement using the CANSAS modules Sensors Prepare plug in Set the module to default values Afterwards sensors can be connected Read identifying
441. nd have no set voltage reference in the sense of an external common mode voltage It is also not permissible to set one up for instance by grounding one of the four connection cables CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 322 CANSAS Users Manual The PT100 reference current source is connected to the internal reference of the differential amplifier which has block to block isolation It thus assumes the common mode voltage of all other connected channels by turns as long as they are operated in mode other than PT100 6 17 3 3 PT100 RTD Measurement Type LEMO With the LEMO terminals at the IP65 housing SL it s only possible to connect PT100 sensors directly in 4 wire configuration A supplementary reference current source feeds the sensor How to connect a PT100 sensor is shown below RTD PT100 SUPPLY Connection scheme of a PT100 sensor with LEMO terminals 6 17 3 4 Probe breakage recognition SC modules come with the ability to recognize breakage in the probe lines In case of a breakage within a short time only a few samples the measurement signal generated by the module approaches the bottom of the input range in a defined pattern The actual value reached depends on the particular thermocouple In the case of Type K thermocouples this is around 270 C If the system is monitoring a cutoff level with a certain tolerance e g Is the measured value lt 265 C then it s possible to conclude that t
442. nds on the sampling rate This additional delay is based on the highest speed sampling rate set for the module This non recursive time offset compensation filter additionally leads to a characteristic overtravel upon jumps in the signal However this property is independent of the Burt mode s characteristics A summary of applicable constraints e The highest speed sampling rate of all used including channels used to derive virtual channels determines the averaging interval and thus the noise suppression properties of all channels e Additional signal transit time due to automatic time offset correction is determined by the highest sampling rate CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 183 Scanner timing Burst measurement Burst measurement 40 kSps 40 kSps acquire acquire single sample 50ms burst single sample 50ms burst K1 K16 Channel Rate 5 ms 200 Hz single sample 1s 1Hz Burst 50 ms Filter concept fast scanning vs burst mode fast scanning 200 Hz channel 50 Hz Noise ra Aliasing 100 d 200 Hz 20 kHz 40 kHz filter y quist fast scanning Nyquist sample interpolation fast scanning ADC ADC G effective user channel rate 200 Hz gt serious aliasing between 100 Hz 8 6 kHz Burst measurement 40 kSamples Sigma Delta ADC BW 8 6 kHz Aliasin l Aliasing A free A gt f I l 14
443. nected devices flows through the CAN Bus supply lines When a commercially available 6 pin cable is used the voltage drop along the supply lines must additionally be taken into consideration since they have relatively high resistance the input voltage measured at the module may not be less than 9 Volts So to avoid problems select a higher power supply voltage e g 24 V e When dimensioning the current supply note that the power on current is higher than the long term current Also make note of the information presented above on the CAN Bus wiring e imc u Musycs CAN Bus terminals are not rated for the supply of CANSAS modules but under certain circumstances they can be modified at imc for this purpose If interested please contact our Customer Support 8 3 Pin configuration of the connectors General note Channels whose signal is to be measured must always be connected to a sensor or at least shorted at the input Open inputs can cause the amplifier to be overmodulated which can lead to interference or measurement uncertainty on the other channels In such cases the values of the technical specifications may not be reached 8 3 1 Standard modules with DSUB15 The illustration below shows the view of the CANSAS module from the inputs side Note Don t loosen screws crossed out These secure the device housing oy Use outer nutsto attach imc Use inner nutsto attach terminal plugs e g CAN DSUB U your own DSUB
444. ng must be sealed properly which means that the sealant must be compatible with the fluid whether gaseous vapor or liquid Either quick release coupling having a valve are to be used or during use you must ensure that the flow is halted before de coupling If the connection point for the pressure measurement vibrates it is necessary to hook it up to the quick release coupling via a flexible tube which is at least 30 cm long in order to adequately isolate the coupling from the vibration When couplings and attachments are not connected they should be covered by protective caps to prevent contamination or other damage Y o Caution When hooking up a coupling especially one under pressure fluid can escape Be sure to take precautions against any dangers this could entail CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 308 CANSAS Users Manual 6 15 9 Pressure terminals aggressive media The eight measurement input nipples allow the measured substances to be hooked up directly and easily via quick release couplings An optional low leakage model is available The properties of the sealing materials can be adversely affected by chemical and temperature processes When selecting sensors connector nipples and couplings be aware of the measured materials chemical properties see Chapter General technical specs 408 The temperature limits are also noted in Chapter General technical specs zap The nipples shape and material are
445. ng term current Also observe the remarks on CAN bus wiring above The imc CAN bus connectors made for u MUSYCS do not meet CANSAS module specs but can under certain circumstances be modified by imc to do so Please contact our customer support if interested CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 442 CANSAS Users Manual 8 2 2 CANSAS SL power supply There are two possibilities for supplying CANSAS modules with power e via the 6 pin LEMO socket labeled POWER or e via the CAN bus SUPPLY SUPPLY Supplying power via the CAN bus connectors has the advantage that it can be conducted further down the CAN bus through the module and thus drive a cascade of modules as the sole supply LEMO socket Pin LEMO color of wire front view 1 left SUPPLY 10 V 450VDC SUPPLY O SUPPLY 10V 50OVDC ro suene a py gt Note Note that the cumulative current for all connected devices flows through the CAN bus power supply lines Since LEMO plugs are nominally designed to take 2A rated current per pin a maximum of 12 CANSAS modules should be supplied via the CAN bus connection with 12 V supply voltage and approx 4W consumption per module 1A cumulatively flows in the 3 modules If commercially available 10 pin LEMO cables are used which tend to have high Ohm counts voltage loss in the lines must be taken into consideration the input voltage measured at the module must not be less than 10 V
446. ng triggered and also carried out Note that importing a changed configuration to the module deletes any previously performed bridge balancing and resets it to zero Therefore always repeat bridge balancing after importing a configuration 6 7 2 Voltage measurement e Voltage 10 Vto 5 mV in 9 different ranges The input impedance is 20 MQ 1 MQ when switched off 6 7 2 1 Voltage source with ground reference The voltage source itself already has a connection to the device s ground The potential difference between the VB voltage source and the device ground must be fixed E Example The device is grounded Thus the input VB D is also at ground potential If the voltage source itself is also T4 grounded it s referenced to the device ground It doesn t T matter if the ground potential at the voltage source is slightly different from that of the device itself But the maximum allowed common mode voltage must not be exceeded Important In this case the negative signal input in B may i not be connected with the device ground VB D bom Connecting them would cause a ground loop through which Gelz interference could be coupled in In this case a genuine differential but not isolated measurement is carried out 2 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 258 CANSAS Users Manual 6 7 2 2 Voltage source without ground reference The voltage source itself is not referenced to the device ground NB
447. nipples pressure measurement Nippondenso sensor Nullimpuls O offset offset adjustment IGN Open Drain DO16 Operating software operating system Output modules output signal Output Status on LED Output status word outputs DSUB9 IGN P P1451 4 P8 P8 Pressure P8 anti aliasing 249 145 126 167 105 86 87 85 81 88 91 89 54 313 70 146 146 63 126 63 308 347 166 63 281 263 105 26 121 175 147 148 284 199 121 408 301 O 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH Index 475 P8 Balancing P8 Barometer P8 Barometer readings P8 Built in error recognition P8 filter P8 grounding P8 Maintenance P8 Measurement mode P8 Module integration P8 permanent damage at pressure sensors P8 Read in of sensor data P8 sampling interval P8 specification P8 IP65 pin configuration parameterization IGN permanent damage at pressure sensors Phase synchronity Phaseshift CANSAS modules Phoenix socket Phoenix CANSAS L DO8R Ph Phoenix HCI8 Phoenix terminal block u CANSAS B1 AS Phoenix terminal block u CANSAS T1 AS Phoenix terminal block u CANSAS V1 AS Phoenix terminal block Connection instructions f r u CANSAS Phoenix terminal block DI16 Phoenix terminal block DO16 Phoenix terminal block DO8R DO16R Phoenix terminal block K DI16 Ph Phoenix terminal block L DI16 Ph Phoenix DO8R pin configuration ACC DSUB TEDS pin configuration
448. nly one multiplexer is provided Thus the channels sampling times are mutually offset although they all take the same starting time This offset is compensated for by the software if the option Time offset correction is active Without correction the time offset is in any case less than the sampling rate set e When a rectangular signal is sampled the FIR filter causes the signal to appear overshot You can check whether the effect is real by switching off the time offset correction A Komp out 03 Al x A Komp out 03 DE ES Opt lt gt Mabe Y Opt lt gt Mabe Y v v 6 6 4 4 2 2 _ nz D I l 2 I l 266 3 295 3 324 3 353 3 266 3 295 3 324 3 353 3 ms ms With time offset correction Without time offset correction CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 63 3 2 4 6 Input channel This dialog serves to indicate and to alter the properties of an input channel The dialog s structure is determined by the type of CANSAS module involved The following is the dialog for a CANSAS C12 module input channel for illustration purposes The property controls are arranged on three index cards Input channel Channel Inputs Scaling Message Mapping Il Terminal CON 14N 1 4N 1 Name Channel01 Comment Connector type Characteristic curve Input 2V 2Y D Sampling 100 0 ms interval Voltage measurement C4N DSUB U Y linear M CANSAS C12 I
449. nnel whose sample values are conjunctioned bit by bit with the respective value from the 2nd parameter 2nd parameter Channel whose sample values are conjunctioned bit by bit with the respective value from the 1st parameter or numerical value which is conjunctioned with each value from the 1st parameter Channel containing the results of the bit wise logical conjunctions Description Bit by bit conjunction operation performed on the two parameters The sample values of the input channel are treated as whole 16 bit numbers If both corresponding bits of the parameters sample values are set the corresponding bit of the result channel is set also otherwise it is not Notes lf the function is carried out on two channels they must share the same sampling rate If the 2nd parameter is a numerical value it must be specified in the same physical units as the 1st parameter s values Data types 4 10 12 Bitwise NOT Input channel Channel whose sample values are negated bit by bit Result channel Channel containing the results of the bit wise negation Description The sample values of Input channel are negated bit by bit Integer values are treated as 16 bit numbers and each individual bit is negated which means that if a bit has the value 0 FALSE it becomes 1 TRUE and vice versa For digital input channels the single digital bit s value is switched to the other binary value Data types Digital Digital CANSA
450. nnelos f Ready 13 07 2005 m Read write Sensor Eprom on 4 The pop down selection list determines which sensor information is imported or exported CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 208 CANSAS Users Manual 5 8 2 4 3 Read Sensor Eprom gt Read Sensor Eprom Transfer contents to imc Sensors Write content in XML file to imc Sensors Exports sensor Eprom contents to the database imc Sensors imc Sensors must be already open to XML file Exports information from sensor Eprom and saves it to a file in XML format By this means information from individual sensors can easily be exchanged 5 8 2 4 4 Write Sensor Eprom Write Sensor E prom Transfer contents from ime Sensors Read content out of XML file from imc Sensors The database imc Sensors is open and a sensor is already selected The information on the selected sensor is written to the sensor Eprom out of XML file Sensor information stored in an XML file is written to the sensor Eprom CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 209 5 8 3 Plug amp Measure Assembly of the sensor clip Thread all parts of the Plug amp Measure sensor clip to the cable Insert the written label into the housing Put on the cap CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 210 CANSAS Users Manual Put on the adaptation tube for the matching cable to th
451. not to need filtering and also that the synchronization of multiple channels doesn t play any role 5 4 Isolation Grounding and Shielding 5 4 1 Isolation CANSAS modules consist of 3 components which are all mutually isolated as well as from the enclosure CHASSIS e Analog inputs e Power supply unit e CAN bus 5 4 2 Grounding It is assumed that the module enclosure CHASSIS is electrically grounded as part of its installation The dark gray oxidized aluminum enclosure is by virtue of the oxidization non conducting or very weakly conducting Therefore when grounding use the attachment nuts on the enclosure faces beside the DSUB sockets When the module enclosure is grounded the guidelines for Base isolation as per DIN 61010 1 Contamination Level 1 are valid for the isolation voltages vis vis the enclosure For the mutual isolation of the input channels the valid guidelines are those for double isolation as per DIN 61010 1 Contamination Level 1 see technical specification 2561 of the modes CANSAS SL p CANSAS and p CANSAS HUBA With these module types it is possible to use the cable shielding of the CAN terminals or the Chassis contact taking the form of a fastening bolt only with CANSAS SL p CANSAS HUB4 and the 4 channel u CANSAS to establish the housing voltage level CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 186 CANSAS Users Manual Example for grounding CANSAS CAN_GND
452. nput Channel Properties dialog Page 1 The first page is for defining generalities as the name and comments The connected device input range and sampling rate can also be set here This discussion will only address the general properties The module specific settings are described in the chapter on the Analog page settings The setting Terminal indicates which of the two screw terminals the channel inputs are wired at the plug internal screw terminals The Name can be specified arbitrarily It is a means of identifying the channel There are only these limitations on the possibilities for the name e there must always be a name e the name may not contain the following characters V lt gt A name may not start with dot e the name must be unique within the database e the name may contain no more than 64 characters Incorrect names are displayed in the status bar When the cursor is moved away from the input box the name is updated in the Module Tree When multiple channels are selected it s not possible to assign a name The box Comments is for notes pertaining to the channel The second page is for setting a custom scaling factor and offset In the upper combo box the measurement unit can be set A unit can be selected from the list or personally entered Defining the scaling factor is accomplished using a two point specification Custom scaling factor Y2 Y1 X2 X1 Custom Offset Y1 Custom scaling factor
453. nput no isolation analog reference ground CHASSIS Supply voltages 10VtoS0VDC Sensor supply voltage at 2 5 V to 24 V technical specs Power consumption Operating temperature 30 Gto8sse TI Dimensions W x H x D 35 x 111 x 90 mm CANSAS INC4 35 x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS L INC4 L INC4 V 41 x 128 x 145 mm CANSAS C INC4 8TE 38 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL INC4 L CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 402 CANSAS Users Manual Value iyp max Remarks ed 38 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL INC4 D 300 g CANSAS INC4 Connection terminals 2x DSUB 15 Inputs INC4 L INC4 4x ITT VEAM L INC4 V SUPPLY 2x DSUB 9 K INC4 2x DSUB 9 CAN in out supply alternatively PHOENIX MC 1 5 4STF 3 81 power supply Connection terminals for SL inputs 2x DSUB 15 CANSAS SL INC4 D CAN in out 2x DSUB 9 power supply alternatively inputs 4x 7 pin LEMO HGG 1B 307 only CANSAS SL INC4 L CAN in out 2x 10 pin LEMO HGA 1B 310 power supply alternatively power supply 1x 6 pin LEMO HGA 1B 306 for all SL models Module description INC4 286 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 403 7 13 ISO8 Datasheet Version 1 2 8 differential analog inputs Value yp max Remarks pue TH 4 channels on each DSUB 15 socket Measurement modes configurable in blocks of 4 3 voltage Standard plug CAN DSUB U4 SANSA voltage with divider Divider plug CAN DSUB U4D current Shunt plug CA
454. nsors used are in rest state upon every activation Otherwise there is a danger that a valid balancing will be written over due to a brief deactivation Allow balancing via CAN Bus This optional setting enables the module to be balanced at selected times Towards this end a CAN message containing one data byte is sent to the module whose value is 0x01Hex It is helpful to combine this process with the next option Save balance state in module since in that case the balancing value remains intact even after deactivation Example Identifier for balance message 210 channels 3 and 5 are to be balanced 1 Creating the Send message in the CAN Assistant A message with one data byte is required Assign a distinct name to this message Next assign this message to a channel Since only one data byte is available the length of this channel can have a maximum of 8 bits All other settings do not play any role here CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 241 4 CAN Bus Assistant File Edit Insert Extra G A 8 Y 2 gt amp Y xp Device Definitions Validity Error handling Syncronization CAN element ID Name E Node 1 Node_001 C ef Message Balance CI8 d Channel BalanceByte z A I A Comment DI ae A Device sending message v Eg gt Identifier ID 210 v j Data bytes 0 8 1 v Clock 100 v ms Balancing message in the C
455. nstalls removes and troubleshoot By add Remove Pro Installs and removes programs and Administrative Tools Configures administrative settings f al Date Time Sets the date time and time zone f Eo Customizes your desktop display an Folder Options Customizes the display of files and f Fonts Displays and manages Fonts on you Eb Game Controllers Adds removes and configures gam 5 imc CAN USB imc CAN USB Interface V InteR Extreme Control the graphics hardware Feat Here you can also write new firmware into the adapter The appropriate firmware can be found on the installation CD for the configuration software under Driver Imc imCanUsb imCanUsb bin imc CAN USB Interface x imc CAN USB Interface x 7 Board Info Firmware Update o Imc 1 3Rev3 Driver Firmware open a Applet Jul 23 2003 14 01 25 R Lookin Qimcartsb zl e EI ek ES mCanUsb bin File name mCanUsb bin Files of type Binary Files bin y Cancel Abbrechen CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Startup 31 2 4 CANSAS software installation The software included for installing the CANSAS module is on CD ROM The software is started by running the file Setup exe The supported operating systems are listed here 26 The installation process includes updating of the following drivers e MS DAO e MS Jet Engine e MS OLE Automation e Crystal Records e M
456. nstants and LED Flash The function Digital Constants lets you generate digital functions The constant s value is to be specified as either 0 FALSE or 1 TRUE When the constant is set to 1 TRUE the selected color component of the LED shines otherwise is doesn t The LED Flash function makes the LED blink For this purpose the user must specify a pulse interval and how many pulses the LED is to shine and how many pulses it is to stay off If Flash is set in the input box Condition the LED flashes the set color at the set pulse rate see also LED Flash 145 in the Functions Reference To conserve computational capacity functions with compressed input data are calculated with a time lag see below under Sampling Rates 123 At pulse rates of 100 ms and higher this phenomenon can be observed directly in yellow flashes the red and green components flash on and off at an offset Therefore it is recommended not to specify yellow flashes at higher rates than 50 ms The bridge amplifier module s two additional LEDs are also yellow The red and green color components of these LEDs however are not separately programmable Using the special bridge amplifier function Output status on LED info on the bridge amplifier s status can be output to these LEDs see also Output status on LED 147 in the function reference The LED card for these modules is status oriented i e there are no longer 1 or 2 LEDs but only one or more
457. nt Short circuit status shunt calibration DCB8 shunt calibration UNI8 simultaneous sampling Sine Single shielding single track encoder 321 325 324 318 321 319 63 63 163 182 181 151 414 456 414 456 339 256 201 205 204 91 108 259 427 347 234 244 324 299 205 16 25 27 27 237 23 151 256 339 112 152 187 289 SL housing CAN Bus connectors Slave Synchronization Slope Limiting slot identification slot info Smoothing based on 2 values Smoothing based on 3 values snapshot operation mode IGN software installation Software requirements Special functions special symbols specification BRIDGE2 specification C12 specification CI8 specification DAC8 specification specification specification specification DI16 DO16 DO8R DO16R INC4 specification ISO8 specification P8 specification PWM8 specification SC16 SCI16 SCI8 specificatrion CANSER GPS SQRT Square 1s Signal Standard Deviation Status bar Status word Strain gauge strain gauges Subtraction summation INC resetting supply voltage incremental encoder Supply voltage u CANSAS V1 Supply Pin configuration Supply Pin configuration at u CANSAS Supply Pin configuration at SL housing symbols displayed on the device SYNC 69 436 112 152 104 58 152 153 272 31 26 112 22 217 228 238 247 259 263 266 286 291 298 313 318 227 153 112 153 69 131 15
458. nterface CAN2 can have a terminator resistor switched on internally via software If the device is connected at one end of the CAN line an external Y cable with terminator is not needed The terminator is activated as follows in the imcDevices software s CAN Assistant CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Startup 37 A CAN Bus Assistant 3 ini x File Edit Insert Extra imc CL 4124 122409 cg x 23 cB amp cala Si Ki Device Definitions Validity Error handling Syncronization CAN element ID Name O dAl mpm E Si Node 1 Node CANSAS1 4 Message 6cH Message 04 sl h Jam Channel sf Channel J m Node CAN 1 terminal GH Jj Name Node_CANSAS1 g Comment sl Baud rate 125 kbus sl Format RENE Connection High speed y Expert settings necessary for bus with heavy traffic or when bus is disrupted Terminator in imc datalogger set with imcDevices T Conn Terminator CAN module CAN module Y CAN module L Note If the CAN bus is already terminated correctly that option cannot be used Terminator Terminator Terminator 2 7 4 2 Termination with CANSAS Note that there are u CANSAS ask modules both with and without internal termination The termination is already determined at the purchase order and cannot be modified subsequently Terminated CANSAS modules are distinguished by a T 1160030 u CANSAS 11 AST u CAN u T1 AST
459. nual 8 3 2 Pin configuration DSUB 9 connectors 8 3 2 1 CANSAS K INC4 L8 C WE poe A 7 NC NC NC NC LT ru Ce 3 qe RR 3 9 me we ww Ce ER EE RE 2 The incremental counter inputs have a common index track which is connected in parallel to the other inputs in each DSUB 8 3 3 Modules with ITT VEAM terminals CANSAS UNI8 L CI8 V SUPPLY L INC4 V SUPPLY Round plugs ITT VEAM MIL C 26482 ITT VEAM PIN Deeg Noi L Cl8 V L Cl8 V SUPPLY L SC L INC4 V SUPPLY PT RTD current source SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SENSE PT RTD SUPPLY CON1 amp 3 INDEX RTD current source current source CON amp 4 INDEX quarter bridge completion Sense lead MER for RTD 3 wire connector The index terminal is split between two jacks in CANSAS L INC4 V INDEX is at jack 1 Pin F INDEX on jack 2 Pin F Alternatively the INDEX track can be connected via jack 2 and 4 Pin4 since these pins are connected internally CANSAS L DO8R V L DI16 V L DAC8 V L PWM8 V CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 455 a Jun Iw TU sworn 8 w EES ER e gt o o o 3 p X oo b E DP J O O Pwr O G CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS 8 3 4 CANSAS SL with LEMO terminals The CANSAS modules of the housing model SL which are equipped with LEMO connectors have certain limitations regarding measurement possibilities The exact
460. nual version 1 7 Rev 2 380 CANSAS Users Manual General Technical Specs General technical specs Built in signal processor for online data compression filtering statistics and generation of virtual channels Configurable by means of optional configuration software Synchronized sampling of all measurement channels Automatic activation upon application of supply voltage 16 bit resolution Number of virtual channels lt 100 Depending on the module a certain number of virtual channels are already used internally Those channels reduce the number of available virtual channels Operating temperature 30 C to 85 C condensation allowed unless otherwise indicated Shock resistance 50g pk over 5 ms without connector pods Isolation strength to power supply and CAN bus 50 V unless otherwise indicated TEDS base isolation Power supply 10 V to 50 V DC except from BRIDGE2 CANSER C12 and ISO8 9 V to 32 V DC Modules build before April 2011 9 V to 32 V see specification label power consumption 4W unless otherwise indicated Unless otherwise indicated the technical specs given are valid for the following ambient conditions temperature 23 C air pressure 1013 mbar relative humidity 40 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 381 General technical specs for SL modules Built in signal processor for online data compression filtering statistics and generation of virtual c
461. numerical values as parameters for comparisons or other logical operations together with parameter channels the values must be specified in the channel s physical units It is then necessary to take the scaling factor and offset of the numerical value s parameter channel into account Message Mapping See the information on input channel Properties 54 dialogs in Chapter Operation 9 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 117 4 3 Data formats The CANSAS module supports the following data formats Integer data format 2 byte signed integers 32767 32767 or 8001h 7FFFh Unsigned integer data 2 byte unsigned integers 0 465535 or format Oh FFFFh Long data format signed integers 2147483647 2147483647 or 80000001h 7FFFFFFFh Real data format 4 byte 1 0E28 1 0E28 Channels with Digital data format return only the values 1 TRUE or 0 FALSE The scaling offset and factor are 1 0 and 0 0 respectively Channels with Integer data format return integers as complements on two in the range from 8001h corresponding to 32767 to 7FFFh corresponding to 32767 The numerical range is symmetrical The value 8000h corresponding to 32768 isn t used Each channel has its own scaling factor and offset The integer values are multiplied with the factor and the offset is added to the product This transformation yields real numbers in the desired numerical range Channels
462. o a tiny hill while a package of multiple fluctuations results in a large hill where a threshold is easy to set It is worth being cautious about too much smoothing which might cause the actual ignition pulse to appear too weak so that the pulses after dominate and are the only ones recognized This too would lead to the ignition time being determined incorrectly In any case with such signals it is worth checking whether the sensor can be set to a better position CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 284 CANSAS Users Manual 6 11 6 IGN terminal 6 11 6 1 Inputs BNC 3 isolated BNC sockets for 3 isolated input channels CANSAS IGN BNC inputs e SPARC connector for the ignition signal e ANGLE connector for the crankshaft sensor e REF If an incremental counter is used as the crankshaft sensor the counter s zero output is connected here Uniform conditioning is provided for all 3 signals voltage isolation bandwidth approx 600 kHz 40 V input range 6 11 6 2 Outputs DSUB9 This terminal provides the analog and digital outputs and auxiliary power supply The outputs and power supply are not isolated against the module s power supply s ag 2 KA Sg gg POWER CANSS IGN CAN connector and analog digital outputs CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 285 ww EE e fooson o pe CET EE CIN CET E Dr pem LLL Ce reme
463. o be captured at the ignition coil s primary side by means 300 of a clamp ignition sensor In that case the shape is similar but the signal levels S 200 substantially lower 2 100 3 3 o 5 100 200 0 50 100 Time ms Ignition signal Low level Direct signal capture at the control lines is also possible In that case this is generally a logic level 10 gt E E S E 5 3 o 0 0 50 100 Time ms Ignition signal Logic level Crankshaft sensor The reference angle is determined by means of a crankshaft sensor The sensor determines the crankshaft s current position in other words its angle Possible sensors The typical case is an inductive approach sensor 6 this is the motor s own sensor working by the Variable 4 Reluctance principle VRS variable reluctance sensor The sensor samples the flywheel cogwheel and returns one pulse per cog Typically one or two cogs will be 4 missing to indicate the zero position The signal s amplitude depends on the 0 10 20 30 RPMs Time ms Motor s nuilt in inductive pickup VRS FA VRS V b CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules Alternatively a Hall sensor is used Signals with digital levels are also possible It is also possible to use a sensor returning only one pulse per crankshaft revolution gt S 4 1 0 0 100 200 300 Time ms Hall sensor 10 gt a 5 3 0 0 100 200 300 Time ms Logic l
464. o that they are CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 240 CANSAS Users Manual not lost as soon as the device is deactivated It is also possible to perform a balancing procedure at a specific point in time as desired CANSAS File Edit View Module Extras Help SR e M v deii Amplifier Grouped by messages f testo mdb H y B1 789654 Genefal Balance HS y T1 245963 isolated amplifier Balance G Perform balance upon power on Ok Oe E Message 104 a E Allow balancing via CAN bus dil Channelo1 Channel02 rx Channelo3 Save balance state in module dih Chanmelo4 5 Message106 Balance duration 10s v dih Channelos E i dih Channelos dih Channelo7 Identifier for balance on dih Channelos message 7 TNT if essage mapping 1 Byte E EA Bit 0 1 gt balancing channel 1 01 Hex a LEDI Bit1 1 gt balancing channel 2 02 Hex LED2 Bit 2 1 gt balancing channel 3 04 Hex 2 Special Functions Bit 3 1 gt balancing channel 4 08 Hex 5 4 HTHUB4_5 Bit 4 1 gt balancing channel 5 10 Hex Bit 5 2 1 gt balancing channel 6 20 Hex Bit 6 1 gt balancing channel 7 40 Hex Bit 7 1 gt balancing channel 8 80 Hex Balancing dialog for CI8 Perform balance upon power on Each time it is activated balancing of the module is carried out However this setting should only be used if it can be ensured that the se
465. of bits the numerical format of the channel data being transmitted and the scaling factor and offset are all indicated CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 120 CANSAS Users Manual 4 7 1 1 1508 C8 INC4 and C12 Isolation module ISO8 Differential Amplifier modules C8 and C12 and Incremental encoder module INC4 Up to 12 physical inputs are available depending on module type Sample application A low pass filter is to be applied to a physical input channel s signal and the results are to be transmitted by CAN bus To do this a virtual channel must be created and positioned in a CAN message via Drag amp Drop In the settings dialog for this virtual channel a low pass filter function can be selected and its parameters set 4 7 1 2 BRIDGE2 Bridge amplifier module BRIDGE2 2 physical inputs are available Like all CANSAS modules this module has a programmable red green LED Unlike the other modules it additionally has two more yellow LEDs which can be used by means of a special function to indicate status information If the status information is only intended for transmission on the CAN bus the two yellow LEDs can be used for other output purposes The user of a bridge amplifier module needs to know certain information are Channels 1 and 2 balanced or not Or are the balancing values which are stored in the modules the ones for Channels 1 and 2 Is a balancing or shunt calibration currently being performed The u
466. of particular importance For instance nipples of brass and stainless steel are available The type and material of the sealing gasket are also crucial and must be suitable for the medium to be measured 6 15 10 Table of Chemical Resistance All specifications are for orientation purposes only and no responsibility is taken for their correctness They are meant to apply to 1 pure substances 2 unless otherwise indicated at room temperature 3 for saline solution acids and aqueous solutions moderate concentrations 1 C conditionally resistant Po Neiva gt B e pj w j Eo kee gt o 9 Le Ce j bh ee dw jJ bae p _ Ce jJ INN SO TC mw Ce jJ ll Ammoriumnitate SE mM ll Ammoniumsulfatesoltion a mM gt Ammmum qid gt c c e boo Amylcotste B my w j Eo mate eo Ces J w jJ RE Bj c e bo Bimore w w j e jJ bo Bariumeiide gt w mw w jJ bo 8mwe m mj m ij bl Blastfumecegs pm p w rm j o Bm IIA Ce wm jJ boo be A w m j boo puten Ce mw j wm Jj Calcimnydroxid e w J m Jj lo Cadexedy EC s e bo Cadete 0 pm w m j Al resistant B fairly resistant Dlenot resistant CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 309 NBR FPM EPDM AO O A 48 AAA A pa a Ao aa e AA OA A AA A AA A ea aa a Apra a AA Aoi to AA A oe AA A SCENE CS ECK SC AA A OA Ao AAA Ane OA AA
467. onfiguration Last Calibration 4 8 2005 X Re calibration is already overdue The module should be calibrated by the imc Customer Support CANSAS Module Properties dialog Page 1 In addition to the CANSAS module type the number of input channels is indicated In the case of a CANSAS INC4 module there are 4 input channels The serial number is assigned when the CANSAS module is manufactured and it is unique It is the main criterion for ordering the modules in the module database The serial number cannot be changed It is automatically inquired and entered into the database when the module is introduced into the system The name can be specified arbitrarily It is a means of identifying the module There are only these limitations on the possibilities for the name there must be a name the name may not contain certain characters All alphanumeric characters and the characters _ are allowed The first character may not be a digit the name must be unique within the database the name may contain no more than 64 characters Incorrect names are displayed in the status bar As soon as the cursor is moved off of the input box the name is updated in the Module Tree The Comment box is provided for the purpose of making notes about the module Furthermore the following status information is displayes The box Connection shows whether a connection to the CANSAS module has been made Integrate Configuration Measurement
468. ons Barometer Output status word Comparison function Greater Differential amplifiers only at C8 module Upper value Output status word Lesser Lower value Incremental encoder only at INC4 module Logic operations Output status word Logical exclusive OR Scanner only at SCxx module eie ORT Output status word Goen AND Isolated ampifier only at CI8 module Monoflop Channal status word LED function Module status word Output status on LED LED flash CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 125 4 10 Function Reference 4 10 1 Addition 1st parameter Channel whose sample values are added to the 2nd parameter 2nd parameter Channel whose sample values are added to the corresponding sample value from the 1st parameter or numerical value added to each sample in the 1st parameter Result channel Channel containing the sum of the 1st and 2nd parameters Description The basic addition operation is carried out The algorithm can be represented thus y k u k v k or y k u k c where k is a serial index c a constant numerical value u and v are parameter channels and y the result channel Notes lf two channels are added they must share the same sampling rate If the 2nd parameteris a numerical value it must have the same physical unit as the 1st parameter Data types 1st input channel 2nd parameter Result channel Integer or Digital Integer or Digital 2nd parameteris an Inte
469. oothing filter offers additional interference suppression adapted to the measurement situation Lastly a comparator with adjustable threshold and hysteresis serves as a digital detector The adjustable hysteresis also serves to suppress interference VREF IN analog VHYST IN gt VREFVHYST 2 IN lt VRER HYST 2 INC digital If the analog signal exceeds the threshold VREF VHYST 2 the digital signal changes its state 0 1 and simultaneously reduces the threshold which the signal must fall below in order for the state to return to 0 by the amount VHYST Thus the threshold for the next state transition from 1 to 0 is VREF VHYST 2 The size of the hysteresis represents the width of a range band inside of which the signal can fluctuate due to signal noise and interference without an impulse being recorded Ranges e VREF Threshold 10 V 10V e VHYST Hysteresis 100 mV 4V e Low pass filter None 20 kHz 2 kHz 200 Hz CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 166 CANSAS Users Manual 5 1 3 3 Block diagram sensor cable CANSAS 9 tracks IN1 4 X Y SUPPL Ua SENSOR Ua Filter 50V POWER_G L Note It is not sufficient to connect a differential voltage between INX and INX The operational amplifier only works correctly if its reference gro
470. or It s based on a TEDS which contains all information about the sensor available This information can be used once the sensor has been connected to the measurement device P1451 4 defines a so called mixed mode interface according to Class 1 both the sensor s measurement signal and TEDS data can be carried on the same line e A Mixed Mode Interface sends receives TEDS data and receives analog signals e Class interfaces are designed for constant current fed piezo electrical sensors and use these sensors quasi standard integrated electronic piezoelectric IEPE transducer Class ll interfaces are designed for bridges and other sensors CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 200 CANSAS Users Manual current generator interface TEDS I O A Class II Mixed Mode Interface receives sends TEDS data and analog signals on different lines The sensor is not influenced Dallas DS 2430A Double diod TEDS in microphone preamplifier Standard Sensor TEDS in accelerator sensor The digital part of a TEDS interface is based on the 1 wire protocol of the company Maxim Dallas a simple serial Master Slave protocol The sensors could be for instance the EEPROMs DS2430 256 b and DS2433 4 Kb CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 201 Naturally sensor recognition only makes sense if the connected measurement devices are able to both read and process the sensor s charac
471. or A10 free sealing leakage free 3 4 5 0 6bar oil absolute NW7 8 stainless Viton CAN 25KAAD14RVX water pressure sealing free passage NWB5 stainless Viton sealing one sensor A10 way flow 6 7 8 0 10barf oil absolute NW5 stainless Viton CAN 25KAAD14RVX water pressure sealing free passage NWS5 stainless Viton sealing one sensor A10 way flow 1 Due to the effect of gravity on the oil column in its internal barometer the sensors high sensitivity can lead to offset errors if its position is changed For measurements of relative pressure this can be compensated using the Tare function 3 Leak free signifies that the nipples come with a valve which closes automatically when the tube is disconnected useful for liquids 4 Brand name Kalrez 5 Brand names Viton Technoflon Fluorel 8 Brand names Perbunan Chemigum Hycar Krynac Elaprim JSR N CANSAS L P8 G4 gas pressure measurement module Type IV Channel Range Medium Sensor Module nipple Recommended coupling optional 1 8 0 10bar Gas absolute NW5 brass Perbunan CAN 21KFAD14MPX NW5 brass pressure sealing free passage Perbunan sealing free passage sensor A10 General technical specs Value yp max Remarks Isolation CAN Bus 50 V to housing CHASSIS ETT ACNE UT 15 10 60 Dimensions W x H x D 111x115 x 145 mm CANSAS L P8
472. ort is to be sent to a Lotus Notes database select Lotus Notes database from the list If the report is to be exported to another application for instance MS Excel or Word select the pertinent application Then click OK to start the exporting process If the report is exported to a diskette file or an application a number of dialog boxes appear in which formatting details must be filled in by the user the particular entries needed depend on the format specified in the dialog Export After these details have been supplied click OK and the dialog Select export file appears Using the controls in this dialog a filename and directory path can be specified for exporting the report Files receive a program specific extension when they are exported to particular word processing spreadsheet or database programs In contrast files which are exported in a standard format for data transfer DIF Data Interchange Format are automatically assigned the extension TXT However the program in which the data are to be used may expect an extension different from TXT In the pertinent program s manual you can find the information about which extension to use and the corresponding extension can be specified in the dialog element Filename To finish click on Save and the program will export the report to a file in the format specified CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 77 3 4 1 9 File Print Setup Purpose Use
473. ote that the filters selected are not perfect anti aliasing filters e g with damping of 96 dB at one half of the sampling frequency If you use a sampling interval other than 1 ms and the default filter is not suited to your measurement requirements simply select 1 ms as the sampling interval and then arrange the appropriate low pass filtering or averaging by means of a virtual channel 6 18 10 Recognition of sensor by means of wire jumpers Besides the convenient sensor recognition capability provided by an EPROM TEDS there is also the possibility to use wire jumpers to broadly specify the sensor type However only a thermocouple of type K can be unambiguously recognized in this way This option must be set globally in the CANSAS software Go to the menu item Extras Options Sensor and select under Identifying data nterpret jumper F G as a Type K thermocouple The UNI8 unit will enter a Type K thermocouple as connected in the configuration CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 350 CANSAS Users Manual Module Sensor Export Display General Ix M Identifying data 1 Jumper detection Interpret jumper F gt G as a Type K thermocouh4 Here you can select the manner in which the jumper protection for sensor is interpreted upon read in of its data The setting only takes effect once configuration of the module has been carried out Reading writing of Sensor E proms 1 v Al
474. otschaft01 VirtuellerKanal07 D ah VirtuellerKanal08 Ee dk Dt dili VirtuellerKanal10 ERES dili virtuellerKamal11 DI dili VirtuellerKanal12 KE AE Virtuellerkanal13 D ZK Virtuellerkanal14 Se AE Virtuellerkanal15 DI i EN VirtuellerKanal16 E C No CAN Bus message DOT Dk DO Bito1 Z Gs 4 The settings for the digital output bits in the folder Without CAN Bus message must be adapted so that the function Logical NOT and the input channel VirtualChannel01 are assigned to output bit DO BITO01 on the dialog page Function The other 15 channels must be treated analogously E VirtuellerKanal11 dh VirtuellerKanal12 dif VirtuellerKanalt3 dh VirtuellerKanal1 4 DN VirtuellerKanal15 fii Virtuellerkanal16 B id No CAN Bus message o DO Bit 2 Logical negation of the input channel the result is 1 if the input channel value is D otherwise D Logical NOT lle DO_BitO3 d GE VirtuellerKanal01 E Jl bo Bitos 6 9 5 Connector plugs DO16 For the pin ndi of the DSUB 15 plugs see here 444 Pin configuration CANSAS L DO16 Ph with Phoenix terminal blocks 458i CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 266 CANSAS Users Manual 6 10 DO8R DO16R relay outputs 8 16 digital outputs Value typ max Relays 8 DO8R 16 DO16R Technical data DO8R DO16R ses 6 10 1 block diagram DO8R DO16R 6 6 CANSAS module
475. ouple s measurement leads IMPORTANT Make sure that the connections of the PT100 are not bypassed It should be possible to measure 100 Q in between pin G and D 6 18 12 3 Recommended tools e VEAM contact inserter T98143 e For crimping o Crimping pliers by DML M22520 1 01 o Crimping adapter M22520 1 02 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 355 6 18 13 UNIS DCB8 PROTECT The UNI8 and DCB8 modules are also available in PROTECT model versions These are equipped with DSUB 15 terminals and special protection from ESD electrostatic discharge Suppressor diodes are used at the sensor supply which can limit the signal to 25 V even in response to high transients Furthermore discharge tubes at the inputs IN and SENSE protect against transient voltage surges approx 90 V trigger ESD filters with inductors and ferrite resistors are used at the terminals VB Pt100 IN and SENSE Additionally TEDS is supported These measures entail the following constraints e The sensor supply is limited to a maximum of 15 V e Shunt calibration of bridges is no longer accurate e Pt100 measurement in 3 wire mode is typically subject to an offset of 1 1 K 6 19 p CANSAS V1 1 channel voltage measurement amplifier vous wos Roma Measurement mode voltage measurement connected depending on input range either via IN_60 V with divider 2 60V or via IN_1 V without divider 0 1 1V and JN
476. ously selected then the Properties dialog will indicate that stating the properties isn t possible The Module Tree has the following types of entries Symbol Entry type LL Module database name size number of module entries CANSAS module name serial number firmware version hardware CANSAS module which has supplied version information CAN Bus Interface Baud rate message identifier E gt Differential amplifier inputs for a CANSAS C12 type time offset correction or CANSAS ISO 8 module Input stage of a CANSAS BRIDGE2 module Button functions duration of shunt calibration and of bridge amplifier bridge balance Switching threshold hysteresis low pass filter Input stage of a CANSAS DI16I module Input voltage range sampling time Output configuration none name identifier message length none name input configuration input range sampling rate scaling message mapping Digital impur bit of a DI16l module CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 54 CANSAS Users Manual Symbol Entry type Virtual channel name function units message mapping Virtual special channel LED c Special functions synchronisation heartbeat Pe 3 2 4 Properties Display A ropertie dialog for an In the right hand segment of the application window the properties of the currently selected Module Tree entry are displayed Depending on the type the entry belongs to the properties may appear on up to three index c
477. ow or hide all branches of the module tree Shortcuts Ctrl Num CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 81 3 4 4 Module 3 4 4 1 Module Integrating Assistant Purpose Incorporates a new CANSAS module into the module database This can be done either by accessing an actually existing module via the CAN Interface on line or by making an entry manually off line Shortcuts Toolbar Prerequisite For on line module integration a supported hardware CAN interface must be installed The interface is selected and its parameters set in the dialog for the menu item Extras Interface If this hasn t been done the Integration Assistant will be closed after posting a corresponding message in explanation Also the CANSAS module must be correctly connected to the CAN Bus and ready to run Integrating Assistant j x How to search for new CANSAS modules Integration of multiple modules Multiple CANSAS modules may be connected to the CAN Bus which all are to be detected They must all have the same Baud rate C Single integration Single integration can only be selected if the Reset connector is used Only a single CANSAS module can be connected at the CAN bus A CANSAS module is integrated manually without an available CAN Bus lt Back Cancel For the module integration procedure only the module to integrate may be currently connected to the bus involved It s recommended to
478. ow pass filtering of the isolated voltage channels is 500 kHz In preparation The INC4 module supports TEDS to read and write sensor information modules with mainboard 2 Technical data INCA Lat 6 12 1 Measurement quantities The following operating modes can be set separately for each of the 4 channels event counting time measurements combination of counting and time Events differential e Time measurement Measurements Events cumulative e PWM e Frequency Displacement differential e Rpm Displacement cumulative e Velocity Angle differential Angle cumulative A detailed description of incremental encoder data acquisition is found in Chapter Measurement technique 1641 Setting the operating mode IncrementalEncoder0x gt Index card Inputs gt Combo box Measurement mode CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 287 ver CANSAS Bisi E File Edit Module View Extras Help Combobox for selecting y Gale SES 4o 0 s i 2 measurement modes Incremental encoder channels IncrementalE ncoder 1 Inputs Scaling Message Mapping r Terminal po N 1 IN 1 N ncrementalE ncoder Combobox for selecting input range E REV E EH Input box for setting number of encoder OR pulses Combobox for setting fh IncrementalEncodar8 RPM ne Signal sampling interval dih IncrementalEncoder04 acadel 000 Impul
479. parameters i e Baud rate Master ID Slave ID Then you can combine any modules to CAN Busses without their interfering with each other If you use multiple CANSAS modules in conjunction give regard also to the notes on rack operation There you can find hints especially on the topic of running multiple modules Important notes e Be aware that the module checks whether the Reset plug is attached upon every cold or warm start If the Reset plug is attached the module starts with the default CAN parameters It doesn t start measurement at this point e There is no reason to attach the Reset plug to a module during a running measurement It will simply be ignored Note that in certain situations the unit starts warm for example when configuring making a firmware update when reading from and writing to sensor or slot Eproms as well as other cases e The module will not take measurements if it is started with the Reset plug attached It can only be prepared to take measurements if the Reset plug is removed Not only that it must also be re activated for instance by briefly removing its power supply e When operating with the Reset plug it is recommended to do only as much as is necessary namely to reset the system to a defined and thus known Baud rate Afterwards the Reset plug should be removed right away Then you can resume work with the module as accustomed If mysterious bus errors repeatedly occur when working with multipl
480. pling rate recommended for temperature measurement optimum 50 Hz noise suppression SCI8 gt 500 ms 2 Hz SC16 SCI16 gt 1s 1 Hz 6 17 7 Isolation Concept The modules SCI8 SCI16 and SC16 are based on a scanner concept the channels are sampled in succession and connected with an isolated differential amplifier The potential levels between the signal source and amplifier are compensated by adapting the amplifier s supply reference to the source s common mode voltage namely via a low impedance switch The difference between SC16 and SC 16 consists mainly in the maximum possible isolation voltage of their channels What all modules have in common is their design as an isolated differential amplifier with block isolation Block isolation refers to the fact that the input channels are not only isolated from each other max 60 V for SCI x modules 15 V for SC16 but additionally isolated as a group en bloc from the frame to a degree which can even exceed the maximum channel isolation strength max 60 V for SCI x modules 40 V for SC16 This isolation strength is known as the maximum common mode input voltage Due to the components used the channels of SCI8 and SCI16 units are mutually isolated to a strength of 60 V With SC16 then the maximum input voltage at an input pin may exceed the frame s voltage level by up to 40 V max common mode voltage as long as the differential between any two input pins doesn
481. ply Order code CAN p CABLE MOD Art M 1160017 CAN connection cable shielded 1 5 m 6 pin female AS608 35SA to 6 pin male AS608 35PA Temperature range 15 C 60 C For connection of a u CANSAS x1 AST or u CANSAS x4 AS with a Uu HUBA AS or of a u HUB4 AS together with a u CANSAS x4 AS Order code CAN p IC B4 Art M 1160018 Signal connector for uU CANSAS B4 AS 37 pin AS614 35PN Order code CAN p IC V4 Art M 1160019 Signal connector for uU CANSAS V4 AS 22 pin AS612 35PN Order code CAN p TERMI Art M 1160020 CAN Bus terminator connector 6 pin male AS608 35PN internally terminated for connecting the CAN Bus at the female CAN terminals of u CANSAS V4 AS u CANSAS B4 AS u CANSAS T4 AS u HUB4 AS if connected at CAN OUT socket left side Order code CAN p CAN F CON Art M 1160021 Connector with cable socket 6 pin female AS608 35SA for the CAN terminal of u CANSAS x1 AS T and for the male CAN connection of u CANSAS x4 AS and p HUBA AS if connected at CAN IN socket right side Order code CAN p CAN M CON Art M 1160022 Connector with cable socket Goin male AS608 35PA for the female CAN terminal of u CANSAS x4 AS UHUB4 AS if connected at CAN OUT left side and for the four IN terminals of u HUB4 AS Order code CAN p CABLE MODT Art M 1160023 CAN connector cable shielded 1 5 m 6 pin female AS608 35SA to 6 pin male AS608 35PA with built in terminator resistor on module side Tempe
482. ponding toolbar button can also be used ver CANSAS E sini xj File Edit View Module Extras Help OIS S Gt ital a B ien Grouped by messages Universal amplifier DS imcan mdb ed Bal Diena alance nchronization H E DACB 872373 y H UNIS_878367 o Eh CAN Bus interface 8 universal amplifiers d Type CANSAS UNIB 8 universal amplifiers for temperatur 15 09 2003 16 18 30 7 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 109 4 Next a dialog showing the details of which channels are connected to sensors with Eprom appears It also shows how the sensor properties are transferred to channels settings x CANSAS modules Working steps Ww Reading in sensor data Mk Applying sensor data W Made appropriately pa Slot 2 A Reading in sensor data O Flash Eprom with slot information not connected Ww Slot information read successfully E O Sensor supply Y Setto5Y WE Read in of module sensor data complete Lis 5 Then you can check the suggested settings for the measurement channels and also the global module settings such as sensor feed and modify them if desired In particular check the data rate and channel names 6 Finally the module must be configured for these settings to take effect Checking the connected sensors Whenever it boots start cold start or warm start UNI8 performs a check of the connected sensors Of course it is actually t
483. power on E yu Ti 245963 c x49 y Ul 256983 Allow balancing via CAN bus RW HIHUES ee 0 0 eee Balance duration 10s y Identifier for balance 200 message Message mapping 1 Byte Bit 0 1 gt balancing channel 1 01 Hex p CANSAS B1 Balancing dialog With u CANSAS B1 there are a variety of ways to perform balancing e Bridge balancing upon power up 370 automatically balances out the zero offset as soon as the module is activated e With Perform bridge balancing via the CAN bus 370 a CAN Bus message initiates the balancing process e The balancing procedure is performed in the measurement window Save balance state in module This optional setting ensures that the balancing values are not lost once the device is deactivated Balance duration Data acquisition for determining the averaged balancing value If the input signal fluctuates somewhat around the rest state a longer duration can cancel out these fluctuations Identifier A message to perform balancing must bear the identifier set here Any initial unbalance of the measurement bridge for instance due to mechanical pre stressing of the strain gauge in its rest state must be zero balanced If the initial unbalance is too large to be compensated by the device a larger input range must be set Input range mV V Bridge balancing VB 5V mV V TIRA The bridge balancing is the difference between the input range set and the possible input range
484. power supply u CANSAS blinking codes u CANSAS CAN Bus connectors u CANSAS Connection instructions for Phoenix terminal block u CANSAS B1 u CANSAS B1 Bridge balancing u CANSAS B1 Bridge balancing fupon power up u CANSAS B1 Bridge balancing via the CAN bus u CANSAS B1 bridge measurement u CANSAS B1 Connector u CANSAS B1 Filter u CANSAS B1 in the measurement window u CANSAS B1 Sampling interval u CANSAS B1 AS Phoenix terminal block u CANSAS B4 51 49 50 49 50 50 289 438 44 46 44 190 437 460 365 425 369 370 370 365 374 373 371 373 459 377 425 u CANSAS HUB4 u CANSAS HUB4 blinking codes u CANSAS HUB4 Synchronization u CANSAS T1 u CANSAS T1 Connector u CANSAS T1 Filter u CANSAS T1 Sampling interval u CANSAS T1 Temperature measurement u CANSAS T1 AS Phoenix terminal block u CANSAS T4 u CANSAS V1 u CANSAS V1 10V Supply voltage u CANSAS V1 5V Supply voltage u CANSAS V1 balance u CANSAS V1 Connector u CANSAS V1 Filter u CANSAS V1 Sampling interval u CANSAS V1 Voltage measurement u CANSAS V1 zero adjusting u CANSAS V1 AS Phoenix terminal block u CANSAS V4 2 point scaling A absolute pressure Absolute Value ACC DSUB T4 accessories ACC terminals Acquisition modules Activating balance via CAN bus u CANSAS V1 Addition adjustment of supply UNI8 378 426 190 379 363 424 364 364 364 363 459 376
485. products which this manual does not answer please contact our Customer Support department 1 2 imc Customer Support Hotline Germany imc MeBsysteme GmbH Phone 030 46 70 90 26 Fax Bj 030 4 63 15 76 WWW www imc berlin com e mail hotline imc berlin de For our international partners see www imc berlin com and click to International Distributors When requesting telephone consultation please be prepared to state the serial numbers for your device and for your software s data carrier and have this manual present Thanks CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 CANSAS 17 1 3 Guide to using the manual B HE Instructions You really should read this Ch 1 Required reading 22 Important information Safety Notes License Contract Requirements Ch 2 Installation 27 CAN Bus description Software installation System set up Regularly updated information and up to date user s manuals can be accessed on www imc berlin com CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 18 CANSAS Users Manual 1 4 Guidelines 1 4 4 Certificates and Quality Management imc holds DIN EN ISO 9001 certification since May 1995 Current certificates and information about the imc quality system can be found on the WEB http Awww imc berlin de en Customer Support Quality Assurance For further information please contact our hotline 167 1 4 2 imc Guarantee Subject to imc MeBsys
486. protection test pulse 6 with max 250 V automotive load dump Ri 30 Q td 300 us tr lt 60 us ISO 7637 Testimpuls 6 Input coupling DC isolated differential isolated to System GND configuration case CHASSIS Input impedance 10 MQ voltage mode range lt 2 V temperature mode 1 MQ voltage mode range gt 5 V 500 current mode shunt plug CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 391 Parameter me min max Remarks CS Input current operating conditions 1nA on overvoltage condition 1 mA Vin gt 5 V on ranges lt 5 V or device powered down TEDS Transducer Electronic conformant to IEEE 1451 4 DataSheets Class II MMI CANopen mode CiA DS 301 V4 0 2 and CiA DS 404V1 2 supports 4 TPDOs in INT16 INT32 and FLOAT Power supply 10 Vio 80 V DC e Power consumption of lt 45W 24 V pc analog conditioning Operating temperature 30 C to 85 C ee Dimensions W x H x D 55 x 111 x 145 mm CANSAS L CI8 SUPPLY 2T CANSAS L CI8 V SUPPLY 40 x 128 x 145 mm CANSAS K CI8 BNC 58 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL CI8 L 38 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL CI8 D 78x112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL CI8 L SUPPLY 58 x 112 5 x 152 mm CANSAS SL CI8 D SUPPLY 560 9 eee CTO A meme Tiens ns E Upon request isolated versions 2 5 V to 15 V 24 V non isolated only Module description CI8 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 392 CANSAS Users Manual 7 6 DAC8
487. pulse signal is less precise the higher the measured frequency is Data types 4 10 51 Rectangle only for DAC8 modules Result clock pulse Data rate of result channel Cycles with high pulse Number of sample intervals with high pulse as output Cycles with low pulse Number of sample intervals with low pulse as output Amplitude with high pulse Amplitude of high pulse in V Amplitude with low pulse Amplitude of low pulse in V Results channel Rectangular signal Description Output of a rectangular signal at the voltage output The parameters to be set are the clock cycle for the function the duration of the high pulse and the amplitude in V The number of cycles with a pulse multiplied by the specific clock cycle equals the duration of the high pulse The number of cycles without a pulse multiplied by the clock cycle equals the duration of the low pulse The amplitude of the high and low can be freely specified in the range from 10 V to 10 V Resulting frequency 1 No of cycles with pulse no of cycles without pulse result clock rate Data types Result channel Integer CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 150 CANSAS Users Manual 4 10 52 Resampling Input channel Channel to be re sampled Result clock pulse Data rate of result channel Result channel Re sampled input channel Description The mean values within each reduction interval in the channel are determin
488. put channel Integer or Unsigned Integer Digital 2nd parameter is an input Integer or Unsigned Integer channel Digital Integer or Unsigned Integer 2nd Integer or Unsigned Integer parameter is an input channel Digital Digital 2nd parameter is an input Digital channel Integer or Unsigned Integer 2nd parameter is a numerical value Integer or Unsigned Integer Digital 2nd parameter is a numerical value 4 10 15 Button status only for BRIGDE2 and UNI8 modules Result clock pulse Clock pulse of result channel Result channel Channel representing button status signal Description Outputs button status of BRIDGE2 or UNI8 module at specified sampling rate If the button was pressed the returned result is 1 for the duration of one pulse else 0 When the button is pressed only the signal edge is evaluated i e it doesn t matter how long the button is held down If the button function is set to Activate balance or Activate shunt calibration the button only takes effect if balancing or shunt calibration can be performed During balancing or shunt calibration the button status is ignored Since it is the signal edge which counts only a single 1 appears between sequences of zeroes Data types Result channel Digital 4 10 16 Channel status word only for UNI8 and CI8 modules Result clock Pulse rate of result channel Result channel Current content of input channel s status word Description A status word for chann
489. put range 10 C to 60 C uncertainty specs pertain to range 0 3 bar to 0 3 bar lt 1 8mbar pressure sensor 0 5 bar to 9 0 bar 21 mbar derived by means of intern barometer 0 5 bar to 2 5 bar lt 8 2 mbar R 0 2 bar to 0 2 bar lt 2 4 mbar Value typ max Remaks Medium hookup quick release nipples designed for 5 stainless steel perfluorine rubber FFKM gases fuels oils water Leak free 3 5 chrome plated brass FFKM fuels Non leak free 5 or 7 2 stainless fluorine rubber FPM FKM gases oils water 5 brass butadiene acrylonitrile rubber NBR 8 with regular lubrication Overload protection Input ranges 0 bar to 10 0bar 15 bar 0 bar to 3 5bar 5 bar 0 8 bar to 1 2bar 0 5 bar 1 5 bar 0 3 bar to 0 3bar 0 5 bar 0 5 bar Material temperature 0 C to 100 C Perfluorine rubber FFKM The upper limits are determined 15 C to 100 C Fluorine rubber FPM FKM by the pressure sensors 0 C to 100 C butadiene acrylonitrile rubber NBR 5 Sealings not used in standard O C to 100 C Ethylene Propylene models CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 409 CANSAS IP65 P8 fluid pressure measurement module Channel Range Medium Sensor Module nipple Recommended coupling optional 1 2 0 10bar fuel absolute NW5 chrome plated brass order code CAN 21KLAD14MKC pressure Kalrez sealing leakage NW5 chrome plated brass Kalrez sens
490. puts of the other terminal chassis power supply and the CAN bus 5 1 5 2 Connecting an output signal with a CAN message If a certain output bit is to be set by a CAN message that output bit must be positioned in a message The output bit s module tree entry can be positioned as desired by Drag Drop in the module tree at any position in the message or under No CAN bus message Note that the tree must be grouped by message for this to work see View menu item Grouped Du 80 Then the output bit function Read in CAN channel is unalterably active 25 CANSAS 3 10 x File Edit View Module Extras Help POS lite X EIB Ze pv dm Grouped by messages Digital output bit DO Bit02 2 CIB 879532 SS DO16 123654 Outputs Function Message Mapping Digital outputs B CAN Bus interface Function reads in CAN channel amp I Il t Further functions can only be set for virtual channels without messages Z E H E Message107 le Do Bito1 Ule DO_Bito2 llo Do Bito3 lle Do Bito4 Function le Do Bitos le Do Bitoe Mo po Wi Fi gt Ready Read in CAN channel 107 10 2008 11 35 59 output bit DO_Bit02 is in CAN message Message01 The function is always set to Read in CAN channel On the index card Message mapping the data type start byte and start bit can be specified It makes sense to select digital bit as the data type for the digital output
491. r e Calibration certificate as per DIN EN ISO 9001 e Instruction manual CANSAS modules e With strand cast aluminum housing Connection terminal for power supply via Phoenix socket or via LEMO socket with gum sealing ring at SL models CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 24 CANSAS Users Manual 1 5 1 5 After Unpacking Please check the device for mechanical damage and or loose parts after unpacking it The supplier must be notified immediately of any transportation damage Do not operate a damaged device Note that a CANSAS module must be configured before being taken into operation 1 5 1 6 Guarantee Each device is subjected to a 24 hour burn in before leaving imc This procedure is capable of recognizing almost all cases of early failure This does not however guarantee that a component will not fail after longer operation Therefore all imc devices are guaranteed to function properly for one year The condition for this guarantee is that no alterations or modifications have been made to the device by the customer 1 5 1 7 Before Starting Condensation may form on the circuit boards when the device is moved from a cold environment to a warm one In these situations always wait until the device warms up to room temperature and is completely dry before turning it on We recommend that you allow an approx 30 min warm up phase before starting a measurement The module has been designed for use in clean and dry
492. r code ________________ BEE pO RED VELLOW FIRMWARE b RED GREEN oo YELOW YELLOW CONFIGURATION Po A DER YELLOW MODULETYPE pO RED GREEN IO o E E oo RED YELLOW ERRORWRITING b LLL RED GREEN Eo ELEM RED DELETE ERROR CHIP poe LOW YELLOW FLASH PAGE TOO SMALL pp CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 190 CANSAS Users Manual Top level code Subordinate code Error description po T PACKET LOST GREEN YELLOW RED RED FIFO FULL po T FIFO EMPTY GREEN GREEN General internal error RED RED ILLEGAL CALL pO RED YELLOW ILLEGAL DATA ILLEGAL LENGTH RED GREEN structure pf ESTE RAM TEST YELLOW YELLOW NO ONLINE For the CANSAS modules UNI8 and Canser there are additional blinking codes which however do not indicate device errors but rather a status or an external error 5 5 1 5 UNI8 TEDS With the UNI8 module particular blinking codes for status indication are already set as default settings These can be arbitrarily changed and adapted to the user s own requirements The default settings for the blinking codes for the respective modules are TEDS sensors blinks only red after a TEDS sensor was connected any time before 5 5 1 6 Canser GPS For the Canser GPS there are only two blinking codes which indicate an external error GREEN blinking Module functioning YELLOW blinking No GPS mouse connected contact to mouse lost RED blinking CA
493. r interface ii dd NR dee De e RE 48 3 2 1 T Elle EE 49 3 21 2 Edit MENU ee 49 3 2 1 3 View men 50 3 2 1 4 ele TEE 50 3 2 1 5 Extra menu 50 3 2 1 6 menu Help 51 gl O AAA O ON 51 lt A A O 52 3 23 The Module Tree e 53 3 2 4 Properties Display we 54 3 2 4 1 Module database A 54 3 2 4 2 CANSAS Module cocino arcos 56 EE 56 3 2 4 E e WEE 57 E EE ME lat EE tee eee Mr 58 ARS RO RT 58 EE Eu 59 3 2 4 4 CAN Bus message 61 3 2 4 5 Input Output stage 62 A ON 63 3 2 4 6 1 Third output module dalog ron nc narco narco no nennen nennen 66 3 2 4 7 Virtual En EE 67 3 2 4 8 Virtual channel 67 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH CANSAS Users Manual 3 2 4 9 Special functions tette e EE 69 KREIEN Dar DDR 69 3 3 Working with the Module Tree eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeee nennen nnne nnne nnne 70 3 4 Menu f nctions e need anal si 73 BAA FICS ios AEE nn A AA 73 34 el File E EEN 73 341 Al ERO E 73 3 4 1 3 File S8V6 ete Peter ree Ree e eder 73 3 4 1 4 File Save aS sa e cee ee ae e 73 3 4 1 5 File Import 74 3 4 1 6 File Export 74 SARI e ER cee a ee ee esha e eas Ac ea a E coso tren Alar oat 74 3 4 1 8 File s Page Preview sete avin ook E aida aaa 75 3 4 1 9 1 The leg DEE 75 3 4 1 8 2 The Export dialog we 76 3419 File SPINE SetUp EE 77 K WBARICNR sugue de TEL EEN 77 O EE 77 K ER DEE 77 Se Lelleg EA ee d
494. r s bandwidth and that anti aliasing effects could theoretically occur for that reason the conditions are vastly less extreme than with fast scanning the range of possible aliasing errors is now limited to between one half of the channel sampling rate and the block filter s cutoff frequency This range has a frequency ratio of approx 14 to 28 depending on the module type and with the sampling rate suitably selected it lies below the critical frequency ranges from 5 0 Hz on in which the relevant interference is expected This procedure thus has the following advantages e flexible configuration of low speed precision measurements and high speed measurements with one and the same affordable scanner system e Optimal aliasing free noise suppression of even 50 Hz interference in spite of a scanner amplifier s relatively high bandwidth Note the following constraints The block averaging time is not channel specific It is based on the smallest sampling rate set in the system All channels used including ones not outputted directly but rather used to calculate virtual channels are instrumental The procedure thus provides only advantages if all channels are set to one low speed sampling rate which determines the noise suppression properties Note also that systems using a multiplexer also have a time offset between channels This is automatically corrected computationally in fact by means of a filter having a transit time delay which depe
495. r supplied from the power supply unit Configuration 4 Integrating a y CANSAS in a standard CAN Bus system Computer CAN bus interface or CAN Termi 1050028 or CAN Reset 1050025 imcDevice CRPL busDAQ etc E TT EM M KR Gell CAN u Cable config 1160029 d e 2 ees 9 36V DC CAN U xx1 AS T power supply CAN u xx4 AS Termination with Y cable and p CANSAS Supply via power supply unit CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 46 CANSAS Users Manual 2 7 11 2 Power supply from busDAQ unit Configuration 5 CANSAS via HUB Termination inside of the cable u Cansas not terminated _ Y C CAN p CABLE MODTCHT 1160023 7 s5 pH F c S i CAN u Termi 1160020 CAN u xx1 AS CAN u HUB4 AS busDAQ 2 ET or CANSAS CANSAS terminatedinside of the cable busDAQ supplies CANSAS and HUB Configuration 6 CANSAS via HUB Termination inside of the cable y Cansas terminated boe eue b ss E jj d A O ail CANO CABLE E MOD HD 160017 il Drew E zl n3 ES T B CAN p Termi 1160020 0 6 E gt C SE CAN u xx1 AS T CAN u HUB4 AS busDAQ 2 ET or CANSAS CANSAS are terminated internally busDAQ supplies CANSAS and CANSAS Configuration 7 CANSAS and CANSAS Termination inside of the busDAQ unit and at the CANSAS na CANSAS lt u Cansas not terminated e CAN u Y CABLE HT 1160026 Po eoco ex I d D a 5 j ha 1 rei CANIU Xx1 AS busDAQ 2 ET or
496. rack from imc each slot has two CAN Bus plugs These two plugs are designed so that the inserted CANSAS module receives the complete CAN Bus and supply connection But these plugs are not both equipped as per CiA In particular the CAN Bus is connected to only one of the two plugs Only CANSAS modules should be connected at this plug It is important not to use these plugs to for instance attach a Reset plug or a CAN Bus cable as a stub line CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 105 e Baud rate All CANSAS modules in a rack must have the same Baud rate If even only one of the modules or the PC is set to a different Baud rate the CAN Bus will not work The CAN controller components detect a bus error and deactivate themselves The CAN Bus is programmed to do this It is recommended that you work with only a single Baud rate within the test location or environs for which task the CANSAS modules are places in the racks Only then is it possible to freely combine modules to insert them into racks and to have them automatically recognized by the user interface The setting Standard or Extended identifier should also be the same for all Master Slave ID Along with the Baud rate a single Master and Slave ID should also be set for all the CANSAS modules Like the Baud rate these two CAN Bus identifiers absolutely should be the same throughout the measurement setup The two identifiers enable the user interface to find
497. rain gauges CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 367 6 21 2 Full bridge yu CANSAS B1 Full bridge The full bridge consists of four resistor arms All 4 of the bridge s resistors are outside of the CANSAS module Input ranges e Voltage 200 mV V 0 5 mV V connected at IN_1V and IN CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 368 CANSAS Users Manual 6 21 3 Half bridge p CANSAS B1 Half bridge In many applications the sensor only comprises half of the full bridge in other words two opposed variable resistors The other half must be completed using a highly constant symmetric resistant conductors With the u CANSAS bridge channel this half bridge completion is already available as a pre configured internal circuit It has an external contact HB at the terminal connector and only needs to be connected with the input pin IN by means of a wire jumper Input ranges e Voltage 200 mV V 0 5 mV V connected at IN_1V and IN CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 369 6 21 4 Bridge balancing File Edit View Module Extras Help nad 7 Lari Ea 2X Ela v GU e xt Grouped by messages Special Functions 5 testo mdb Fe 3 49 y Bl 789654 Heartbeat Synchronizati n Balance Nopen dik Channel S LED Balance CAN Bus interface Ee A Special functions Perform balance upon
498. range limit L are calculated by L 32767 Factor Offset and L 32767 Factor Offset All sample values of the input channel are linearly transformed to fit the new result channel value range Notes The function can only be carried out if the degree of stretching or contraction of the value range derived from the specified scaling factor and offset is not too large CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 137 Data types 4 10 29 Frequency determination only for DI16 modules Input channel Channel for which a frequency is to be determined Input range The following input ranges can be set 30 Hz 60 Hz 125 Hz 250 Hz 400 Hz 800 Hz 2 kHz 4 kHz Result clock pulse Clock pulse rate of results channel Result channel Results of frequency determination Description Determines a signal frequency for the digital input signal The function s action is a combination of event counting and time measuring An event is a transition from 0 to 1 nonzero i e a positive edge During a sampling interval the events occurring as well as the time between the first and last occurrence are measured The frequency is computed as the number of events divided by the time between the first and last complete event within the interval An event is completed when the positive edge is succeeded by a subsequent positive edge In order for a frequency to be determined then at least two complete events must be lo
499. rature range 15 C 60 C For connection of a CANSAS CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 440 CANSAS Users Manual x1 AS with a u HUBA4 AS Order code CAN p CABLE 1 HT Art M 1160024 Type 1 CAN connection cable From 6 pin female AS608 35SA on device side to 9 pin DSUB socket shielded 1 5 m Temperature range 40 C 120 C For direct connection of u CANSAS x1 AST p CANSAS x4 AS T and u HUB4 AS u CANSAS connected via male CAN terminal if connected at CAN IN socket right side to the imc CAN interface if the module is supplied via the CAN Bus Order code CAN y CABLE MODT HT Art M 1160025 CAN connection cable shielded 1 5 m 6 pin female AS608 35SA to 6 pin male AS608 35PA with built in terminator resistor on the module side Temperature range 40 C 120 C For connecting a p CANSAS x1 AS with a u HUB4 AS Order code CAN p CABLE MOD HT Art M 1160026 CAN connection cable shielded 1 5 m 6 pin female AS608 35SA to 6 pin male AS608 35PA Temperature range 40 C 120 C For connecting a u CANSAS x1 AST or u CANSAS x4 AS with a p HUB4 AS or a u HUB4 AS together with a u CANSAS x4 AS Order code CAN py Y CABLE Art 8 M 1160027 CAN Bus Y cable 6 pin female AS608 35SA on device side to 9 pin DSUB socket and 9 pin DSUB plug shielded Temperature range 40 C 120 C For connecting multiple u CANSAS x1 AS T units together or connection to the imc CAN interfac
500. rd PCMCIA e From Vector PC Card CANCardX PCMCIA and CANpari Parallelport Dongle e imc offers a CAN USB adapter as an interface The program only allows one active interface therefore if multiple interfaces are installed as hardware it is only possible to a ternate among them it s not possible to set up several for simultaneous use In any case only the respective interface s CAN Controller 1 is supported If the interface board has two CAN Bus terminals then be sure to connect the CANSAS module at the correct plug The Interface Dialog The following options allow you to specify which interface to use and how it is configured Interface ES r Board 7 IV relactivate k Type eN Interface Address hex c800 IRQ po y Cancel m Chip z E Ce CAN 1 C GAN 2 Type Select from the combo box which interface type is to be used with the PC PC Card Interface PCMCIA or PC plug in board in the ISA or PCI version Address enabled for Type ISA plug in cards For entering the base address of the l O space used by the ISA board The setting must be a hexadecimal value in the range C000 to FEOO in steps of 8k The default value is DOOO The range DOOO D1FF is a free area in most Windows systems Other possibilities would be for instance D200 D400 etc See the documentation for the interface board for more detailed information This setting only pertains to ISA Interface boards Note If an I
501. rd DSUB Besides thermocouples it s also possible to connect PT100 sensors directly in 4 wire configuration A supplementary reference current source feeds up to four sensors connected in series jointly When the imc Thermoplug is used the connection terminals are already wired in such a way that this reference circuit is automatically closed Example for one PT100 in 4 wire configuration Example for two PT100 in 4 wire configuration CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 234 CANSAS Users Manual 6 4 3 3 Measurement with PT100 RTD Type LEMO With the LEMO terminals at the IP65 housing SL it s only possible to connect PT100 sensors directly in 4 wire configuration A supplementary reference current source feeds the sensor How to connect a PT100 sensor is shown below RTD PT100 SUPPLY Connection scheme of a PT100 sensor with LEMO terminals 6 4 3 4 Thermocouple measurement Type II round plugs The cold junction required for the operation of thermocouples is located within the connector pod and its temperature is measured and accounted for by the measurement device Thermocouple isolated and referenced to external potential by means of spot welded contact The thermocouple is mounted in such a way that it already is in electrical contact with the CANSAS module s ground chassis The thermocouple is connected for differential measurement The thermocouple itself already is referenced to th
502. re available to this module under the function group heading Universal amplifier See below in the functions reference for descriptions of these functions For sample applications refer to the material on the isolated amplifier module 4 7 1 5 DI16 Digital acquisition module DI16 This module has 16 digital inputs The additional functions Event counting Frequency determination and Time determination are available to this module under the group heading Pulse signals See below in the functions reference for descriptions of these functions Sample application A digital input bit is to be inverted and the results are to be transmitted by CAN bus To do this a virtual channel must be created and positioned in a CAN message using Drag amp Drop In the settings dialog for this virtual channel the function Logical NOT can be selected and its parameters set 4 7 2 Output modules The output modules are DAC8 PWM8 DO16R and DO8R These modules receive their data in messages via the CAN bus The CAN messages can contain either analog or digital data The channel data are extracted from the CAN messages and then output on the process side either directly or after prior processing Such prior processing is accomplished with the help of virtual channels for instance such a channel can contain the results of low pass filtering applied to channel data received via CAN bus Depending on the module type either analog data in the case
503. re multiplied For instance the product of 2 5 and 2 5 is 2 The value 2 is reduced to 16 bits so the lowest 16 bits are simply dropped Taken together with technicalities of the value range scaling cases can thus arise when 1 1 returns 0 But multiplication can be employed sensibly as illustrated by the following example Power current voltage For measurement ranges of 0 4 A for the current and 0 5 V for the voltage the result value range is 0 20 W The value range 0 20 W can indeed be expressed sensibly with 16 bits 4 5 Constraints Virtual channels which aren t used are automatically omitted from calculations Virtual channels which are results of certain functions having the reduction factor 1 e the input channel s sampling rate is the same as the result s are automatically treated as an allocation e g Maximum Minimum Average Certain functions automatically carry out re scaling which is necessary whenever differently scaled channels are jointly subjected to computational operations Addition Subtraction etc or to cancel out an offset e g for SQRT or high pass filters The re scaling changes the factor and the offset The factor and offset are indicated on the virtual channel s Message Mapping Properties dialog Re scaling and its effects on the factor and offset are not discussed in the function descriptions The re scaling does however produce a loss of precision which must be taken into consideration I
504. re set to LOW 0 e The board with the signal processor DSP is at internal ground potential GND This is the module s internal digital ground and is connected to the chassis as well as to the shielding of the input plug This internal electric potential must not float in relationship to the power supply or the CAN bus Rather the maximum voltage differential of 50 V to GND must not be exceeded so GND must be held at a suitable value Otherwise the module can sustain damage or malfunction A chassis connection is provided in the form of the shielding terminal e An example for digital inputs IN7 8 is the shared ground connection for the inputs IN7 and IN8 This ground is not connected to the chassis CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 261 e t is generally recommended to connect the housing chassis to ground protective grounding line The housing mainly consists of conduction material and is connected with DGND 6 8 4 Sampling Interval In this module the sampling interval is set in common for all inputs Co2ms em come mom 2s os 7 Cosme sme some soms ss oe _ L Note The digital inputs are sampled at intervals of 0 1 ms no matter what the specified sampling interval is But afterwards the data is reduced to fit the specified sampling interval 6 8 5 CAN bus message dialog The CAN bus messages from the CANSAS DI16 module come with an extra settin
505. rence nemen nennen 335 6 18 1 2 Voltage source without ground reierence nemen nennen 335 6 18 1 3 Voltage source at a different fixed potential eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeseseeeeeseaeeneeeaees 336 6 18 1 4 Voltage measurement with zero adjusting tare 336 6 18 2 Bridge measurement seeeseeeeesiseeeeeeeeenes eene n nens nnn aane na atte sata satus dass sain aas sn asses saam aaa nna 337 6 18 2 FU e temen UE nue aee 337 6 18 2 2 Half bridge EE 338 6 18 2 3 Quarter bridge eene Re pA eee eae 338 6 18 2 4 Sense and initial unbalance essen nennen nennen nennen nennen 339 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH 12 CANSAS Users Manual 6 18 2 5 Balancing and shunt calibration nnne 339 6 18 3 Current measurement scceessessesseeneeeeeesenesseeneesseenensseeseneneeeneessnsneesseeseneneesenenseeseeeseesenesensenesenenees 340 6 18 3 1 Differential current measurement AE 340 6 18 3 2 Ground referenced current measurement sese 341 6 18 3 3 2 wire for sensors with a current signal and variable supphy eee 341 6 18 4 Temperature measurement eeeeeseeeeeee esses renacer 342 6 18 4 1 Thermocouple measurement eren eene nennen ettet tn etai tini ann ana ni nao doge 342 6 18 4 1 1 Thermocouple mounted with ground reterence seen 343 6 18 4 1 2 Thermocouple mounted without ground reterence seen 344 6 18 4 2 Pt100 RTD MeaSUre
506. rk with a maximal resolution of 24 bits The Message Mapping page also offers a message length of 32 bits in which case a value in 32 bit Float format is transferred If four single channel CANSAS modules are connected via a u CANSAS HUB4 note the following if the values from four CANSAS modules are to fit into one message then a channel s length is limited to 16 bits Since a message can transport a maximum of 8 data bytes this amounts to only 2 bytes per channel If 24 bits per channel are to be used then with HUB at least two messages must be created for four channels 6 20 3 Sampling interval filter For u CANSAS T1 sampling rates can be set in steps of 1 2 and 5 The available sampling interval for the L CANSAS B1 extends from 60s to 0 5 ms With u CANSAS T1 the following filter is set Mean value The output value is the mean value over output clock rate ms 500us values For temperature measurement only averaging filtering is available 6 20 4 p CANSAS T1 connector CAN Bus connector see here 437 Cables see here 438 Sensor connector with Phoenix see here 4s amp Sensor connector with Autosport AS plug see here ez CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 365 6 21 pu CANSAS B1 1 channel bridge amplifier Value yp mag Remarks SSCS PChannels 1 chaneron amp Pin Phoenix MPTO S S DC bridge measurement no voltage measurement Technical data u CANS
507. rm relative pressure measurements thanks to the built in barometer Relative pressure sensors by contrast can only measure relative pressure CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 304 CANSAS Users Manual ioj x File Edit View Module Extras Help oela 71e alx ris i8 sla lo 4 Grouped by messages t mdb 2 4 P8 8801234 Pressure sensors E42 CAN Bus interface H E MessageD1 Dl channel Bo Channelo2 Ho Channel03 Do Channel 4 4 64 Message02 D Channelos Do Channel 6 Dl Channel0 Do Channelos Pressure module input channel Channel01 Inputs Message Mapping Info Terminal P1 Name Channel01 Comment Measurement Pressure measurement mode Pressure measurement E E No CAN Bus message IUS Ups ane O LEDI Q LED2 Input range O bar 10 bar Y Setting the measurement mode 6 15 7 4 Balancing To be able to zero balance tare all relative pressure channels you must first open the measurement window using the menu item Module Measure Before performing the balancing procedure first disconnect the couplings from the pressure module s nipples after having made sure that the tubes are empty and that there is no large pressure differential to the ambient air Then select the channels which you wish to balance Then choose the menu item Channel Perform balancing for selections x Sasure Channel Module ol amp P P
508. rmanent there CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 88 CANSAS Users Manual If an error is detected during the configuration stage this will be indicated in the dialog Configuration is resumed in the next module By pressing the soft key Stop the user can abort the configuration process if desired 3 4 4 5 Module Measure Purpose Measurement data are read from the module Shortcuts Toolbar Prerequisite The CANSAS modules from which measurement data are to be read must be selected in the Module Tree Remarks Calling this command causes the Measure dialog as shown below to appear Measure ES Module Chanel Lime Value Status Y CAN 2000415 Channel 10 28 42 330 5 595 mV Channel 10 28 42 330 4 832 mV Channel03 10 28 42 330 16 955 mV Channel04 10 28 42 330 11 699 mv Channel05 10 28 42 380 16 870 mi Channel06 10 28 42 380 11 105 mv ChannelO 10 28 42 380 23 567 mV Executing measurement b es Li Column listing Time stamp A channel s last all transferred stating time value measured input and virtual measurement channels received Column for status and error messages Before actual measurement proceeds a check of the firmware and the module configuration is performed automatically If these are not compatible a corresponding error message is displayed in the status bar Measurement by the module affected cannot be carried out it would be necessary to per
509. rrent source with approx 1 2 mA The measurement uses 4 wire configuration The resistor is supplied by 2 lines The other two lines serve as sense leads By using the Sense leads the voltage at the resistor itself can be determined precisely The voltage drop along the conducting cable thus does not cause any measurement error CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 347 6 18 6 Sensors requiring adjustment of their supply This applies especially to Nippondenso pressure sensors for instance V Se S gt If a sensor s supply must not be susceptible to voltage drop along the E du supply cable it can be adjusted by the A device The option Adjust control as per eum in the settings interface s dialog Universal B amplifiers General must be selected If the resistors in the feed lines are equal Censo the supply voltage is adjusted at the JE sensor the voltage drop along the cable up is compensated G The sensor is supplied via Terminals C and D The sensor returns the measurement signal in reference to its own ground GND D e g for Nippondenso pressure sensors UNI8 makes a differential measurement of the signal between A and B Note that there must be a jumper between Pins B and F Pin F is the Sense connection It serves to measure the voltage drop at the lower voltage feed line Adjustment can only be activated for either 5 V or 10 V supply It can only co
510. rs it usually doesn t only affect this pressure sensor but also the other channels The P8 module must be repaired In that case please contact our Customer Support CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 307 6 15 8 Maintenance If nipples are not used meaning no couplings with tubes are attached they should be covered with the included caps The nipples should always be kept clean The built in barometer needs permanent contact to the surrounding air In the extruded rack housing small air inlets are present In the IP65 housing there are Goretex R membranes protected by plastic hoods Always be sure that air can reach the module interior Make sure the membrane is free of dust grease and fluids If it is clogged the internal barometer will no longer work properly and relative pressure measurement cannot be performed Quick release couplings and nipples are expendable parts not requiring maintenance if handled properly However if used with non lubricating fluids especially heavily degreasing fuels it is necessary to apply lubrication regularly The sealing region and actuating elements of couplings and nipples may require cleaning Specifications of mating cycles Chapter 7 always pertain to normal usage with proper care Installation notes The permissible operating pressure of the tubes used must not be exceeded The tubes must be attached in a manner which avoids slippage Threadi
511. rtual channel s sampling rate which results from the sampling rates of the channel function s parameter channels is indicated In addition to the parameter channels sampling rates data reduction is also given consideration if applicable On the Function page you can specify how the virtual channel s values are computed For this purpose a function formula is selected and parameterized Virtual channel VirtualChannel01 General Function Message mapping Determines whether the 1st parameter is less than the 2nd The result is 1 if the 1st parameter is less than the 2nd parameter dh otherwise D If the 2nd parameter is a single value it is stated in terms of physical units Function 1st Parameter Channel01 X 2nd Parameter 0 0 k Virtual Channel Properties dialog Page 2 Function In the drop down list the available functions ordered by function group are offered an overview of the computational functions is to be found in the chapter Virtual Channels amp 7 A help text about the function selected is presented Function parameters n the boxes below the function selection box the function parameters can be set A description of the function parameters can be found in the Functions Reference The functions usually take one or two channels as their parameters The channels can be physical channels or other virtual channels If two channels are specified as parameters they must h
512. rves to connect six voltage signals to CANSAS C12 e The accuracy ratings only apply to devices correctly configured and connected Special are must be taken that no inputs used may be open unconnected otherwise overshoot may occur at inputs thus affecting other channels and resulting in increased measurement error 8 3 1 5 2 imc Thermo plug ACC DSUB T4 The patented imc thermo plug comes with a terminal strip and a built in temperature sensor PT1000 which provides cold junction compensation inside of the DSUB 15 connector By this means any thermocouple types can be connected at the differential inputs N and N The temperature sensor measures the contact s own temperature and compensates its parasitic thermal voltage In order to avoid additional uncontrolled thermal voltages compensation lines of the same material as the thermocouple should be used or the thermocouple connected directly CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 451 TH COUPLE RTD IREF LINT terminal ACC DSUB T4 DSUB nummer 15 Pins am amen 9 NI Ge 2 fin BG EE RTD NA Es Cold junction 3 IN PA 8 compensation NA int RTD LA f PT1000 en nas gt NA NA 4 To Cep SUPPLY Thermocouple 5 A 14 Ce NI NA A 7 13 N21 8 w
513. s eese nennen nnne recen 155 Measurement Technique 5 1 Measurement SAA 156 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH LSENIePIMUDDIU c M 156 5 11 41 General remarks tert ete rer an e ee eee Glen 156 5 1 2 Bridge measurements with wire strain gauges WSQs eene 156 5 1 2 1 Selectable geometric arrangements for wire strain gauges and the 157 157 157 159 159 160 160 161 161 5 1 2 1 9 Full bridge with 4 active strain gauges in uniaxial direction esses 162 5 1 2 1 10 Full bridge Half bridge shear strain opposite arms two active straln gallg s EE 162 5 1 2 1 11 Scaling for the strain analysis 163 5 4 2 2 Bridge balancing i E e ES oe 164 5 1 3 Incremental encoders 4 4 eeee eee eee nn rn ran rn cananea rca censo 164 51 31 GConnectioris it cad Den pact deus de patei te IR RED HR DR deest 164 5 1 3 2 Comparator conditioning essen nennen neret nenne nenne 165 5 1 3 3 Block dere c E ipe ate e E eerie 166 5 1 3 4 Single signal Two signal essent ennemi 166 5 1 3 5 Zero pulse Index s eec ret A ada 166 5531 9 G MISSING MOON tirada 167 5 1 3 7 Event counting angle and displacement measurement 167 5 1 3 7 1 Resetting of summailon esses eene 168 5 1 3 8 Time measurement 170 Bal so D WEE 171 5 1 3 10 Measurement
514. s Gauge Factor E Typical range 1 9 A4 Material parameter Poisson s Ratio Elastic modulus 3 y GPa Notes True values may deviate strongly from available selections Revise values if applicable Unit umm x K factor The K factor is the ratio by which the mechanical quantity elongation is transformed to the electrical quantity change in resistance The typical range is between 1 9 and 4 7 The exact value can be found in the spec sheet for the WSG used If the value entered for this parameter is outside of this range a warning message will appear but the CANSAS module can still be configured Poisson s ratio If a body suffers compression or tension and is able to be freely deformed then not only its length but also its thickness changes This phenomenon is known as transversal contraction It can be shown that for each kind of material the relative change in length is proportional to the relative change in thickness D The transversal elongation coefficient Poisson s ratio is the material dependent proportionality factor The material constant is in the range 0 2 to 0 5 In bridge circuits where the WSGs are positioned transversally to the main direction of strain this constant must be supplied by the user The ratios for various materials are accessible in the list box These values are only for orientation and may need to be adjusted Elastic modulus The elastic modul
515. s 3 d order filtering which is however perfectly adequate for most practical applications Such filters dampen the frequency of sampling rate 2 by around 30dB and by more at higher frequencies of course 30dB is an acceptable level of damping for signal components whose strength is in practice only a fraction of the input range Such minor components can be disregarded after having been dampened by 30dB Note that the value 30dB applies to frequency components of around half the sampling rate CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 227 6 2 CANSER GPS GPS to CAN converter The CANSER module implements the GPS mouse s NMEA protocol on the CAN Bus Module with GPS mouse CAN converter and for reception of GPS signals for the purpose of precise spatial position detection Housing model short Enables synchronized acquisition of a vehicle s measurement and position data Technical data CANSER GPS 384 6 2 1 Use of CANSER GPS Connect the CAN Bus to the CANSER module If necessary connect a CAN termination to the second CAN input Connect the GPS mouse to one of the CANSER module s serial inputs Finally connect the voltage supply 9 32V to the CANSER module 6 2 2 LED signals of CANSER module status Green flashing Module in operation Yellow flashing No GPS mouse connected contact to mouse lost Red flashing CAN transfer disturbed e CAN Bus either not connected or there are no o
516. s The Virtual Channels branch comprises all defined virtual channels and special channels such as LED s which shine in response to particular processing results This manner of structuring the tree representation takes into account the logical relationships within the module and this representational option is selected as the item Grouped by channel in the View menu A second manner of representation is called Grouped by Message It gives more weight to the CAN Bus and its messages Up until the second hierarchy level the appearance of the two different tree structures is the same Once the CANSAS module s icon is opened the entry for the input output type and the CAN Bus Interface branch appear The message definitions can be seen under the CAN Bus Interface branch Opening the message s icons reveals which channel or virtual channels are associated with which message Parallel to the message branch there is a branch called Without CAN Bus Message This branch comprises all channels which were not assigned to a message and whose signals are thus are not transmitted Select menu item View Grouped by Message to implement this representational option Each entry on a tree has properties such as Name Sampling Rate etc These are displayed in the segment on the right If multiple tree entries having the same properties are simultaneously selected then the properties are reflected in the Properties dialog If entries of different types are simultane
517. s Manual Module description u CANSAS B1 3651 and u CANSAS B4 sz 7 28 j CAN HUB4 Technical Specs Version 1 3 HUB for connecting up to four 1 channel p CANSAS modules Value min max Remarks Connections 4x 6 pin Autosport Type AS208 35SA CAN in and power supply for u CANSAS modules with u CANSAS HUB4 AS 2x 6 pin Autosport Type AS208 35PA SA CAN in out power supply with u CANSAS HUB4 AS Isolation to frame CHASSIS CAN Bus power supply nominal tested at 500 V 10 s Analog inputs J nominal tested at 500 V 10 s Supply votage ATTE E Operating emperar JAR O O C 29g Module description u CANSAS HUB4 378 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 427 7 24 Sensor SUPPLY module Version 1 1 For CANSAS C8 s87 Cl8 389 SCI8 n SC116 414 S C16 ar and INC4 V SUPPL Y 4 optional Optional for model long and cassette CANSAS SC16 Order code CAN SEN SUPPLY The sensor supply module always makes only 7 of 8 selectable voltage ranges available e default case all voltage ranges not isolated standard ranges 2 5 V to 24 V 15 V optional e upon request all voltage ranges isolated but only if the range 15 V is not included only for SL with LEMO connectors e upon request with range 15V instead of one other range however all voltage ranges not isolated only for C8 CI8 not for SL with LEMO connectors Vaue yp max R
518. s Manual Standard deviation is a statistical quantity characterizing how the data s values are distributed around their arithmetic mean value Channels whose values don t fluctuate strongly naturally have low values for standard deviation whereas strongly fluctuating signals have relatively high standard deviations The algorithm for determining the deviation is as follows The deviation of each sample value within the reduction interval is squared and all the squares are summed divided by the number of values minus 1 and the square root of the result of this is taken Notes The result clock pulse may not exceed the input channel s sampling rate Data types 4 10 63 Time determination only for DI16 modules Input channel Channel for whose signal events the time is to be determined Input range Maximum measurable time between selected starting and stopping edge 3s 6s 12s 25s 50s 100s 3 min 5 min 15 min 30 min 60 min StartStop Triggering or stopping of the reading by a positive or negative edge start pos edge stop pos edge start pos edge stop neg edge start neg edge stop pos edge Result clock pulse Data rate of result channel Result channel Channel containing time determination results Description Returns the time between two selectable events Start Stop on the digital input channel The time between the two edges must not exceed the selected input range If the time measurement does exceed the limit th
519. s a short description of the workings of the currently selected menu item or currently pressed softkey and also displays the current time and date When the status bar is in the On mode a checkmark appears next to this menu item 3 4 8 8 View Split Purpose Allows changing the size of the Module Tree window and of the Properties window Procedure After calling this command the mouse or the ARROW BUTTONS can be used to shift the window divider position As soon as repositioning is complete click the mouse or press ENTER to confirm the position Pressing lt ESC gt causes the original window divider position to be restored The same effect can be achieved simply by positioning the mouse pointer over the window divider waiting until the cursor takes on this appearance 4b and moving the mouse to reposition CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 80 CANSAS Users Manual 3 4 3 4 View Adjust Purpose Alters the Properties window size to accommodate all settings entries Shortcuts Toolbar Remarks Since the size of the application window is adjustable and the Module Tree window s width can also be adjusted at the expense of the Properties display it can occur that the Properties display is partly obscured This command ensures that all elements of the Properties display remain in view 3 4 3 5 View Group by Purpose Groups the Module Tree entries by message or channels Shortcuts Toolbar By mess
520. s an independent program but also integrated with the imcDevices software This is supported by imcDevices as of Version 2 6 If the CANSAS software has been installed its user s interface can be called directly from imcDevices via a menu command provided that a field bus interface of type CAN is part of the hardware setup However certain functions and menu items aren t available for calling from imcDevices For example the CANSAS configuration is not administered as an MDB database since it is saved along with the experiment under imcDevices XML export import is possible Access to the CANSAS hardware is provided via the imcDevices hardware s CAN Bus This communicates via Ethernet so that all interfaces incl imc USB as well as the Interface Dialog are blocked 2 7 CAN Bus description The CAN Bus CAN Controller Area Network is a serial connection of all modules with terminators at the line s ends CANSAS is designed to be operated on a CAN Bus which complies with CIAO standards CiA Draft Standard 102 Version 2 0 CAN Physical Layer for Industrial Applications Multiple sensors and devices are connected onto the CAN Bus and send data at a fixed rate via the bus Each device or sensor transmits its data to the bus together with an identifier The identifier provides an unambiguous indication of the source and sense of the data An identifier is a packet of data up to 8 Bytes in length Each CAN module is referred to as a node
521. s cause the LED to flash briefly When signals are very erratic it is best to disregard the LEDs 6 11 2 3 Display Thanks to the built in Display unit it is possible to read measured values even at a distance of several meters The Display indicates the momentary ignition angle in degrees and the current momentary RPMs If the measured values are outside of the valid range the readout displays CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 272 CANSAS Users Manual 6 11 3 Operation modes 6 11 3 1 Default operation type The ignition angle is stated in degrees before TDC Top Dead Center If the angle is positive then it is before TDC If it is negative then it is afterthe TDC The ignition angle is limited to the range 180 degrees 180 degrees narrower configured limits can apply The RPMs are determined by finding the time for one full revolution In the process the rotation speed fluctuations within a revolution which are typical of combustion engines are not considered Instead the value is stabile and representative 6 11 3 1 1 Message In default operation mode the module cyclically sends messages on the CAN Bus The clock rate and the CAN identifier are software configurable The message content for Intel Byte syntax Scaling factor ait count integer onset Pte signed 0 001 degree tsa 16 unsigned o osama gt 2 Sga Startbi KEE o C 6 11 3 2 Snapshot operation mo
522. s having a slow rate are transmitted in rapid succession which of course takes up much time This time amount can also be significantly greater than the fastest data rate The corresponding messages can contain virtual or physical channels The problem usually arises whenever very many channels or low Baud rates are set One possible remedy might be a higher Baud rate 4 6 LEDs The CANSAS module is equipped with one or more LED depending on the module It is located to the right above the external power supply jack It can shine red or green or their combination yellow The manufactory default codes are described in chapter Measurement technique 188 The LED can be under the user s control The red and the green parts can each be set up just as virtual channels are If both colors shine at once it appears yellow Making settings for the two color components can be accomplished using the CANSAS operating software via the Module Tree s entry CAN bus Interface under Without CAN bus message On the corresponding dialog pages you can parameterize each of the color components in the same way as virtual channels CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 119 An LED s control signal takes digital data format 1 TRUE corresponds to LED on and 0 FALSE to LED off Any function whose result is in digital data format can be outputted by an LED Here we will devote particular attention to the functions Digital Co
523. s in ranges gt 2 V are connected at the so called Divider plug CAN DSUB U6D For current measurements a plug with shunt resistors is available CAN DSUB I6 For temperature measurement the special Thermo plug CAN DSUB T6 is available It comes with built in cold junction compensation A specially PT100 plug is also available CAN DSUB PT100 which enables the direct connection of PT100 resistors in 4 wire configuration and which comes with a built in reference circuit 1 Connector plugs C12 For the pin assignment of the DSUB 15 plugs see here l5 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 231 6 4 C8 voltage temperature current 8 differential analog inputs Variety Properties Remarks Standard DSUB voltage measurement 60 V 5 mV CANSAS C8 temperature measurement with thermocouples CANSAS L C8 SUPPLY temperature measurement with PT100 resistors CANSAS K C8 CANSAS K C8 SUPPLY current measurement with shunt connector ACC oi ce DSUB 14 CANSAS SL C8 D UB 14 CANSAS SL C8 D SUPPLY voltage measurement 60 V 5 mV CANSAS SL C8 L temperature measurement with PT100 resistors CANSAS SL C8 L SUPPLY current measurement voltage measurement over BNC sockets CANSAS K C8 BNC 60 V 5 mV temperature measurement with thermocouples over 2 CANSAS K C8 2T pin TK sockets as per IEC 584 i LUI Var with round plug 5 voltage measurement 60 V 5 mV pin Fis
524. s interface 4 Message Dp Type CANSAS UNIS CA Y The sensor information is read out and used to configure the channels TEDS channels will be marked with a symbol General Version Slot Info Sensors 5 8 2 2 Sensor information The dialog page Sensor presents a detailed list of the selected sensor s technical specs However these sensor data cannot be edited here Lee s lolx File Edit View Module Extras Help Pt S litt X BIB l ol gt A Grouped by messages Universal amplifier input channel RTD_TuningFork D imcTraing mdb z UNIS 873188 Inputs Bridge circuit Scaling Message Mapping Circuit Info Steet Sensor status 1 Sensor with Flash Eprom present Universal amplifier D CAN Bus interface J Ce El eq ene d E General A HalfBridgeTuningFork Acquired on 24 12 2004 A RTD TuningFork Comment PT100 RTD on tuning fork dih Channelos Department ime sales eg chen Model 34PT100 E E Message105 Serial number 120091 24V787 dih Channelos Supplier ime db Channelos Version A12 05 2005 dih Channelo7 fl Sensor Electrical max Ohm 1177 Electrical min Ohm 850 Physical max C 275 Physical min C 200 Resistance Ohm 100 Sensor type PT100 RTD E Supply Max supply current m4 5 0 Nominal supply current r 1 r3 Cokikrstinm 2 S No CAN Bus message O LEID LED2 LEDS LED4 13 07 2005 Z CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 R
525. s of frequency RPMs and velochiy cnn 173 Dal sul AW RER EE 174 5 1 4 Digital Inputs EE Esae E E a 175 5 1 5 Digital Outputs CANSAS DO8R DO16 DO16R eese eterne nnne nnnn tnnt nnn nnn nnne 175 A A EE EELER EES 175 5 1 5 2 Connecting an output signal with a CAN message 175 5 1 5 3 Calculated output signals hh SEENEN NEE er une erba eas 176 5 1 5 4 Notes on DO8R and DO16R rennen nee nren nennen nene 178 5 1 5 5 Taking measurements with the digital output modules 178 5 1 6 Temperature measurement esee eseeeeeeee seen ee enn nnne annt antena itn s sata aatem assa nranasan asaan inann 179 5 1 6 1 Thermocouples as per DIN and IEN 179 5 1 6 2 Pt100 RTD measurement 180 51 6 3 IME E ul De ee E 180 5 1 6 3 1 Schematic imc Thermoplug ACC DSUB T4 with isolated Voltage Channels civic AAA A dc 181 5 2 Sampling rates Scanner Concept incomccccnnicnnnnnnnnnnnenaninnnnnc rn 182 5 3 CAN Bus NIE EVA 184 5 4 Isolation Grounding and Shielding sees 185 5 4 1 ISOLATION UMT 185 5 4 2 O le WEE 185 5 4 3 Isolation AAA 186 AAA A On a e 187 5 5 CANSAS blinking codes ooonnccocccnnnnnncnccccnannnnnc rre 188 5 5 1 AS EEN 188 5 5 1 1 Successful configuration enne nennen nennen nennen enne nnn 188 2011 imc MeBsysteme GmbH CANSAS Users Manual 5 5 1 2 With device s Reset
526. s produces the same voltage drop no 6 lead is needed The Sense lead makes it possible to infer the measurement bridge s true supply voltage in order to obtain a very exact measurement value in mV V G 5 EI o Si o Tm oo E 3 Please note that the maximum allowed voltage drop along a cable may not exceed approx 0 5 V This determines the maximum possible cable length If the cable is so short and its cross section so large that the voltage drop along the supply lead is CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 338 CANSAS Users Manual negligible the bridge can be connected at four terminals by omitting the Sense line 6 18 2 2 Half bridge A half bridge may consist of two strain gauges in a circuit 7 er a sensor internally configured as a half bridge or a va potentiometer sensor The half bridge has 4 terminals to y connect For information on the effect and use of the sense F lead see the description of the full bridge 337 The amplifier internally completes the full bridge itself so that the differential amplifier is wor king with a full bridge L O lt G il int half bridge Note sense s Bridge It is important that the measurement signal of the half bridge is connected to N A The N B access leads to implausible measured values and influences the neighbor channels A quarter bridge can consist of
527. s with current signals index signal index track Index Kanal industrial safety industrial safety regulation initial unbalance DCB8 initial unbalance UNI8 input channel properties input impedance DCB8 input impedance UNI8 Input Output stage inputs BNC IGN Integer arithmetic Integrating CANSAS software in imcDevices Intel format Interface Interface cards 27 29 35 342 47 107 233 243 98 204 205 371 401 290 290 454 290 454 456 290 286 289 286 289 164 431 289 289 166 22 22 256 339 63 257 334 62 284 117 35 63 92 27 Inverse Inversion of the CANSAS DO16 logic Invert Output IPTS 68 ISO DIS 11898 ISO8 ISO8 C8 INC4 and C12 ISO8 DSUB15 ISO8 PT100 ISO8 RTD ISO8 specification isolated thermocouple UNI8 Isolation Isolation Concept SC 16 SCI16 SCI8 Isolation at RTD measurement Isolation voltage ITT VEAM CANSAS L DAC8 V ITT VEAM terminals ITT VEAM with Pt100 inside of connector ITT VEAM DACH ITT VEAM DI16 ITT VEAM DO8R DO16R ITT VEAM INC4 ITT VEAM PWM8 ITT VEAM MIL C 26482 UNI8 IU plug Ixxat IXXAT interface cards K K DI16 Ph Phoenix terminal block K factor Kvaser Language setting Last changes in 1 6 Rev 10 Last changes in 1 6 Rev 7 Last changes in 1 6 Rev 8 Last changes in 1 6 Rev 9 127 264 264 179 35 403 120 291 291 291 291 343 185 325 291 186 252 454 353 252 262 26
528. sDAQ 2 ET Cansas not terminated SILA s E EY CAN p Termi 1160020 i CAN p xx1 AS CAN u HUB4 AS CAN u CABLE 2 1160016 p CANSAS terminated inside of the connection cable power supplied via external power unit Configuration 1b with internally terminated single channel p CANSAS busDAQ 2 ET u Cansas terminated rs POO ADE N C CAN p CABLE MOD HT 1160017 eM l CAN p Termi 1160020 Scis CAN u xx1 AS T CAN p HUB4 AS DE LED e E Opus 6 5 CAN p CABLE 2 1160016 p CANSAS terminated internally Supply via external power supply unit Configuration 2 two four channel CANSAS units connected to the busDAQ Termination provided by Termi connectors and internally at the busDAQ busDAQ 2 ET CAN u2x4 AS CAN u xx4 AS A aif fej g Ki d vk gt UE TS CAN p CABLE 2 1160016 Kn O CAN u Termi 1160020 CAN u CABLE MOD HT 1160017 A 9 36V DC power supply Termination at the last 4 channel p CANSAS unit Power supply from the power supply unit CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Startup 45 Configuration 3 4 channel CANSAS unit via HUB Termination provided via Termi connector and internally at the busDAQ busDAQ 2 ET SC ALO QUe Y le Bel t i mae 0 NL O ES CAN u Termi 1160020 CAN u CABLE MOD HT 1160017 5 CAN u 4 AS CAN u HUB4 AS Termination at the last 4 channel p CANSAS unit Powe
529. sal amplifier module s bridge channels is indicated by an LED The function is designed for displaying bridge channels i e channels which can be balanced to 0 As a rule the status for all of the module s bridge channels is indicated All status values except Successfully balanced and Not balanced can only apply to both channels at once anyway so they are the same for both channels And if the channels have different status in terms of balanced or Not balanced then Not balanced takes precedence If no bridge channel is configured the flashing pattern will indicate Successfully balanced If at least one sensor connected to the module was changed the flashing pattern for Other or no sensors is displayed This can mean that a connected sensor was disconnected that a sensor was exchanged for another one or that a sensor was connected at a previously free terminal The module only recognizes the change once it has been re booted e g briefly disconnected from the power supply CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 148 CANSAS Users Manual not balanced The Flash doesn t contain stored balancing values and balancing has not been performed since the module was activated Stored balance values The balance values stored in the Flash are used and balancing has not been performed since the module was activated Successfully balanced Balancing has been performed since the module was activated Balance in progress Ba
530. sampling instant This compensates for the fact that measurement is based on the use of a multiplexer The filter returns data which simulate simultaneous sampling on all channels This filter can be deactivated with the option Filter No filter The filter also is the main cause of delay on the CAN Bus It also mainly determines the module s resulting cutoff frequency The filter has Hamming characteristics It is omitted for very slow sampling frequencies 5 Averaging Formation of a mean value If the individual channels have different sampling rates then the multiplexer operates at only one single high sampling rate The channels with slower sampling rates are generated by forming arithmetical means of the sample values where the measured values from the previous filter stage are averaged over the whole sampling interval With the option No filter this averaging replaces the current value from the previous filter stage With very slow sampling rates the value is also generated by taking averages CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 328 CANSAS Users Manual Remarks e The filters are designed so that noise is suppressed as much as possible in spite of the multiplexer on which measurement is based e f high performance anti aliasing is required then modules such as C8 and UNIS with their high performance analog portions are recommended e f interference at mains frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz in the measurement of ther
531. sampling interval for the u CANSAS V1 extends from 60s to 0 5 ms CANSAS TBS File Edit view Module Extras Help Alli sE Ba dodi Grouped by messages Voltage measurement input channel CE testo mdb Eid y B1_789654 Input Scaling Message Mapping Circut J Info dh Channel 8 LED Terminal Eh CAN Bus interface dh Message101 Name amp Special functions Channel j 2 49 y T1 245963 Comment dih Channel 8 LED S Eh CAN Bus interface E Message100 Measurement Voltage E 53 Special Functions mode C A caa Characteristic eae p BO V v S E CAN Bus interface Sampling interval 100 ms 3 Message105 L E 8 33 Special Functions Supply 5 0 al v 5 4 HTHUB4_5 aL Mean value Anti Aliasina Butterworth Bessel p CANSAS V1 Filter settings Off Output of the last value sampled at the output clock rate set Mean value The output value is the mean value over output clock rate ms 500us values Anti Aliasing Filter Low pass filtering of the input signal with critical damping characteristics 3rd order Cutoff frequency 1 6 of the output frequency 1 7 at the 0 5 ms output clock rate Butterworth Filtering of the input signal with Butterworth characteristics Default setting 3rd order Cutoff frequency 1 6 of the output frequency 1 7 at 0 5 ms output rate At output intervals gt 2s an averaging filter is automatically used Bessel Filtering o
532. se Rev 100 0 ms 12 17 2001 14 13 40 7 The sampling interval determines at what rate result values are returned or internally at what intervals the counter findings are evaluated Setting the sampling interval IncrementalEncoder0x gt Index card Inputs gt Combo box Sampling interval The available selections are 6 12 2 Comparator configuration Setting the switching threshold Incremental encoder gt Index card General gt Input box Switching threshold Setting the hysteresis Incremental encoder gt Index card General gt Input box Hysteresis Setting the input low pass filter Incremental encoder gt Index card General gt Combo box Low pass filter Setting the switching threshold or hysteresis can be accomplished either using the sliding button or the input box to the right of the sliding button CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 288 CANSAS Users Manual Incremental encoder inputs General d Type ANSAS INC4 Incremental encoders Gv 0v 10V Threshold I H St H I 1 50 V 0 1V 2V 4V Hysteresis E 050 Y Low pass filter 2 kHz D The conditioning set is valid for all 4 incremental encoder channels as well as for the index channel zero impulse The only exception is that the index channel has a fixed frequency filter 20 kHz e Note on setting the threshold Note that the input voltage range is only
533. sed must be set up in the system the same way for the balancing as for the measurement and may not be stimulated dynamically 5 1 3 Incremental encoders General notes CANSAS INC4 s 4 incremental encoder channels are for the capture of signals representing time or frequency data In contrast to conventional analog and digital input channels the input is not sampled at fixed intervals instead the variable time intervals between transitions to previously defined signal states are measured by means of a counting apparatus The counters used by CANSAS INC4 for each of the 4 channels separately can have a time resolution of up to 31ns 32M Hz which is more precise than what the sampling method can achieve at comparable expense The so called sampling time which one sets for the incremental encoder channels therefore refers to the rate at which the result data from the digital counter which may be frequency or velocity data etc are called by the system The CANSAS INC4 hardware and the algorithm employed ensure that no sensor impulse is discarded or ignored CANSAS INC4 allows time event and frequency readings with specifiable resolution and accuracy over a large dynamic range The incremental encoder interface serves to compile such digital events and the time intervals between them and the frequencies of their occurrence 5 1 3 1 Connections Notes on the channels e The module comprises 4 encoders Each encoder is connected to one
534. ser has access to all this information Such info can either be transmitted by CAN bus in a status word in a message and then evaluated at another location or the information is indicated visibly by the additional yellow LEDs using the special function Output status on LED In order to be able to express many different states using just one LED there area number of different flashing patterns LED on LED off LED blinks slow normal or fast long flash on and short blink off or vice versa The various blinking patterns can be assigned to different states as desired Module status can be indicated either for each of the two channels separately or for both together It is recommended to use one yellow LED for the status info of Channel 1 and the other LED for Channel 2 s info The function Output status on LED can only be applied to the two extra yellow LEDs See below in the functions reference for a description of this function By default the bridge amplifier module is not yet balanced when it is started If balancing values are already stored they are applied It is generally recommended to have balancing performed unless the stored balancing values are to be used for a specific application Balancing can be triggered either via the CAN bus by pressing the module button In order to be able to recognize the module s balance status the use of the function Output status to LED is recommended By this means the module s status can be recogniz
535. set for startup with Reset Connector The Reset plug has a shortcut to PIN 3 GND CAN_SYNC CANSAS specific Additional line for a sync signal 1 Hz Generally 5 V to CAN Ground CAN_GND CAN Ground connected to Pin 3 as per CIAO 7 CAN_SUPPLY CANSAS specific CANSAS voltage supply 10 V 50V The module can be supplied via this connector and Pin 9 10 9 10 SUPPLY CANSAS specific CANSAS voltage supply Negative pole of supply respectively OV Both 10 pin sockets are directly connected In that way all circuit points can be connected through to the next CANSAS module Unless 10 line cables are used for the CAN Bus observe the following Pins 1 and 2 are absolutely necessary for transfer on the CAN Bus The CAN Bus ground is also necessary This may not be obvious but consider that differentially transmitted signals require a reference for which reason a line connected to the CAN Bus ground must also be included Either Pin 3 or Pin 6 can be used for this purpose Situations can also arise in which the CAN ground is not needed for instance in a vehicle where it is possible to access Chassis potential anywhere instead of using a line to Pin 3 In this case Chassis simply replaces the line to Pin 3 Other lines can be included as required for example a synchronization line or supply line Note also when using LEMO plugs and the cables that there is a maximum current which LEMO plugs can carry This particularly appl
536. sideT emp_filtered Comment o under door Message04 eE E No CAN Bus message Y unit i Q LED e LED Sampling 4 4 dac8 interval 100 0 ms 1 49 dinin yl Ready 01 15 2002 13 19 54 y Name A designation unique within the CANSAS module system used to differentiate among the channels Characters permitted in the name include the alphabet numerals _ and though the first character CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 116 CANSAS Users Manual may not be a numeral The name may take a maximum of 255 characters The default name of a new virtual channels is VirtualChannel i i being the number of already present virtual channels 1 Comment A text accompanying the virtual channel The text could be a detailed explanation of the virtual channel s name or any other notes on the channel It may take a maximum of 255 characters Unit A drop down list box offers a selection of units An arbitrary text having up to 45 characters can also be specified Sampling interval Indicates the virtual channel s sampling time which is derived from the parameter channels chosen and from the data compression specified Function Specifies how the virtual channel is computed This is done by selecting a calculational function and parameterizing it The parameterizing process involves the Parameterize dialog of the Formula Assistant as in FAMOS or Online FAMOS imcDevices ver CANSAS olx Fie E
537. signal The settings for the starting byte and starting bit specify which bit in the message determines the output signal value Different bits can be joined CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 176 CANSAS Users Manual together into bit groups The default entry Automatic means either no bit group membership or the first element of a group If extensions elements are selected for subsequent bits they belong to this group In imcDevices these grouped bits no longer appear as binary states but as unsigned integers In the lower portion of the card the output signal s state upon activation of the module can be specified Interface Stromquelle Analoges Signal 5V digitale Information Message mapping dialog for a digital output bit 5 1 5 3 Calculated output signals If the output signal is not assigned to any CAN message the corresponding entry in the module tree is entitled No CAN bus message the signal value can be set according to a calculation For this purpose there are functions which can also be used for virtual channels see chapter on virtual channels e If a digital bit is removed from a CAN message then the function Fixed digital value is assigned by default A different function can be selected by the user Versorgung TEDS I O Dialog for setting the defining function of an output signal not assigned to a message A digital output module can also read out an analog quantity e g in the
538. signal value in the input channel e f the current signal value from the input channel is greater than the last value in the result channel the current value in the input channel is adopted as the current value of the result channel e f the current signal value from the input channel is less than or equal to the last value in the result channel but not less than the last result channel value minus the hysteresis width e the negative discrepancy to the last value is within a tolerance range stated as the hysteresis width the last result channel value is retained as the current result channel value CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 140 CANSAS Users Manual e f the current signal value from the input channel is less than the last result channel value minus the hysteresis width i e the negative discrepancy to the last value is outside the tolerance range stated as the hysteresis width the current signal value from the input channel becomes the current value of the result channel and the prevalent signal trend is now downward If the signal is currently in a downward trend then one of the three procedures below is followed depending upon particulars of the current signal value in the input channel e f the current signal value from the input channel is less than the last value in the input channel the current value in the input channel is adopted as the current value of the result channel If the current signal
539. sing Make absolute certain that the housing and its face are attached together in the correct position This can be ascertained on the basis of the grooves in the connector junction s plate which are shaped to accommodate the guide rails inside the housing see photos below Also the correct position is distinguished by the recess in the profile of the housing face which fits over one side of the housing Step 8 Once the housing face is placed flush on the housing the module can be closed tight with the Torx screws CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 462 CANSAS Users Manual 8 3 6 Modules with Autosport AS terminals Pin configuration of the Autosport terminal type AS212 35SN for p CANSAS V4 AS IN_60V_CH1 2 Em DCI ovem amos E osemvon sero Lp cemere ED IN 60V CHA MB 2 60V mm IN_1V_CH4 MB 0 1 HM IN 60V CH3 MB 2 60V AN 1V CH3 MB 0 1 1V IN 60V CH2 MB 2 60V AN 1V CH2 MB 0 1 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 463 Pin configuration of the Autosport terminal type AS214 35SN for p CANSAS B4 AS 87 pin Autosport terminal of the type AS214 35SN s INSECTO EN NE HN A CS NN n c Sense CH2 33 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 464 CANSAS Users Manual Last changes 9 1 Error remedies in this version 1 7 Rev 2 Alteration Modules power supply Power supply
540. sistor thermometer Along with thermocouples Pt100 can be connected directly in 4 wire configuration The 4 wire measurement returns more precisely results since it does not require the resistances of both leads which carry supply current to have the same magnitude and drift Each sensor is fed by its own current source with approx 1 2 mA CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 345 6 18 4 2 1 Pt100 in 4 wire configuration The Pt100 is supplied by 2 lines The other two serve as Sense ili leads By using the Sense leads the voltage at the resistor itself can be determined precisely The voltage drop along the conducting cable thus does not cause any measurement error Eus T The Sense leads carry practically no current A 1 ur EE 4 The 4 wire configuration is the most precise way to measure with a Pt100 The module performs a genuine differential measurement lt T Fie Bridge 6 18 4 2 2 Pt100 in 2 wire configuration Use the software to set a Pt100 4 wire configuration because the connection is made in the same way as for the 4 wire case The difference is that N A sense F and IN B VB D must be jumpered inside the connector Note that the total cable resistance contributes to measurement error and that this method is the most imprecise and not to be recommended 6 18 4 2 3 Pt100 in 3 wire configuration The Pt100 is supplied by 2 lines The other one serve as
541. sor DSP is at internal ground potential GND This is the module s internal digital ground and is connected to the chassis as well as to the shielding of the input plug This internal electric potential must not float in relationship to the power supply or the CAN bus Rather the maximum voltage differential of 50 V to GND must not be exceeded so GND must be held at a suitable value Otherwise the module can sustain damage or malfunction A chassis connection is provided in the form of the shielding terminal It is generally recommended to connect the housing chassis to ground protective grounding line The housing mainly consists of conduction material and is connected with GND e The DAC8 module s analog outputs are usually connected to the voltage or current inputs of other devices Make sure that no ground loops are created as a consequence It is highly recommended that the cables containing the analog leads be shielded The DAC8 module s plug is provided with a shielding terminal CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 252 CANSAS Users Manual 6 6 8 Taking measurements with the analog output modules In the dialog Measure the analog output bits of a DAC8 module are listed only if they are assigned to a CAN message In such cases the entry for the Measurement output value represents the signal s output value Upon the start of the measurement the Power up value is displayed The output signal can be influenced by
542. sors often have an index track index signal zero marker pulse which emits a synchronization signal once per revolution The SYNC input is differential and set by the comparator settings Its bandwidth is limited to 20 kHz by a permanently low pass filter If the input remains open an inactive HIGH state will set in The measurement types Linear Motion Angle RPM and Velocity are especially well adapted for direct connection to incremental encoder sensors These consist of a rotating disk with fine gradation in conjunction with optical scanning and possibly also with electric signal conditioning One differentiates between single track and dual track encoders Dual track encoders quadrature encoders emit two signals offset by 90 of phase the tracks A and B C and D By evaluating the phase information between the A and B track the direction of turning can be determined If the corresponding encoder type is selected this functionality is supported The actual time or frequency information however is derived exclusively from the A C track The measurement types Event Frequency and Time always are measured by one track encoders since in these cases no evaluation of direction or sign would make any sense The sensor must simply be connected to the terminal for Track A C 6 12 4 Sensors with current signals sensor cable ACC DSUB ENCA IU INC 4 Ved Vas EI rox Re I BAYA Ra 20 Ve C uA DROR e 11 5 595 Up 1 a
543. sume is not possible e Please note that different filter settings cause different delays as well CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 113 CANSAS as Master H CANSAS is configured as Master for synchronization purposes note the following In the CAN 1 protocol the Master stops all slaves after booting Then comes a phase during which the module flashes yellow and red for 5s this applies to all operating types and does not yet measure Then measurement starts If there are slaves they begin to measure at the same time The purpose of this starting procedure is that different CANSAS modules within a system can be activated simultaneously but need different amounts of time to boot CANSAS as Slave After booting a slave waits for a signal from the master If there is no master to send a synchronization signal the slave doesn t start Once the master does become active the slave starts at the same time If the master has an outage the slave continues to work anyway Of course if that happens it cannot really operate synchronously but it does continue to measure at the same quartz controlled pulse rate which it last had If during such a situation a master suddenly is activated what happened next depends on whether or not the master is approximately in the same beat as the slaves and in particular shares the same phasing If yes the slave gradually adapts itself to the master s phase which can take a few min
544. sured by attaching the thermocouple to a grounded metal body for instance The thermocouple is connected for differential measurement Since the unit is grounded itself the necessary ground reference exists In the CANSAS operating software select the measurement mode Thermocouple mounted with ground reference VB HA km EE D 4 Thermocouple measurement with ground reference It is not a problem if the ground potential at the thermocouple differs from that of the device units by a few volts However the maximum allowed common mode voltage may not be exceeded Le Important Note e The negative signal input N may not be connected to amplifier ground point VB D Connecting them would cause a ground loop through which interference could be coupled in e f you accidentally select the operating mode Thermocouple mounted without ground reference there is a danger that a large compensation current will flow through the thermocouple s thin line and the connector plug This can even lead to the destruction of the amplifier Compensation currents are a danger with every single end measurement For that reason single end measurement is really only allowed and only then really necessary if the thermocouple has no ground reference of its own CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 344 CANSAS Users Manual 6 18 4 1 2 Thermocouple mounted without ground reference The thermocouple is install
545. t The specified number of clock cycles for the positive slope determines how many cycle durations the signal needs to reach the specified maximum amplitude The specified number of clock cycles for the negative slope determines how many cycle durations the signal needs to return from the maximum amplitude back to 0 V Resulting frequency 1 No of cycles with pos slope No of cycles with neg slope clock pulse The result clock pulse should be as close to 0 1ms as possible The higher the pulse rate is the more accurately the ideal signal shape is approximated The resulting triangular signal period must not be too short If the signal is analog output the staircase shaped signal generated by the DA converter is slightly filtered at 5kHz The resulting curve shape resembles a triangle at high frequencies and a long signal period Data types Result channel Integer CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 156 CANSAS Users Manual Measurement Technique 5 1 Measurement modes 5 1 1 Bridge modules With the modules CANSAS BRIDGE2 DCB8 UNI8 p CANSAS B1 or u CANSAS B4 a bridge measurement can be carried out 5 1 1 1 General remarks Bridge channels are for taking readings from measurement bridges such as resistor bridges or strain gauges The channels are equipped as non isolated differential amplifiers and can alternatively be used for direct measurement of voltages There is a distinction amon
546. t and the index card Heartbeat at the right BER File Edit view Module Extras Help PH Lift Em X Ee l nl dQ 4 Grouped by messages Special Functions D I Kopie von CansasTest mdb a amp DAC8 351654 48 Analog outputs CAN Bus interface Cl Botschaft119 E fo DACOL 7 Identifier for heartbeat message 01h Eo DACH ee Time between heartbeat messages fi o T Elo DACO4 2 64 Botschaft120 Heartbeat I Module transmits heartbeat messages fo DACOS fo DACO6 fo DACO The module receives a guarding message and outputs power on fo DACOS values upon timeout No CAN Bus message a Special Functions Identifier for guarding message 702h amp DI16 863269 4 DI16 Allinputs 24V NE D DI16 Allinputs TTL Maximal duration without heartbeat amp INC4 All 200Hz Ready 26 01 2007 116 59 52 E There select the identifier for the message This identifier must be unique for each module just like every identifier on the CAN Bus in general You can also specify the maximum interval which may elapse until the next time the CANSAS module receives this message If this interval elapses and the message doesn t arrive all of the CANSAS outputs go into their rest state If CAN messages setting the output values finally do arrive the module obeys as usual The guarding message s content doesn t matter The CANSAS module only responds to its presence CANSAS Users
547. t consists of 4 active WSGs Two are under compression and the others under equal tension The strain gauges under tension are positioned in opposite bridge arms The sensitivity to the moment of bending is increased At the same time longitudinal force torque and temperature are compensated The strain is computed as a SE 92 grid k gauge factor m Art Ue V 5 1 2 1 10 Full bridge Half bridge shear strain opposite arms two active strain gauges mmm se Un K Ne ER U 4 3 E y Two active strain gauges are placed under stress in equal magnitude For measurement of tension and compression non linear to eliminate bending Temperature gradient should be small The strain is computed as m 4 1000 Ua mV 3 Lee SE k gauge factor m ZTE Ue Y CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 163 5 1 2 1 11 Scaling for the strain analysis It is possible to choose whether to determine the strain or the mechanical stress suffered by the part In the range of elastic deformation the axial stress force cross section is proportional to the strain The proportionality factor is the modulus of elasticity Mechanical stress modulus of elasticity strain Hooke s law Input channel of a bridge amplifier Channel01 Inputs Bridge circuit Scaling Message Mapping Circuit E Determine strain m Strain gauge propertie
548. t grounded The supply voltage is set on a module by module basis and does not apply to all inputs Important The settings are made via software interface Make sure that the sensor supply is not set too high before connecting a sensor Otherwise both the sensor and the CANSAS module could suffer damage Technical specification sensor supply 427 6 17 5 Connector plugs SC16 SCI8 SCI16 For the pin assignment of the DSUB 15 plugs see here 4457 The concept of block level isolation is associated with certain crucial constraints which affect the use of the connection terminals or the grounding of certain contact pins Example Voltage measurement with ACC DSUB U4 current measurement with ACC DSUB I4 The terminals designated GND may not have external connections or have externally determined voltage levels and in particular may not be grounded They carry the internal isolated reference potential of the block wise isolated input amplifier GND_ISO Pin 1 of the DSUB 15 connector also has a particular feature It carries a signal which serves the purpose of TEDS sensor recognition This signal too is referenced to the internal block wise isolated parts of the circuit and may not be grounded CHASSIS For this reason not in particular For SCxx SClxx modules only connectors of the type ACC DSUB or of the TEDS DSUB group may be used Only these connectors in contrast to those previously used
549. t recommended If a module has only one terminal socket then this one socket is 9 pin female In this case an external tee junction must be used Note that with a CAN Bus data transfer rate of 1 Mbit s the tee junction stub line may only be max 30cm long Therefore if an external tee junction is connected plug the junction directly into the module socket 2 7 4 Connecting the terminators The terminators resistance is 124Q as per CiA Connect terminators between Pins 2 and 7 if applicable Terminators are connected at both ends of the bus There is no other place in the line where they may be connected The bus must end at terminators Safety note In general it is OK to pull the CAN plug during operation When it is re plugged afterwards reset of the CANSAS module s CAN controllers will automatically be carried out and then it will resume working with the CAN Bus However the device is not designed to allow operation under these circumstances it normally functions acceptably but this cannot be guaranteed For example re connecting can lead to an electrostatic discharge where voltages higher than permitted can develop and cause fatal damage to the circuitry A person can receive a charge of 1000 V from an electric discharge much higher than specified in ISO 11898 To ensure proper functioning it is best to switch CANSAS off and then on again 2 7 4 1 Termination in data logger Current imc devices equipped with CAN bus i
550. ta format devoid of scaling i e without scaling factor or offset y is the result channel in Real data format Factor is the input channel s scaling factor and Offset Input channel s offset Data types 4 10 22 Event counting only for DI16 modules Input channel Digital input channel in whose signal events are to be counted Result clock pulse Clock pulse rate of results channel Result channel Channel containing number of events Description Returns number of events occurring at the digital channel within one result clock pulse period An event is a transition from 0 to 1 or nonzero i e a positive edge Notes Only digital input channels are allowed The input channel s sampling rate may only be 0 1 ms 0 2 ms 0 5 ms or 1 ms Data types 4 10 23 Exp root mean square RMS Input channel Channel from whose sample values the moving RMS is to be calculated Time constant Time constant of the filter in s Input range 1 5 Result pulse lt Time constant lt 60000 Result pulse Result clock pulse Sampling rate of the result channel Result channel Moving RMS of the input channel s sample values CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 135 Description The moving RMS with exponential weighting of the input channel s sample values is calculated If data reduction is specified only every n th result is written to the result channel The reduction interval is the result channel s
551. tage measurement 2 connectors depending on voltage input range IN 60V and IN 1V Signal plug AS for u CANSAS V4 AS AS612 35PN 22 pol 1160019 Oo A S CG KENO V ZR fo 7 NS C 0 NC S0 CS 0 99 ol CAN bus plug AS male AS608 35SA 1160022 CAN bus plug AS female AS608 35SA 1160021 The u CANSAS V4 comes with four integrated u CANSAS V1 channels For the configuration of the channels see the description of the u CANSAS V1 355 Technical data u CANSAS V4 4221 T uuliab Cansas va u CANSAS V4 Make note of the channels message mapping The channels can be sent together in one message in the customary manner or divided among multiple messages as desired With each CANSAS channel having a message length of 16 bits all 4 channels can be sent by the HUB in one message If a message length higher than 16 Bit 24 or 32 Bit is set then the 4 channels need to be distributed over 2 messages Note e Synchronization is performed exclusively as Slave according to the CAN1 protocol and is provided under the node Special functions e Beside working with CAN bus per default the module is also configurable as CANopen module e The functions of the LEDs are described in section CANSAS blinking 188 codes e Please note the hint concerning double values with CANSAS modules and imcDevices Studio 39 CAN Bus connector see here 457 Cables see here up Sensor connector see here 4 amp 3
552. tages operating condition memory test is performed during the boot sequence WARNING Opening the housing or removing any parts not normally removable by hand can expose dangerous voltages Always turn the device off and unplug the power supply before doing so It is strictly forbidden to repair or adjust an opened device which is plugged in And if such work is absolutely necessary then only specially trained personnel who are fully familiar with the procedures to be used may carry this out See also Troubleshooting 251 in this chapter Please refer to the specifications in the Appendix and the application hints for the different CANSAS modules for Reference information on avoiding damage to the device due to inappropriate signal connection CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 CANSAS 25 Note Be sure to shield and ground the input and output cables properly Connect the measurement signals as shown below to make measurements in compliance with the EMC guidelines AGND AGND E GND H Differential measurement Single ended measurement For potential isolated amplifier inputs it may be necessary to use double shielding 1 5 1 9 Maintenance and Service Your CANSAS device requires no special maintenance The listed maximum error is valid for one year after delivery under normal operating conditions pay attention the operating temperature Various important properties of the device should be
553. tal To avoid compensation currents always connect the shielding to one side potential only CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 188 CANSAS Users Manual 5 5 CANSAS blinking codes The CANSAS modules come with an LED which can shine in three colors The available colors are the primary colors Red and Green plus their resulting composite color yellow With few exceptions the light blinking codes apply for almost all the modules The UNI8 module has two additional LEDs which can be freely configured and only shine yellow light 5 5 1 Normal operation In normal operation the LED blinks green at constant intervals Once the power supply is connected to the device various blinking codes are emitted which depend on the module and on its firmware version before the blinking pattern reverts to constant green blinking 5 5 1 1 Successful configuration Once a module has been configured successfully a blinking code is emitted The LED flashes yellow once for a long duration then once briefly green then once more yellow and long and then goes off A short time later the device begins blinking again in indication of normal operation 5 5 1 2 With device s Reset plug While the Reset plug is attached at the device the LED dies not flash The LED also doesn t flash after withdrawal of the Reset plug until either a configuration for the module has been successfully completed or the module has been disconnected from t
554. tance IP65 Module name Type CANSAS strain gauge DMS bridge GPS CANSER 227 Q N amp voltage temperature 2 voltage temperature 3 Ig de voltage temperature isolated resistor analog outputs strain gauge DMS digital inputs digital outputs 8 cig 2 23 ollo o gt S 315 2 24 bridge 25 5 6 3 g O gt El 2 eR 26 D S De relay outputs voltage current temperature isolated resistor 29 6 lo z ignition angle sensor z O B El incremental encoder 28 voltage temperature isolated pressure pulse width mod z 9 El 2 P8 9 1 8 31 9 3 3 o o eo o SCI16 6 31 18 voltage temperature gel voltage temperature current bridge resistor c z O gt T voltage O T lt P temperature bridge CAN HUB O gt SIS pe c D A Channels per module 1 1 1 8 16 3 8 16 16 2 2 6 6 4 14 14 14 Max sampling rate per channel Bandwidth 500 Hz 200 Hz 125 Hz 125 Hz 200 Hz 500 kHz 500 kHz 500 Hz 200 kHz EE 2 33 Hz to 10 kHz 10 kHz 42 Hz 23 Hz 1 kHz 500 Hz 128 Hz 100 Hz 20 kHz NMEA protocol current with shunt plug current with shunt plug current with shunt plug current with shunt plug CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 216 CANSAS Users Manual We 9 TEDS Mo
555. ted at the nipples In the module s interior is an additional pressure sensor which serves as a barometer and constantly measures the ambient air pressure 6 15 2 Absolute and relative pressure The 8 inputs have a fixed combination of sensors which depends on the model of the P8 module Absolute pressure sensors measure absolute pressure A typical input range is 0 10bar Absolute pressure can never be less than Obar since Obar is already a vacuum If no medium is connected to a nipple with a built in absolute pressure sensor then that sensor will measure the ambient air pressure You would then obtain measurement values around 1bar Relative pressure sensors measure pressure in relationship to the ambient air pressure In this case one side of the sensor s membrane has contact to the medium to be measured and to the surrounding air on the other side Depending on which side presses harder the membrane is bent toward one side Thus relative pressure can be either positive or negative Input ranges of 300 mbar are typical If nothing is connected to the nipples they deliver measurements of around Ombar The measurement value is positive if the pressure of the medium is higher than the atmospheric pressure 6 15 3 Barometer The barometer inside the module can be used to obtain a measurement of relative pressure using the absolute pressure sensor The module itself refers to the built in barometer and takes the difference Use the software
556. teme GmbH s general terms and conditions 1 4 8 ElektroG RoHS WEEE The company imc MeBsysteme GmbH is registered under the following number WEEE Reg DE 43368136 Brand imcDevices Category 9 Monitoring and control instruments exclusively for commercial use Valid as of 24 11 2005 Our products fall under Category 9 Monitoring and control instruments exclusively for commercial use and are thus at this time exempted from the RoHS guidelines 2002 95 EG The law ElektroG governing electrical and electronic equipment was announced on March 23 2005 in the German Federal Law Gazette This law implements two European guidelines in German jurisdiction The guideline 2002 95 EG serves to impose restrictions on the use of hazardous materials in electrical and electronic devices In English speaking countries it is abbreviated as RoHS Restriction of Hazardous Substances The second guideline 2002 96 EG on waste electrical and electronics equipment institutes mandatory acceptance of returned used equipment and for its recycling it is commonly referred to as WEEE guidelines Waste on Electric and Electronic Equipment The foundation Elektro Altger te Register in Germany is the Manufacturers clearing house in terms of the law on electric and electronic equipment ElektroG This foundation has been appointed to execute the mandatory regulations CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 CANSAS 19 1 4 4 CE
557. ter s order and on the filter characteristic The result clock pulse may not exceed the input channel s sampling rate Data types 4 10 42 Maximum Description The maximum values within each reduction interval in the channel are determined The reduction interval is the clock pulse of the result channel The values returned are a sequence of the maxima found Notes The result clock pulse may not exceed the input channel s sampling rate Data types Digital Digital CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 145 4 10 43 Mean value Input channel Channel whose mean values within each reduction interval are to be determined Result clock pulse Data rate of result channel Result channel Smoothed input channel Description The mean values within each reduction interval in the channel are determined The reduction interval is the clock pulse of the result channel The values returned are a sequence of the mean values found Notes The result clock pulse may not exceed the input channel s sampling rate Data types 4 10 44 Median filter Input channel Channel to filter Result channel Filtered input channel Description Performs median filtering on the last 3 sample values The 3 sample values are ordered by their amplitude The return value is the middle value in the ordered set The result channel s first two values are the same as those of the input channel Data types 4 10 45
558. teristic data With Plug amp Measure you are able to equip every commercially available sensor with TEDS Most sensors used today almost 100 have no sensor recognition Another hurdle on the way to fulfilling the vision is the fact that certain sensors require customized signal processing This means that it s not possible to assign just any sensor to just any input of a standard measurement device In other words not every sensor has a voltage output but some require processing or a supply source The newest generation of devices which includes UNI8 confronts this dilemma by equipping every measurement channel to be able to measure every signal type whether voltage current temperature using thermocouples or resistance thermometers or even measurement bridges or strain gauges In other words each channel is an all purpose channel for practically every kind of physical measurement quantity This approach does make each individual channel more expensive than a channel dedicated to just one quantity but the enormous resulting advantages pay for themselves While constructing a measurement setup positioning the sensors cabling and making settings for the measurement device once required the skills of an experienced measurement engineer the new automatic sensor recognition concept enables less qualified personnel to perform the procedure Once a sensor has been positioned it can be connected at any unoccupied channel of the measurement syst
559. tes in chapter Field Busses of the imcDevices manual There are examples how to use imc Devices and CANSAS software step by step CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 226 CANSAS Users Manual 6 1 6 Connector plugs BRIDGE2 For the pin assignment of the DSUB 15 plugs see here aa 6 1 7 Sampling interval The analog digital converters sample the measurement signal at a fixed rate of 5 kHz per channel A built in low pass filter AAF anti aliasing filer of high order and a cutoff frequency of 1 kHz provide suppression of frequencies in the measurement signal above the cutoff frequency which as a result of sampling would otherwise disturb the interesting range of the measurement signal i e would cause aliasing When slower sampling rates are selected the signal processor DSP provides additional online digital filtering in order to reduce aliasing Note The cutoff frequency is defined as the measurement signal s frequency component which is dampened by 3dB Sampling Cutoff frequency Filter order Sampling Cutoff frequency Filter order interval AAF interval AAF 3rd order 83 3 Hz Butterworth Note that at a sampling rate of 5 kHz the anti aliasing filter provides strong suppression of undesirable signal components of half that frequency 2 5 kHz since the cutoff frequency is already reached at 1 kHz But if a different sampling rate is set a digital anti aliasing filter is applied This software filter only provide
560. th a functioning imc CAN USB connection when you update the configuration software you must install the matching USB driver e From Version 1 3 Rev8 on driver installation is started automatically after installation of the configuration software Unfortunately this happens so quickly that the two installation windows overlap That means that the prompt Restart computer already appears before the driver installation has been completed In this case use the combination of the keys ALT and TAB to bring the driver setup s dialog into the foreground and follow the instructions Then the PC is restarted e f you connect the CAN USB interface to your PC without installing the matching driver before Windows will use a default driver Don t use that That driver can t run CAN USB properly In case that driver has been selected contact imc customer service CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 30 CANSAS Users Manual 2 3 2 Firmware of the imc CAN USB Adapter If problems arise despite proper installation of the USB driver as described you can get a readout of the version via Settings Control panel imc CAN USB This is useful for instance in order to inform our hotline of the problem 3 Control Panel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help de Back t Search C Folders Hist Address E Control Panel FE Accessibility Options Customizes accessibility features fo Add Remove Har I
561. than 5 V or 10 V is set bridge measurement is no longer possible Note e Before a sensor will be connected make sure the voltage supply has been set correctly not too high Therefore the voltage supply must be set and configured using the software Then the sensor can be connected Otherwise the sensor and the CANSAS module could be damaged e There is a 5 V pin at the imc connector That voltage is not available for the CANSAS modules only for CRONOS PL The technical data of the sensor supply 3931 is listed as part of the data sheet of CANSAS DCB8 6 7 4 Bandwidth The channels maximum sampling rate is 1 kHz 1 ms The analog bandwidth without digital low pass filtering is 200 Hz 3 dB 6 8 DI16 digital inputs 16 digital inputs Value yp man Remarks O Inputs 16 common reference ground for each pair of channels isolation to other channel pairs to power supply and CAN bus but not within pair Technical data DI16 39 6 8 1 Overview The CANSAS DI16 module has 16 digital inputs which can be sampled at up to 10 kHz The inputs are arranged in pairs each having a common reference ground The 2 inputs within a pair are not mutually isolated but each pair is isolated from the other pairs the chassis the power supply and the CAN bus As well as each being sampled as single bit signals the 16 digital inputs can all be sampled together as a digital word For this
562. the Integer processor are possible in principle but require excessive time The computational functions algorithms therefore are always compromises of processor time and precision The CANSAS module mainly works with integers The numerical range extends from 32767 to 432767 in whole numbers Though scaling factor and offset can produce large real numbers internally this small value range is all that is available for computations This means that any real number range can be simulated but that not every number within such a range can be expressed There are always only 65535 different result values possible Due to the number range s symmetry around the value O the number 32768 is not used For instance with a factor of 1 0 and an offset of 0 0 the numerical range is 32767 0 32767 0 A 13 as an integer stands for all value between 12 5 and 13 5 If the factor and offset are 100 0 and 0 0 13 stands for all values from 1250 to 1350 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 118 CANSAS Users Manual The results of computations can therefore in principle deviate from the technically correct value by 1 LSB And some particular functions such as inverse value can deliver results which deviate from the expected results by several LSB s This difficulty is especially evident when multiplying two Integer values The result channel can also only be expressed as the Integer values 32767 to 32767 just as the two channels which we
563. the sample values of the 2nd parameter Channel whose sample values are each to be subjected bit by bit to the XOR logic SE operation together with the sample values of the 1st parameters or numerical value which is to be subjected to the XOR logic operation together with each of the sample values of the 1st parameter Channel with the results of the bit wise XOR operation Description The values of both parameters are jointly subjected bit by bit to the XOR logic operation The sample values of the input channels consist of whole 16 bit numbers If the bit corresponding to the current sample value is set for just one of parameters that bit is set in the result otherwise not Remark For 2 channels to be subjected jointly to the XOR operation they must both have the same sampling rate If the 2nd parameter is a numerical value it must be expressed as a hexadecimal number in the form Oxiiii 0 i F If as an example you want to subject the lowest 3 bits of the sample values to the XOR operation then the number 0x0007 must be specified as the 2nd parameter If the operation should be performed only on the lowest bit LSB the number 0x0001 should be specified as the 2nd parameter CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Virtual Channels 131 Data types 1st Input channel 2nd Parameter Result channel Integer or Unsigned Integer Integer or Unsigned Integer 2nd Integer or Unsigned Integer parameter is an in
564. then the 4 channels need to be distributed over 2 messages p CANSAS HUB Technical data u CANSAS HUB4 425 CAN Bus connector see here 437 Cables see here 4381 Sensor connector with Phoenix see here 159 Sensor connector with Autosport AS plug see here sz Note e The functions of the LEDs are described in section CANSAS blinking 188i codes CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 379 6 25 1 Synchronization Synchronization of the u CANSAS HUB4 modules is performed exclusively as Slave according to the CAN1 protocol CANSAS TBS File Edit view Module Extras Help Pob alaini a x l Ae Grouped by messages Special functions E testo mdb H y B1 789654 _Heartbeal Synchronization Balance B u T1_245963 5 499 y Ul_ 256983 HTHUB4 5 Synchronization type 8 LED T E CAN Bus interface 2 Special functions Slave Can 1 protocol v Slave Can 1 protocol Identifier for synchronization message 1 ages C Wait for command message after startup Within the HUBs the CANSAS modules connected are synchronized If the u CANSAS HUB4 is synchronized to CAN1 Slave then the connected CANSAS modules are also synchronized to the other synchronized CAN Bus participants Note e For synchronization to be indicated Pya blinking code the LEDs must be configured accordingly See the section CANSAS blinking codes 188 CANSAS Users Manual Ma
565. ther bus subscribers e no GPS data arriving since disruption of the CAN transmission If one of the error conditions should arise check the connection to the GPS mouse and to the CAN Bus It may be necessary to disconnect the power supply and re connect it The following CAN Bus parameter have been set Bus speed 500kBaud Identifier Standard IDs 2020 2023 s Note Bus speed and identifier are factory set and can not be changed by user wes o Jene Fm time 2020 0 3 Long hhmmss Example 1 35 PM 133500 date 2020 4 7 Long ddmmyy Example 2 Dec 2005 021205 longitude 2021 0 3 Real negative numerical value indicates western hemisphere format ddmm mmmm d degree m minute ME Real negative numerical value indicates southern dubias format ddmm mmmm The CANSER module has a permanently configured Baud rate of 4800 bit s If the 5 Hz GPS mouse Garmin GPS 18 5 Hz is to be used instead of the default 1 Hz GPS mouse then this 5 Hz GPS mouse CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 228 CANSAS Users Manual must be set to this Baud rate using Garmin s configuration program SNSRCFG exe The CANSER module then receives the 5 Hz GPS mouse s data although not with full 5 Hz resolution IMPORTANT NOTE If you use the GPS mouse with an imc CRONOS PL SL unit observe the following CRONOS PL SL communicates with the connected GPS receiver at a Baud rate of 19 200 Bit s When the GPS mouse is connected CR
566. this command to specify a printer and make printer settings Remarks Calling the command makes the Print Setup dialog appear 3 4 1 9 1 The Print Setup dialog The following controls are provided Printer Select the printer to use from the list of installed printers To install a printer or set the port for a printer use the Windows Control Panel Orientation Choose between Portrait and Landscape Paper Size Select the size of the paper on which the report is to be printed Paper Source Some printers have multiple bins for feeding different types of paper to the printer Select the bin here Properties Calls a dialog offering additional controls for settings particular to your printer 3 4 1 10 File Close Purpose Ends the CANSAS session Shortcuts Keyboard ALT F4 Remarks Alternatively you can close the program from the Close command in the Control menu or by simply double clicking on the Control menu box The program will automatically save the latest settings changes to the database without prompting for confirmation 3 4 2 Edit 3 4 2 1 Edit Undo Purpose Reverses the effect of the last command carried out Shortcuts Keyboard CTRL Z Remarks You can use this item to undo the last editing action performed wherever this is still possible The command only works on the controls of the Properties dialogs and when editing names in the Module Tree 3 4 2 2 Edit Cut Purpose Deletes data from an input
567. tial 60 V to 2 V 1 V to 50 mV 20 mV to 5 mV of reading 60 V to 200 mV 100 mV to 20 mV 10 mV to 5 mV AT T 25 C ambient temp T of input range 60 V to 200 mV 100 mV to 20 mV 10 mV to 5 mV 60 Vto 2V 1Vto 5mV common mode test voltage 50 V 1V output to case CHASSIS nominal testing voltage 300 V 10 s nominal testing voltage 300 V 10 s analog reference ground CHASSIS Overvoltage protection O EST permanent channel to chassis CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 388 CANSAS Users Manual Parameter yp meme Remas Voltage measurement Pots gem Noise 51 nVrms range 5 mV bandwidth 100 Hz 305 nVpkk Hee 50 Q Bandi ER fsa Parameter mp min max Remarks Temperature measurement Signal noise ratio gt 85 dB bandwidth 10 Hz Bandwidth HEGER RSR ET Thermocouples Input ranges J T K E N S R B per IEC 584 Resolution type K 0 025 K 270 C to 1370 C 0 0031 K 50 C to 150 C Uncertainty thermocouples 0 2K lt 0 5 K Types J T K E L for all other types the voltage measurement uncertainty applies drift 0 02 K K AT AT T 25 C ambient temperature T Uncertainty of cold junction lt 0 15K CAN C8 DSUB standard compensation lt 0 5K CAN C8 K2 Drift of cold junction 0 001 K K AT lp AT T 25 C could junction T Input impedance 100 kQ Po differential RTD Pt100 200 C to 850 C 50 C to
568. ting your CANSAS modules pre configured cables are available The connection schematics below are to help you select the necessary components Like the u CANSAS modules the CANSAS cables are designed for use in extreme temperature conditions imcDevice CRPL busDAQ etc CAN Terminator q y CAN Termi 1050028 lr d e l Configuration cable A d BN CAN u CABLE CONFIG 1160029 5 Hp gt ll 9 36V DC CAN p xx1 AS T power supply CAN u xx4 AS CAN Terminator CAN Termi 1050028 Y CAN cable MON CAN u Y CABLE HT 1160027 WO SS id CANSAS connecting a single module CAN connection cables for non terminated module CAN p CABLE MODT HT 1160023 CAN connection cables for terminated module busDAQ 2 ET CANIp CABLE MOD HT 1160017 Connection cable for 1 supply via an imc device d B 1 T CAN p CABLE 1 1160015 ex T D gie ADE S Sg _ Q A Q RE il Kb eclgs Sed CANIp xx1 AS As Terminator connector w CANJy Termi 1160020 CAN u HUB4 AS 9 36V oe Connection cable for power Supply external supply CAN y CABLE 2 1160016 CANSAS connecting 1 channel modules via a hub CAN p IC B4 1160018 CAN y IC V4 1160019 Signal connection terminals o busDAQ 2 ET Sie A Connection cable for el CAN y xx4 AS CAN j xx4 AS supply via an imc device lt gt C
569. tion Bridge amplifier General Balance Type CAN SAS BRIDGE2 i2 Bridge amplifiers DC Activate shunt calibration Button function The shunt calibration duration is discretely adjustable between 100 ms and 60s and determines how long the resistor shunts the measurement bridge If a calibration process is currently running any new command to perform balancing is ignored until the current process is over The duration doesn t depend on the way the calibration is triggered Setting the shunt calibration duration Bridge amplifier Index card General gt Combo box Shunt calibration Setting the shunt calibration to be triggered via CAN bus is analogous to the bridge balancing Bit 5 hexadecimal 0x20 in the Byte triggers calibration with the value 1 Bit O is the LSB Setting shunt calibration via Can bus Bridge amplifier gt Index card Balance gt Check option box Allow shunt calibration or bridge balance via CAN bus Setting the message ID Bridge amplifier gt Index card Balance gt Enter ID in input box Identifier for bridge balance message The shunt calibration is realized in such a way that the shunt is applied for a limited time Select a duration which is sufficient for observing the signal level Once this time duration has elapsed the shunt is disconnected from the circuit so that it isn t forgotten Note e If you use an imc device to measure see application no
570. tion dialog for read in of sensor properties CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 303 HS File Edit View Module Extras Help osma ejej mla ra iB a aos 4 Grouped by messages CE t mdb G P8_870258 d Pressure sensors CAN Bus interface 4 Message01 Dl channel Bo Channel02 Pressure module input channel Channel01 Inputs Message Mapping Info Sensor status OK B Description of sensor De Channelo3 Type PAA SFL 80837 35 0 5 3 5 go M Serial number OM 93 Manufacturer Keller 1 Di Message02 Nipple 215FAM22MPXS Perbutan gaske S No CAN Bus message Adapter to medium Gas E Input range Pressure min 0 000 bar Pressure max 3 500 bar Mode Absolute pressure sensor E Calibration Date 05 12 2002 Signal voltage min 0 7 mv Sianal woltane may 131 9 mV H Ready 03 12 2003 14 34 33 A Pressure sensor properties In addition the characteristic data of the built in barometers are also read in These can be viewed by selecting Pressure measurement in the tree diagram and the index card Barometer Info on the right 6 15 7 3 Measurement mode For the selected channels the measurement mode Pressure measurement can be selected for absolute pressure measurements or Relative pressure measurement for measurements of relative pressure Note that absolute pressure sensors are also able to perfo
571. tion to CANSAS module WM Setting the configuration in the CANSAS module as permanent Configuration of the CANSAS module completed successfully Qi Re calibration of the module is due now eH INC4 870511 Re calibration of the module is due now Re calibration warning during configuration CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 199 5 8 TEDS 5 8 1 TEDS Plug amp Measure functionality for sensors When connecting classic sensors such as strain gauges thermometers or power meters to measurement devices the user requires knowledge of sampling rates scaling factors units etc in order to be able to obtain the desired measurement results An additional problem is posed by the task of taking measurements of large scale installations with high channel counts In settings where there can be up to hundreds of measurement locations for instance on board trains or planes or for more complex measurements of road vehicles extra difficulties can arise from the increased likelihood of incorrect connection of sensors to channels or of incorrect device settings Getting sensors mixed up is unfortunately a familiar situation For all these reasons imc is now introducing an electronic data sheet which can be retrofitted to all commercially available sensors and which eliminates the problems spelled out above 5 8 1 1 How can measurement be simplified for the user Complex multifunctiona
572. tionally in the case of sensor detecting modules such as UN8 a bit which reflects whether the correct sensors are connected On the basis of this number the guidance system can determine the following e ls the correct CANSAS unit installed Or could someone have removed and replaced it with a different one which either is or isn t configured the same way An experiment setup s record may include info on the measurement equipment used and its calibration If the device was exchanged this info would be missing This situation can at least be detected e ls the module configured as it is supposed to be Naturally the data recording measurement system must be able to rely on the CANSAS module being configured as it should be Otherwise acquired data may be interpreted incorrectly If the CANSAS module was reconfigured it s at least possible to detect e Inthe case of sensor recognizing modules it is even possible to notice whether the correct sensors are connected All this information isn t directly relevant to conducting a single classical lab experiment But at test stations where different personnel set up and conduct a variety of measurements it can be crucial The heartbeat message is set in the user interface by selecting the entry Special functions in the tree at left and going to the Heartbeat index card on the right hand side TT File Edit View Module Extras Help PHA lia X BIB e ml vy dm Grouped by messages Spec
573. tize the data they capture which they then transmit via the CAN bus In the pressure module the sensor characteristics are already built into the sensor Since the sensor itself fits inside the pressure interface nipple a very compact design is required If one or more sensors fail they can simply be replaced The replacement sensors automatically announce to the measurement device their characteristic data Thus the measurement device resumes its state of readiness without needing re calibration The measurement device s uncertainty is added to the sensor uncertainty The second possibility is the clip on pod shown above which contains the chip on which the sensor information is recorded This solution is available for practically any sensor and turns a conventional sensor into a smart sensor Sensors which already contain a PROM and can operate as per IEEE P1451 4 can also be connected to CANSAS UNI Naturally the user of this new kind of measurement engineering has direct access to the measurement device s settings via a conventional user interface For example if a sensor s TEDS states 500 Hz as its sampling rate but the user wants to sample at 1 kHz he can simply make and save this setting by means of the user interface Another important aspect is the compatibility of the imc solution and any sensors having TEDS which are already present Thanks to the specifications by IEEE 1451 all information stored in these sensors can also b
574. to angles incorrectly calculated due to interference being suppressed already in the device Thus the range should be selected to be as narrow as possible The range span must be sufficiently small for the number of cylinders The span is the difference between the maximum and minimum ignition angle Example With a 4 cylinder 4 stroke engine there is an ignition every 180 degrees namely 4 at equal distances over the complete 720 degree work cycle If there is an ignition at 170 degrees then this is 10 degrees before TDC If there is another ignition at 350 degrees this is also 10 degrees before TDC In this case the maximum span for this engine is 180 degrees For engines with higher cylinder counts this span becomes less 2 cylinder 4 stroke sema me ER EES Furthermore a 3 cylinder engine responds in this regard like a 6 cylinder one in which only every 2nd ignition does not occur In no case may the span be exceeded when entering the parameters Incorrect calculation of the ignition angle would result Ignition signal evaluation If the ignition signal is to be evaluated this parameter is set to active This is the normal setting Only in exceptional cases where the module is used only for determining the RPMs and no ignition signal is connected this parameter is set to passive Ignition pulses per work cycle This is where to set how many ignitions per work cycle Available for selection 2 720 degrees 12 72
575. to select the measurement type for each channel separately which is equipped with an absolute pressure sensor A sensor with the input range 0 10 bar then can produce a relative pressure input range of 1 bar 9 bar in other words shifted down by 1 bar The built in barometer requires permanent contact to the surrounding air For this purpose all housing models come either with air inlets or in the case of the IP65 housing Goretex R membranes 6 15 4 Sensors The pressure module is equipped with high performance sensor which enable precise pressure measurement Each sensor is calibrated individually by means of a characteristic curve array over the entire temperature range Thus the typical non linear behavior of pressure sensors is compensated A little EPROM on each pressure sensor records its characteristic data incl its characteristic curve array The sensor and EPROM are to be seen as an inseparable unit which complies with the standard IEEE1451 This means that the module is especially servicing friendly The sensor s characteristic data can be queried via the operating software The sensors are rather robust and can withstand pressures higher than the input range refer to the spec sheet for details on limit values The pressure must not exceed the indicated limits otherwise the membrane may sustain permanent damage Note also in this context that there is a minimum pressure for absolute pressure sensors Even though the input r
576. tput T Output T Output T Output T 2 Output T 4 A A A A A FP lt gt T T Ta Time Above is llustrated a measured signal from which time readings are taken Each reading starts at a positive edge in the signal and is stopped at a negative edge The up arrows indicate the times at which the System returns a result The returned values in this case are T1 twice T2 twice and T3 5 1 3 9 PWM Pulse width modulation PWM is a type of modulation in which a technical variable e g electrical current switches between two values In the process the duty cycle ratio is modulated at constant frequency PWM is also known as pulse duration modulation PDM A good illustration of this modulation type would be a switch used to continually switch a heater on and off The higher the ratio of the on time to the off time the higher the average heating power is CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 172 CANSAS Users Manual Inputs Scaling Message Mapping Info Il Terminal e IN1X IN1X DSUB Pin 9 2 Name Cs01_IncrementalEncoder01 Comment Measurement PWM e mode Counter 50 frequency 300 Hz Seng or z PWM settings dialog Give the PWM emitter a fixed frequency As part of PWM measurement a time measurement is carried out In every sampling interval the duration from the first increasing slope to the next decreasing slope is determined This pulse
577. tracted from the message Byte order Intel Format or Motorola Format Start byte In which of the message s Bytes does the number begin Byte 0 is the first Byte transferred in the CAN message Therefore in an 8 Byte message 0 7 are available Start bit At which bit in the start Byte does the number begin Bits 0 7 are possible Bit 0 is the LSB least significant bit Bit 7 themsB Maximum value results in The maximum binary number which can be extracted from the message is to be equated to this number Minimum value results in The minimum binary number which can be extracted from the message is to be equated to this number Power up value This value is used until the first message arrives It must be consistent with the above specifications for the minimum and maximum values CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 67 3 2 4 7 Virtual channels This dialog is a summary of all virtual channels It will only appear if the Module Tree is grouped by channels Its informational content is the number of defined virtual channels Virtual channels o1 Virtual channels Al virtual channels are indicated under this heading The module is equipped with 1 defined channels for the processing of measured data Virtual Channels Properties dialog 3 2 4 8 Virtual channel This dialog indicates a virtual channel s properties and lets you change them Use and significance of virtual channels i
578. two Torx screws from the housing face Step 2 Carefully pull the housing face out until the connections are exposed Step 3 Detach the connector junction with its Phoenix strip terminal from the housing face by gently bending the clamping brackets at the sides outward CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Pin configuration and power supply 461 Step 4 Feed the cable through the gland in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions and con nect the leads according to the pin configuration for connector pins 458 Step 5 Re attach the connector junction into its former position by means of the clamping brackets Gently tug the cable back outwards through the gland in order to straighten out the individual leads to prevent them from possibly becoming bent or stuck When installing the connector junction ensure that it is not positioned upside down The recess in the profile of the housing face is an indication of whether the connector junction is installed correctly Correct connection junction position Incorrect connection junction position Step 6 Check that the cable and leads are not under strain or tension and then close the cable gland which is designed for cables of 4 6 mm in diameter If the cable used is thinner then its diameter in the section passing through the gland must be made correspondingly wider by means of heat shrinkable tubing Step 7 Carefully insert the housing face into the hou
579. ugh it is possible to set an output voltage range of for instance 20 V to 20 V but any specification over 10 V will be Q g Physical quantity of input Analog output limited to 10 V Point 1 fo N o V g l Point 2 3000 N e y Output voltage 10 0003 V 10 V 6 6 5 Calculating the output signal If the output signal is not assigned to any CAN message the entry for this is located in the module tree under the node Without CAN bus message the signal can be devised to correspond to a calculation For this purpose functions are provided which can also be applied to the virtual channels see the chapter Virtual Channels 7 When an analog output signal is removed from a CAN message then by default the function Fixed analog value is assigned to it However a different function can be selected In the following example the 3 output is set to take the fixed value 0 V CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 250 CANSAS Users Manual Grouped by messages Analog output channel DACO1 opacos 5 8 Message02 Dutputs Function Message Mapping fe DACOS Creation of a channel with a fixed value Ede DACOB The fixed value can be freely specified in the range from 10 V to o DACH dhe 10V fo DACOS E 6 No CAN Bus rr Function E Fixed analog value X Value jo Function tab for an analog signal which is not included in any CAN message
580. ule If an error is detected an error message is posted under the entry for the module affected The system attempts to find and indicate any configuration errors Once the tests are completed one of the errors found can be selected By pressing the softkey Go to error the source of the error is selected in the Module Tree this can also be accomplished by double clicking the error s listing This way the error can be corrected by changing the appropriate setting in the Properties dialog Le Note A CANSAS module can only be configured if the test is carried out successfully CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 87 3 4 4 4 Module Configure Purpose Writes the configuration to the module Shortcuts Toolbar Prerequisite One or more CANSAS modules must be currently selected in the Module Tree Configuration performed always affects all modules selected It is enough to select a subordinate entry of a module to make the module involved count as selected If the entry for the database is selected all modules belonging to the database are configured Remarks Configuration is accomplished using the dialog Configure CANSAS modules The process starts immediately Configure CANSAS Modules EN CANSAS modules Configuration steps The following CANSAS modules are being configured E49 CAN 2000415 W Checking the configurations bh Connecting to the CANSAS module V Loading configuration to CAN
581. ulses The number of pulses may be between 1 and 999999 To obtain the greatest accuracy for CANSAS INC4 measurement results over a wide dynamic range it is recommended to select an appropriate input range for the task Setting the input range IncrementalEncoder0x at Index card Inputs gt Combo box Input range Note that the input range can be expressed in terms of a different physical quantity than the measurement quantity For instance for event counting the input range is expressed as a frequency The input range selected states the input range end value The highest frequency contained in the measured signal may not exceed this end value If this maximum frequency is exceeded during measurement the system returns the input range end value at the points where the signal is out of bounds The input ranges depend on the sampling interval selected and under some circumstances on the number of encoder pulses 5 1 3 7 1 Resetting of summation With the measurement modes involving summation events angle and displacement it is possible to reset the sum to zero during a running measurement This can be accomplished in either of two ways e Measure dialog The reset command from the channel menu is used to manually reset all selected incremental counter channels e Special Functions node On the Resetting page it is possible to enable separate resetting of each channel by means of a CAN Bus message Manual resetting by means o
582. und GND is not floating but is grounded A reference ground must be established in the measurement chain There are various techniques as well as considerations In some arrangements grounding the sensor is preferred in others grounding the measurement system CANSAS chassis Either way ground loops must be avoided Grounding is also recommended as a way of avoiding the buildup of high or dangerous potential differences between exposed conducting parts such as the chassis and ground If the sensor does not make Power_Gnd and Ua separately accessible then they must be considered connected at the sensor In that case that is simply the ground connection 5 1 3 4 Single signal Two signal The single signal counter returns a simple pulse sequence This means that the pulse count and the time between pulses can be determined but not the rotation direction of the incremental counter A two signal encoder returns two pulse sequences with a 90 offset Along with the pulse frequency the rotation direction can also be indicated as positive or negative A measurement with two signal counters is selected in the combobox Measurement mode together with the desired operation type 5 1 3 5 Zero pulse index The zero pulse starts the INC4 channels counter mechanism This means the measured values are only recorded if an event occurs at the index channel If measurement without a zero pulse is selected the measurement starts directly upon
583. und for example by being grounded The sensor can also be supplied with a software specified voltage via Pins VB C and VB D L Note Since this procedure is a voltage measurement at the shunt resistor voltage measurement must also be set in the imcDevices interface CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 341 The scaling factor is entered as 1 R and the unit as A 0 02 A V 1 50 Q 6 18 3 2 Ground referenced current measurement e Current 50 mA to 2 mA de In this circuit the current to be measured flows through the 120 shunt in the amplifier Note that here the terminal VB D is simultaneously the device s ground Thus the measurement carried out is single end or ground referenced The potential of the current source itself may be brought into line with that of the units ground In that case be sure that the device unit itself is grounded In the settings interface set the measurement mode to Current sense rie Note that the jumper between IN A and I pridge G should be connected right inside the connector l Bridge Notes Ven e For an optional sensor supply with 15 V ground referenced current measurement is not possible The pin Bridge is used as 15 V pin e For the former UNI8 equipped with a 350 quarter bridge completion ground referenced current measurement is not possible 6 18 3 3 2 wire for sensors with a current signa
584. uppis mas 170m4 DBUEI For a rotational encoder working with current signals the current voltage terminal ACC DSUB ENC4 IU can be used It is possible to power the sensor from the INC4 module The pertinent specifications are max supply current 170 mA per DSUB terminal Higher supply current should be provided externally typ encoder with 11uAss signals Heidenhain ROD 456 current c max 85 mA per 2 signal encoder gt insufficient module supply Sensor must be supplied externally CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 290 CANSAS Users Manual 6 12 5 Sensor supply at L INC4 V SUPPLY The module CANSAS L INC4 V SUPPLY is equipped with a sensor supply module wei The sensor supply is connected via the pins C SUPPLY and D SUPPLY at the ITT VEAM connector The supply voltage is set by the software File Edit View Module Extras Help Pe OE itt te Xx SR Son dodi Grouped by messages Incremental encoder inputs INC4_Supply mdb c4 INC4 863269 Cdi Incremental encoder Eh CAN Bus interface d Type drei General 24 Special functions Incremental encoders 10V DV 10V Threshold i i i p X d Hysteresis Low pass filter Supply voltage 18 01 2008 11 11 41 Sensor supply settings for CANSAS L INC4 SUPPLY 6 12 6 Connector plugs For the pin assignment of the DSUB 15 plugs see here 44 Pin configuration of CANSAS L INC V and CANSAS L INC4 V
585. urement omnnnncccnninninnnninncnnnannrn racer 6 19 2 Voltage measurement With zero adjusting eeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene nennen nnne nnn 6 19 2 1 Balance upon power Up eerie enne tne ntn drinnen nota tinet in aan nacen 6 19 2 2 Activating balance via CAN bus 6 19 2 3 Voltage balancing via measurement window sese 6 19 3 CCEEPMIUEIIDM 6 19 4 External Supply voltage 5 V 10 V isolated eere 6 19 5 Sampling interval filter 5 coiere as 6 19 6 p CANSAS V1 connector leeie cierre Le e 6 20 p CANSAS TI eee 6 20 1 Temperature measurement 6 20 2 Message Mapping EE 6 20 3 Sampling interval filter ias 6 20 4 p CANSAS TI connector serge eege RT et CI E 6 21 1 DC bridge measurement csecseeceeeseeeseeceeeseeeneeeseesensseeseneneesneenensneesseeseneneesanenseeneeseeseneneesenesenenees 365 6221 2 FUN Didge as 367 6 21 3 Half ride EE 368 6 21 4 Bridge Dalancing 369 6 21 4 1 Bridge balancing upon POWer Up occccoccnnonccnoncnnnanancnnnn non nnnnn acc nnnncnn nn nn nn nn n cnn crac nent nennen 370 6 21 4 2 Perform bridge balancing via the CAN bus esee 370 6 21 4 3 Balancing in the measurement window cnn nennen 371 6 21 5 Message Mapping eeeeeeeseeesieeeeeeeeeeene seines n teen Snn apasia naaseb manani atn s assassins iaiia diasaan ana 372
586. urn value is 0 if the signal s sample value drops below the lower threshold otherwise it is 1 Both of these steps are performed on each sample value in the input channel Notes The upper and lower limit must both be specified in terms of the input signal s physical units The upper limit s value must be greater than that of the lower limit A Schmitt trigger is useful in cases where the important aspects of a sequence of pulses are the amount of pulses and their relative positions but not their exact shape Data types Integer or Digital Digital 4 10 56 Short circuit status only for BRIDGE2 and UNI8 modules Result clock pulse Data rate of result channel Result channel Channel containing short circuit status Description Outputs short circuit status of module at specified sampling rate Result is 1 in case of short circuit else 0 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 152 CANSAS Users Manual Data types Result channel 4 10 57 Sine only for DAC8 modules Description A sinusoid voltage signal having the specified frequency and phase is output The sine signal s amplitude is 10 V Allowed frequency settings are 1Hz 1000Hz 1 kHz Allowed phase settings 0 359 degrees The result clock pulse is fixed at 0 1 ms The sine signal s period can only be multiples of 0 1ms The sine signal is generated with a resolution of 0 1ms The higher the sine s frequency the more coarsely the
587. us E is a material parameter characterizing how a body is deformed under the action of pressure or tension in the direction of the force The unit for E is N mm This value must be entered for the mechanical stress to be determined The e moduli for various materials are accessible in the list box These values are only for orientation and may need to be adjusted Unit When the strain is determined the readings appear with the unit um m For the mechanical stress one can toggle between MPa and Nimm 1 GPa 103 N mm Note that the elastic modulus is always in GPa CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 164 CANSAS Users Manual 5 1 2 2 Bridge balancing A significant characteristic of bridge measurements is the fact that the actual measurement signal is attended by an offset which can be multiples of the input range Measurement bridges consisting for instance of wire strain gauges WSGs respond to minuscule changes in their components resistance in the uV V ppm parts per million 1E 6 range The static initial asymmetry offset due to production tolerances or assemble conditions of the components by comparison can be in the range of mV V in other words in the range of the total input range or even multiples of it Since the offset also depends on the sensor connected it can t be calibrated for the device but must be balanced online before starting the measurement The precondition for this is that the sensor u
588. ut current Gain uncertainty 23 C with voltage plug with divider plug shunt plug Gain drift 75 ppm K E A A Offset lt 0 02 across entire temperature range Temperature uncertainty lt 1K sensor Type K at 20 C throughout entire temperature range CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 404 CANSAS Users Manual Value typ max O rate 2ms 25 mV pp 7 mV rms range 10 mV divider CMRR IMR 100dB 50Hz 50 V channel chassis 100 V channel channel Supply voltage 9 V to 32 V DC TT Operating temperature 30 C to 85 C Dimensions W x H x D 35 x 111 x 90 mm SS ISO8 75x111x 145 mm CANSAS L ISO8 BNC L ISO8 T 40 x 128 x 145 mm CANSAS K ISO8 K ISO8 BNC K ISO8 T2 K ISO8 T3 5009 EA Module description ISO8 29 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 General Technical Specs 405 7 14 HCI8 Technical Specs Version 1 4 8 isolated analog channels with high common mode voltage Parameter mp me Imuts Ee Measurement modes Voltage Current Resistor Thermocouples RTD Pt100 amping ratelchannel Bandwidth 440 Hz 3 dB Filter cutoff frequency 1 6 of sampling rate digital low pass Butterworth and Filter characteristics Bessel 2nd order Connection terminals 5 terminals channel PHOENIX FFKDS 3 81 spring clamp IN IN 1 PT PT terminals Voltage and current measurement Voltage input ranges 20 mV 50 mV 100 mV 200 mV 500 mV 1V 2V 5V 410V
589. utes If not the slave is totally re synchronized Towards this end measurement is briefly interrupted and later re started In CAN 1 protocol the newly started master would stop all slaves anyway in order to start them simultaneously afterwards Setup Select Special function in the tree diagram at left On the right side select the index card Synchronization in which you set the synchronization type The default is No synchronization The module can be set either as a master or slave for synchronization purposes as desired This is also where to set whether to use the TTL signal 1s square wave or the CAN 1 protocol for synchronizing via the CAN Bus cansas ala File Edit view Module Extras Help P OR S a az EIB Ss ol Ar DA Grouped by messages Special Functions CES UNIS_COM mdb SEN GA UNIS_872761 Heartbeat Synchronization o Universal amplifier Eh CAN Bus interface n D Message100 Synchronization type Slave Can 1 protocol dh Channelo1 vit None Default dh Channel02 Slave Can 1 rotocol dh Channelo3 Identifier for synchronization Slave square wave signal 1s Slave DCF signal dh Channelo4 Master Can 1 protocol H E Message101 Master square wave signal 1s Mo CAN Bus me QA Special functions Wait for command message after startup 01 02 200618 46 36 CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 114 CANSAS Users Manual If the CAN 1 protocol is used the CAN Bus id
590. values from the 1st parameter or numerical value with which the sample values of the 1st parameter are to be compared Result channel Digital channel result value is respectively TRUE 1 if 1st parameter value lt 2nd parameter value FALSE 0 if 1st parameter value gt 2nd parameter value Description The function determines whether the 1st parameter value is less than the 2nd parameter value If the 1st parameter is lesser then 1 is returned otherwise 0 is returned Notes lf 2 channels are to be compared with each other they must share the same sampling rate If the 2nd parameter is a number it must be specified in the same physical units as the 1st parameter Data types 1st input channel 2nd parameter data type Result channel Integer or Digital Integer or Digital 2nd parameter is an input Digital channel Integer or Digital 2nd parameter is a number Digital 4 10 36 Less value 1st parameter Channel whose sample values are to be compared with the appropriate value from the 2nd parameter 2nd parameter Channel whose samples are to be compared with the corresponding values from the 1st parameter or numerical value with which the sample values of the 1st parameter are to be compared Result channel Channel containing the respective lowest sample value of the two parameters Description The function determines which value from the two parameters is the lowest Notes lf 2 channels are to be compared wit
591. voltage entails reverse charging of the capacitors present and thus a short term burden on the signal source If the signal voltage is unaffected by such factors e g in the case of thermocouples batteries and PT100 units fed from the SCxx module there is practically no compromising of the measurement in any typical applications since the measurement system automatically compensates for the feedback effect The maximum allowed source impedance refer to the technical specs which may not be exceeded is so high that it doesn t usually present any limitations Due to this property however the modules belonging to this family are not suitable for signal sources which respond to these dynamic feedback effects This can apply to active sensors or calibrators for instance whose output level is low frequency filtered or which is not able to correct quickly enough for the dynamic load fluctuations CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Properties of the Modules 319 The choices for signals to connect include voltage current or any DIN thermocouples or PT100s The Opto modules SCI8 and SCI16 enable direct connection of signals up to 60 V SC16 by contrast supports input ranges of 100 mV to 10 V directly and supports the extended input ranges up to 60 V by means of a special divider connector ACC DSUB UDA4 The interconnections used are DSUB 15 terminals One connector serves four signals Each channel can be connected indivi
592. ware s boot command In this case these devices must be first removed from the CAN Bus and changed separately Afterwards they can be re integrated into the system If it ever does occur that modules with different Baud rates are joined in a common CAN Bus there will constantly be bus errors CANSAS modules will either not always show up during searches or not at all or configuration fails etc The symptoms are the same as for a physically defective bus e g due to a line which is too long or if there is too much interference or incorrect termination e g the 120 resistors needed at both ends of the CAN line are missing If you are certain that the trouble is caused by different module Baud rates you can remove the offending modules from the system and set them to the correct Baud rate separately Alternatively you can use the Reset plug There are two ways to do this a The Reset plug is inserted in every CANSAS module b A CAN cable is used to which Pins 3 and 4 of the 9 pin DSUB plug are connected In this case a Reset plug on one module is sufficient The point of the Reset plug is that Pins 3 and 4 are jumpered If a module detects this short circuit upon activation of its power supply it starts with the standard Baud rate of 125 kbit s You can then find all modules at once in the integrating process set the new Baud rate for them and then configure them CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 107
593. well even for differential measurements Please observe the notes below under the heading Block diagram wes CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Measurement Technique 165 5 1 3 2 Comparator conditioning The incremental encoders special properties make special demands for signal quality the very high resolution offered by the detector or counter means that even very short impulses can be captured and evaluated which sampling based measurement methods such as for the digital inputs of the DI16 module would not or almost never be able to detect Therefore the digital signals must have clear edges in order not to produce disturbed readings Spurious impulses or contact bouncing can lead to artifacts such as enormous peaks in RPM signals etc Simple sensors working on the principles of induction or photoelectric relays often emit unconditioned analog signals which must be evaluated according to a threshold condition Aside from that problems can occur even with conditioned encoder signals e g TTL levels due to long cables bad reference voltages ground loops or interference CANSAS INCA is able to counteract these problems thanks to a special 3 stage conditioning unit First comes a high impedance differential amplifier 10 V range 100kQ which enables reliable acquisition from a sensor even over a long cable as well as effective suppression of common mode interference and ground loops Next a configurable sm
594. wing CANSAS modules P8 870258 W Connecting to module and reading ini sensor data Sensor information for the 8 input channels read successfully a pa Slot Ww Reading in sensor data W Slot information read successfully Read in of module sensor data complete Zi Progress indication dialog for read in of sensor properties There is an alternative to the Drag amp Drop procedure in which you also first select the sensor in imc Sensors Next select one or more channels in the tree diagram on the left side of the CANSAS user interface and the menu item Edit Add sensor Then the sensors properties will be used for setting all the selected channels This makes sense for sensor properties common to many units independent of any serial number for instance a simple Type K thermocouple CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 108 CANSAS Users Manual 3 5 7 Sensor recognition Some CANSAS modules such as UNI8 are able to read in sensors with Eprom These are intelligent sensors in which an electronic spec sheet is stored in the Eprom This spec sheet is also referred to as TEDS Transducer Electronic Data Sheet as described in the industrial standard IEEE 1451 The standard IEEE 1451 4 is of particular interest in this context At this writing however this standard is as yet at the proposed stage therefore not yet official The electronic spec sheet contains information for administrating it such as its manu
595. with Unsigned integer data format return integers in the range from Oh corresponding to 0 to FFFFh corresponding to 65535 Each channel has its own scaling factor and offset The integer values are multiplied with the factor and the offset is added to the product This transformation yields real numbers in the desired numerical range Channels with Long data format return integers in the range from 80000001h corresponding to 2147483647 to 7FFFFFFFh corresponding to 2147483647 Each channel has its own scaling factor and offset This numerical format is only used by the incremental encoder module totalizing events Channels with Real data format return real numbers in the range from 1 0E28 to 1 0E28 The numerical values have already been corrected with the scaling factor and offset To transform a channel in Integer format to Real data format the function ToFloat is available see also Conversion To Float 1 34 in the function reference The Float format as per IEEE is used The results of calculational functions can be transformed to real numbers and transmitted on the CAN bus However channels in Real data format cannot be subjected to calculational operations Channels in Digital or Integer format can be subjected to appropriate calculational operations 4 4 Integer arithmetic The CANSAS module uses an integer processor Calculational functions therefore must manage with 16 bit Integer arithmetic Computations with real numbers on
596. y as with the model without a Pt100 inside of the connector However if the temperature processes in CANSAS environment are not stable a Pt100 in the connector is absolutely necessary This is certainly the case if there is a draught if the module is used on board a vehicle if cables with terminals of different temperature are connected if the ambient temperature is fluctuating or when in doubt whenever reliable and precise measurement is required The following circuit diagrams reflect each of the varieties with and without Pt100 in the connector We strongly recommend using a Pt100 in the connector for all thermocouple measurements All common thermocouple types with their characteristic curves are supported However it is only possible to measure with multiple thermocouples at the same time if they are all of the same type Thus all channels set to Type K will work but not 1 channel Type K and one channel Type J won t A combination of thermocouple measurement and Pt100 measurement by contrast is possible For connection with ITT VEAM plugs the module comes with the appropriate Pt1000 resistors for measuring the junction temperature Note however that these resistors are not installed in the plugs themselves but on the housing so that they are actually at some distance from the real contact point This point s exact location is where the thermo wires meet the electric contacts in the plug basically where they are soldered or crimped
597. y the CANdb program versions 3 03 to 3 20 are generated These versions of CANdb belong to the CANalyzer versions 2 0a to 3 0 When saving in the XML format the extension XML is used The purpose of such XML files is to transfer complete configurations settings of multiple modules 3 4 1 7 File Print Purpose Use this command to have the configuration of either one or all modules printed out Shortcuts Toolbar Keyboard CTRL P Remarks Calling this command does not cause a dialog to appear for selecting a range to print or anything of the like The process of printing begins immediately but can be aborted via the progress report dialog which then appears Prerequisite Only a single CANSAS module or the entire module database may be selected selecting all of the modules one by one also works If only one among multiple modules is selected an error message will result CANSAS Users Manual Manual version 1 7 Rev 2 Operation 75 3 4 1 8 File Page Preview Purpose Use this command to see a preview of the configuration printout as discussed above Remarks Calling this command causes a Page Preview window to be opened on top of the main window The Page Preview window displays one page of the configuration printout in accordance with the valid printing format The window s own toolbar offers the ability to page forwards and backwards through the configuration report and to proceed with the printout over a specifiable

F Note

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents